Pending: 32007D0024

13.1.2007 EN Official Journal of the European Union L 8/26
(1) Directives 92/40/EEC and 92/66/EEC set out the control measures to be applied in the event of an outbreak of avian influenza and Newcastle disease respectively, as well as certain preventive measures aimed at increasing the awareness and preparedness of the competent authorties and the farming community concerning those diseases. Pursuant to these Directives the contingency plans of the Member States for the control of avian influenza and Newcastle disease are to be approved by the Commision.
(2) Commission Decision 2004/402/EC of 26 April 2004 approving contingency plans for the control of avian influenza and of Newcastle disease(3)approves those contingency plans for the present Member States. The Annex to that Decision lists the Members States whose plans have been approved.
(3) Bulgaria and Romania are due to accede to the Community on 1 January 2007. Accordingly, Bulgaria and Romania have submitted their contingency plans for the control of avian influenza and Newcastle disease to the Commission for approval.
(4) Those contingency plans as amended by Bulgaria and Romania following the suggestions made during their evaluation, fulfil the criteria laid down in Directives 92/40/EEC and 92/66/EEC and, subject to a regular update and an effective implementation, permit the desired objectives of those Directives to be attained and should therefore be approved.
(5) For the sake of clarity of Community legislation, Decision 2004/402/EC should be repealed and replaced by this Decision.
(6) The measures provided for in this Decision are in accordance with the opinion of the Standing Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health,
Code Country
AT Austria
BE Belgium
BG Bulgaria
CY Cyprus
CZ Czech Republic
DE Germany
DK Denmark
EE Estonia
EL Greece
ES Spain
FI Finland
FR France
HU Hungary
IE Ireland
IT Italy
LV Latvia
LT Lithuania
LU Luxembourg
MT Malta
NL Netherlands
PL Poland
PT Portugal
RO Romania
SE Sweden
SI Slovenia
SK Slovakia
UK United Kingdom
THE COMMISSION OF THE EUROPEAN COMMUNITIES,
Having regard to the Treaty establishing the European Community,
Having regard to the Treaty of Accession of Bulgaria and Romania, and in particular Article 4(3) thereof,
Having regard to the Act of Accession of Bulgaria and Romania, and in particular Article 56 thereof,
Having regard to Council Directive 92/40/EEC of 19 May 1992 introducing Community measures for the control of avian influenza(1), and in particular the second subparagraph of Article 17(4) thereof,
Having regard to Council Directive 92/66/EEC of 14 July 1992 introducing Community measures for the control of Newcastle disease(2), and in particular the second subparagraph of Article 21(4) thereof,
(1) Directives 92/40/EEC and 92/66/EEC set out the control measures to be applied in the event of an outbreak of avian influenza and Newcastle disease respectively, as well as certain preventive measures aimed at increasing the awareness and preparedness of the competent authorties and the farming community concerning those diseases. Pursuant to these Directives the contingency plans of the Member States for the control of avian influenza and Newcastle disease are to be approved by the Commision.
(2) Commission Decision 2004/402/EC of 26 April 2004 approving contingency plans for the control of avian influenza and of Newcastle disease(3)approves those contingency plans for the present Member States. The Annex to that Decision lists the Members States whose plans have been approved.
(3) Bulgaria and Romania are due to accede to the Community on 1 January 2007. Accordingly, Bulgaria and Romania have submitted their contingency plans for the control of avian influenza and Newcastle disease to the Commission for approval.
(4) Those contingency plans as amended by Bulgaria and Romania following the suggestions made during their evaluation, fulfil the criteria laid down in Directives 92/40/EEC and 92/66/EEC and, subject to a regular update and an effective implementation, permit the desired objectives of those Directives to be attained and should therefore be approved.
(5) For the sake of clarity of Community legislation, Decision 2004/402/EC should be repealed and replaced by this Decision.
(6) The measures provided for in this Decision are in accordance with the opinion of the Standing Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health,
HAS ADOPTED THIS DECISION:

Article 1
The contingency plans submitted by Bulgaria to the Commission on 7 November 2006 for the control of avian influenza and Newcastle disease are approved.

Article 2
The contingency plans submitted by Romania to the Commission on 9 November 2006 for the control of avian influenza and Newcastle disease are approved.

Article 3
The Annex sets out the list of Member States having approved contingency plans for the control of avian influenza and Newcastle disease.

Article 4
Decision 2004/402/EC is repealed.

Article 5
This Decision shall apply subject to and from the date of the entry into force of the Treaty of Accession of Bulgaria and Romania.

Article 6
This Decision is addressed to the Member States.

THE COMMISSION OF THE EUROPEAN COMMUNITIES,
Having regard to the Treaty establishing the European Community,
Having regard to the Treaty of Accession of Bulgaria and Romania, and in particular Article 4(3) thereof,
Having regard to the Act of Accession of Bulgaria and Romania, and in particular Article 56 thereof,
Having regard to Council Directive 92/40/EEC of 19 May 1992 introducing Community measures for the control of avian influenza(1), and in particular the second subparagraph of Article 17(4) thereof,
Having regard to Council Directive 92/66/EEC of 14 July 1992 introducing Community measures for the control of Newcastle disease(2), and in particular the second subparagraph of Article 21(4) thereof,
(1) Directives 92/40/EEC and 92/66/EEC set out the control measures to be applied in the event of an outbreak of avian influenza and Newcastle disease respectively, as well as certain preventive measures aimed at increasing the awareness and preparedness of the competent authorties and the farming community concerning those diseases. Pursuant to these Directives the contingency plans of the Member States for the control of avian influenza and Newcastle disease are to be approved by the Commision.
(2) Commission Decision 2004/402/EC of 26 April 2004 approving contingency plans for the control of avian influenza and of Newcastle disease(3)approves those contingency plans for the present Member States. The Annex to that Decision lists the Members States whose plans have been approved.
(3) Bulgaria and Romania are due to accede to the Community on 1 January 2007. Accordingly, Bulgaria and Romania have submitted their contingency plans for the control of avian influenza and Newcastle disease to the Commission for approval.
(4) Those contingency plans as amended by Bulgaria and Romania following the suggestions made during their evaluation, fulfil the criteria laid down in Directives 92/40/EEC and 92/66/EEC and, subject to a regular update and an effective implementation, permit the desired objectives of those Directives to be attained and should therefore be approved.
(5) For the sake of clarity of Community legislation, Decision 2004/402/EC should be repealed and replaced by this Decision.
(6) The measures provided for in this Decision are in accordance with the opinion of the Standing Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health,
HAS ADOPTED THIS DECISION:
The contingency plans submitted by Bulgaria to the Commission on 7 November 2006 for the control of avian influenza and Newcastle disease are approved.
The contingency plans submitted by Romania to the Commission on 9 November 2006 for the control of avian influenza and Newcastle disease are approved.
The Annex sets out the list of Member States having approved contingency plans for the control of avian influenza and Newcastle disease.
Decision 2004/402/EC is repealed.
This Decision shall apply subject to and from the date of the entry into force of the Treaty of Accession of Bulgaria and Romania.
This Decision is addressed to the Member States.
ANNEXList of Member States referred to in Article 3
Code | Country
AT | Austria
BE | Belgium
BG | Bulgaria
CY | Cyprus
CZ | Czech Republic
DE | Germany
DK | Denmark
EE | Estonia
EL | Greece
ES | Spain
FI | Finland
FR | France
HU | Hungary
IE | Ireland
IT | Italy
LV | Latvia
LT | Lithuania
LU | Luxembourg
MT | Malta
NL | Netherlands
PL | Poland
PT | Portugal
RO | Romania
SE | Sweden
SI | Slovenia
SK | Slovakia
UK | United Kingdom

Pending: 32006D1982

30.12.2006 EN Official Journal of the European Union L 412/1
(1) The Community has the objective, set out in the Treaty, of strengthening the scientific and technological bases of Community industry, thereby ensuring a high level of competitiveness at international level. To this end, the Community is to promote all the research activities deemed necessary, in particular by encouraging undertakings, including small and medium-sized enterprises (‘SMEs’), research centres and universities in their research and technological development activities. In this context, priority should be given to those areas and projects where European funding and cooperation is of particular importance and provides added value. Through its support for research at the frontiers of knowledge, applied research and innovation, the Community seeks to promote synergies in European research and thus provide a more stable foundation for the European Research Area. This will make a positive contribution to the social, cultural and economic progress of all Member States.
(2) The central role of research was recognised by the Lisbon European Council of 23-24 March 2000 which set the European Union a new strategic goal for the next decade: to become the most competitive and dynamic knowledge-based economy in the world, capable of sustainable economic growth with more and better jobs and greater social cohesion. The triangle of knowledge — education, research and innovation — is essential for achieving this goal, to which effect the Community aims to mobilise and strengthen the necessary research and innovation capacities. The Seventh Framework Programme is a central Community instrument in this respect, complementing the efforts of Member States and European industry.
(3) In line with the Lisbon strategy, the Barcelona European Council of 15-16 March 2002 agreed that overall spending on research and development (‘RTD’) and innovation in the Union should be increased with the aim of approaching 3 % of GDP by 2010, two-thirds of which should come from the private sector.
(4) The overriding aim of the Seventh Framework Programme is to contribute to the Union becoming the world's leading research area. This requires the Framework Programme to be strongly focused on promoting and investing in world-class state-of-the-art research, based primarily upon the principle of excellence in research.
(5) The European Parliament has repeatedly stressed the importance of research, technological development and the increased role of knowledge for economic growth and social and environmental well-being, in particular in its resolution of 10 March 2005 on science and technology — Guidelines for future European Union policy to support research(4).
(6) Taking into account the research needs of all Community policies and building upon widespread support from European industry, the scientific community, universities, and other interested circles, the Community should establish the scientific and technological objectives to be achieved under its Seventh Framework Programme in the period from 2007 to 2013.
(7) European Technology Platforms (ETPs) and the envisaged Joint Technology Initiatives (JTIs) are particularly relevant for industrial research. In this context, SMEs should be actively involved in their operation. ETPs help the stakeholders establish long-term strategic research agendas and can further evolve to represent an important mechanism for fostering European competitiveness.
(8) The objectives of the Seventh Framework Programme should be chosen with a view to building upon the achievements of the Sixth Framework Programme towards the creation of the European Research Area and carrying them further towards the development of a knowledge-based economy and society in Europe which will meet the goals of the Lisbon strategy in Community policies. Among the objectives of the Seventh Framework Programme the following are particularly important:—trans-national cooperation at every scale across the EU should be supported,—the dynamism, creativity and excellence of European research at the frontier of knowledge should be enhanced, recognising the responsibility and independence of scientists in the definition of broad lines of research in this area. With this in mind, investigator-driven basic research based on excellence should play an essential role within the Seventh Framework Programme,—human potential in research and technology in Europe should be strengthened, both quantitatively and qualitatively; better education and research training, easier access to research opportunities as well as the recognition of the ‘profession’ of researcher are principal tools for achieving this goal, not least through a significant increase in the presence of women in research, encouraging researchers' mobility and career development. The general principles reflected in the European Charter for Researchers and in the Code of Conduct for the Recruitment of Researchers could help to establish a genuine European labour market for researchers, while respecting their voluntary nature. In addition, the excellence of European research institutions and universities should be developed and enhanced. — trans-national cooperation at every scale across the EU should be supported, — the dynamism, creativity and excellence of European research at the frontier of knowledge should be enhanced, recognising the responsibility and independence of scientists in the definition of broad lines of research in this area. With this in mind, investigator-driven basic research based on excellence should play an essential role within the Seventh Framework Programme, — human potential in research and technology in Europe should be strengthened, both quantitatively and qualitatively; better education and research training, easier access to research opportunities as well as the recognition of the ‘profession’ of researcher are principal tools for achieving this goal, not least through a significant increase in the presence of women in research, encouraging researchers' mobility and career development. The general principles reflected in the European Charter for Researchers and in the Code of Conduct for the Recruitment of Researchers could help to establish a genuine European labour market for researchers, while respecting their voluntary nature. In addition, the excellence of European research institutions and universities should be developed and enhanced.
— trans-national cooperation at every scale across the EU should be supported,
— the dynamism, creativity and excellence of European research at the frontier of knowledge should be enhanced, recognising the responsibility and independence of scientists in the definition of broad lines of research in this area. With this in mind, investigator-driven basic research based on excellence should play an essential role within the Seventh Framework Programme,
— human potential in research and technology in Europe should be strengthened, both quantitatively and qualitatively; better education and research training, easier access to research opportunities as well as the recognition of the ‘profession’ of researcher are principal tools for achieving this goal, not least through a significant increase in the presence of women in research, encouraging researchers' mobility and career development. The general principles reflected in the European Charter for Researchers and in the Code of Conduct for the Recruitment of Researchers could help to establish a genuine European labour market for researchers, while respecting their voluntary nature. In addition, the excellence of European research institutions and universities should be developed and enhanced.
— trans-national cooperation at every scale across the EU should be supported,
— the dynamism, creativity and excellence of European research at the frontier of knowledge should be enhanced, recognising the responsibility and independence of scientists in the definition of broad lines of research in this area. With this in mind, investigator-driven basic research based on excellence should play an essential role within the Seventh Framework Programme,
— human potential in research and technology in Europe should be strengthened, both quantitatively and qualitatively; better education and research training, easier access to research opportunities as well as the recognition of the ‘profession’ of researcher are principal tools for achieving this goal, not least through a significant increase in the presence of women in research, encouraging researchers' mobility and career development. The general principles reflected in the European Charter for Researchers and in the Code of Conduct for the Recruitment of Researchers could help to establish a genuine European labour market for researchers, while respecting their voluntary nature. In addition, the excellence of European research institutions and universities should be developed and enhanced.
(9) In addition, the dialogue between science and society in Europe should be intensified in order to develop a science and research agenda that meets citizens' concerns, including by fostering critical reflection, and is aimed at reinforcing public confidence in science.
(10) Special attention should be paid to facilitating the scientific career of researchers in the most productive period of life. Early-stage researchers can be a driving force of science in Europe.
(11) The research and innovation capacities throughout Europe should be strengthened, both quantitatively and qualitatively.
(12) A wide use and dissemination of the knowledge generated by publicly funded research activity should be supported.
(13) In order to realise these objectives it is necessary to promote four types of activities: trans-national cooperation on policy-defined themes (the ‘Cooperation’ programme), investigator-driven research based on the initiative of the research community (the ‘Ideas’ programme), support for individual researchers (the ‘People’ programme), and support for research capacities (the ‘Capacities’ programme).
(14) Under the ‘Cooperation’ programme, support should be provided for trans-national cooperation at an appropriate scale across the Union and beyond, in a number of thematic areas corresponding to major fields of the progress of knowledge and technology, where research should be supported and strengthened to address European social, economic, environmental, public health and industrial challenges, serve the public good and support developing countries. Where possible, this programme will allow flexibility for mission-orientated schemes which cut across the thematic priorities.
(15) Under the ‘Ideas’ programme, activities should be implemented by a European Research Council (‘ERC’), which should enjoy a high degree of autonomy to develop very high-level frontier research at European level, building on excellence in Europe and raising its profile at international level. The ERC should maintain regular contact with the scientific community and European Institutions. As regards the ERC structures, the mid-term review of the Seventh Framework Programme may show the need for further improvements necessitating appropriate amendments.
(16) Under the ‘People’ programme, individuals should be stimulated to enter into the profession of researcher, European researchers should be encouraged to stay in Europe, researchers from the entire world should be attracted to Europe and Europe should be made more attractive to the best researchers. Building on the positive experiences with the ‘Marie Curie Actions’ under previous Framework Programmes, the ‘People’ programme should encourage individuals to enter the profession of researcher; structure the research training offer and options; encourage European researchers to stay in, or return to, Europe; encourage intersectoral mobility, and attract researchers from all over the world to Europe. The mobility of researchers is key not only to the career development of researchers but also to the sharing and transfer of knowledge between countries and sectors and to ensuring that innovative frontier research in various disciplines benefits from dedicated and competent researchers, as well as increased financial resources.
(17) Under the ‘Capacities’ programme, the use and development of research infrastructures should be optimised; innovative capacities of SMEs and their ability to benefit from research should be strengthened; the development of regional research-driven clusters should be supported; the research potential in the Union's convergence and outermost regions should be unlocked; science and society should be brought closer together in European society; support should be given to the coherent development of research policies at national and Community level and horizontal actions and measures in support of international cooperation should be undertaken.
(18) The Joint Research Centre (JRC) should contribute to providing customer-driven scientific and technological support for the conception, development, implementation and monitoring of Community policies. In this regard, it is useful that the JRC continues to function as an independent reference centre for science and technology in the Union in the areas of its specific competence.
(19) The regions have an important part to play in implementing the European Research Area. Unlocking the development potential of regions and wide dissemination of the results of research and technological development help to bridge the technological divide and contribute to European competitiveness.
(20) The Seventh Framework Programme complements the activities carried out in the Member States as well as other Community actions that are necessary for the overall strategic effort to achieve the Lisbon goals, alongside in particular those under the structural funds and those relating to agriculture, fisheries, education, training, competitiveness and innovation, industry, employment and environment.
(21) Mutual synergies and complementarity should be assured with Community policies and programmes, while also addressing the need for a strengthened and simplified approach to research funding, which is particularly important for SMEs.
(22) The Seventh Framework Programme should aim, in particular, to secure the appropriate involvement of SMEs through concrete measures and specific actions for their benefit. Innovation and SME-related activities supported under this Framework Programme should be complementary to those undertaken under the Competitiveness and Innovation Framework Programme.
(23) Participation in the activities of the Seventh Framework Programme should be facilitated through the publication of all relevant information, to be made available in a timely and user-friendly manner to all potential participants and the appropriate use of simple and quick procedures, free of unduly complex financial conditions and unnecessary reporting, in accordance with the Rules for Participation applicable to this Framework Programme, laid down in Regulation (EC) No 1906/2006 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 18 December 2006 laying down the rules for the participation of undertakings, research centres and universities in actions under the Seventh Framework Programme and for the dissemination of research results (2007-2013)(5).
(24) Taking into account the mid-term review of the use of new instruments under the Sixth Framework Programme and the Five Year Assessment of the Framework Programme, a new approach has been defined which should allow the political objectives of Community research policy to be reached more easily, more efficiently and in a more flexible way. To this end, a smaller set of simpler ‘funding schemes’ should be used, alone or in combination, with more flexibility and freedom, to support the different actions, and stronger management autonomy should be granted to participants.
(25) Given the broad interest in the Framework Programme actions, the leverage effect of funding in national and private investments, the need to enable the Community to meet new scientific and technological challenges and to make full use of its researchers' potential without discrimination, the vital role the Community intervention plays in making the European research system more efficient and effective, and the possible contribution of the Framework Programme to the efforts towards, inter alia, finding solutions to climate change and sustainability, the health of Europe's population and the reinvigoration of the Lisbon strategy, there is a need for Community research activities.
(26) Implementation of the Seventh Framework Programme may give rise to supplementary programmes involving the participation of certain Member States only, the participation of the Community in programmes undertaken by several Member States, or the setting up of joint undertakings or other arrangements within the meaning of Articles 168, 169 and 171 of the Treaty.
(27) The Community has concluded a number of international agreements in the field of research and efforts should be made to strengthen international research cooperation with a view to reaping the full benefits of internationalisation of RTD, to contributing to the production of global public goods and to further integrating the Community into the world-wide research community.
(28) There is already a significant body of scientific knowledge capable of drastically improving the lives of those who live in developing countries; where possible, the Framework Programme will — in the framework of the activities described above — contribute to meeting the Millennium Development Goals by 2010.
(29) The Seventh Framework Programme should contribute towards promoting growth, sustainable development and environmental protection, including by addressing the problem of climate change.
(30) Research activities supported by the Seventh Framework Programme should respect fundamental ethical principles, including those reflected in the Charter of Fundamental Rights of the European Union. The opinions of the European Group on Ethics in Science and New Technologies are and will be taken into account. Research activities should also take into account the Protocol on the Protection and Welfare of Animals and reduce the use of animals in research and testing, with a view ultimately to replacing animal use.
(31) Under the Seventh Framework Programme the role of women in science and research will be actively promoted by appropriate measures with a view to encouraging greater numbers to become involved in this domain and further enhancing their active role in research.
(32) This Decision lays down, for the entire duration of the Seventh Framework Programme, a financial envelope constituting the prime reference, within the meaning of point 37 of the Interinstitutional Agreement of 17 May 2006 between the European Parliament, the Council and the Commission on budgetary discipline and sound financial management(6), for the budgetary authority during the annual budgetary procedure.
(33) Appropriate measures — proportionate to the European Communities' financial interests — should also be taken to monitor both the effectiveness of the financial support granted and the effectiveness of the utilisation of these funds in order to prevent irregularities and fraud, and the necessary steps should be taken to recover funds lost, wrongly paid or incorrectly used in accordance with Council Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 2988/95 of 18 December 1995 on the protection of the European Communities financial interests(7), Council Regulation (Euratom, EC) No 2185/96 of 11 November 1996 concerning on-the-spot checks and inspections carried out by the Commission in order to protect the European Communities' financial interests against fraud and other irregularities(8)and Regulation (EC) No 1073/1999 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 25 May 1999 concerning investigations conducted by the European Anti-Fraud Office (OLAF)(9).
(34) It is important to ensure sound financial management of the Seventh Framework Programme and its implementation in the most effective and user-friendly manner possible, while also ensuring legal certainty and the accessibility of the programme to all participants. It is necessary to ensure compliance with Council Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 1605/2002 of 25 June 2002 on the Financial Regulation applicable to the general budget of the European Communities(10), and with the requirements of simplification and better regulation.
(35) Since the objective of the actions to be taken in accordance with Article 163 of the Treaty, namely contributing towards the creation of a knowledge-based society and economy in Europe, cannot be sufficiently achieved by the Member States and can therefore be better achieved at Community level, the Community may adopt measures, in accordance with the principle of subsidiarity as set out in Article 5 of the Treaty. In accordance with the principle of proportionality, as set out in that Article, the Seventh Framework Programme does not go beyond what is necessary in order to achieve this objective,
(i) Cooperation: supporting the whole range of research actions carried out in trans-national cooperation in the following thematic areas:(a)Health;(b)Food, Agriculture and Fisheries, and Biotechnology;(c)Information and Communication Technologies;(d)Nano-sciences, Nano-technologies, Materials and New Production Technologies;(e)Energy;(f)Environment (including Climate Change);(g)Transport (including Aeronautics);(h)Socio-economic Sciences and Humanities;(i)Space;(j)Security. (a) Health; (b) Food, Agriculture and Fisheries, and Biotechnology; (c) Information and Communication Technologies; (d) Nano-sciences, Nano-technologies, Materials and New Production Technologies; (e) Energy; (f) Environment (including Climate Change); (g) Transport (including Aeronautics); (h) Socio-economic Sciences and Humanities; (i) Space; (j) Security.
(a) Health;
(b) Food, Agriculture and Fisheries, and Biotechnology;
(c) Information and Communication Technologies;
(d) Nano-sciences, Nano-technologies, Materials and New Production Technologies;
(e) Energy;
(f) Environment (including Climate Change);
(g) Transport (including Aeronautics);
(h) Socio-economic Sciences and Humanities;
(i) Space;
(j) Security.
(a) Health;
(b) Food, Agriculture and Fisheries, and Biotechnology;
(c) Information and Communication Technologies;
(d) Nano-sciences, Nano-technologies, Materials and New Production Technologies;
(e) Energy;
(f) Environment (including Climate Change);
(g) Transport (including Aeronautics);
(h) Socio-economic Sciences and Humanities;
(i) Space;
(j) Security.
(ii) Ideas: supporting ‘investigator-driven’ research carried out across all fields by individual national or transnational teams in competition at the European level.
(iii) People: strengthening, quantitatively and qualitatively, the human potential in research and technological development in Europe, as well as encouraging mobility.
(iv) Capacities: supporting key aspects of European research and innovation capacities such as research infrastructures; regional research driven clusters; the development of a full research potential in the Community's convergence and outermost regions; research for the benefit of small and medium-sized enterprises (‘SMEs’)(11); ‘Science in Society’ issues; support to coherent development of policies; horizontal activities of international cooperation.
Cooperation 32 413
Ideas 7 510
People 4 750
Capacities 4 097
Non-nuclear actions of the Joint Research Centre 1 751
— research activity aiming at human cloning for reproductive purposes,
— research activity intended to modify the genetic heritage of human beings which could make such changes heritable(12),
— research activities intended to create human embryos solely for the purpose of research or for the purpose of stem cell procurement, including by means of somatic cell nuclear transfer.
1) Health;
2) Food, Agriculture and Fisheries, and Biotechnology;
3) Information and Communication Technologies;
4) Nano-sciences, Nano-technologies, Materials and new Production Technologies;
5) Energy;
6) Environment (including Climate Change);
7) Transport (including Aeronautics);
8) Socio-economic Sciences and the Humanities;
9) Space;
10) Security.
— Future and Emerging Technologies: to support research aiming at identifying or further exploring new scientific and technological opportunities in a given field and/or in their combination with other relevant areas and disciplines through specific support for spontaneous research proposals, including by joint calls; to nurture novel ideas and radically new uses and to explore new options in research roadmaps, in particular those with a potential for significant breakthroughs; adequate coordination with the activities carried out under the Ideas programme will be guaranteed in order to avoid overlap and ensure an optimum use of funding.
— Unforeseen policy needs: to respond in a flexible way to new policy needs that arise during the course of the Framework Programme, such as unforeseen developments or events requiring a quick reaction, for example, the new epidemics, emerging concerns in food safety or natural disaster response.
— Collaborative research,
— Joint Technology Initiatives,
— Coordination of non-Community research programmes,
— International cooperation.
— inability of existing instruments to achieve the objective,
— scale of the impact on industrial competitiveness and growth,
— added value of European-level intervention,
— the degree and clarity of definition of the objective and deliverables to be pursued,
— strength of the financial and resource commitment from industry,
— importance of the contribution to broader policy objectives including benefit to society,
— capacity to attract additional national support and leverage current and future industry funding.
— financial commitments,
— duration of the commitment of the participants,
— rules for entering and exiting the contract,
— intellectual property rights.
— providing a framework for actors implementing public research programmes to step up the coordination of their activities. This will include support for new ERA-NETs as well as for the broadening and deepening of the scope of existing ERA-NETs, e.g. by extending their partnership, as well as mutually opening their programmes. Where appropriate, ERA-NETs could be used for programme coordination between European regions and Member States to enable their cooperation with large-scale initiatives,
— in a limited number of cases, providing additional Community financial support to those participants that pool resources for the purpose of joint calls for proposals between their respective national and regional programmes (‘ERA-NET PLUS’).
— relevance to Community objectives,
— the clear definition of the objective to be pursued and its relevance to the objectives of this Framework Programme,
— presence of a pre-existing basis (existing or envisaged research programmes),
— European added value,
— critical mass, with regard to the size and the number of programmes involved and the similarity of activities they cover,
— efficiency of Article 169 as the most appropriate means for achieving the objectives.
— actions designed to enhance participation of researchers and research institutions from third countries in the thematic areas, with appropriate restrictions for the security theme due to the confidentiality aspects, accompanied by strong efforts to encourage them to seize this opportunity.
— Specific cooperation actions in each thematic area dedicated to third countries where there is mutual interest in co-operating on particular topics selected on the basis of the scientific and technological level and needs of the countries concerned. Closely associated with the bilateral cooperation agreements or multilateral dialogues between the EU and these countries or groups of countries, these actions will serve as privileged tools for implementing the cooperation between the EU and these countries. Such actions are, in particular, actions aiming at reinforcing the research capacities of candidate countries as well as neighbourhood countries and cooperative activities targeted at developing and emerging countries, focusing on their particular needs in fields such as health, including research into neglected diseases, agriculture, fisheries and environment, and implemented in financial conditions adapted to their capacities.
— Biotechnology, generic tools and medical technologies for human health—High-throughput research: to catalyse progress in fundamental genomics (genome and post-genome) and biomedical research by enhancing data generation, standardisation, acquisition and analysis.—Detection, diagnosis and monitoring: with emphasis on non-invasive or minimally invasive approaches and technologies such as new preventive tools for regenerative medicine (e.g. through molecular imaging and diagnostics).—Predicting suitability, safety and efficacy of therapies: to develop and validate biological markers, in vivo and in vitro methods and models, including simulation, pharmacogenomics, targeting and delivery approaches and alternatives to animal testing.—Innovative therapeutic approaches and intervention: to research, consolidate and ensure further developments in advanced therapies and technologies with potential application in many diseases and disorders such as new therapeutic tools for regenerative medicine. — High-throughput research: to catalyse progress in fundamental genomics (genome and post-genome) and biomedical research by enhancing data generation, standardisation, acquisition and analysis. — Detection, diagnosis and monitoring: with emphasis on non-invasive or minimally invasive approaches and technologies such as new preventive tools for regenerative medicine (e.g. through molecular imaging and diagnostics). — Predicting suitability, safety and efficacy of therapies: to develop and validate biological markers, in vivo and in vitro methods and models, including simulation, pharmacogenomics, targeting and delivery approaches and alternatives to animal testing. — Innovative therapeutic approaches and intervention: to research, consolidate and ensure further developments in advanced therapies and technologies with potential application in many diseases and disorders such as new therapeutic tools for regenerative medicine.
— High-throughput research: to catalyse progress in fundamental genomics (genome and post-genome) and biomedical research by enhancing data generation, standardisation, acquisition and analysis.
— Detection, diagnosis and monitoring: with emphasis on non-invasive or minimally invasive approaches and technologies such as new preventive tools for regenerative medicine (e.g. through molecular imaging and diagnostics).
— Predicting suitability, safety and efficacy of therapies: to develop and validate biological markers, in vivo and in vitro methods and models, including simulation, pharmacogenomics, targeting and delivery approaches and alternatives to animal testing.
— Innovative therapeutic approaches and intervention: to research, consolidate and ensure further developments in advanced therapies and technologies with potential application in many diseases and disorders such as new therapeutic tools for regenerative medicine.
— High-throughput research: to catalyse progress in fundamental genomics (genome and post-genome) and biomedical research by enhancing data generation, standardisation, acquisition and analysis.
— Detection, diagnosis and monitoring: with emphasis on non-invasive or minimally invasive approaches and technologies such as new preventive tools for regenerative medicine (e.g. through molecular imaging and diagnostics).
— Predicting suitability, safety and efficacy of therapies: to develop and validate biological markers, in vivo and in vitro methods and models, including simulation, pharmacogenomics, targeting and delivery approaches and alternatives to animal testing.
— Innovative therapeutic approaches and intervention: to research, consolidate and ensure further developments in advanced therapies and technologies with potential application in many diseases and disorders such as new therapeutic tools for regenerative medicine.
— Translating research for human health—Integrating biological data and processes — large-scale data gathering, systems biology (including modelling of complex systems): to generate and analyse the vast amount of data needed to understand better the complex regulatory networks of thousands of genes and gene-products controlling important biological processes in all relevant organisms and at all levels of organisation.—Research on the brain and related diseases, human development and ageing: to explore the process of healthy ageing and the way genes and environment interact with brain activity both under normal conditions and in brain diseases and relevant age-related illness (e.g. dementia).—Translational research in infectious diseases: to address drug resistance, the global threats of HIV/AIDS, malaria and tuberculosis, as well as hepatitis and potentially new and re-emerging epidemics (e.g. SARS and highly pathogenic influenza).—Translational research in major diseases — cancer, cardiovascular disease, diabetes/obesity; rare diseases; other chronic diseases including arthritis, rheumatic and musculo-skeletal diseases and respiratory diseases, including those induced by allergies: to develop patient-oriented strategies from prevention to diagnosis with particular emphasis on treatment, including clinical research and the use of active ingredients. Aspects of palliative medicine will be taken into account. — Integrating biological data and processes — large-scale data gathering, systems biology (including modelling of complex systems): to generate and analyse the vast amount of data needed to understand better the complex regulatory networks of thousands of genes and gene-products controlling important biological processes in all relevant organisms and at all levels of organisation. — Research on the brain and related diseases, human development and ageing: to explore the process of healthy ageing and the way genes and environment interact with brain activity both under normal conditions and in brain diseases and relevant age-related illness (e.g. dementia). — Translational research in infectious diseases: to address drug resistance, the global threats of HIV/AIDS, malaria and tuberculosis, as well as hepatitis and potentially new and re-emerging epidemics (e.g. SARS and highly pathogenic influenza). — Translational research in major diseases — cancer, cardiovascular disease, diabetes/obesity; rare diseases; other chronic diseases including arthritis, rheumatic and musculo-skeletal diseases and respiratory diseases, including those induced by allergies: to develop patient-oriented strategies from prevention to diagnosis with particular emphasis on treatment, including clinical research and the use of active ingredients. Aspects of palliative medicine will be taken into account.
— Integrating biological data and processes — large-scale data gathering, systems biology (including modelling of complex systems): to generate and analyse the vast amount of data needed to understand better the complex regulatory networks of thousands of genes and gene-products controlling important biological processes in all relevant organisms and at all levels of organisation.
— Research on the brain and related diseases, human development and ageing: to explore the process of healthy ageing and the way genes and environment interact with brain activity both under normal conditions and in brain diseases and relevant age-related illness (e.g. dementia).
— Translational research in infectious diseases: to address drug resistance, the global threats of HIV/AIDS, malaria and tuberculosis, as well as hepatitis and potentially new and re-emerging epidemics (e.g. SARS and highly pathogenic influenza).
— Translational research in major diseases — cancer, cardiovascular disease, diabetes/obesity; rare diseases; other chronic diseases including arthritis, rheumatic and musculo-skeletal diseases and respiratory diseases, including those induced by allergies: to develop patient-oriented strategies from prevention to diagnosis with particular emphasis on treatment, including clinical research and the use of active ingredients. Aspects of palliative medicine will be taken into account.
— Integrating biological data and processes — large-scale data gathering, systems biology (including modelling of complex systems): to generate and analyse the vast amount of data needed to understand better the complex regulatory networks of thousands of genes and gene-products controlling important biological processes in all relevant organisms and at all levels of organisation.
— Research on the brain and related diseases, human development and ageing: to explore the process of healthy ageing and the way genes and environment interact with brain activity both under normal conditions and in brain diseases and relevant age-related illness (e.g. dementia).
— Translational research in infectious diseases: to address drug resistance, the global threats of HIV/AIDS, malaria and tuberculosis, as well as hepatitis and potentially new and re-emerging epidemics (e.g. SARS and highly pathogenic influenza).
— Translational research in major diseases — cancer, cardiovascular disease, diabetes/obesity; rare diseases; other chronic diseases including arthritis, rheumatic and musculo-skeletal diseases and respiratory diseases, including those induced by allergies: to develop patient-oriented strategies from prevention to diagnosis with particular emphasis on treatment, including clinical research and the use of active ingredients. Aspects of palliative medicine will be taken into account.
— Optimising the delivery of health care to European citizens—Translating clinical outcome into clinical practice: to create the knowledge bases for clinical decision-making and to address the translation of outcomes of clinical research into clinical practice, especially addressing patient safety and the better use of medicines (including some aspects of pharmacovigilance and scientifically tested complementary and alternative medicines) as well as the specificities of children, women and the elderly population.—Quality, efficiency and solidarity of health care systems including transitional health care systems and home-care strategies: to translate effective interventions into management decisions, to assess the cost, efficiency and benefits of different interventions including with regard to patient safety, to define the needs and conditions for an adequate supply of human resources, to analyse factors influencing equity of access to high-quality health care (also by disadvantaged groups), including analyses of changes in population (e.g. ageing, mobility and migration, and the changing workplace).—Enhanced disease prevention and better use of medicines: to develop efficient public health interventions addressing wider determinants of health (such as stress, diet, lifestyle or environmental factors and their interaction with medication); to identify successful interventions in different health care settings to improve the prescription of medicines and their use by patients (including pharmacovigilance aspects and interactions of medicines).—Appropriate use of new health therapies and technologies: long-term safety and effectiveness assessment and monitoring of large-scale use of new medical technologies (including devices) and advanced therapies to ensure a high level of protection and benefit for public health. — Translating clinical outcome into clinical practice: to create the knowledge bases for clinical decision-making and to address the translation of outcomes of clinical research into clinical practice, especially addressing patient safety and the better use of medicines (including some aspects of pharmacovigilance and scientifically tested complementary and alternative medicines) as well as the specificities of children, women and the elderly population. — Quality, efficiency and solidarity of health care systems including transitional health care systems and home-care strategies: to translate effective interventions into management decisions, to assess the cost, efficiency and benefits of different interventions including with regard to patient safety, to define the needs and conditions for an adequate supply of human resources, to analyse factors influencing equity of access to high-quality health care (also by disadvantaged groups), including analyses of changes in population (e.g. ageing, mobility and migration, and the changing workplace). — Enhanced disease prevention and better use of medicines: to develop efficient public health interventions addressing wider determinants of health (such as stress, diet, lifestyle or environmental factors and their interaction with medication); to identify successful interventions in different health care settings to improve the prescription of medicines and their use by patients (including pharmacovigilance aspects and interactions of medicines). — Appropriate use of new health therapies and technologies: long-term safety and effectiveness assessment and monitoring of large-scale use of new medical technologies (including devices) and advanced therapies to ensure a high level of protection and benefit for public health.
— Translating clinical outcome into clinical practice: to create the knowledge bases for clinical decision-making and to address the translation of outcomes of clinical research into clinical practice, especially addressing patient safety and the better use of medicines (including some aspects of pharmacovigilance and scientifically tested complementary and alternative medicines) as well as the specificities of children, women and the elderly population.
— Quality, efficiency and solidarity of health care systems including transitional health care systems and home-care strategies: to translate effective interventions into management decisions, to assess the cost, efficiency and benefits of different interventions including with regard to patient safety, to define the needs and conditions for an adequate supply of human resources, to analyse factors influencing equity of access to high-quality health care (also by disadvantaged groups), including analyses of changes in population (e.g. ageing, mobility and migration, and the changing workplace).
— Enhanced disease prevention and better use of medicines: to develop efficient public health interventions addressing wider determinants of health (such as stress, diet, lifestyle or environmental factors and their interaction with medication); to identify successful interventions in different health care settings to improve the prescription of medicines and their use by patients (including pharmacovigilance aspects and interactions of medicines).
— Appropriate use of new health therapies and technologies: long-term safety and effectiveness assessment and monitoring of large-scale use of new medical technologies (including devices) and advanced therapies to ensure a high level of protection and benefit for public health.
— Translating clinical outcome into clinical practice: to create the knowledge bases for clinical decision-making and to address the translation of outcomes of clinical research into clinical practice, especially addressing patient safety and the better use of medicines (including some aspects of pharmacovigilance and scientifically tested complementary and alternative medicines) as well as the specificities of children, women and the elderly population.
— Quality, efficiency and solidarity of health care systems including transitional health care systems and home-care strategies: to translate effective interventions into management decisions, to assess the cost, efficiency and benefits of different interventions including with regard to patient safety, to define the needs and conditions for an adequate supply of human resources, to analyse factors influencing equity of access to high-quality health care (also by disadvantaged groups), including analyses of changes in population (e.g. ageing, mobility and migration, and the changing workplace).
— Enhanced disease prevention and better use of medicines: to develop efficient public health interventions addressing wider determinants of health (such as stress, diet, lifestyle or environmental factors and their interaction with medication); to identify successful interventions in different health care settings to improve the prescription of medicines and their use by patients (including pharmacovigilance aspects and interactions of medicines).
— Appropriate use of new health therapies and technologies: long-term safety and effectiveness assessment and monitoring of large-scale use of new medical technologies (including devices) and advanced therapies to ensure a high level of protection and benefit for public health.
— Sustainable production and management of biological resources from land, forest, and aquatic environments: enabling research, including ‘omics’ technologies, such as genomics, proteomics, metabolomics, systems biology, bioinformatics and converging technologies for micro-organisms, plants and animals, including research on the exploitation and sustainable use of their biodiversity.For land-based biological resources, research will focus on: soil fertility, improved crops and production systems in all their diversity, including organic farming, quality production schemes and monitoring and assessment of the impact of GMOs on the environment and humans; plant health, sustainable, competitive and multifunctional agriculture, and forestry; rural development; animal health and welfare, breeding and production; infectious diseases in animals, including epidemiological studies, zoonoses and their pathogenic mechanisms, and diseases linked to animal feedstuffs; other threats to the sustainability and security of food production, including climate change; safe disposal of animal waste.For biological resources from aquatic environments, research will support sustainability and competitiveness of fisheries, provide the scientific and technical basis of fisheries management and support the sustainable development of aquaculture, including breeding and welfare.Development of tools (including ICT tools) needed by policy makers and other actors in areas such as agriculture, fisheries and aquaculture, and rural development (landscape, land management practices etc.); socio-economic and ethical contexts of production.
— ‘Fork to farm’ — food (including seafood), health and well being: Consumer, societal, cultural, industrial and health as well as traditional aspects of food and feed, including behavioural and cognitive sciences; nutrition, diet-related diseases and disorders, including childhood and adult obesity and allergies; nutrition in relation to the prevention of diseases (including increased knowledge of the health bringing compounds and properties of food); innovative food and feed processing technologies (including packaging and technologies from non-food fields); improved quality and safety, both chemical and biological, of food, beverages and feed; enhanced food safety assurance methodologies; integrity (and control) of the food chain; physical and biological environmental impacts on and of food/feed chains; impact on, and resistance of, food chains to global changes; total food chain concept (including seafood and other food raw materials and components); traceability and its further development; authenticity of food; development of new ingredients and products.
— Life sciences, biotechnology and biochemistry for sustainable non-food products and processes: improved crops and forest resources, feed-stocks, marine products and biomass (including marine resources) for energy, environment, and products with high added value such as materials and chemicals (including biological resources utilisable in pharmaceutical industry and medicine), including novel farming systems, bio-processes and bio-refinery concepts; bio-catalysis; new and improved micro-organisms and enzymes; forestry and forest based products and processes; environmental bio-remediation and cleaner bio-processing, the utilisation of agro-industrial wastes and by-products.
— ICT Technology Pillars:—Nano-electronics, photonics and integrated micro/nano-systems: pushing the limits of miniaturisation, integration, variety, storage and density; increasing performance and manufacturability at lower cost; facilitating incorporation of ICT in a range of applications; interfaces; upstream research requiring exploration of new concepts.—Ubiquitous and unlimited capacity communication networks: ubiquitous access over heterogeneous networks — fixed, mobile, wireless and broadcasting networks spanning from the personal area to the regional and global area — allowing the seamless delivery of ever higher volumes of data and services anywhere and at any time.—Embedded systems, computing and control: powerful, secure and distributed, reliable and efficient computing, storage and communication systems and products that are embedded in objects and physical infrastructures and that can sense, control and adapt to their environment; interoperability of discrete and continuous systems.—Software, Grids, security and dependability: dynamic, adaptive, dependable and trusted software and services, platforms for software and services, complex systems and new processing architectures, including their provision as a utility.—Knowledge, cognitive and learning systems: semantic systems; capturing and exploiting knowledge embedded in web and multimedia content; bio-inspired artificial systems that perceive, understand, learn and evolve, and act autonomously; learning by convivial machines and humans based on a better understanding of human cognition.—Simulation, visualisation, interaction and mixed realities: tools for innovative design, and creativity in products, services and digital media, and for natural, language-enabled and context-rich interaction and communication.—New perspectives in ICT drawing on other science and technology disciplines, including insights from mathematics and physics, biotechnologies, material and life-sciences, for miniaturisation of ICT devices to sizes compatible and interacting with living organisms, to increase performance and user-friendliness of systems engineering and information processing, and for modelling and simulation of the living world. — Nano-electronics, photonics and integrated micro/nano-systems: pushing the limits of miniaturisation, integration, variety, storage and density; increasing performance and manufacturability at lower cost; facilitating incorporation of ICT in a range of applications; interfaces; upstream research requiring exploration of new concepts. — Ubiquitous and unlimited capacity communication networks: ubiquitous access over heterogeneous networks — fixed, mobile, wireless and broadcasting networks spanning from the personal area to the regional and global area — allowing the seamless delivery of ever higher volumes of data and services anywhere and at any time. — Embedded systems, computing and control: powerful, secure and distributed, reliable and efficient computing, storage and communication systems and products that are embedded in objects and physical infrastructures and that can sense, control and adapt to their environment; interoperability of discrete and continuous systems. — Software, Grids, security and dependability: dynamic, adaptive, dependable and trusted software and services, platforms for software and services, complex systems and new processing architectures, including their provision as a utility. — Knowledge, cognitive and learning systems: semantic systems; capturing and exploiting knowledge embedded in web and multimedia content; bio-inspired artificial systems that perceive, understand, learn and evolve, and act autonomously; learning by convivial machines and humans based on a better understanding of human cognition. — Simulation, visualisation, interaction and mixed realities: tools for innovative design, and creativity in products, services and digital media, and for natural, language-enabled and context-rich interaction and communication. — New perspectives in ICT drawing on other science and technology disciplines, including insights from mathematics and physics, biotechnologies, material and life-sciences, for miniaturisation of ICT devices to sizes compatible and interacting with living organisms, to increase performance and user-friendliness of systems engineering and information processing, and for modelling and simulation of the living world.
— Nano-electronics, photonics and integrated micro/nano-systems: pushing the limits of miniaturisation, integration, variety, storage and density; increasing performance and manufacturability at lower cost; facilitating incorporation of ICT in a range of applications; interfaces; upstream research requiring exploration of new concepts.
— Ubiquitous and unlimited capacity communication networks: ubiquitous access over heterogeneous networks — fixed, mobile, wireless and broadcasting networks spanning from the personal area to the regional and global area — allowing the seamless delivery of ever higher volumes of data and services anywhere and at any time.
— Embedded systems, computing and control: powerful, secure and distributed, reliable and efficient computing, storage and communication systems and products that are embedded in objects and physical infrastructures and that can sense, control and adapt to their environment; interoperability of discrete and continuous systems.
— Software, Grids, security and dependability: dynamic, adaptive, dependable and trusted software and services, platforms for software and services, complex systems and new processing architectures, including their provision as a utility.
— Knowledge, cognitive and learning systems: semantic systems; capturing and exploiting knowledge embedded in web and multimedia content; bio-inspired artificial systems that perceive, understand, learn and evolve, and act autonomously; learning by convivial machines and humans based on a better understanding of human cognition.
— Simulation, visualisation, interaction and mixed realities: tools for innovative design, and creativity in products, services and digital media, and for natural, language-enabled and context-rich interaction and communication.
— New perspectives in ICT drawing on other science and technology disciplines, including insights from mathematics and physics, biotechnologies, material and life-sciences, for miniaturisation of ICT devices to sizes compatible and interacting with living organisms, to increase performance and user-friendliness of systems engineering and information processing, and for modelling and simulation of the living world.
— Nano-electronics, photonics and integrated micro/nano-systems: pushing the limits of miniaturisation, integration, variety, storage and density; increasing performance and manufacturability at lower cost; facilitating incorporation of ICT in a range of applications; interfaces; upstream research requiring exploration of new concepts.
— Ubiquitous and unlimited capacity communication networks: ubiquitous access over heterogeneous networks — fixed, mobile, wireless and broadcasting networks spanning from the personal area to the regional and global area — allowing the seamless delivery of ever higher volumes of data and services anywhere and at any time.
— Embedded systems, computing and control: powerful, secure and distributed, reliable and efficient computing, storage and communication systems and products that are embedded in objects and physical infrastructures and that can sense, control and adapt to their environment; interoperability of discrete and continuous systems.
— Software, Grids, security and dependability: dynamic, adaptive, dependable and trusted software and services, platforms for software and services, complex systems and new processing architectures, including their provision as a utility.
— Knowledge, cognitive and learning systems: semantic systems; capturing and exploiting knowledge embedded in web and multimedia content; bio-inspired artificial systems that perceive, understand, learn and evolve, and act autonomously; learning by convivial machines and humans based on a better understanding of human cognition.
— Simulation, visualisation, interaction and mixed realities: tools for innovative design, and creativity in products, services and digital media, and for natural, language-enabled and context-rich interaction and communication.
— New perspectives in ICT drawing on other science and technology disciplines, including insights from mathematics and physics, biotechnologies, material and life-sciences, for miniaturisation of ICT devices to sizes compatible and interacting with living organisms, to increase performance and user-friendliness of systems engineering and information processing, and for modelling and simulation of the living world.
— Integration of Technologies:—Personal environments: personal communication and computing devices, accessories, wearables, implants; their interfaces and interconnections to services and resources.—Home environments: communication, monitoring, control, assistance; seamless interoperability and use of all devices; interactive digital content and services.—Robotic systems: advanced autonomous systems; cognition, control, action skills, natural interaction and cooperation; miniaturisation, humanoid technologies.—Intelligent infrastructures: tools making infrastructures that are critical to everyday life more efficient and user-friendly, easier to adapt and maintain, and more robust to usage and resistant to failures. — Personal environments: personal communication and computing devices, accessories, wearables, implants; their interfaces and interconnections to services and resources. — Home environments: communication, monitoring, control, assistance; seamless interoperability and use of all devices; interactive digital content and services. — Robotic systems: advanced autonomous systems; cognition, control, action skills, natural interaction and cooperation; miniaturisation, humanoid technologies. — Intelligent infrastructures: tools making infrastructures that are critical to everyday life more efficient and user-friendly, easier to adapt and maintain, and more robust to usage and resistant to failures.
— Personal environments: personal communication and computing devices, accessories, wearables, implants; their interfaces and interconnections to services and resources.
— Home environments: communication, monitoring, control, assistance; seamless interoperability and use of all devices; interactive digital content and services.
— Robotic systems: advanced autonomous systems; cognition, control, action skills, natural interaction and cooperation; miniaturisation, humanoid technologies.
— Intelligent infrastructures: tools making infrastructures that are critical to everyday life more efficient and user-friendly, easier to adapt and maintain, and more robust to usage and resistant to failures.
— Personal environments: personal communication and computing devices, accessories, wearables, implants; their interfaces and interconnections to services and resources.
— Home environments: communication, monitoring, control, assistance; seamless interoperability and use of all devices; interactive digital content and services.
— Robotic systems: advanced autonomous systems; cognition, control, action skills, natural interaction and cooperation; miniaturisation, humanoid technologies.
— Intelligent infrastructures: tools making infrastructures that are critical to everyday life more efficient and user-friendly, easier to adapt and maintain, and more robust to usage and resistant to failures.
— Applications Research:—ICT meeting societal challenges: new systems, novel materials, structures, technologies and services in areas of public interest, improving quality, efficiency, access and inclusiveness, including accessibility for the disabled; user friendly applications, integration of new technologies and initiatives such as ambient assisted living,—for health, improving disease prevention and health care provisions, early diagnosis, treatment and personalisation; autonomy, safety, monitoring and mobility of patients; health information space for knowledge discovery and management,—to improve inclusion and equal participation and prevent digital divides; assistive technology for the elderly and for disabled people; design-for-all,—for mobility; intelligent ICT-based transportation systems, vehicles and intelligent service solutions for tourism enabling people and goods to move safely, ecologically, comfortably and efficiently,—in support of the environment, risk management and sustainable development, to prevent or reduce vulnerability and to mitigate the consequences of natural disasters, industrial accidents and human activities related to economic development,—for governments at all levels: efficiency, openness and accountability, for a world-class public administration and links to citizens and businesses, supporting democracy, allowing access to information to all.—ICT for content, creativity and personal development:—new media paradigms and new forms of content, including entertainment; creation of and access to interactive digital content; enriched user experiences; cost-effective content delivery; digital rights management; hybrid media,—technology-enhanced learning; adaptive and contextualised learning solutions; active learning,—ICT-based systems to support accessibility and use over time of digital cultural and scientific resources and assets, in a multilingual/multicultural environment, and including with regard to cultural heritage.—ICT supporting businesses and industry:—new forms of dynamic networked cooperative business processes, digital eco-systems including for empowering small and medium-sized organisations and communities; optimised work organisation and collaborative work environments such as knowledge sharing and interactive services (e.g. for tourism),—manufacturing, including traditional industries: rapid and adaptive design, production and delivery of highly customised goods; digital and virtual production; modelling, simulation, optimisation and presentation tools; miniature and integrated ICT products,—ICT for trust and confidence: identity management; authentication and authorisation; privacy enhancing technologies; rights and asset management; protection against cyber threats, in coordination with other themes, in particular the ‘Security’ theme. — ICT meeting societal challenges: new systems, novel materials, structures, technologies and services in areas of public interest, improving quality, efficiency, access and inclusiveness, including accessibility for the disabled; user friendly applications, integration of new technologies and initiatives such as ambient assisted living,—for health, improving disease prevention and health care provisions, early diagnosis, treatment and personalisation; autonomy, safety, monitoring and mobility of patients; health information space for knowledge discovery and management,—to improve inclusion and equal participation and prevent digital divides; assistive technology for the elderly and for disabled people; design-for-all,—for mobility; intelligent ICT-based transportation systems, vehicles and intelligent service solutions for tourism enabling people and goods to move safely, ecologically, comfortably and efficiently,—in support of the environment, risk management and sustainable development, to prevent or reduce vulnerability and to mitigate the consequences of natural disasters, industrial accidents and human activities related to economic development,—for governments at all levels: efficiency, openness and accountability, for a world-class public administration and links to citizens and businesses, supporting democracy, allowing access to information to all. — for health, improving disease prevention and health care provisions, early diagnosis, treatment and personalisation; autonomy, safety, monitoring and mobility of patients; health information space for knowledge discovery and management, — to improve inclusion and equal participation and prevent digital divides; assistive technology for the elderly and for disabled people; design-for-all, — for mobility; intelligent ICT-based transportation systems, vehicles and intelligent service solutions for tourism enabling people and goods to move safely, ecologically, comfortably and efficiently, — in support of the environment, risk management and sustainable development, to prevent or reduce vulnerability and to mitigate the consequences of natural disasters, industrial accidents and human activities related to economic development, — for governments at all levels: efficiency, openness and accountability, for a world-class public administration and links to citizens and businesses, supporting democracy, allowing access to information to all. — ICT for content, creativity and personal development:—new media paradigms and new forms of content, including entertainment; creation of and access to interactive digital content; enriched user experiences; cost-effective content delivery; digital rights management; hybrid media,—technology-enhanced learning; adaptive and contextualised learning solutions; active learning,—ICT-based systems to support accessibility and use over time of digital cultural and scientific resources and assets, in a multilingual/multicultural environment, and including with regard to cultural heritage. — new media paradigms and new forms of content, including entertainment; creation of and access to interactive digital content; enriched user experiences; cost-effective content delivery; digital rights management; hybrid media, — technology-enhanced learning; adaptive and contextualised learning solutions; active learning, — ICT-based systems to support accessibility and use over time of digital cultural and scientific resources and assets, in a multilingual/multicultural environment, and including with regard to cultural heritage. — ICT supporting businesses and industry:—new forms of dynamic networked cooperative business processes, digital eco-systems including for empowering small and medium-sized organisations and communities; optimised work organisation and collaborative work environments such as knowledge sharing and interactive services (e.g. for tourism),—manufacturing, including traditional industries: rapid and adaptive design, production and delivery of highly customised goods; digital and virtual production; modelling, simulation, optimisation and presentation tools; miniature and integrated ICT products, — new forms of dynamic networked cooperative business processes, digital eco-systems including for empowering small and medium-sized organisations and communities; optimised work organisation and collaborative work environments such as knowledge sharing and interactive services (e.g. for tourism), — manufacturing, including traditional industries: rapid and adaptive design, production and delivery of highly customised goods; digital and virtual production; modelling, simulation, optimisation and presentation tools; miniature and integrated ICT products, — ICT for trust and confidence: identity management; authentication and authorisation; privacy enhancing technologies; rights and asset management; protection against cyber threats, in coordination with other themes, in particular the ‘Security’ theme.
— ICT meeting societal challenges: new systems, novel materials, structures, technologies and services in areas of public interest, improving quality, efficiency, access and inclusiveness, including accessibility for the disabled; user friendly applications, integration of new technologies and initiatives such as ambient assisted living,—for health, improving disease prevention and health care provisions, early diagnosis, treatment and personalisation; autonomy, safety, monitoring and mobility of patients; health information space for knowledge discovery and management,—to improve inclusion and equal participation and prevent digital divides; assistive technology for the elderly and for disabled people; design-for-all,—for mobility; intelligent ICT-based transportation systems, vehicles and intelligent service solutions for tourism enabling people and goods to move safely, ecologically, comfortably and efficiently,—in support of the environment, risk management and sustainable development, to prevent or reduce vulnerability and to mitigate the consequences of natural disasters, industrial accidents and human activities related to economic development,—for governments at all levels: efficiency, openness and accountability, for a world-class public administration and links to citizens and businesses, supporting democracy, allowing access to information to all. — for health, improving disease prevention and health care provisions, early diagnosis, treatment and personalisation; autonomy, safety, monitoring and mobility of patients; health information space for knowledge discovery and management, — to improve inclusion and equal participation and prevent digital divides; assistive technology for the elderly and for disabled people; design-for-all, — for mobility; intelligent ICT-based transportation systems, vehicles and intelligent service solutions for tourism enabling people and goods to move safely, ecologically, comfortably and efficiently, — in support of the environment, risk management and sustainable development, to prevent or reduce vulnerability and to mitigate the consequences of natural disasters, industrial accidents and human activities related to economic development, — for governments at all levels: efficiency, openness and accountability, for a world-class public administration and links to citizens and businesses, supporting democracy, allowing access to information to all.
— for health, improving disease prevention and health care provisions, early diagnosis, treatment and personalisation; autonomy, safety, monitoring and mobility of patients; health information space for knowledge discovery and management,
— to improve inclusion and equal participation and prevent digital divides; assistive technology for the elderly and for disabled people; design-for-all,
— for mobility; intelligent ICT-based transportation systems, vehicles and intelligent service solutions for tourism enabling people and goods to move safely, ecologically, comfortably and efficiently,
— in support of the environment, risk management and sustainable development, to prevent or reduce vulnerability and to mitigate the consequences of natural disasters, industrial accidents and human activities related to economic development,
— for governments at all levels: efficiency, openness and accountability, for a world-class public administration and links to citizens and businesses, supporting democracy, allowing access to information to all.
— ICT for content, creativity and personal development:—new media paradigms and new forms of content, including entertainment; creation of and access to interactive digital content; enriched user experiences; cost-effective content delivery; digital rights management; hybrid media,—technology-enhanced learning; adaptive and contextualised learning solutions; active learning,—ICT-based systems to support accessibility and use over time of digital cultural and scientific resources and assets, in a multilingual/multicultural environment, and including with regard to cultural heritage. — new media paradigms and new forms of content, including entertainment; creation of and access to interactive digital content; enriched user experiences; cost-effective content delivery; digital rights management; hybrid media, — technology-enhanced learning; adaptive and contextualised learning solutions; active learning, — ICT-based systems to support accessibility and use over time of digital cultural and scientific resources and assets, in a multilingual/multicultural environment, and including with regard to cultural heritage.
— new media paradigms and new forms of content, including entertainment; creation of and access to interactive digital content; enriched user experiences; cost-effective content delivery; digital rights management; hybrid media,
— technology-enhanced learning; adaptive and contextualised learning solutions; active learning,
— ICT-based systems to support accessibility and use over time of digital cultural and scientific resources and assets, in a multilingual/multicultural environment, and including with regard to cultural heritage.
— ICT supporting businesses and industry:—new forms of dynamic networked cooperative business processes, digital eco-systems including for empowering small and medium-sized organisations and communities; optimised work organisation and collaborative work environments such as knowledge sharing and interactive services (e.g. for tourism),—manufacturing, including traditional industries: rapid and adaptive design, production and delivery of highly customised goods; digital and virtual production; modelling, simulation, optimisation and presentation tools; miniature and integrated ICT products, — new forms of dynamic networked cooperative business processes, digital eco-systems including for empowering small and medium-sized organisations and communities; optimised work organisation and collaborative work environments such as knowledge sharing and interactive services (e.g. for tourism), — manufacturing, including traditional industries: rapid and adaptive design, production and delivery of highly customised goods; digital and virtual production; modelling, simulation, optimisation and presentation tools; miniature and integrated ICT products,
— new forms of dynamic networked cooperative business processes, digital eco-systems including for empowering small and medium-sized organisations and communities; optimised work organisation and collaborative work environments such as knowledge sharing and interactive services (e.g. for tourism),
— manufacturing, including traditional industries: rapid and adaptive design, production and delivery of highly customised goods; digital and virtual production; modelling, simulation, optimisation and presentation tools; miniature and integrated ICT products,
— ICT for trust and confidence: identity management; authentication and authorisation; privacy enhancing technologies; rights and asset management; protection against cyber threats, in coordination with other themes, in particular the ‘Security’ theme.
— ICT meeting societal challenges: new systems, novel materials, structures, technologies and services in areas of public interest, improving quality, efficiency, access and inclusiveness, including accessibility for the disabled; user friendly applications, integration of new technologies and initiatives such as ambient assisted living,—for health, improving disease prevention and health care provisions, early diagnosis, treatment and personalisation; autonomy, safety, monitoring and mobility of patients; health information space for knowledge discovery and management,—to improve inclusion and equal participation and prevent digital divides; assistive technology for the elderly and for disabled people; design-for-all,—for mobility; intelligent ICT-based transportation systems, vehicles and intelligent service solutions for tourism enabling people and goods to move safely, ecologically, comfortably and efficiently,—in support of the environment, risk management and sustainable development, to prevent or reduce vulnerability and to mitigate the consequences of natural disasters, industrial accidents and human activities related to economic development,—for governments at all levels: efficiency, openness and accountability, for a world-class public administration and links to citizens and businesses, supporting democracy, allowing access to information to all. — for health, improving disease prevention and health care provisions, early diagnosis, treatment and personalisation; autonomy, safety, monitoring and mobility of patients; health information space for knowledge discovery and management, — to improve inclusion and equal participation and prevent digital divides; assistive technology for the elderly and for disabled people; design-for-all, — for mobility; intelligent ICT-based transportation systems, vehicles and intelligent service solutions for tourism enabling people and goods to move safely, ecologically, comfortably and efficiently, — in support of the environment, risk management and sustainable development, to prevent or reduce vulnerability and to mitigate the consequences of natural disasters, industrial accidents and human activities related to economic development, — for governments at all levels: efficiency, openness and accountability, for a world-class public administration and links to citizens and businesses, supporting democracy, allowing access to information to all.
— for health, improving disease prevention and health care provisions, early diagnosis, treatment and personalisation; autonomy, safety, monitoring and mobility of patients; health information space for knowledge discovery and management,
— to improve inclusion and equal participation and prevent digital divides; assistive technology for the elderly and for disabled people; design-for-all,
— for mobility; intelligent ICT-based transportation systems, vehicles and intelligent service solutions for tourism enabling people and goods to move safely, ecologically, comfortably and efficiently,
— in support of the environment, risk management and sustainable development, to prevent or reduce vulnerability and to mitigate the consequences of natural disasters, industrial accidents and human activities related to economic development,
— for governments at all levels: efficiency, openness and accountability, for a world-class public administration and links to citizens and businesses, supporting democracy, allowing access to information to all.
— for health, improving disease prevention and health care provisions, early diagnosis, treatment and personalisation; autonomy, safety, monitoring and mobility of patients; health information space for knowledge discovery and management,
— to improve inclusion and equal participation and prevent digital divides; assistive technology for the elderly and for disabled people; design-for-all,
— for mobility; intelligent ICT-based transportation systems, vehicles and intelligent service solutions for tourism enabling people and goods to move safely, ecologically, comfortably and efficiently,
— in support of the environment, risk management and sustainable development, to prevent or reduce vulnerability and to mitigate the consequences of natural disasters, industrial accidents and human activities related to economic development,
— for governments at all levels: efficiency, openness and accountability, for a world-class public administration and links to citizens and businesses, supporting democracy, allowing access to information to all.
— ICT for content, creativity and personal development:—new media paradigms and new forms of content, including entertainment; creation of and access to interactive digital content; enriched user experiences; cost-effective content delivery; digital rights management; hybrid media,—technology-enhanced learning; adaptive and contextualised learning solutions; active learning,—ICT-based systems to support accessibility and use over time of digital cultural and scientific resources and assets, in a multilingual/multicultural environment, and including with regard to cultural heritage. — new media paradigms and new forms of content, including entertainment; creation of and access to interactive digital content; enriched user experiences; cost-effective content delivery; digital rights management; hybrid media, — technology-enhanced learning; adaptive and contextualised learning solutions; active learning, — ICT-based systems to support accessibility and use over time of digital cultural and scientific resources and assets, in a multilingual/multicultural environment, and including with regard to cultural heritage.
— new media paradigms and new forms of content, including entertainment; creation of and access to interactive digital content; enriched user experiences; cost-effective content delivery; digital rights management; hybrid media,
— technology-enhanced learning; adaptive and contextualised learning solutions; active learning,
— ICT-based systems to support accessibility and use over time of digital cultural and scientific resources and assets, in a multilingual/multicultural environment, and including with regard to cultural heritage.
— new media paradigms and new forms of content, including entertainment; creation of and access to interactive digital content; enriched user experiences; cost-effective content delivery; digital rights management; hybrid media,
— technology-enhanced learning; adaptive and contextualised learning solutions; active learning,
— ICT-based systems to support accessibility and use over time of digital cultural and scientific resources and assets, in a multilingual/multicultural environment, and including with regard to cultural heritage.
— ICT supporting businesses and industry:—new forms of dynamic networked cooperative business processes, digital eco-systems including for empowering small and medium-sized organisations and communities; optimised work organisation and collaborative work environments such as knowledge sharing and interactive services (e.g. for tourism),—manufacturing, including traditional industries: rapid and adaptive design, production and delivery of highly customised goods; digital and virtual production; modelling, simulation, optimisation and presentation tools; miniature and integrated ICT products, — new forms of dynamic networked cooperative business processes, digital eco-systems including for empowering small and medium-sized organisations and communities; optimised work organisation and collaborative work environments such as knowledge sharing and interactive services (e.g. for tourism), — manufacturing, including traditional industries: rapid and adaptive design, production and delivery of highly customised goods; digital and virtual production; modelling, simulation, optimisation and presentation tools; miniature and integrated ICT products,
— new forms of dynamic networked cooperative business processes, digital eco-systems including for empowering small and medium-sized organisations and communities; optimised work organisation and collaborative work environments such as knowledge sharing and interactive services (e.g. for tourism),
— manufacturing, including traditional industries: rapid and adaptive design, production and delivery of highly customised goods; digital and virtual production; modelling, simulation, optimisation and presentation tools; miniature and integrated ICT products,
— new forms of dynamic networked cooperative business processes, digital eco-systems including for empowering small and medium-sized organisations and communities; optimised work organisation and collaborative work environments such as knowledge sharing and interactive services (e.g. for tourism),
— manufacturing, including traditional industries: rapid and adaptive design, production and delivery of highly customised goods; digital and virtual production; modelling, simulation, optimisation and presentation tools; miniature and integrated ICT products,
— ICT for trust and confidence: identity management; authentication and authorisation; privacy enhancing technologies; rights and asset management; protection against cyber threats, in coordination with other themes, in particular the ‘Security’ theme.
— Nano-sciences, Nano-technologies—Generating new knowledge of interface and size dependent phenomena; nano-scale control of material properties for new applications; integration of technologies at the nano-scale including monitoring and sensing; self-assembling properties; nano-motors; nano-machines and nano-systems; methods and tools for characterisation and manipulation at nano-dimensions; nano- and high-precision technologies in chemistry for the manufacture of basic materials and components; the study and production of nano-metre precise components; impact on human safety, health and the environment; metrology, monitoring and sensing, nomenclature and standards; exploration of new concepts and approaches for sectoral applications, including the integration and convergence of emerging technologies. Activities will also investigate the impact of nano-technology on society and the relevance of nano-science and technology for the solution of societal problems. — Generating new knowledge of interface and size dependent phenomena; nano-scale control of material properties for new applications; integration of technologies at the nano-scale including monitoring and sensing; self-assembling properties; nano-motors; nano-machines and nano-systems; methods and tools for characterisation and manipulation at nano-dimensions; nano- and high-precision technologies in chemistry for the manufacture of basic materials and components; the study and production of nano-metre precise components; impact on human safety, health and the environment; metrology, monitoring and sensing, nomenclature and standards; exploration of new concepts and approaches for sectoral applications, including the integration and convergence of emerging technologies. Activities will also investigate the impact of nano-technology on society and the relevance of nano-science and technology for the solution of societal problems.
— Generating new knowledge of interface and size dependent phenomena; nano-scale control of material properties for new applications; integration of technologies at the nano-scale including monitoring and sensing; self-assembling properties; nano-motors; nano-machines and nano-systems; methods and tools for characterisation and manipulation at nano-dimensions; nano- and high-precision technologies in chemistry for the manufacture of basic materials and components; the study and production of nano-metre precise components; impact on human safety, health and the environment; metrology, monitoring and sensing, nomenclature and standards; exploration of new concepts and approaches for sectoral applications, including the integration and convergence of emerging technologies. Activities will also investigate the impact of nano-technology on society and the relevance of nano-science and technology for the solution of societal problems.
— Generating new knowledge of interface and size dependent phenomena; nano-scale control of material properties for new applications; integration of technologies at the nano-scale including monitoring and sensing; self-assembling properties; nano-motors; nano-machines and nano-systems; methods and tools for characterisation and manipulation at nano-dimensions; nano- and high-precision technologies in chemistry for the manufacture of basic materials and components; the study and production of nano-metre precise components; impact on human safety, health and the environment; metrology, monitoring and sensing, nomenclature and standards; exploration of new concepts and approaches for sectoral applications, including the integration and convergence of emerging technologies. Activities will also investigate the impact of nano-technology on society and the relevance of nano-science and technology for the solution of societal problems.
— Materials—Generating new knowledge of high-performance surfaces and materials for new products and processes as well as for their repair; knowledge-based materials with tailored properties and predictable performance; more reliable design and simulation; computational modelling; higher complexity; environmental compatibility; integration of nano-micro-macro functionality in the chemical technology and materials processing industries; new nano-materials including nano-composites, bio-materials, and hybrid materials, including design and control of their processing, properties and performance. — Generating new knowledge of high-performance surfaces and materials for new products and processes as well as for their repair; knowledge-based materials with tailored properties and predictable performance; more reliable design and simulation; computational modelling; higher complexity; environmental compatibility; integration of nano-micro-macro functionality in the chemical technology and materials processing industries; new nano-materials including nano-composites, bio-materials, and hybrid materials, including design and control of their processing, properties and performance.
— Generating new knowledge of high-performance surfaces and materials for new products and processes as well as for their repair; knowledge-based materials with tailored properties and predictable performance; more reliable design and simulation; computational modelling; higher complexity; environmental compatibility; integration of nano-micro-macro functionality in the chemical technology and materials processing industries; new nano-materials including nano-composites, bio-materials, and hybrid materials, including design and control of their processing, properties and performance.
— Generating new knowledge of high-performance surfaces and materials for new products and processes as well as for their repair; knowledge-based materials with tailored properties and predictable performance; more reliable design and simulation; computational modelling; higher complexity; environmental compatibility; integration of nano-micro-macro functionality in the chemical technology and materials processing industries; new nano-materials including nano-composites, bio-materials, and hybrid materials, including design and control of their processing, properties and performance.
— New Production—Creating conditions and assets for sustainable knowledge-intensive production, including construction, development and validation of new paradigms responding to emerging industrial needs and fostering the modernisation of the European industry base; development of generic production assets for adaptive, networked and knowledge-based production; development of new engineering concepts exploiting the convergence of technologies (e.g. nano, micro, bio, geo, info, optical, cognitive technologies and their engineering requirements) for the next generation of high value-added new or renewed products and services, and adaptation to changing needs; engaging high-throughput production technologies. — Creating conditions and assets for sustainable knowledge-intensive production, including construction, development and validation of new paradigms responding to emerging industrial needs and fostering the modernisation of the European industry base; development of generic production assets for adaptive, networked and knowledge-based production; development of new engineering concepts exploiting the convergence of technologies (e.g. nano, micro, bio, geo, info, optical, cognitive technologies and their engineering requirements) for the next generation of high value-added new or renewed products and services, and adaptation to changing needs; engaging high-throughput production technologies.
— Creating conditions and assets for sustainable knowledge-intensive production, including construction, development and validation of new paradigms responding to emerging industrial needs and fostering the modernisation of the European industry base; development of generic production assets for adaptive, networked and knowledge-based production; development of new engineering concepts exploiting the convergence of technologies (e.g. nano, micro, bio, geo, info, optical, cognitive technologies and their engineering requirements) for the next generation of high value-added new or renewed products and services, and adaptation to changing needs; engaging high-throughput production technologies.
— Creating conditions and assets for sustainable knowledge-intensive production, including construction, development and validation of new paradigms responding to emerging industrial needs and fostering the modernisation of the European industry base; development of generic production assets for adaptive, networked and knowledge-based production; development of new engineering concepts exploiting the convergence of technologies (e.g. nano, micro, bio, geo, info, optical, cognitive technologies and their engineering requirements) for the next generation of high value-added new or renewed products and services, and adaptation to changing needs; engaging high-throughput production technologies.
— Integration of technologies for industrial applications—Integrating new knowledge, nano- and micro-technologies, materials and production in sectoral and cross sectoral applications, in areas such as health, food, construction and buildings, transport, energy, information and communication, chemistry, environment, textiles and clothing, footwear, forest-based industry, steel, mechanical engineering. — Integrating new knowledge, nano- and micro-technologies, materials and production in sectoral and cross sectoral applications, in areas such as health, food, construction and buildings, transport, energy, information and communication, chemistry, environment, textiles and clothing, footwear, forest-based industry, steel, mechanical engineering.
— Integrating new knowledge, nano- and micro-technologies, materials and production in sectoral and cross sectoral applications, in areas such as health, food, construction and buildings, transport, energy, information and communication, chemistry, environment, textiles and clothing, footwear, forest-based industry, steel, mechanical engineering.
— Integrating new knowledge, nano- and micro-technologies, materials and production in sectoral and cross sectoral applications, in areas such as health, food, construction and buildings, transport, energy, information and communication, chemistry, environment, textiles and clothing, footwear, forest-based industry, steel, mechanical engineering.
— Hydrogen and fuel cellsIntegrated action to provide a strong technological foundation for competitive EU fuel cell and hydrogen industries, for stationary, portable and transport applications. The Hydrogen and Fuel Cells European Technology Platform contributes to this activity by proposing an integrated research and deployment strategy.
— Renewable electricity generationTechnologies to increase overall conversion efficiency, cost efficiency and reliability, driving down the cost of electricity production from indigenous renewable energy sources, including wastes, and the development and the demonstration of technologies suited to different regional conditions.
— Renewable fuel productionIntegrated fuel production systems and conversion technologies: to develop and drive down the unit cost of solid, liquid and gaseous (including hydrogen) fuels produced from renewable energy sources including biomass and wastes, aiming at the cost-effective production, storage, distribution and use of carbon-neutral fuels, in particular biofuels for transport and electricity generation.
— Renewables for heating and coolingResearch, development and demonstration of technologies and devices including storage technologies to increase efficiencies and drive down the costs of active and passive heating and cooling from renewable energy sources, ensuring their use in different regional conditions where sufficient potential can be identified.
— CO2capture and storage technologies for zero emission power generationResearch, development and demonstration of technologies to drastically reduce the environmental impact of fossil fuel use aiming at highly efficient and cost effective power and/or heat generation plants with near zero emissions, based on CO2capture and storage technologies, in particular underground storage.
— Clean coal technologiesResearch, development and demonstration of technologies to substantially improve plant efficiency, reliability and cost through development and demonstration of clean coal and other solid fuel conversion technologies, including chemical processes, producing also secondary energy carriers (including hydrogen) and liquid or gaseous fuels. Activities will be linked as appropriate to CO2capture and storage technologies or co-utilisation of biomass.
— Smart energy networksResearch, development and demonstration on how to increase the efficiency, safety, reliability and quality of the European electricity and gas systems and networks, notably within the context of a more integrated European energy market, e.g. by transforming the current electricity grids into an interactive (customers/operators) service network, developing energy storage options and removing obstacles to the large-scale deployment and effective integration of distributed and renewable energy sources.
— Energy efficiency and savingsResearch, development and demonstration of new concepts, optimisation of proven concepts and technologies to improve energy efficiency and to enable further final and primary energy consumption savings, over their life cycle, for buildings (including in lighting), transport, services and industry. This includes the integration of strategies and technologies for energy efficiency (including co- and polygeneration), the use of new and renewable energy technologies and energy demand management measures and devices, and the demonstration of minimum climate impact buildings.
— Knowledge for energy policy makingDevelopment of tools, methods and models to assess the main economic and social issues related to energy technologies and to provide quantifiable targets and scenarios for medium- and long-term horizons (including providing scientific support for policy development).
— Climate change, pollution and risks—Pressures on the environment and climate: functioning of climate and the earth and marine system including the polar regions; adaptation and mitigation measures; pollution in air, soil and water; changes in atmospheric composition and water cycle; global and regional interactions between climate and atmosphere, land surface, ice and the ocean; and impacts on biodiversity and ecosystems, including the effects of the sea level rise on coastal zones and impacts on particularly sensitive areas.—Environment and health: interaction of environmental stressors with human health including identification of sources, biomonitoring research for environment related health, indoor air quality and links to indoor environment, urban environment, car emissions and impact and emerging risk factors; integrated risk assessment methods for hazardous substances including alternatives to animal testing; quantification and cost-benefit analysis of environmental health risks and indicators for prevention strategies.—Natural hazards: improvement of forecasting and integrated hazards — vulnerability — and risk assessments for disasters related to geological hazards (such as earthquakes, volcanoes, tsunamis) and climate (such as storms, droughts, floods, forest fires, landslides, avalanches and other extreme events) and their impact; development of early warning systems and improve prevention, mitigation and management strategies, also within a multi-risk approach. — Pressures on the environment and climate: functioning of climate and the earth and marine system including the polar regions; adaptation and mitigation measures; pollution in air, soil and water; changes in atmospheric composition and water cycle; global and regional interactions between climate and atmosphere, land surface, ice and the ocean; and impacts on biodiversity and ecosystems, including the effects of the sea level rise on coastal zones and impacts on particularly sensitive areas. — Environment and health: interaction of environmental stressors with human health including identification of sources, biomonitoring research for environment related health, indoor air quality and links to indoor environment, urban environment, car emissions and impact and emerging risk factors; integrated risk assessment methods for hazardous substances including alternatives to animal testing; quantification and cost-benefit analysis of environmental health risks and indicators for prevention strategies. — Natural hazards: improvement of forecasting and integrated hazards — vulnerability — and risk assessments for disasters related to geological hazards (such as earthquakes, volcanoes, tsunamis) and climate (such as storms, droughts, floods, forest fires, landslides, avalanches and other extreme events) and their impact; development of early warning systems and improve prevention, mitigation and management strategies, also within a multi-risk approach.
— Pressures on the environment and climate: functioning of climate and the earth and marine system including the polar regions; adaptation and mitigation measures; pollution in air, soil and water; changes in atmospheric composition and water cycle; global and regional interactions between climate and atmosphere, land surface, ice and the ocean; and impacts on biodiversity and ecosystems, including the effects of the sea level rise on coastal zones and impacts on particularly sensitive areas.
— Environment and health: interaction of environmental stressors with human health including identification of sources, biomonitoring research for environment related health, indoor air quality and links to indoor environment, urban environment, car emissions and impact and emerging risk factors; integrated risk assessment methods for hazardous substances including alternatives to animal testing; quantification and cost-benefit analysis of environmental health risks and indicators for prevention strategies.
— Natural hazards: improvement of forecasting and integrated hazards — vulnerability — and risk assessments for disasters related to geological hazards (such as earthquakes, volcanoes, tsunamis) and climate (such as storms, droughts, floods, forest fires, landslides, avalanches and other extreme events) and their impact; development of early warning systems and improve prevention, mitigation and management strategies, also within a multi-risk approach.
— Pressures on the environment and climate: functioning of climate and the earth and marine system including the polar regions; adaptation and mitigation measures; pollution in air, soil and water; changes in atmospheric composition and water cycle; global and regional interactions between climate and atmosphere, land surface, ice and the ocean; and impacts on biodiversity and ecosystems, including the effects of the sea level rise on coastal zones and impacts on particularly sensitive areas.
— Environment and health: interaction of environmental stressors with human health including identification of sources, biomonitoring research for environment related health, indoor air quality and links to indoor environment, urban environment, car emissions and impact and emerging risk factors; integrated risk assessment methods for hazardous substances including alternatives to animal testing; quantification and cost-benefit analysis of environmental health risks and indicators for prevention strategies.
— Natural hazards: improvement of forecasting and integrated hazards — vulnerability — and risk assessments for disasters related to geological hazards (such as earthquakes, volcanoes, tsunamis) and climate (such as storms, droughts, floods, forest fires, landslides, avalanches and other extreme events) and their impact; development of early warning systems and improve prevention, mitigation and management strategies, also within a multi-risk approach.
— Sustainable Management of Resources—Conservation and sustainable management of natural and man-made resources and biodiversity: ecosystems; water resources management; waste management and prevention; protection and management of biodiversity, including control of invasive alien species, soil, seabed, lagoons and coastal areas protection, approaches against desertification and land degradation, preservation of landscape; sustainable use and management of forests; sustainable management and planning of urban environment, including post-industrialized zones; data management and information services; assessment and foresight relating to natural processes.—Management of marine environments: impact of human activities on the marine environment and its resources; pollution and eutrophication in regional seas and coastal areas; deep sea ecosystems; assessment of marine biodiversity trends, of ecosystem processes and of ocean circulation; seabed geology; development of strategies, concepts and tools for a sustainable use of the ocean and its resources. — Conservation and sustainable management of natural and man-made resources and biodiversity: ecosystems; water resources management; waste management and prevention; protection and management of biodiversity, including control of invasive alien species, soil, seabed, lagoons and coastal areas protection, approaches against desertification and land degradation, preservation of landscape; sustainable use and management of forests; sustainable management and planning of urban environment, including post-industrialized zones; data management and information services; assessment and foresight relating to natural processes. — Management of marine environments: impact of human activities on the marine environment and its resources; pollution and eutrophication in regional seas and coastal areas; deep sea ecosystems; assessment of marine biodiversity trends, of ecosystem processes and of ocean circulation; seabed geology; development of strategies, concepts and tools for a sustainable use of the ocean and its resources.
— Conservation and sustainable management of natural and man-made resources and biodiversity: ecosystems; water resources management; waste management and prevention; protection and management of biodiversity, including control of invasive alien species, soil, seabed, lagoons and coastal areas protection, approaches against desertification and land degradation, preservation of landscape; sustainable use and management of forests; sustainable management and planning of urban environment, including post-industrialized zones; data management and information services; assessment and foresight relating to natural processes.
— Management of marine environments: impact of human activities on the marine environment and its resources; pollution and eutrophication in regional seas and coastal areas; deep sea ecosystems; assessment of marine biodiversity trends, of ecosystem processes and of ocean circulation; seabed geology; development of strategies, concepts and tools for a sustainable use of the ocean and its resources.
— Conservation and sustainable management of natural and man-made resources and biodiversity: ecosystems; water resources management; waste management and prevention; protection and management of biodiversity, including control of invasive alien species, soil, seabed, lagoons and coastal areas protection, approaches against desertification and land degradation, preservation of landscape; sustainable use and management of forests; sustainable management and planning of urban environment, including post-industrialized zones; data management and information services; assessment and foresight relating to natural processes.
— Management of marine environments: impact of human activities on the marine environment and its resources; pollution and eutrophication in regional seas and coastal areas; deep sea ecosystems; assessment of marine biodiversity trends, of ecosystem processes and of ocean circulation; seabed geology; development of strategies, concepts and tools for a sustainable use of the ocean and its resources.
— Environmental Technologies—Environmental technologies for observation, simulation, prevention, mitigation, adaptation, remediation and restoration of the natural and man-made environment: related to water, climate, air, marine, urban and rural environment, soil, waste treatment, recycling, clean production processes and sustainable products, chemicals safety.—Protection, conservation and enhancement of cultural heritage, including human habitat: improved damage assessment on cultural heritage; development of innovative conservation strategies; fostering of the integration of cultural heritage in the urban setting.—Technology assessment, verification and testing: methods and tools for environmental risk and lifecycle assessment of processes, technologies and products, including alternative testing strategies and in particular non-animal methods for industrial chemicals; support for sustainable chemistry, forest-based sector technology, water supply and sanitation platforms(11); scientific and technological aspects of a future European environmental technologies verification and testing programme, complementing third party assessment instruments. — Environmental technologies for observation, simulation, prevention, mitigation, adaptation, remediation and restoration of the natural and man-made environment: related to water, climate, air, marine, urban and rural environment, soil, waste treatment, recycling, clean production processes and sustainable products, chemicals safety. — Protection, conservation and enhancement of cultural heritage, including human habitat: improved damage assessment on cultural heritage; development of innovative conservation strategies; fostering of the integration of cultural heritage in the urban setting. — Technology assessment, verification and testing: methods and tools for environmental risk and lifecycle assessment of processes, technologies and products, including alternative testing strategies and in particular non-animal methods for industrial chemicals; support for sustainable chemistry, forest-based sector technology, water supply and sanitation platforms(11); scientific and technological aspects of a future European environmental technologies verification and testing programme, complementing third party assessment instruments.
— Environmental technologies for observation, simulation, prevention, mitigation, adaptation, remediation and restoration of the natural and man-made environment: related to water, climate, air, marine, urban and rural environment, soil, waste treatment, recycling, clean production processes and sustainable products, chemicals safety.
— Protection, conservation and enhancement of cultural heritage, including human habitat: improved damage assessment on cultural heritage; development of innovative conservation strategies; fostering of the integration of cultural heritage in the urban setting.
— Technology assessment, verification and testing: methods and tools for environmental risk and lifecycle assessment of processes, technologies and products, including alternative testing strategies and in particular non-animal methods for industrial chemicals; support for sustainable chemistry, forest-based sector technology, water supply and sanitation platforms(11); scientific and technological aspects of a future European environmental technologies verification and testing programme, complementing third party assessment instruments.
— Environmental technologies for observation, simulation, prevention, mitigation, adaptation, remediation and restoration of the natural and man-made environment: related to water, climate, air, marine, urban and rural environment, soil, waste treatment, recycling, clean production processes and sustainable products, chemicals safety.
— Protection, conservation and enhancement of cultural heritage, including human habitat: improved damage assessment on cultural heritage; development of innovative conservation strategies; fostering of the integration of cultural heritage in the urban setting.
— Technology assessment, verification and testing: methods and tools for environmental risk and lifecycle assessment of processes, technologies and products, including alternative testing strategies and in particular non-animal methods for industrial chemicals; support for sustainable chemistry, forest-based sector technology, water supply and sanitation platforms(11); scientific and technological aspects of a future European environmental technologies verification and testing programme, complementing third party assessment instruments.
— Earth observation and assessment tools—Earth and ocean observation systems and monitoring methods for the environment and sustainable development: contribute to the development and integration of observation systems for environmental and sustainability issues in the framework of GEOSS (to which GMES is complementary); interoperability between systems and optimisation of information for understanding, modelling and predicating environmental phenomena, for assessing, exploring and managing natural resources.—Forecasting methods and assessment tools for sustainable development taking into account differing scales of observation: modelling links between economy/environment/society including market based instruments, externalities, thresholds and developing the knowledge base and methodologies for sustainability impact assessment on key issues such as land use and marine issues; urban development, social and economic tensions related to climate change. — Earth and ocean observation systems and monitoring methods for the environment and sustainable development: contribute to the development and integration of observation systems for environmental and sustainability issues in the framework of GEOSS (to which GMES is complementary); interoperability between systems and optimisation of information for understanding, modelling and predicating environmental phenomena, for assessing, exploring and managing natural resources. — Forecasting methods and assessment tools for sustainable development taking into account differing scales of observation: modelling links between economy/environment/society including market based instruments, externalities, thresholds and developing the knowledge base and methodologies for sustainability impact assessment on key issues such as land use and marine issues; urban development, social and economic tensions related to climate change.
— Earth and ocean observation systems and monitoring methods for the environment and sustainable development: contribute to the development and integration of observation systems for environmental and sustainability issues in the framework of GEOSS (to which GMES is complementary); interoperability between systems and optimisation of information for understanding, modelling and predicating environmental phenomena, for assessing, exploring and managing natural resources.
— Forecasting methods and assessment tools for sustainable development taking into account differing scales of observation: modelling links between economy/environment/society including market based instruments, externalities, thresholds and developing the knowledge base and methodologies for sustainability impact assessment on key issues such as land use and marine issues; urban development, social and economic tensions related to climate change.
— Earth and ocean observation systems and monitoring methods for the environment and sustainable development: contribute to the development and integration of observation systems for environmental and sustainability issues in the framework of GEOSS (to which GMES is complementary); interoperability between systems and optimisation of information for understanding, modelling and predicating environmental phenomena, for assessing, exploring and managing natural resources.
— Forecasting methods and assessment tools for sustainable development taking into account differing scales of observation: modelling links between economy/environment/society including market based instruments, externalities, thresholds and developing the knowledge base and methodologies for sustainability impact assessment on key issues such as land use and marine issues; urban development, social and economic tensions related to climate change.
— Aeronautics and air transport—The greening of air transport: reduction of emissions, including green house gases and noise disturbance, incorporating work on engines and alternative fuels, structures and new aircraft designs including rotorcraft (including helicopters and tiltrotors), airport operations and traffic management.—Increasing time efficiency: improvement of the efficiency of operating schedules focusing on innovative air traffic management systems in line with the effective implementation of Single Sky policy which integrate air, ground and space components, including traffic flow and more aircraft autonomy.—Ensuring customer satisfaction and safety: improvement of passenger comfort, innovative in-flight services and more efficient passenger handling; improvement of all safety aspects of air transport; wider choice of aircraft ranging from wide body to smaller size vehicles suitable for different applications (including regional applications).—Improving cost efficiency: reduction of costs associated with product development, manufacturing and operating costs focusing on innovative and zero maintenance, repair and overhaul, aircraft, increased use of automation and simulation.—Protection of aircraft and passengers: enhancement of protection measures for the traveller, crew, aircraft and air transport system, such as improved data and identification methods, protecting the aircraft against attack, improved security design of aircraft.—Pioneering the air transport of the future: addressing the longer term challenges of aviation with more radical, environmentally efficient, accessible and innovative combinations of technologies which would lead to significant steps forward in air transport. — The greening of air transport: reduction of emissions, including green house gases and noise disturbance, incorporating work on engines and alternative fuels, structures and new aircraft designs including rotorcraft (including helicopters and tiltrotors), airport operations and traffic management. — Increasing time efficiency: improvement of the efficiency of operating schedules focusing on innovative air traffic management systems in line with the effective implementation of Single Sky policy which integrate air, ground and space components, including traffic flow and more aircraft autonomy. — Ensuring customer satisfaction and safety: improvement of passenger comfort, innovative in-flight services and more efficient passenger handling; improvement of all safety aspects of air transport; wider choice of aircraft ranging from wide body to smaller size vehicles suitable for different applications (including regional applications). — Improving cost efficiency: reduction of costs associated with product development, manufacturing and operating costs focusing on innovative and zero maintenance, repair and overhaul, aircraft, increased use of automation and simulation. — Protection of aircraft and passengers: enhancement of protection measures for the traveller, crew, aircraft and air transport system, such as improved data and identification methods, protecting the aircraft against attack, improved security design of aircraft. — Pioneering the air transport of the future: addressing the longer term challenges of aviation with more radical, environmentally efficient, accessible and innovative combinations of technologies which would lead to significant steps forward in air transport.
— The greening of air transport: reduction of emissions, including green house gases and noise disturbance, incorporating work on engines and alternative fuels, structures and new aircraft designs including rotorcraft (including helicopters and tiltrotors), airport operations and traffic management.
— Increasing time efficiency: improvement of the efficiency of operating schedules focusing on innovative air traffic management systems in line with the effective implementation of Single Sky policy which integrate air, ground and space components, including traffic flow and more aircraft autonomy.
— Ensuring customer satisfaction and safety: improvement of passenger comfort, innovative in-flight services and more efficient passenger handling; improvement of all safety aspects of air transport; wider choice of aircraft ranging from wide body to smaller size vehicles suitable for different applications (including regional applications).
— Improving cost efficiency: reduction of costs associated with product development, manufacturing and operating costs focusing on innovative and zero maintenance, repair and overhaul, aircraft, increased use of automation and simulation.
— Protection of aircraft and passengers: enhancement of protection measures for the traveller, crew, aircraft and air transport system, such as improved data and identification methods, protecting the aircraft against attack, improved security design of aircraft.
— Pioneering the air transport of the future: addressing the longer term challenges of aviation with more radical, environmentally efficient, accessible and innovative combinations of technologies which would lead to significant steps forward in air transport.
— The greening of air transport: reduction of emissions, including green house gases and noise disturbance, incorporating work on engines and alternative fuels, structures and new aircraft designs including rotorcraft (including helicopters and tiltrotors), airport operations and traffic management.
— Increasing time efficiency: improvement of the efficiency of operating schedules focusing on innovative air traffic management systems in line with the effective implementation of Single Sky policy which integrate air, ground and space components, including traffic flow and more aircraft autonomy.
— Ensuring customer satisfaction and safety: improvement of passenger comfort, innovative in-flight services and more efficient passenger handling; improvement of all safety aspects of air transport; wider choice of aircraft ranging from wide body to smaller size vehicles suitable for different applications (including regional applications).
— Improving cost efficiency: reduction of costs associated with product development, manufacturing and operating costs focusing on innovative and zero maintenance, repair and overhaul, aircraft, increased use of automation and simulation.
— Protection of aircraft and passengers: enhancement of protection measures for the traveller, crew, aircraft and air transport system, such as improved data and identification methods, protecting the aircraft against attack, improved security design of aircraft.
— Pioneering the air transport of the future: addressing the longer term challenges of aviation with more radical, environmentally efficient, accessible and innovative combinations of technologies which would lead to significant steps forward in air transport.
— Sustainable surface transport (rail, road and waterborne)—The greening of surface transport: reduction of environmental and noise pollution, including green house gases; reducing the impact of transport on climate change by reducing emissions through technological and socio-economic means as well as user training; development of clean and efficient engines and power-trains, including hybrid technology and the use of alternative fuels for transport applications such as hydrogen and fuel cells, taking account of cost-efficiency and energy-efficiency considerations; end of life strategies for vehicles and vessels.—Encouraging and increasing modal shift and decongesting transport corridors: development of sustainable innovative, intermodal and interoperable regional and national transport and logistics networks, infrastructures and systems in Europe; cost internalisation; information exchange between vehicle/vessel and transport infrastructure; optimisation of infrastructure capacity; modal shift strategies to encourage energy efficient means of transport.—Ensuring sustainable urban mobility for all citizens including the disadvantaged: innovative organisation schemes, including clean and safe vehicles and means of transport with lower levels of pollution, new high quality public transportation modes and rationalisation of private transport, communication infrastructure, integrated town planning and transport taking into account their relationship with growth and employment.—Improving safety and security as inherent to the transport system: in transport operations for drivers, passengers, crew, cyclists and pedestrians, as well as for freight, in the design and operation of vehicles, vessels, infrastructures, and within the total transport system.—Strengthening competitiveness: improvement of design processes; development of advanced power-train and vehicle and vessel technologies; innovative and cost-effective production systems and infrastructure construction and maintenance; integrative architectures. — The greening of surface transport: reduction of environmental and noise pollution, including green house gases; reducing the impact of transport on climate change by reducing emissions through technological and socio-economic means as well as user training; development of clean and efficient engines and power-trains, including hybrid technology and the use of alternative fuels for transport applications such as hydrogen and fuel cells, taking account of cost-efficiency and energy-efficiency considerations; end of life strategies for vehicles and vessels. — Encouraging and increasing modal shift and decongesting transport corridors: development of sustainable innovative, intermodal and interoperable regional and national transport and logistics networks, infrastructures and systems in Europe; cost internalisation; information exchange between vehicle/vessel and transport infrastructure; optimisation of infrastructure capacity; modal shift strategies to encourage energy efficient means of transport. — Ensuring sustainable urban mobility for all citizens including the disadvantaged: innovative organisation schemes, including clean and safe vehicles and means of transport with lower levels of pollution, new high quality public transportation modes and rationalisation of private transport, communication infrastructure, integrated town planning and transport taking into account their relationship with growth and employment. — Improving safety and security as inherent to the transport system: in transport operations for drivers, passengers, crew, cyclists and pedestrians, as well as for freight, in the design and operation of vehicles, vessels, infrastructures, and within the total transport system. — Strengthening competitiveness: improvement of design processes; development of advanced power-train and vehicle and vessel technologies; innovative and cost-effective production systems and infrastructure construction and maintenance; integrative architectures.
— The greening of surface transport: reduction of environmental and noise pollution, including green house gases; reducing the impact of transport on climate change by reducing emissions through technological and socio-economic means as well as user training; development of clean and efficient engines and power-trains, including hybrid technology and the use of alternative fuels for transport applications such as hydrogen and fuel cells, taking account of cost-efficiency and energy-efficiency considerations; end of life strategies for vehicles and vessels.
— Encouraging and increasing modal shift and decongesting transport corridors: development of sustainable innovative, intermodal and interoperable regional and national transport and logistics networks, infrastructures and systems in Europe; cost internalisation; information exchange between vehicle/vessel and transport infrastructure; optimisation of infrastructure capacity; modal shift strategies to encourage energy efficient means of transport.
— Ensuring sustainable urban mobility for all citizens including the disadvantaged: innovative organisation schemes, including clean and safe vehicles and means of transport with lower levels of pollution, new high quality public transportation modes and rationalisation of private transport, communication infrastructure, integrated town planning and transport taking into account their relationship with growth and employment.
— Improving safety and security as inherent to the transport system: in transport operations for drivers, passengers, crew, cyclists and pedestrians, as well as for freight, in the design and operation of vehicles, vessels, infrastructures, and within the total transport system.
— Strengthening competitiveness: improvement of design processes; development of advanced power-train and vehicle and vessel technologies; innovative and cost-effective production systems and infrastructure construction and maintenance; integrative architectures.
— The greening of surface transport: reduction of environmental and noise pollution, including green house gases; reducing the impact of transport on climate change by reducing emissions through technological and socio-economic means as well as user training; development of clean and efficient engines and power-trains, including hybrid technology and the use of alternative fuels for transport applications such as hydrogen and fuel cells, taking account of cost-efficiency and energy-efficiency considerations; end of life strategies for vehicles and vessels.
— Encouraging and increasing modal shift and decongesting transport corridors: development of sustainable innovative, intermodal and interoperable regional and national transport and logistics networks, infrastructures and systems in Europe; cost internalisation; information exchange between vehicle/vessel and transport infrastructure; optimisation of infrastructure capacity; modal shift strategies to encourage energy efficient means of transport.
— Ensuring sustainable urban mobility for all citizens including the disadvantaged: innovative organisation schemes, including clean and safe vehicles and means of transport with lower levels of pollution, new high quality public transportation modes and rationalisation of private transport, communication infrastructure, integrated town planning and transport taking into account their relationship with growth and employment.
— Improving safety and security as inherent to the transport system: in transport operations for drivers, passengers, crew, cyclists and pedestrians, as well as for freight, in the design and operation of vehicles, vessels, infrastructures, and within the total transport system.
— Strengthening competitiveness: improvement of design processes; development of advanced power-train and vehicle and vessel technologies; innovative and cost-effective production systems and infrastructure construction and maintenance; integrative architectures.
— Support for the European global satellite navigation system (Galileo and EGNOS): precise navigation and timing services for use in a range of sectors; efficient use of satellite navigation and support for the definition of second generation technologies and applications.
— Growth, employment and competitiveness in a knowledge society: developing and integrating research on the issues affecting growth, socio-economic stability, employment and competitiveness, covering topics such as innovation, education including life-long learning and the role of scientific and other knowledge and intangible goods on a global scale, youth and youth policy, adaptation of labour market policies, and national institutional contexts.
— Combining economic, social and environmental objectives in a European perspective: by addressing the two key and highly interrelated issues of continuing evolution of European socio-economic models and economic and social and regional cohesion in an enlarged EU, taking into account sustainability and the protection of the environment, sustainable urban planning, the interaction between environment, energy and society, the role of cities and metropolitan regions, and the socio-economic impact of European policies and legislation.
— Major trends in society and their implications: such as demographic change including ageing and its effects on pension systems, migration and integration, analysing the implications of the demographic change for urban development; lifestyles, work, families, reconciling professional and family life, gender issues, disabilities issues, health and quality of life; economic consumer protection; inequalities; criminality; the role of business in society and population diversity, ethnicity, religious pluralism, cultural interactions multicultural issues and issues related to protection of fundamental rights and the fight against discrimination of any kind.
— Europe in the world: understanding changing interactions, cross cultural relations and interdependencies between world regions, including developing regions, and their implications; addressing emerging threats and risks without undermining human rights, freedom and well-being, and fostering peace.
— The citizen in the European Union: in the context of the future development of the enlarged EU, addressing the issues of achieving a sense of democratic ‘ownership’ and active participation by the peoples of Europe; effective and democratic governance at all levels including economic and legal governance and the role of civil society as well as innovative governance processes intended to enhance citizen's participation and the cooperation between public and private actors; research for building a shared understanding and respect for Europe's diversities and commonalities in terms of culture, religions, cultural heritage, institutions and legal systems, history, languages and values as building elements of our European multi-cultural identity and heritage.
— Socio-economic and scientific indicators: their use in policy and its implementation and monitoring, the improvement of existing indicators, techniques to analyse them and the development of new ones for this purpose and for the evaluation of research programmes, including indicators based on official statistics.
— Foresight activities relating to major science, technology and related socio-economic issues such as future demographic trends and the globalization of knowledge, the dissemination of knowledge, and evolution of research systems and of the future developments in and across major research domains and scientific disciplines.
— Space-based applications at the service of European society—GMES: development of satellite-based and in-situ monitoring and early-warning systems, including for the safety of citizens, and techniques relating to the management of the environment and security (including the management of natural disasters) and their integration with ground-based, ship-borne and airborne components; support for the integration, harmonisation, use and delivery of GMES data (both satellite-based and in-situ, including ground-based, shipborne and airborne) and services.—Innovative satellite communication services, seamlessly integrated in the global electronic communication networks, for citizens and enterprises in application sectors encompassing civil protection, e-government, telemedicine, tele-education, search and rescue, tourism and leisure time, personal navigation, fleet management, agriculture and forestry, meteorology and generic users.—Development of monitoring technologies and systems for reducing the vulnerability of space-based services and for contributing to the surveillance of space.—Applications of space-based systems for risk prevention and risk management and all kinds of emergency, enhancing convergence with non-space systems. — GMES: development of satellite-based and in-situ monitoring and early-warning systems, including for the safety of citizens, and techniques relating to the management of the environment and security (including the management of natural disasters) and their integration with ground-based, ship-borne and airborne components; support for the integration, harmonisation, use and delivery of GMES data (both satellite-based and in-situ, including ground-based, shipborne and airborne) and services. — Innovative satellite communication services, seamlessly integrated in the global electronic communication networks, for citizens and enterprises in application sectors encompassing civil protection, e-government, telemedicine, tele-education, search and rescue, tourism and leisure time, personal navigation, fleet management, agriculture and forestry, meteorology and generic users. — Development of monitoring technologies and systems for reducing the vulnerability of space-based services and for contributing to the surveillance of space. — Applications of space-based systems for risk prevention and risk management and all kinds of emergency, enhancing convergence with non-space systems.
— GMES: development of satellite-based and in-situ monitoring and early-warning systems, including for the safety of citizens, and techniques relating to the management of the environment and security (including the management of natural disasters) and their integration with ground-based, ship-borne and airborne components; support for the integration, harmonisation, use and delivery of GMES data (both satellite-based and in-situ, including ground-based, shipborne and airborne) and services.
— Innovative satellite communication services, seamlessly integrated in the global electronic communication networks, for citizens and enterprises in application sectors encompassing civil protection, e-government, telemedicine, tele-education, search and rescue, tourism and leisure time, personal navigation, fleet management, agriculture and forestry, meteorology and generic users.
— Development of monitoring technologies and systems for reducing the vulnerability of space-based services and for contributing to the surveillance of space.
— Applications of space-based systems for risk prevention and risk management and all kinds of emergency, enhancing convergence with non-space systems.
— GMES: development of satellite-based and in-situ monitoring and early-warning systems, including for the safety of citizens, and techniques relating to the management of the environment and security (including the management of natural disasters) and their integration with ground-based, ship-borne and airborne components; support for the integration, harmonisation, use and delivery of GMES data (both satellite-based and in-situ, including ground-based, shipborne and airborne) and services.
— Innovative satellite communication services, seamlessly integrated in the global electronic communication networks, for citizens and enterprises in application sectors encompassing civil protection, e-government, telemedicine, tele-education, search and rescue, tourism and leisure time, personal navigation, fleet management, agriculture and forestry, meteorology and generic users.
— Development of monitoring technologies and systems for reducing the vulnerability of space-based services and for contributing to the surveillance of space.
— Applications of space-based systems for risk prevention and risk management and all kinds of emergency, enhancing convergence with non-space systems.
— Exploration of space—Providing RTD support and maximising scientific added value through synergies with initiatives by ESA or national space agencies in the field of space exploration; facilitating the access to scientific data.—Support to coordinate efforts for the development of space-borne telescopes and detectors as well as for data analysis in space sciences. — Providing RTD support and maximising scientific added value through synergies with initiatives by ESA or national space agencies in the field of space exploration; facilitating the access to scientific data. — Support to coordinate efforts for the development of space-borne telescopes and detectors as well as for data analysis in space sciences.
— Providing RTD support and maximising scientific added value through synergies with initiatives by ESA or national space agencies in the field of space exploration; facilitating the access to scientific data.
— Support to coordinate efforts for the development of space-borne telescopes and detectors as well as for data analysis in space sciences.
— Providing RTD support and maximising scientific added value through synergies with initiatives by ESA or national space agencies in the field of space exploration; facilitating the access to scientific data.
— Support to coordinate efforts for the development of space-borne telescopes and detectors as well as for data analysis in space sciences.
— RTD for strengthening space foundations—Space research and development for long term needs including space transportation; research activities to increase the competitiveness and cost-effectiveness of the European space technology sector.—Space sciences including bio-medicine and life and physical sciences in space. — Space research and development for long term needs including space transportation; research activities to increase the competitiveness and cost-effectiveness of the European space technology sector. — Space sciences including bio-medicine and life and physical sciences in space.
— Space research and development for long term needs including space transportation; research activities to increase the competitiveness and cost-effectiveness of the European space technology sector.
— Space sciences including bio-medicine and life and physical sciences in space.
— Space research and development for long term needs including space transportation; research activities to increase the competitiveness and cost-effectiveness of the European space technology sector.
— Space sciences including bio-medicine and life and physical sciences in space.
— Security of citizens: delivering technology solutions for civil protection, including bio-security and protection against risks arising from crime and terrorist attacks.
— Security of infrastructures and utilities: analysing and securing existing and future public and private critical/networked infrastructure (e.g. in transport, energy, ICT), systems and services (including financial and administrative services).
— Intelligent surveillance and border security: focusing on technologies and capabilities to enhance the effectiveness and efficiency of all systems, equipment, tools and processes as well as methods for rapid identification required for improving the security of Europe's land and coastal borders, including border control and surveillance issues.
— Restoring security and safety in case of crisis: focusing on technologies providing an overview of, and support for diverse emergency management operations (such as civil protection, humanitarian and rescue tasks), and on issues such as inter-organisational preparation, coordination and communication, distributed architectures and human factors.
— Security systems integration, interconnectivity and interoperability: Intelligence, information gathering and civil security, focusing on technologies to enhance the interoperability of systems, equipment, services and processes, including law enforcement, firefighting, civil defence and medical information infrastructures, as well as on the reliability, organisational aspects, protection of confidentiality and integrity of information and traceability of all transactions and processing.
— Security and society: mission orientated research which will focus on socio-economic analyses, scenario building and activities related to: cultural, social, political and economic dimensions of security, communication with society, the role of human values and policy making, psychology social environment of terrorism, citizens' perception of security, ethics, protection of privacy, societal foresight and systemic risk analysis. Research will also address technologies that better safeguard privacy and liberties, and will address vulnerabilities and new threats, as well as the management and impact assessment of possible consequences.
— Security research coordination and structuring: coordination of European and international security research efforts and development of synergies between civil, security and defence research, improvement of legal conditions, and encouragement to the optimal use of existing infrastructures.
— Initial training of researchers to improve their career perspectives, in both public and private sectors, inter alia through the broadening of their scientific and generic skills, including those relating to technology transfer and entrepreneurship, and attracting more young people to scientific careers. This will be implemented through Marie Curie Networks with the main objective being to overcome fragmentation of and to strengthen at European level the initial training and career development of researchers. Support is foreseen for the best early-stage researchers to join established research teams. Members of the trans-national networks must exploit their complementary competencies through integrated training programmes. Support will comprise recruitment of early stage researchers, organisation of training events also open to researchers outside the network and senior chairs and/or industry positions for knowledge transfer and supervision.
— Life-long training and career development to support the career development of experienced researchers. With a view to complementing or acquiring new skills and competencies or to enhance inter/multidisciplinarity and/or inter-sectoral mobility, support is foreseen for researchers with particular needs for additional/complementary competences and skills, for researchers to resume a research career after a break and for (re-)integrating researchers into a longer term research position in Europe, including in their country of origin, after a trans-national/international mobility experience. This action line will be implemented through both individual fellowships awarded directly at Community level and through the co-financing of regional, national or international programmes where this fulfils the criteria of European added value, transparency and openness.
— Industry-academia pathways and partnerships: Support for longer term cooperation programmes between organisations from academia and industry, in particular SMEs and including traditional manufacturing industries, will aim at stimulating intersectoral mobility and increasing knowledge sharing through joint research partnerships, supported by the recruitment of experienced researchers to the partnership, by staff secondments between both sectors, and by the organisation of events.
— The international dimension: to increase the quality of European research by attracting research talent from outside Europe and fostering mutually beneficial research collaboration with researchers from outside Europe. This will be addressed through international outgoing fellowships (with an in-built mandatory return phase); international incoming fellowships; partnerships to support the exchange of researchers. Common initiatives between European organisations and organisations from countries neighbouring the EU and countries with which the Community has a Science and Technology agreement will also be supported. The activity will include measures to counter the risk of ‘brain drain’ from developing countries and emerging economies and measures to create networks of European researchers working abroad. These actions will be implemented in line with the international activities under the ‘Cooperation’ and ‘Capacities’ programmes.
— Specific actions to support the creation of a genuine European labour market for researchers, by removing obstacles to mobility and enhancing the career perspectives of researchers in Europe. Incentive measures for public institutions that promote the mobility, quality and profile of their researchers will also be supported. Furthermore, awards to improve the public awareness of Marie Curie actions and their objectives will be provided.
— Optimising the use and development of research infrastructures,
— Strengthening innovative capacities of SmEs and their ability to benefit from research,
— Supporting the development of regional research-driven clusters,
— Unlocking the research potential in the EU's convergence and outermost regions,
— Bringing science and society closer together for the harmonious integration of science and technology in European society,
— Support for the coherent development of research policies,
— Horizontal actions and measures in support of international cooperation.
— Support for existing research infrastructures—Integrating activities to structure better, on a European scale, the way research infrastructures operate in a given field and to promote their coherent use and development, in particular through trans-national access, to ensure that European researchers, including researchers from industry and SMEs, may have access to high performing research infrastructures to conduct their research, irrespective of the location of the infrastructure,—Strengthening research e-infrastructure by fostering the further development and evolution and global connectivity of high-capacity and high-performance communication and grid infrastructures and reinforcing European computing capabilities, as well as encouraging their adoption by user communities where appropriate, enhancing their global relevance and increasing the level of trust and confidence, building on the achievements of GEANT and Grid infrastructures and based on open standards for interoperability. — Integrating activities to structure better, on a European scale, the way research infrastructures operate in a given field and to promote their coherent use and development, in particular through trans-national access, to ensure that European researchers, including researchers from industry and SMEs, may have access to high performing research infrastructures to conduct their research, irrespective of the location of the infrastructure, — Strengthening research e-infrastructure by fostering the further development and evolution and global connectivity of high-capacity and high-performance communication and grid infrastructures and reinforcing European computing capabilities, as well as encouraging their adoption by user communities where appropriate, enhancing their global relevance and increasing the level of trust and confidence, building on the achievements of GEANT and Grid infrastructures and based on open standards for interoperability.
— Integrating activities to structure better, on a European scale, the way research infrastructures operate in a given field and to promote their coherent use and development, in particular through trans-national access, to ensure that European researchers, including researchers from industry and SMEs, may have access to high performing research infrastructures to conduct their research, irrespective of the location of the infrastructure,
— Strengthening research e-infrastructure by fostering the further development and evolution and global connectivity of high-capacity and high-performance communication and grid infrastructures and reinforcing European computing capabilities, as well as encouraging their adoption by user communities where appropriate, enhancing their global relevance and increasing the level of trust and confidence, building on the achievements of GEANT and Grid infrastructures and based on open standards for interoperability.
— Integrating activities to structure better, on a European scale, the way research infrastructures operate in a given field and to promote their coherent use and development, in particular through trans-national access, to ensure that European researchers, including researchers from industry and SMEs, may have access to high performing research infrastructures to conduct their research, irrespective of the location of the infrastructure,
— Strengthening research e-infrastructure by fostering the further development and evolution and global connectivity of high-capacity and high-performance communication and grid infrastructures and reinforcing European computing capabilities, as well as encouraging their adoption by user communities where appropriate, enhancing their global relevance and increasing the level of trust and confidence, building on the achievements of GEANT and Grid infrastructures and based on open standards for interoperability.
— Support for new research infrastructures—Construction of new infrastructures and major upgrades of existing ones focussing mainly on preparatory phases, to promote the emergence of new research facilities, in accordance with the principle of ‘variable geometry’, building primarily upon the work conducted by ESFRI(15),—Design studies, through a bottom-up approach of calls for proposals, to promote the creation of new research infrastructures by funding exploratory awards and feasibility studies for new infrastructures. — Construction of new infrastructures and major upgrades of existing ones focussing mainly on preparatory phases, to promote the emergence of new research facilities, in accordance with the principle of ‘variable geometry’, building primarily upon the work conducted by ESFRI(15), — Design studies, through a bottom-up approach of calls for proposals, to promote the creation of new research infrastructures by funding exploratory awards and feasibility studies for new infrastructures.
— Construction of new infrastructures and major upgrades of existing ones focussing mainly on preparatory phases, to promote the emergence of new research facilities, in accordance with the principle of ‘variable geometry’, building primarily upon the work conducted by ESFRI(15),
— Design studies, through a bottom-up approach of calls for proposals, to promote the creation of new research infrastructures by funding exploratory awards and feasibility studies for new infrastructures.
— Construction of new infrastructures and major upgrades of existing ones focussing mainly on preparatory phases, to promote the emergence of new research facilities, in accordance with the principle of ‘variable geometry’, building primarily upon the work conducted by ESFRI(15),
— Design studies, through a bottom-up approach of calls for proposals, to promote the creation of new research infrastructures by funding exploratory awards and feasibility studies for new infrastructures.
— Inability of existing mechanisms to achieve the objective.
— Added value of Community financial support.
— Capacity to offer a service in response to the needs of users from the scientific (academic and industrial) community throughout Europe, including added value to the European Research Area.
— Scientific excellence.
— Relevance at international level.
— Contribution to technological development capacity.
— Contribution to developing ‘research-based clusters of excellence’.
— Technological and organisational feasibility.
— Possibilities for European partnership and strong financial and other commitment of Member States and other major stakeholders, as well as the possible use of EIB loans and Structural Funds.
— Evaluation of construction and operating costs.
— Research for SMEs: To support small groups of innovative SMEs to solve common or complementary technological problems.
— Research for SME associations: To support SME associations and SME groupings to develop technical solutions to problems common to large numbers of SMEs in specific industrial sectors or segments of the value chain.
— Trans-national two-way secondments of research staff between selected organisations in the convergence regions, and one or more partner organisations; support for selected centres of existing or emerging excellence for the recruitment of incoming experienced researchers, including managers, from other countries.
— The acquisition and development of research equipment and the development of a material environment enabling a full exploitation of the intellectual potential present in the selected centres of existing or emerging excellence in the convergence regions.
— The organisation of workshops and conferences to facilitate knowledge transfer; promotion activities as well as initiatives aiming at disseminating and transferring research results in and to other countries and international markets.
— ‘Evaluation facilities’ through which any research centre in the convergence regions can obtain an international independent expert evaluation of the level of their overall research quality and infrastructures.
— Strengthening and improving the European science system, and addressing the following issues: improving the use and monitoring the impact of scientific advice and expertise for policy-making (including risk management); the future of scientific publications; measures to make scientific publications more accessible to members of the public wishing to consult them; safeguards for scientific domains open to misuse; and issues of fraud, trust and ‘self regulation’.
— Broadening the engagement of researchers and the public at large, including organised civil society, with science-related questions, to anticipate and clarify political and societal issues, including ethical issues.
— Reflection and debate on science and technology and their place in society, drawing on disciplines such as history, sociology and philosophy of science and technology.
— Gender research, including the integration of the gender dimension in all areas of research and the promotion of the role of women in research and in scientific decision-making bodies.
— Creation of an open environment which triggers curiosity for science in children and young people, by reinforcing science education at all levels, including in schools, and promoting interest and full participation in science among young people from all backgrounds.
— Strengthening the role of research carried out in universities and other higher education institutes and the engagement of such universities and institutes in the challenges of globalisation.
— Improved intercommunication and mutual understanding between the scientific world and the wider audience of policy-makers, the media and the general public, by helping scientists better communicate and present their work and by supporting scientific information, publications and media.
— Monitoring and analysis of research related public policies and industrial strategies, including their impact, and development of indicators to provide information and evidence in support of the design, implementation, evaluation and trans-national coordination of policies.
— Strengthening, on a voluntary basis, the coordination of research policies via actions to support the implementation of the open method of coordination (OMC) and bottom-up trans-national cooperation initiatives undertaken at national or regional level on issues of common interest.
— To support European competitiveness through strategic partnerships with third countries in selected fields of science and by engaging the best third country scientists to work in and with Europe;
— To facilitate contacts with partners in third countries with the aim of providing better access to research carried out elsewhere in the world;
— To address specific problems that third countries face or that have a global character, on the basis of mutual interest and mutual benefit.
— Candidate countries;
— Countries neighbouring the EU, Mediterranean partner countries, Western Balkans countries (WBC)(17)and the Eastern European and Central Asian countries (EECA)(18);
— Developing countries, focusing on the particular needs of each country or region concerned(19);
— Emerging economies.
— Prosperity in a knowledge-intensive society—To carry out and develop advanced econometric modelling and analysis techniques in the context of policy definition and monitoring, for example in the follow-up to the Lisbon Strategy, the Internal Market and Community research and education policies.—To develop models to support a new balance between sustainability objectives and competitiveness in a responsible way.—To provide its scientific/technical support to the development of risk assessment and management procedures as a tool for the European decision-making process. — To carry out and develop advanced econometric modelling and analysis techniques in the context of policy definition and monitoring, for example in the follow-up to the Lisbon Strategy, the Internal Market and Community research and education policies. — To develop models to support a new balance between sustainability objectives and competitiveness in a responsible way. — To provide its scientific/technical support to the development of risk assessment and management procedures as a tool for the European decision-making process.
— To carry out and develop advanced econometric modelling and analysis techniques in the context of policy definition and monitoring, for example in the follow-up to the Lisbon Strategy, the Internal Market and Community research and education policies.
— To develop models to support a new balance between sustainability objectives and competitiveness in a responsible way.
— To provide its scientific/technical support to the development of risk assessment and management procedures as a tool for the European decision-making process.
— To carry out and develop advanced econometric modelling and analysis techniques in the context of policy definition and monitoring, for example in the follow-up to the Lisbon Strategy, the Internal Market and Community research and education policies.
— To develop models to support a new balance between sustainability objectives and competitiveness in a responsible way.
— To provide its scientific/technical support to the development of risk assessment and management procedures as a tool for the European decision-making process.
— Solidarity and responsible management of resources—To become a recognised science and technology reference centre for sustainable agriculture focusing on food quality, traceability and safety (including GM food and feed), spatial management and cross-compliance and to support the implementation of the Common Agricultural Policy.—To provide the Common Fisheries Policy with S&T support.—To enhance the provision of harmonised European geo-referenced data and spatial information systems (support to INSPIRE) and to continue developing new approaches to global environmental and resources monitoring (support to GMES).—To provide expertise and play a role in the GMES research activities and in the development of new applications in this field.—To support the implementation of the EU Action Plan on Environment and Health including providing support to on-going activities to establish a Community integrated environment and health information system.—To promote and enhance the development and validation of alternative strategies, and in particular non-animal methods, in all relevant areas of research (safety assessment, vaccine testing, health and biomedical research etc.). — To become a recognised science and technology reference centre for sustainable agriculture focusing on food quality, traceability and safety (including GM food and feed), spatial management and cross-compliance and to support the implementation of the Common Agricultural Policy. — To provide the Common Fisheries Policy with S&T support. — To enhance the provision of harmonised European geo-referenced data and spatial information systems (support to INSPIRE) and to continue developing new approaches to global environmental and resources monitoring (support to GMES). — To provide expertise and play a role in the GMES research activities and in the development of new applications in this field. — To support the implementation of the EU Action Plan on Environment and Health including providing support to on-going activities to establish a Community integrated environment and health information system. — To promote and enhance the development and validation of alternative strategies, and in particular non-animal methods, in all relevant areas of research (safety assessment, vaccine testing, health and biomedical research etc.).
— To become a recognised science and technology reference centre for sustainable agriculture focusing on food quality, traceability and safety (including GM food and feed), spatial management and cross-compliance and to support the implementation of the Common Agricultural Policy.
— To provide the Common Fisheries Policy with S&T support.
— To enhance the provision of harmonised European geo-referenced data and spatial information systems (support to INSPIRE) and to continue developing new approaches to global environmental and resources monitoring (support to GMES).
— To provide expertise and play a role in the GMES research activities and in the development of new applications in this field.
— To support the implementation of the EU Action Plan on Environment and Health including providing support to on-going activities to establish a Community integrated environment and health information system.
— To promote and enhance the development and validation of alternative strategies, and in particular non-animal methods, in all relevant areas of research (safety assessment, vaccine testing, health and biomedical research etc.).
— To become a recognised science and technology reference centre for sustainable agriculture focusing on food quality, traceability and safety (including GM food and feed), spatial management and cross-compliance and to support the implementation of the Common Agricultural Policy.
— To provide the Common Fisheries Policy with S&T support.
— To enhance the provision of harmonised European geo-referenced data and spatial information systems (support to INSPIRE) and to continue developing new approaches to global environmental and resources monitoring (support to GMES).
— To provide expertise and play a role in the GMES research activities and in the development of new applications in this field.
— To support the implementation of the EU Action Plan on Environment and Health including providing support to on-going activities to establish a Community integrated environment and health information system.
— To promote and enhance the development and validation of alternative strategies, and in particular non-animal methods, in all relevant areas of research (safety assessment, vaccine testing, health and biomedical research etc.).
— Freedom, security and justice—To develop activities contributing to the establishment of the area of freedom, security and justice, especially in areas related to protection against terrorism, organised crime and fraud, border security and prevention of major risks, in cooperation with relevant bodies.—To support the Community response to natural and technological disasters. — To develop activities contributing to the establishment of the area of freedom, security and justice, especially in areas related to protection against terrorism, organised crime and fraud, border security and prevention of major risks, in cooperation with relevant bodies. — To support the Community response to natural and technological disasters.
— To develop activities contributing to the establishment of the area of freedom, security and justice, especially in areas related to protection against terrorism, organised crime and fraud, border security and prevention of major risks, in cooperation with relevant bodies.
— To support the Community response to natural and technological disasters.
— To develop activities contributing to the establishment of the area of freedom, security and justice, especially in areas related to protection against terrorism, organised crime and fraud, border security and prevention of major risks, in cooperation with relevant bodies.
— To support the Community response to natural and technological disasters.
— Europe as world partner—To strengthen support to Community external policies in specific areas such as external aspects of internal security, development cooperation and humanitarian aid. — To strengthen support to Community external policies in specific areas such as external aspects of internal security, development cooperation and humanitarian aid.
— To strengthen support to Community external policies in specific areas such as external aspects of internal security, development cooperation and humanitarian aid.
— To strengthen support to Community external policies in specific areas such as external aspects of internal security, development cooperation and humanitarian aid.
I.Cooperation(1)(2) I. Cooperation(1)(2) 32 413
I. Cooperation(1)(2)
Health 6 100
Food, Agriculture and Fisheries, and Biotechnology 1 935
Information and Communication Technologies 9 050
Nano-sciences, Nano-technologies, Materials and new Production Technologies 3 475
Energy 2 350
Environment (including Climate Change) 1 890
Transport (including Aeronautics) 4 160
Socio-economic Sciences and the Humanities 623
Space 1 430
Security 1 400
II.Ideas II. Ideas 7 510
II. Ideas
III.People III. People 4 750
III. People
IV.Capacities IV. Capacities 4 097
IV. Capacities
Research Infrastructures 1 715
Research for the benefit of SMEs 1 336
Regions of Knowledge 126
Research Potential 340
Science in Society 330
Coherent development of research policies 70
Activities of International Cooperation 180
V.Non-nuclear actions of the Joint Research Centre V. Non-nuclear actions of the Joint Research Centre 1 751
V. Non-nuclear actions of the Joint Research Centre
TOTAL 50 521
I. Cooperation(1)(2)
II. Ideas
III. People
IV. Capacities
V. Non-nuclear actions of the Joint Research Centre
— The type(s) of scheme(s) used to fund different actions;
— The categories of participants (such as research organisations, universities, industry, SMEs, public authorities) which can benefit from it;
— The types of activities (such as research and technological development, demonstration, management, training, dissemination, and other related activities) which can be funded through each of them.
(a) To support actions which are primarily implemented on the basis of calls for proposals:1.Collaborative projectsSupport for research projects carried out by consortia with participants from different countries, aiming at developing new knowledge, new technology, products, demonstration activities or common resources for research. The size, scope and internal organisation of projects can vary from field to field and from topic to topic. Projects can range from small or medium-scale focused research actions to large-scale integrating projects for achieving a defined objective. Projects will also be targeted to special groups such as SMEs and other smaller actors.2.Networks of ExcellenceSupport for a Joint Programme of Activities implemented by a number of research organisations integrating their activities in a given field, carried out by research teams in the framework of longer term cooperation. The implementation of this Joint Programme of Activities will require a formal commitment from the organisations integrating part of their resources and their activities.3.Coordination and support actionsSupport for activities aimed at coordinating or supporting research activities and policies (networking, exchanges, trans-national access to research infrastructures, studies, conferences, etc.). These actions may also be implemented by means other than calls for proposals.4.Support for ‘frontier’ researchSupport for projects carried out by individual national or transnational research teams. This scheme will be used to support investigator-driven ‘frontier’ research projects funded in the framework of the European Research Council.5.Support for training and career development of researchersSupport for training and career development of researchers, mainly to be used for the implementation of the Marie Curie actions.6.Research for the benefit of specific groups (in particular SMEs)Support for research projects where the bulk of the research and technological development is carried out by universities, research centres or other legal entities, for the benefit of specific groups, in particular SMEs or associations of SMEs. Efforts will be undertaken to mobilise additional financing from the EIB and other financial organisations. 1. Collaborative projectsSupport for research projects carried out by consortia with participants from different countries, aiming at developing new knowledge, new technology, products, demonstration activities or common resources for research. The size, scope and internal organisation of projects can vary from field to field and from topic to topic. Projects can range from small or medium-scale focused research actions to large-scale integrating projects for achieving a defined objective. Projects will also be targeted to special groups such as SMEs and other smaller actors. 2. Networks of ExcellenceSupport for a Joint Programme of Activities implemented by a number of research organisations integrating their activities in a given field, carried out by research teams in the framework of longer term cooperation. The implementation of this Joint Programme of Activities will require a formal commitment from the organisations integrating part of their resources and their activities. 3. Coordination and support actionsSupport for activities aimed at coordinating or supporting research activities and policies (networking, exchanges, trans-national access to research infrastructures, studies, conferences, etc.). These actions may also be implemented by means other than calls for proposals. 4. Support for ‘frontier’ researchSupport for projects carried out by individual national or transnational research teams. This scheme will be used to support investigator-driven ‘frontier’ research projects funded in the framework of the European Research Council. 5. Support for training and career development of researchersSupport for training and career development of researchers, mainly to be used for the implementation of the Marie Curie actions. 6. Research for the benefit of specific groups (in particular SMEs)Support for research projects where the bulk of the research and technological development is carried out by universities, research centres or other legal entities, for the benefit of specific groups, in particular SMEs or associations of SMEs. Efforts will be undertaken to mobilise additional financing from the EIB and other financial organisations.
1. Collaborative projectsSupport for research projects carried out by consortia with participants from different countries, aiming at developing new knowledge, new technology, products, demonstration activities or common resources for research. The size, scope and internal organisation of projects can vary from field to field and from topic to topic. Projects can range from small or medium-scale focused research actions to large-scale integrating projects for achieving a defined objective. Projects will also be targeted to special groups such as SMEs and other smaller actors.
2. Networks of ExcellenceSupport for a Joint Programme of Activities implemented by a number of research organisations integrating their activities in a given field, carried out by research teams in the framework of longer term cooperation. The implementation of this Joint Programme of Activities will require a formal commitment from the organisations integrating part of their resources and their activities.
3. Coordination and support actionsSupport for activities aimed at coordinating or supporting research activities and policies (networking, exchanges, trans-national access to research infrastructures, studies, conferences, etc.). These actions may also be implemented by means other than calls for proposals.
4. Support for ‘frontier’ researchSupport for projects carried out by individual national or transnational research teams. This scheme will be used to support investigator-driven ‘frontier’ research projects funded in the framework of the European Research Council.
5. Support for training and career development of researchersSupport for training and career development of researchers, mainly to be used for the implementation of the Marie Curie actions.
6. Research for the benefit of specific groups (in particular SMEs)Support for research projects where the bulk of the research and technological development is carried out by universities, research centres or other legal entities, for the benefit of specific groups, in particular SMEs or associations of SMEs. Efforts will be undertaken to mobilise additional financing from the EIB and other financial organisations.
1. Collaborative projectsSupport for research projects carried out by consortia with participants from different countries, aiming at developing new knowledge, new technology, products, demonstration activities or common resources for research. The size, scope and internal organisation of projects can vary from field to field and from topic to topic. Projects can range from small or medium-scale focused research actions to large-scale integrating projects for achieving a defined objective. Projects will also be targeted to special groups such as SMEs and other smaller actors.
2. Networks of ExcellenceSupport for a Joint Programme of Activities implemented by a number of research organisations integrating their activities in a given field, carried out by research teams in the framework of longer term cooperation. The implementation of this Joint Programme of Activities will require a formal commitment from the organisations integrating part of their resources and their activities.
3. Coordination and support actionsSupport for activities aimed at coordinating or supporting research activities and policies (networking, exchanges, trans-national access to research infrastructures, studies, conferences, etc.). These actions may also be implemented by means other than calls for proposals.
4. Support for ‘frontier’ researchSupport for projects carried out by individual national or transnational research teams. This scheme will be used to support investigator-driven ‘frontier’ research projects funded in the framework of the European Research Council.
5. Support for training and career development of researchersSupport for training and career development of researchers, mainly to be used for the implementation of the Marie Curie actions.
6. Research for the benefit of specific groups (in particular SMEs)Support for research projects where the bulk of the research and technological development is carried out by universities, research centres or other legal entities, for the benefit of specific groups, in particular SMEs or associations of SMEs. Efforts will be undertaken to mobilise additional financing from the EIB and other financial organisations.
(b) To support actions implemented on the basis of decisions by the Council and the European Parliament (or by the Council in consultation with the European Parliament) based on a proposal from the Commission, the Community will provide financial support to multi-financed large-scale initiatives.—A financial contribution from the Community to the joint implementation of well identified national research programmes, on the basis of Article 169 of the Treaty. This joint implementation will require the establishment or existence of a dedicated implementation structure. Community financial support will be provided subject to the definition of a financing plan based on formal commitments from competent national authorities.—A financial contribution from the Community to the implementation of Joint Technology Initiatives to realise objectives that cannot be achieved through the funding schemes identified in part (a) above. Joint Technology Initiatives will mobilise a combination of funding of different kinds and from different sources; private and public, European and national. This funding may take different forms and may be allocated or mobilised though a range of mechanisms: support from the Framework Programme, loans from the European Investment Bank (EIB), risk capital support. Joint Technology Initiatives may be decided and implemented on the basis of Article 171 of the Treaty (this may include the creation of joint undertakings) or through the Decisions establishing the specific programmes. Community support will be provided subject to the definition of an overall blueprint of financial engineering, based on formal commitments from all parties concerned.—A financial contribution from the Community to the development of new infrastructures of European interest. This contribution may be decided on the basis of Article 171 of the Treaty or through the Specific Programme Decisions. The development of new infrastructures will mobilise a combination of funding of different nature and origin: national funding, Framework Programme, Structural funds, loans from the EIB and others. Community support will be provided subject to the definition of an overall financial plan based on a commitment from all parties concerned. — A financial contribution from the Community to the joint implementation of well identified national research programmes, on the basis of Article 169 of the Treaty. This joint implementation will require the establishment or existence of a dedicated implementation structure. Community financial support will be provided subject to the definition of a financing plan based on formal commitments from competent national authorities. — A financial contribution from the Community to the implementation of Joint Technology Initiatives to realise objectives that cannot be achieved through the funding schemes identified in part (a) above. Joint Technology Initiatives will mobilise a combination of funding of different kinds and from different sources; private and public, European and national. This funding may take different forms and may be allocated or mobilised though a range of mechanisms: support from the Framework Programme, loans from the European Investment Bank (EIB), risk capital support. Joint Technology Initiatives may be decided and implemented on the basis of Article 171 of the Treaty (this may include the creation of joint undertakings) or through the Decisions establishing the specific programmes. Community support will be provided subject to the definition of an overall blueprint of financial engineering, based on formal commitments from all parties concerned. — A financial contribution from the Community to the development of new infrastructures of European interest. This contribution may be decided on the basis of Article 171 of the Treaty or through the Specific Programme Decisions. The development of new infrastructures will mobilise a combination of funding of different nature and origin: national funding, Framework Programme, Structural funds, loans from the EIB and others. Community support will be provided subject to the definition of an overall financial plan based on a commitment from all parties concerned.
— A financial contribution from the Community to the joint implementation of well identified national research programmes, on the basis of Article 169 of the Treaty. This joint implementation will require the establishment or existence of a dedicated implementation structure. Community financial support will be provided subject to the definition of a financing plan based on formal commitments from competent national authorities.
— A financial contribution from the Community to the implementation of Joint Technology Initiatives to realise objectives that cannot be achieved through the funding schemes identified in part (a) above. Joint Technology Initiatives will mobilise a combination of funding of different kinds and from different sources; private and public, European and national. This funding may take different forms and may be allocated or mobilised though a range of mechanisms: support from the Framework Programme, loans from the European Investment Bank (EIB), risk capital support. Joint Technology Initiatives may be decided and implemented on the basis of Article 171 of the Treaty (this may include the creation of joint undertakings) or through the Decisions establishing the specific programmes. Community support will be provided subject to the definition of an overall blueprint of financial engineering, based on formal commitments from all parties concerned.
— A financial contribution from the Community to the development of new infrastructures of European interest. This contribution may be decided on the basis of Article 171 of the Treaty or through the Specific Programme Decisions. The development of new infrastructures will mobilise a combination of funding of different nature and origin: national funding, Framework Programme, Structural funds, loans from the EIB and others. Community support will be provided subject to the definition of an overall financial plan based on a commitment from all parties concerned.
— A financial contribution from the Community to the joint implementation of well identified national research programmes, on the basis of Article 169 of the Treaty. This joint implementation will require the establishment or existence of a dedicated implementation structure. Community financial support will be provided subject to the definition of a financing plan based on formal commitments from competent national authorities.
— A financial contribution from the Community to the implementation of Joint Technology Initiatives to realise objectives that cannot be achieved through the funding schemes identified in part (a) above. Joint Technology Initiatives will mobilise a combination of funding of different kinds and from different sources; private and public, European and national. This funding may take different forms and may be allocated or mobilised though a range of mechanisms: support from the Framework Programme, loans from the European Investment Bank (EIB), risk capital support. Joint Technology Initiatives may be decided and implemented on the basis of Article 171 of the Treaty (this may include the creation of joint undertakings) or through the Decisions establishing the specific programmes. Community support will be provided subject to the definition of an overall blueprint of financial engineering, based on formal commitments from all parties concerned.
— A financial contribution from the Community to the development of new infrastructures of European interest. This contribution may be decided on the basis of Article 171 of the Treaty or through the Specific Programme Decisions. The development of new infrastructures will mobilise a combination of funding of different nature and origin: national funding, Framework Programme, Structural funds, loans from the EIB and others. Community support will be provided subject to the definition of an overall financial plan based on a commitment from all parties concerned.
(1) The decision on the 7th Framework Programme explicitly excludes three fields of research from Community funding:—research activities aiming at human cloning for reproductive purposes;—research activities intended to modify the genetic heritage of human beings which could make such changes heritable;—research activities intended to create human embryos solely for the purpose of research or for the purpose of stem cell procurement, including by means of somatic cell nuclear transfer. — research activities aiming at human cloning for reproductive purposes; — research activities intended to modify the genetic heritage of human beings which could make such changes heritable; — research activities intended to create human embryos solely for the purpose of research or for the purpose of stem cell procurement, including by means of somatic cell nuclear transfer.
— research activities aiming at human cloning for reproductive purposes;
— research activities intended to modify the genetic heritage of human beings which could make such changes heritable;
— research activities intended to create human embryos solely for the purpose of research or for the purpose of stem cell procurement, including by means of somatic cell nuclear transfer.
— research activities aiming at human cloning for reproductive purposes;
— research activities intended to modify the genetic heritage of human beings which could make such changes heritable;
— research activities intended to create human embryos solely for the purpose of research or for the purpose of stem cell procurement, including by means of somatic cell nuclear transfer.
(2) No activity will be funded that is forbidden in all Member States. No activity will be funded in a Member State where such activity is forbidden.
(3) The decision on FP7 and the provisions for the ethical framework governing the Community funding of human embryonic stem cell research entail in no way a value judgement on the regulatory or ethical framework governing such research in Member States.
(4) In calling for proposals, the European Commission does not explicitly solicit the use of human embryonic stem cells. The use of human stem cells, be they adult or embryonic, if any, depends on the judgement of the scientists in view of the objectives they want to achieve. In practice, by far the largest part of Community funds for stem cell research is devoted to the use of adult stem cells. There is no reason why this would substantially change in FP7.
(5) Each project proposing to use human embryonic stem cells must successfully pass a scientific evaluation during which the necessity of using such stem cells to achieve the scientific objectives is assessed by independent scientific experts.
(6) Proposals which successfully pass the scientific evaluation are then subject to a stringent ethical review organised by the European Commission. In this ethical review, account is taken of principles reflected in the EU Charter of Fundamental Rights and relevant international conventions such as the Convention of the Council of Europe on Human Rights and Biomedicine signed in Oviedo on 4 April 1997 and its additional protocols and the Universal Declaration on the Human Genome and the Human Rights adopted by UNESCO. The ethical review also serves to check that the proposals respect the rules of the countries where the research will be carried out.
(7) In particular cases, an ethical review may be carried out during the lifetime of the project.
(8) Each project proposing to use human embryonic stem cells must seek the approval of the relevant national or local ethics committee prior to the start of the project. All national rules and procedures must be respected, including on such issues as parental consent, absence of financial inducement, etc. Checks will be made on whether the project includes references to licensing and control measures to be taken by the competent authorities of the Member State where the research will be carried out.
(9) A proposal that successfully passes the scientific evaluation, the national or local ethical reviews and the European ethical review will be presented for approval, on a case by case basis, to the Member States, meeting as a Regulatory Committee. No project involving the use of human embryonic stem cells will be funded that does not obtain approval from the Member States.
(10) The European Commission will continue to work to make the results from Community funded stem cell research widely accessible to all researchers, for the ultimate benefit of patients in all countries.
(11) The European Commission will support actions and initiatives that contribute to a coordination and rationalisation of HESC research within a responsible ethical approach. In particular, the Commission will support a European registry of human embryonic stem cell lines. Support for such a registry will allow a monitoring of existing human embryonic stem cells in Europe, will contribute to maximise their use by scientists and may help to avoid unnecessary derivations of new stem cell lines.
(12) The European Commission will continue with the current practice and will not submit to the Regulatory Committee proposals for projects which include research activities which destroy human embryos, including for the procurement of stem cells. The exclusion of funding of this step of research will not prevent Community funding of subsequent steps involving human embryonic stem cells.
THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND THE COUNCIL OF THE EUROPEAN UNION,
Having regard to the Treaty establishing the European Community, and in particular Article 166(1) thereof,
Having regard to the proposal from the Commission,
Having regard to the Opinion of the European Economic and Social Committee(1),
Having regard to the Opinion of the Committee of the Regions(2),
Acting in accordance with the procedure laid down in Article 251 of the Treaty(3),
(1) The Community has the objective, set out in the Treaty, of strengthening the scientific and technological bases of Community industry, thereby ensuring a high level of competitiveness at international level. To this end, the Community is to promote all the research activities deemed necessary, in particular by encouraging undertakings, including small and medium-sized enterprises (‘SMEs’), research centres and universities in their research and technological development activities. In this context, priority should be given to those areas and projects where European funding and cooperation is of particular importance and provides added value. Through its support for research at the frontiers of knowledge, applied research and innovation, the Community seeks to promote synergies in European research and thus provide a more stable foundation for the European Research Area. This will make a positive contribution to the social, cultural and economic progress of all Member States.
(2) The central role of research was recognised by the Lisbon European Council of 23-24 March 2000 which set the European Union a new strategic goal for the next decade: to become the most competitive and dynamic knowledge-based economy in the world, capable of sustainable economic growth with more and better jobs and greater social cohesion. The triangle of knowledge — education, research and innovation — is essential for achieving this goal, to which effect the Community aims to mobilise and strengthen the necessary research and innovation capacities. The Seventh Framework Programme is a central Community instrument in this respect, complementing the efforts of Member States and European industry.
(3) In line with the Lisbon strategy, the Barcelona European Council of 15-16 March 2002 agreed that overall spending on research and development (‘RTD’) and innovation in the Union should be increased with the aim of approaching 3 % of GDP by 2010, two-thirds of which should come from the private sector.
(4) The overriding aim of the Seventh Framework Programme is to contribute to the Union becoming the world’s leading research area. This requires the Framework Programme to be strongly focused on promoting and investing in world-class state-of-the-art research, based primarily upon the principle of excellence in research.
(5) The European Parliament has repeatedly stressed the importance of research, technological development and the increased role of knowledge for economic growth and social and environmental well-being, in particular in its resolution of 10 March 2005 on science and technology — Guidelines for future European Union policy to support research(4).
(6) Taking into account the research needs of all Community policies and building upon widespread support from European industry, the scientific community, universities, and other interested circles, the Community should establish the scientific and technological objectives to be achieved under its Seventh Framework Programme in the period from 2007 to 2013.
(7) European Technology Platforms (ETPs) and the envisaged Joint Technology Initiatives (JTIs) are particularly relevant for industrial research. In this context, SMEs should be actively involved in their operation. ETPs help the stakeholders establish long-term strategic research agendas and can further evolve to represent an important mechanism for fostering European competitiveness.
(8) The objectives of the Seventh Framework Programme should be chosen with a view to building upon the achievements of the Sixth Framework Programme towards the creation of the European Research Area and carrying them further towards the development of a knowledge-based economy and society in Europe which will meet the goals of the Lisbon strategy in Community policies. Among the objectives of the Seventh Framework Programme the following are particularly important:—trans-national cooperation at every scale across the EU should be supported,—the dynamism, creativity and excellence of European research at the frontier of knowledge should be enhanced, recognising the responsibility and independence of scientists in the definition of broad lines of research in this area. With this in mind, investigator-driven basic research based on excellence should play an essential role within the Seventh Framework Programme,—human potential in research and technology in Europe should be strengthened, both quantitatively and qualitatively; better education and research training, easier access to research opportunities as well as the recognition of the ‘profession’ of researcher are principal tools for achieving this goal, not least through a significant increase in the presence of women in research, encouraging researchers’ mobility and career development. The general principles reflected in the European Charter for Researchers and in the Code of Conduct for the Recruitment of Researchers could help to establish a genuine European labour market for researchers, while respecting their voluntary nature. In addition, the excellence of European research institutions and universities should be developed and enhanced.
(9) In addition, the dialogue between science and society in Europe should be intensified in order to develop a science and research agenda that meets citizens’ concerns, including by fostering critical reflection, and is aimed at reinforcing public confidence in science.
(10) Special attention should be paid to facilitating the scientific career of researchers in the most productive period of life. Early-stage researchers can be a driving force of science in Europe.
(11) The research and innovation capacities throughout Europe should be strengthened, both quantitatively and qualitatively.
(12) A wide use and dissemination of the knowledge generated by publicly funded research activity should be supported.
(13) In order to realise these objectives it is necessary to promote four types of activities: trans-national cooperation on policy-defined themes (the ‘Cooperation’ programme), investigator-driven research based on the initiative of the research community (the ‘Ideas’ programme), support for individual researchers (the ‘People’ programme), and support for research capacities (the ‘Capacities’ programme).
(14) Under the ‘Cooperation’ programme, support should be provided for trans-national cooperation at an appropriate scale across the Union and beyond, in a number of thematic areas corresponding to major fields of the progress of knowledge and technology, where research should be supported and strengthened to address European social, economic, environmental, public health and industrial challenges, serve the public good and support developing countries. Where possible, this programme will allow flexibility for mission-orientated schemes which cut across the thematic priorities.
(15) Under the ‘Ideas’ programme, activities should be implemented by a European Research Council (‘ERC’), which should enjoy a high degree of autonomy to develop very high-level frontier research at European level, building on excellence in Europe and raising its profile at international level. The ERC should maintain regular contact with the scientific community and European Institutions. As regards the ERC structures, the mid-term review of the Seventh Framework Programme may show the need for further improvements necessitating appropriate amendments.
(16) Under the ‘People’ programme, individuals should be stimulated to enter into the profession of researcher, European researchers should be encouraged to stay in Europe, researchers from the entire world should be attracted to Europe and Europe should be made more attractive to the best researchers. Building on the positive experiences with the ‘Marie Curie Actions’ under previous Framework Programmes, the ‘People’ programme should encourage individuals to enter the profession of researcher; structure the research training offer and options; encourage European researchers to stay in, or return to, Europe; encourage intersectoral mobility, and attract researchers from all over the world to Europe. The mobility of researchers is key not only to the career development of researchers but also to the sharing and transfer of knowledge between countries and sectors and to ensuring that innovative frontier research in various disciplines benefits from dedicated and competent researchers, as well as increased financial resources.
(17) Under the ‘Capacities’ programme, the use and development of research infrastructures should be optimised; innovative capacities of SMEs and their ability to benefit from research should be strengthened; the development of regional research-driven clusters should be supported; the research potential in the Union’s convergence and outermost regions should be unlocked; science and society should be brought closer together in European society; support should be given to the coherent development of research policies at national and Community level and horizontal actions and measures in support of international cooperation should be undertaken.
(18) The Joint Research Centre (JRC) should contribute to providing customer-driven scientific and technological support for the conception, development, implementation and monitoring of Community policies. In this regard, it is useful that the JRC continues to function as an independent reference centre for science and technology in the Union in the areas of its specific competence.
(19) The regions have an important part to play in implementing the European Research Area. Unlocking the development potential of regions and wide dissemination of the results of research and technological development help to bridge the technological divide and contribute to European competitiveness.
(20) The Seventh Framework Programme complements the activities carried out in the Member States as well as other Community actions that are necessary for the overall strategic effort to achieve the Lisbon goals, alongside in particular those under the structural funds and those relating to agriculture, fisheries, education, training, competitiveness and innovation, industry, employment and environment.
(21) Mutual synergies and complementarity should be assured with Community policies and programmes, while also addressing the need for a strengthened and simplified approach to research funding, which is particularly important for SMEs.
(22) The Seventh Framework Programme should aim, in particular, to secure the appropriate involvement of SMEs through concrete measures and specific actions for their benefit. Innovation and SME-related activities supported under this Framework Programme should be complementary to those undertaken under the Competitiveness and Innovation Framework Programme.
(23) Participation in the activities of the Seventh Framework Programme should be facilitated through the publication of all relevant information, to be made available in a timely and user-friendly manner to all potential participants and the appropriate use of simple and quick procedures, free of unduly complex financial conditions and unnecessary reporting, in accordance with the Rules for Participation applicable to this Framework Programme, laid down in Regulation (EC) No 1906/2006 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 18 December 2006 laying down the rules for the participation of undertakings, research centres and universities in actions under the Seventh Framework Programme and for the dissemination of research results (2007-2013)(5).
(24) Taking into account the mid-term review of the use of new instruments under the Sixth Framework Programme and the Five Year Assessment of the Framework Programme, a new approach has been defined which should allow the political objectives of Community research policy to be reached more easily, more efficiently and in a more flexible way. To this end, a smaller set of simpler ‘funding schemes’ should be used, alone or in combination, with more flexibility and freedom, to support the different actions, and stronger management autonomy should be granted to participants.
(25) Given the broad interest in the Framework Programme actions, the leverage effect of funding in national and private investments, the need to enable the Community to meet new scientific and technological challenges and to make full use of its researchers’ potential without discrimination, the vital role the Community intervention plays in making the European research system more efficient and effective, and the possible contribution of the Framework Programme to the efforts towards, inter alia, finding solutions to climate change and sustainability, the health of Europe’s population and the reinvigoration of the Lisbon strategy, there is a need for Community research activities.
(26) Implementation of the Seventh Framework Programme may give rise to supplementary programmes involving the participation of certain Member States only, the participation of the Community in programmes undertaken by several Member States, or the setting up of joint undertakings or other arrangements within the meaning of Articles 168, 169 and 171 of the Treaty.
(27) The Community has concluded a number of international agreements in the field of research and efforts should be made to strengthen international research cooperation with a view to reaping the full benefits of internationalisation of RTD, to contributing to the production of global public goods and to further integrating the Community into the world-wide research community.
(28) There is already a significant body of scientific knowledge capable of drastically improving the lives of those who live in developing countries; where possible, the Framework Programme will — in the framework of the activities described above — contribute to meeting the Millennium Development Goals by 2010.
(29) The Seventh Framework Programme should contribute towards promoting growth, sustainable development and environmental protection, including by addressing the problem of climate change.
(30) Research activities supported by the Seventh Framework Programme should respect fundamental ethical principles, including those reflected in the Charter of Fundamental Rights of the European Union. The opinions of the European Group on Ethics in Science and New Technologies are and will be taken into account. Research activities should also take into account the Protocol on the Protection and Welfare of Animals and reduce the use of animals in research and testing, with a view ultimately to replacing animal use.
(31) Under the Seventh Framework Programme the role of women in science and research will be actively promoted by appropriate measures with a view to encouraging greater numbers to become involved in this domain and further enhancing their active role in research.
(32) This Decision lays down, for the entire duration of the Seventh Framework Programme, a financial envelope constituting the prime reference, within the meaning of point 37 of the Interinstitutional Agreement of 17 May 2006 between the European Parliament, the Council and the Commission on budgetary discipline and sound financial management(6), for the budgetary authority during the annual budgetary procedure.
(33) Appropriate measures — proportionate to the European Communities’ financial interests — should also be taken to monitor both the effectiveness of the financial support granted and the effectiveness of the utilisation of these funds in order to prevent irregularities and fraud, and the necessary steps should be taken to recover funds lost, wrongly paid or incorrectly used in accordance with Council Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 2988/95 of 18 December 1995 on the protection of the European Communities financial interests(7), Council Regulation (Euratom, EC) No 2185/96 of 11 November 1996 concerning on-the-spot checks and inspections carried out by the Commission in order to protect the European Communities’ financial interests against fraud and other irregularities(8)and Regulation (EC) No 1073/1999 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 25 May 1999 concerning investigations conducted by the European Anti-Fraud Office (OLAF)(9).
(34) It is important to ensure sound financial management of the Seventh Framework Programme and its implementation in the most effective and user-friendly manner possible, while also ensuring legal certainty and the accessibility of the programme to all participants. It is necessary to ensure compliance with Council Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 1605/2002 of 25 June 2002 on the Financial Regulation applicable to the general budget of the European Communities(10), and with the requirements of simplification and better regulation.
(35) Since the objective of the actions to be taken in accordance with Article 163 of the Treaty, namely contributing towards the creation of a knowledge-based society and economy in Europe, cannot be sufficiently achieved by the Member States and can therefore be better achieved at Community level, the Community may adopt measures, in accordance with the principle of subsidiarity as set out in Article 5 of the Treaty. In accordance with the principle of proportionality, as set out in that Article, the Seventh Framework Programme does not go beyond what is necessary in order to achieve this objective,
HAVE DECIDED AS FOLLOWS:

Adoption of the Seventh Framework Programme
Article 1
The Framework Programme for Community activities in the area of research and technological development (‘RTD’), including demonstration activities (‘the Seventh Framework Programme’) is hereby adopted for the period from 1 January 2007 to 31 December 2013.

Objectives and activities
Article 2
1. The Seventh Framework Programme shall support the activities set out in points (i) to (iv). The objectives and the broad lines of those activities are set out in Annex I.
(i)
Cooperation: supporting the whole range of research actions carried out in trans-national cooperation in the following thematic areas:
(a)
Health;
(b)
Food, Agriculture and Fisheries, and Biotechnology;
(c)
Information and Communication Technologies;
(d)
Nano-sciences, Nano-technologies, Materials and New Production Technologies;
(e)
Energy;
(f)
Environment (including Climate Change);
(g)
Transport (including Aeronautics);
(h)
Socio-economic Sciences and Humanities;
(i)
Space;
(j)
Security.
(ii)
Ideas: supporting ‘investigator-driven’ research carried out across all fields by individual national or transnational teams in competition at the European level.
(iii)
People: strengthening, quantitatively and qualitatively, the human potential in research and technological development in Europe, as well as encouraging mobility.
(iv)
Capacities: supporting key aspects of European research and innovation capacities such as research infrastructures; regional research driven clusters; the development of a full research potential in the Community’s convergence and outermost regions; research for the benefit of small and medium-sized enterprises (‘SMEs’)(11); ‘Science in Society’ issues; support to coherent development of policies; horizontal activities of international cooperation.
2. The Seventh Framework Programme shall also support the non-nuclear direct scientific and technical actions carried out by the Joint Research Centre (‘JRC’) as defined in Annex I.

Specific programmes
Article 3
The Seventh Framework Programme shall be implemented through specific programmes. These programmes shall specify precise objectives and the detailed rules for implementation.

Maximum overall amount and shares assigned to each programme
Article 4
1. The maximum overall amount for Community financial participation in this Seventh Framework Programme shall be EUR 50 521 million. That amount shall be distributed among the activities and actions referred to in paragraphs 1 and 2 of Article 2 as follows (in EUR million):
2. The indicative breakdown among the thematic areas of each activity referred to in paragraph 1 is set out in Annex II.
3. The detailed rules for Community financial participation in this Framework Programme are set out in Annex III.

Protection of the Communities’ financial interests
Article 5
For the Community actions financed under this Decision, Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 2988/95 and Regulation (Euratom, EC) No 2185/96 shall apply to any infringement of a provision of Community law, including infringements of a contractual obligation stipulated on the basis of the programme, resulting from an act or omission by an economic operator, which has, or would have, the effect of prejudicing the general budget of the European Union or budgets managed by it, by an unjustified item of expenditure.

Ethical principles
Article 6
1. All the research activities carried out under the Seventh Framework Programme shall be carried out in compliance with fundamental ethical principles.
2. The following fields of research shall not be financed under this Framework Programme:
—
research activity aiming at human cloning for reproductive purposes,
—
research activity intended to modify the genetic heritage of human beings which could make such changes heritable(12),
—
research activities intended to create human embryos solely for the purpose of research or for the purpose of stem cell procurement, including by means of somatic cell nuclear transfer.
3. Research on human stem cells, both adult and embryonic, may be financed, depending both on the contents of the scientific proposal and the legal framework of the Member State(s) involved.
Any application for financing for research on human embryonic stem cells shall include, as appropriate, details of licensing and control measures that will be taken by the competent authorities of the Member States as well as details of the ethical approval(s) that will be provided.
As regards the derivation of human embryonic stem cells, institutions, organisations and researchers shall be subject to strict licensing and control in accordance with the legal framework of the Member State(s) involved.
4. The fields of research set out above shall be reviewed for the second phase of this programme (2010-2013) in the light of scientific advances.

Monitoring, evaluation and review
Article 7
1. The Commission shall continually and systematically monitor the implementation of the Seventh Framework Programme and its specific programmes and regularly report and disseminate the results of this monitoring.
2. No later than 2010, the Commission shall carry out, with the assistance of external experts, an evidence-based interim evaluation of this Framework Programme and its specific programmes building upon the ex-post evaluation of the Sixth Framework Programme. This evaluation shall cover the quality of the research activities under way, as well as the quality of implementation and management, and progress towards the objectives set.
The Commission shall communicate the conclusions thereof, accompanied by its observations and, where appropriate, proposals for the adaptation of this Framework Programme, to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions.
The interim evaluation shall be preceded by a progress report as soon as enough data becomes available, giving initial findings on the effectiveness of the new actions initiated under the Seventh Framework Programme and of the efforts made with regard to simplification.
3. Two years following the completion of this Framework Programme, the Commission shall carry out an external evaluation by independent experts of its rationale, implementation and achievements.
The Commission shall communicate the conclusions thereof, accompanied by its observations, to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions.

Entry into force
Article 8
This Decision shall enter into force on the third day following its publication in theOfficial Journal of the European Union.

THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND THE COUNCIL OF THE EUROPEAN UNION,
Having regard to the Treaty establishing the European Community, and in particular Article 166(1) thereof,
Having regard to the proposal from the Commission,
Having regard to the Opinion of the European Economic and Social Committee(1),
Having regard to the Opinion of the Committee of the Regions(2),
Acting in accordance with the procedure laid down in Article 251 of the Treaty(3),
(1) The Community has the objective, set out in the Treaty, of strengthening the scientific and technological bases of Community industry, thereby ensuring a high level of competitiveness at international level. To this end, the Community is to promote all the research activities deemed necessary, in particular by encouraging undertakings, including small and medium-sized enterprises (‘SMEs’), research centres and universities in their research and technological development activities. In this context, priority should be given to those areas and projects where European funding and cooperation is of particular importance and provides added value. Through its support for research at the frontiers of knowledge, applied research and innovation, the Community seeks to promote synergies in European research and thus provide a more stable foundation for the European Research Area. This will make a positive contribution to the social, cultural and economic progress of all Member States.
(2) The central role of research was recognised by the Lisbon European Council of 23-24 March 2000 which set the European Union a new strategic goal for the next decade: to become the most competitive and dynamic knowledge-based economy in the world, capable of sustainable economic growth with more and better jobs and greater social cohesion. The triangle of knowledge — education, research and innovation — is essential for achieving this goal, to which effect the Community aims to mobilise and strengthen the necessary research and innovation capacities. The Seventh Framework Programme is a central Community instrument in this respect, complementing the efforts of Member States and European industry.
(3) In line with the Lisbon strategy, the Barcelona European Council of 15-16 March 2002 agreed that overall spending on research and development (‘RTD’) and innovation in the Union should be increased with the aim of approaching 3 % of GDP by 2010, two-thirds of which should come from the private sector.
(4) The overriding aim of the Seventh Framework Programme is to contribute to the Union becoming the world’s leading research area. This requires the Framework Programme to be strongly focused on promoting and investing in world-class state-of-the-art research, based primarily upon the principle of excellence in research.
(5) The European Parliament has repeatedly stressed the importance of research, technological development and the increased role of knowledge for economic growth and social and environmental well-being, in particular in its resolution of 10 March 2005 on science and technology — Guidelines for future European Union policy to support research(4).
(6) Taking into account the research needs of all Community policies and building upon widespread support from European industry, the scientific community, universities, and other interested circles, the Community should establish the scientific and technological objectives to be achieved under its Seventh Framework Programme in the period from 2007 to 2013.
(7) European Technology Platforms (ETPs) and the envisaged Joint Technology Initiatives (JTIs) are particularly relevant for industrial research. In this context, SMEs should be actively involved in their operation. ETPs help the stakeholders establish long-term strategic research agendas and can further evolve to represent an important mechanism for fostering European competitiveness.
(8) The objectives of the Seventh Framework Programme should be chosen with a view to building upon the achievements of the Sixth Framework Programme towards the creation of the European Research Area and carrying them further towards the development of a knowledge-based economy and society in Europe which will meet the goals of the Lisbon strategy in Community policies. Among the objectives of the Seventh Framework Programme the following are particularly important:—trans-national cooperation at every scale across the EU should be supported,—the dynamism, creativity and excellence of European research at the frontier of knowledge should be enhanced, recognising the responsibility and independence of scientists in the definition of broad lines of research in this area. With this in mind, investigator-driven basic research based on excellence should play an essential role within the Seventh Framework Programme,—human potential in research and technology in Europe should be strengthened, both quantitatively and qualitatively; better education and research training, easier access to research opportunities as well as the recognition of the ‘profession’ of researcher are principal tools for achieving this goal, not least through a significant increase in the presence of women in research, encouraging researchers’ mobility and career development. The general principles reflected in the European Charter for Researchers and in the Code of Conduct for the Recruitment of Researchers could help to establish a genuine European labour market for researchers, while respecting their voluntary nature. In addition, the excellence of European research institutions and universities should be developed and enhanced.
(9) In addition, the dialogue between science and society in Europe should be intensified in order to develop a science and research agenda that meets citizens’ concerns, including by fostering critical reflection, and is aimed at reinforcing public confidence in science.
(10) Special attention should be paid to facilitating the scientific career of researchers in the most productive period of life. Early-stage researchers can be a driving force of science in Europe.
(11) The research and innovation capacities throughout Europe should be strengthened, both quantitatively and qualitatively.
(12) A wide use and dissemination of the knowledge generated by publicly funded research activity should be supported.
(13) In order to realise these objectives it is necessary to promote four types of activities: trans-national cooperation on policy-defined themes (the ‘Cooperation’ programme), investigator-driven research based on the initiative of the research community (the ‘Ideas’ programme), support for individual researchers (the ‘People’ programme), and support for research capacities (the ‘Capacities’ programme).
(14) Under the ‘Cooperation’ programme, support should be provided for trans-national cooperation at an appropriate scale across the Union and beyond, in a number of thematic areas corresponding to major fields of the progress of knowledge and technology, where research should be supported and strengthened to address European social, economic, environmental, public health and industrial challenges, serve the public good and support developing countries. Where possible, this programme will allow flexibility for mission-orientated schemes which cut across the thematic priorities.
(15) Under the ‘Ideas’ programme, activities should be implemented by a European Research Council (‘ERC’), which should enjoy a high degree of autonomy to develop very high-level frontier research at European level, building on excellence in Europe and raising its profile at international level. The ERC should maintain regular contact with the scientific community and European Institutions. As regards the ERC structures, the mid-term review of the Seventh Framework Programme may show the need for further improvements necessitating appropriate amendments.
(16) Under the ‘People’ programme, individuals should be stimulated to enter into the profession of researcher, European researchers should be encouraged to stay in Europe, researchers from the entire world should be attracted to Europe and Europe should be made more attractive to the best researchers. Building on the positive experiences with the ‘Marie Curie Actions’ under previous Framework Programmes, the ‘People’ programme should encourage individuals to enter the profession of researcher; structure the research training offer and options; encourage European researchers to stay in, or return to, Europe; encourage intersectoral mobility, and attract researchers from all over the world to Europe. The mobility of researchers is key not only to the career development of researchers but also to the sharing and transfer of knowledge between countries and sectors and to ensuring that innovative frontier research in various disciplines benefits from dedicated and competent researchers, as well as increased financial resources.
(17) Under the ‘Capacities’ programme, the use and development of research infrastructures should be optimised; innovative capacities of SMEs and their ability to benefit from research should be strengthened; the development of regional research-driven clusters should be supported; the research potential in the Union’s convergence and outermost regions should be unlocked; science and society should be brought closer together in European society; support should be given to the coherent development of research policies at national and Community level and horizontal actions and measures in support of international cooperation should be undertaken.
(18) The Joint Research Centre (JRC) should contribute to providing customer-driven scientific and technological support for the conception, development, implementation and monitoring of Community policies. In this regard, it is useful that the JRC continues to function as an independent reference centre for science and technology in the Union in the areas of its specific competence.
(19) The regions have an important part to play in implementing the European Research Area. Unlocking the development potential of regions and wide dissemination of the results of research and technological development help to bridge the technological divide and contribute to European competitiveness.
(20) The Seventh Framework Programme complements the activities carried out in the Member States as well as other Community actions that are necessary for the overall strategic effort to achieve the Lisbon goals, alongside in particular those under the structural funds and those relating to agriculture, fisheries, education, training, competitiveness and innovation, industry, employment and environment.
(21) Mutual synergies and complementarity should be assured with Community policies and programmes, while also addressing the need for a strengthened and simplified approach to research funding, which is particularly important for SMEs.
(22) The Seventh Framework Programme should aim, in particular, to secure the appropriate involvement of SMEs through concrete measures and specific actions for their benefit. Innovation and SME-related activities supported under this Framework Programme should be complementary to those undertaken under the Competitiveness and Innovation Framework Programme.
(23) Participation in the activities of the Seventh Framework Programme should be facilitated through the publication of all relevant information, to be made available in a timely and user-friendly manner to all potential participants and the appropriate use of simple and quick procedures, free of unduly complex financial conditions and unnecessary reporting, in accordance with the Rules for Participation applicable to this Framework Programme, laid down in Regulation (EC) No 1906/2006 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 18 December 2006 laying down the rules for the participation of undertakings, research centres and universities in actions under the Seventh Framework Programme and for the dissemination of research results (2007-2013)(5).
(24) Taking into account the mid-term review of the use of new instruments under the Sixth Framework Programme and the Five Year Assessment of the Framework Programme, a new approach has been defined which should allow the political objectives of Community research policy to be reached more easily, more efficiently and in a more flexible way. To this end, a smaller set of simpler ‘funding schemes’ should be used, alone or in combination, with more flexibility and freedom, to support the different actions, and stronger management autonomy should be granted to participants.
(25) Given the broad interest in the Framework Programme actions, the leverage effect of funding in national and private investments, the need to enable the Community to meet new scientific and technological challenges and to make full use of its researchers’ potential without discrimination, the vital role the Community intervention plays in making the European research system more efficient and effective, and the possible contribution of the Framework Programme to the efforts towards, inter alia, finding solutions to climate change and sustainability, the health of Europe’s population and the reinvigoration of the Lisbon strategy, there is a need for Community research activities.
(26) Implementation of the Seventh Framework Programme may give rise to supplementary programmes involving the participation of certain Member States only, the participation of the Community in programmes undertaken by several Member States, or the setting up of joint undertakings or other arrangements within the meaning of Articles 168, 169 and 171 of the Treaty.
(27) The Community has concluded a number of international agreements in the field of research and efforts should be made to strengthen international research cooperation with a view to reaping the full benefits of internationalisation of RTD, to contributing to the production of global public goods and to further integrating the Community into the world-wide research community.
(28) There is already a significant body of scientific knowledge capable of drastically improving the lives of those who live in developing countries; where possible, the Framework Programme will — in the framework of the activities described above — contribute to meeting the Millennium Development Goals by 2010.
(29) The Seventh Framework Programme should contribute towards promoting growth, sustainable development and environmental protection, including by addressing the problem of climate change.
(30) Research activities supported by the Seventh Framework Programme should respect fundamental ethical principles, including those reflected in the Charter of Fundamental Rights of the European Union. The opinions of the European Group on Ethics in Science and New Technologies are and will be taken into account. Research activities should also take into account the Protocol on the Protection and Welfare of Animals and reduce the use of animals in research and testing, with a view ultimately to replacing animal use.
(31) Under the Seventh Framework Programme the role of women in science and research will be actively promoted by appropriate measures with a view to encouraging greater numbers to become involved in this domain and further enhancing their active role in research.
(32) This Decision lays down, for the entire duration of the Seventh Framework Programme, a financial envelope constituting the prime reference, within the meaning of point 37 of the Interinstitutional Agreement of 17 May 2006 between the European Parliament, the Council and the Commission on budgetary discipline and sound financial management(6), for the budgetary authority during the annual budgetary procedure.
(33) Appropriate measures — proportionate to the European Communities’ financial interests — should also be taken to monitor both the effectiveness of the financial support granted and the effectiveness of the utilisation of these funds in order to prevent irregularities and fraud, and the necessary steps should be taken to recover funds lost, wrongly paid or incorrectly used in accordance with Council Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 2988/95 of 18 December 1995 on the protection of the European Communities financial interests(7), Council Regulation (Euratom, EC) No 2185/96 of 11 November 1996 concerning on-the-spot checks and inspections carried out by the Commission in order to protect the European Communities’ financial interests against fraud and other irregularities(8)and Regulation (EC) No 1073/1999 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 25 May 1999 concerning investigations conducted by the European Anti-Fraud Office (OLAF)(9).
(34) It is important to ensure sound financial management of the Seventh Framework Programme and its implementation in the most effective and user-friendly manner possible, while also ensuring legal certainty and the accessibility of the programme to all participants. It is necessary to ensure compliance with Council Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 1605/2002 of 25 June 2002 on the Financial Regulation applicable to the general budget of the European Communities(10), and with the requirements of simplification and better regulation.
(35) Since the objective of the actions to be taken in accordance with Article 163 of the Treaty, namely contributing towards the creation of a knowledge-based society and economy in Europe, cannot be sufficiently achieved by the Member States and can therefore be better achieved at Community level, the Community may adopt measures, in accordance with the principle of subsidiarity as set out in Article 5 of the Treaty. In accordance with the principle of proportionality, as set out in that Article, the Seventh Framework Programme does not go beyond what is necessary in order to achieve this objective,
HAVE DECIDED AS FOLLOWS:

Adoption of the Seventh Framework Programme

The Framework Programme for Community activities in the area of research and technological development (‘RTD’), including demonstration activities (‘the Seventh Framework Programme’) is hereby adopted for the period from 1 January 2007 to 31 December 2013.

Objectives and activities

1. The Seventh Framework Programme shall support the activities set out in points (i) to (iv). The objectives and the broad lines of those activities are set out in Annex I.
(i)
Cooperation: supporting the whole range of research actions carried out in trans-national cooperation in the following thematic areas:
(a)
Health;
(b)
Food, Agriculture and Fisheries, and Biotechnology;
(c)
Information and Communication Technologies;
(d)
Nano-sciences, Nano-technologies, Materials and New Production Technologies;
(e)
Energy;
(f)
Environment (including Climate Change);
(g)
Transport (including Aeronautics);
(h)
Socio-economic Sciences and Humanities;
(i)
Space;
(j)
Security.
(ii)
Ideas: supporting ‘investigator-driven’ research carried out across all fields by individual national or transnational teams in competition at the European level.
(iii)
People: strengthening, quantitatively and qualitatively, the human potential in research and technological development in Europe, as well as encouraging mobility.
(iv)
Capacities: supporting key aspects of European research and innovation capacities such as research infrastructures; regional research driven clusters; the development of a full research potential in the Community’s convergence and outermost regions; research for the benefit of small and medium-sized enterprises (‘SMEs’)(11); ‘Science in Society’ issues; support to coherent development of policies; horizontal activities of international cooperation.
2. The Seventh Framework Programme shall also support the non-nuclear direct scientific and technical actions carried out by the Joint Research Centre (‘JRC’) as defined in Annex I.

Specific programmes

The Seventh Framework Programme shall be implemented through specific programmes. These programmes shall specify precise objectives and the detailed rules for implementation.

Maximum overall amount and shares assigned to each programme

1. The maximum overall amount for Community financial participation in this Seventh Framework Programme shall be EUR 50 521 million. That amount shall be distributed among the activities and actions referred to in paragraphs 1 and 2 of Article 2 as follows (in EUR million):
2. The indicative breakdown among the thematic areas of each activity referred to in paragraph 1 is set out in Annex II.
3. The detailed rules for Community financial participation in this Framework Programme are set out in Annex III.

Protection of the Communities' financial interests

For the Community actions financed under this Decision, Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 2988/95 and Regulation (Euratom, EC) No 2185/96 shall apply to any infringement of a provision of Community law, including infringements of a contractual obligation stipulated on the basis of the programme, resulting from an act or omission by an economic operator, which has, or would have, the effect of prejudicing the general budget of the European Union or budgets managed by it, by an unjustified item of expenditure.

Ethical principles

1. All the research activities carried out under the Seventh Framework Programme shall be carried out in compliance with fundamental ethical principles.
2. The following fields of research shall not be financed under this Framework Programme:
—
research activity aiming at human cloning for reproductive purposes,
—
research activity intended to modify the genetic heritage of human beings which could make such changes heritable(12),
—
research activities intended to create human embryos solely for the purpose of research or for the purpose of stem cell procurement, including by means of somatic cell nuclear transfer.
3. Research on human stem cells, both adult and embryonic, may be financed, depending both on the contents of the scientific proposal and the legal framework of the Member State(s) involved.
Any application for financing for research on human embryonic stem cells shall include, as appropriate, details of licensing and control measures that will be taken by the competent authorities of the Member States as well as details of the ethical approval(s) that will be provided.
As regards the derivation of human embryonic stem cells, institutions, organisations and researchers shall be subject to strict licensing and control in accordance with the legal framework of the Member State(s) involved.
4. The fields of research set out above shall be reviewed for the second phase of this programme (2010-2013) in the light of scientific advances.

Monitoring, evaluation and review

1. The Commission shall continually and systematically monitor the implementation of the Seventh Framework Programme and its specific programmes and regularly report and disseminate the results of this monitoring.
2. No later than 2010, the Commission shall carry out, with the assistance of external experts, an evidence-based interim evaluation of this Framework Programme and its specific programmes building upon the ex-post evaluation of the Sixth Framework Programme. This evaluation shall cover the quality of the research activities under way, as well as the quality of implementation and management, and progress towards the objectives set.
The Commission shall communicate the conclusions thereof, accompanied by its observations and, where appropriate, proposals for the adaptation of this Framework Programme, to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions.
The interim evaluation shall be preceded by a progress report as soon as enough data becomes available, giving initial findings on the effectiveness of the new actions initiated under the Seventh Framework Programme and of the efforts made with regard to simplification.
3. Two years following the completion of this Framework Programme, the Commission shall carry out an external evaluation by independent experts of its rationale, implementation and achievements.
The Commission shall communicate the conclusions thereof, accompanied by its observations, to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions.

Entry into force

This Decision shall enter into force on the third day following its publication in theOfficial Journal of the European Union.

I.   COOPERATION

ANNEX ISCIENTIFIC AND TECHNOLOGICAL OBJECTIVES, BROAD LINES OF THE THEMES AND ACTIVITIESThe Seventh Framework Programme will be carried out to pursue the general objectives described in Article 163 of the Treaty, to strengthen industrial competitiveness and to meet the research needs of other Community policies, thereby contributing to the creation of a knowledge-based society, building on a European Research Area and complementing activities at a national and regional level. It will promote excellence in scientific and technological research, development and demonstration through the following four programmes: cooperation, ideas, people and capacities.
In this part of the Seventh Framework Programme, support will be provided to transnational cooperation in different forms across the Union and beyond, in a number of thematic areas corresponding to major fields of knowledge and technology, where the highest quality research must be supported and strengthened to address European social, economic, environmental and industrial challenges. The bulk of this effort will be directed towards improving industrial competitiveness, with a research agenda that reflects the needs of users throughout Europe.
The overarching aim is to contribute to sustainable development.
The ten themes determined for Community action are the following:

1) | Health;
2) | Food, Agriculture and Fisheries, and Biotechnology;
3) | Information and Communication Technologies;
4) | Nano-sciences, Nano-technologies, Materials and new Production Technologies;
5) | Energy;
6) | Environment (including Climate Change);
7) | Transport (including Aeronautics);
8) | Socio-economic Sciences and the Humanities;
9) | Space;
10) | Security.These themes are broadly defined at relatively high level, such that they can adapt to evolving needs and opportunities that may arise during the lifetime of the Seventh Framework Programme. For each of them, a series of activities has been identified which indicates the broad lines envisaged for Community support. These activities have been identified on the basis of their contribution to Community objectives, including the transition to a knowledge-based society, the relevant European research potential and the added value of Community level intervention for these subjects.
Special attention will be paid to ensuring there is effective coordination between the thematic areas and to priority scientific areas which cut across themes, such as forestry research, cultural heritage, marine sciences and technologies.
Multidisciplinarity will be encouraged by joint cross-thematic approaches to research and technology subjects relevant to more than one theme, with joint calls being an important inter-thematic form of cooperation.
In the case of subjects of industrial relevance in particular, the topics have been identified relying, among other sources, on the work of different ‘European Technology Platforms’ set up in fields where Europe’s competitiveness, economic growth and welfare depend on important research and technological progress in the medium to long term. European Technology Platforms bring together stakeholders, under industrial leadership, to define and implement a Strategic Research Agenda. This Framework Programme will contribute to the realisation of these Strategic Research Agendas where these present true European added value. European Technology Platforms, with the possible participation of regional research driven clusters, can play a role in facilitating and organising the participation of industry, including SMEs, in research projects relating to their specific field, including projects eligible for funding under the Framework Programme.
The ten themes also include research needed to underpin the formulation, implementation and assessment of Community policies, in areas such as health, safety, consumer protection, energy, the environment, development aid, fisheries, maritime affairs, agriculture, animal welfare, transport, education and training, employment, social affairs, cohesion, and the creation of an Area of Freedom, Security and Justice, along with pre-normative and co-normative research relevant to improving interoperability and the quality of standards and their implementation, thereby also enhancing European competitiveness. Special attention will be devoted to the coordination of aspects linked to rational and efficient use of energy within the Framework Programme and coordination with other Community policies and programmes.
Under each theme, beside these activities, two types of opportunities will be addressed in an open and flexible way:

— | Future and Emerging Technologies: to support research aiming at identifying or further exploring new scientific and technological opportunities in a given field and/or in their combination with other relevant areas and disciplines through specific support for spontaneous research proposals, including by joint calls; to nurture novel ideas and radically new uses and to explore new options in research roadmaps, in particular those with a potential for significant breakthroughs; adequate coordination with the activities carried out under the Ideas programme will be guaranteed in order to avoid overlap and ensure an optimum use of funding.
— | Unforeseen policy needs: to respond in a flexible way to new policy needs that arise during the course of the Framework Programme, such as unforeseen developments or events requiring a quick reaction, for example, the new epidemics, emerging concerns in food safety or natural disaster response.The dissemination and transfer of knowledge is a key added value of European research actions, and measures will be taken to increase the use of results by industry, policy makers and society. Intellectual property rights must also be safeguarded, including in the context of support to combat counterfeiting. Dissemination will be considered an integral task under all thematic areas, with appropriate restrictions for the security theme due to the confidentiality aspects of the activities, including through the funding of networking initiatives, seminars and events, assistance by external experts and information and electronic services in particular CORDIS.
Complementarity and synergy between this programme and other Community programmes will be ensured. Actions to support innovation will be taken under the Competitiveness and Innovation Framework Programme.
Particular attention should be paid to ensuring the adequate participation of SMEs(1), in particular knowledge-intensive SME in transnational cooperation. Concrete measures, including support actions to facilitate SME participation, will be taken throughout the ‘Cooperation’ part of the programme in the framework of a strategy to be developed under each theme. These strategies will be accompanied by quantitative and qualitative monitoring against the objectives set. The aim will be to enable at least 15 % of the funding available under the ‘Cooperation’ part of the programme to go to SMEs.
Support will also be provided to initiatives aimed at engaging the broadest possible public beyond the research community in the debate on scientific issues and research results, and to initiatives in the field of scientific communication and education, including the involvement, where appropriate, of civil society organisations or networks of such organisations. The integration of the gender dimension and gender equality will be addressed in all areas of research.
Raising the competitiveness of European research requires that the potential across the whole European Research Area is fully unlocked. Projects, aiming at providing scientific excellence, should be managed optimally with particular regard to the use of resources.
Across all these themes, support for trans-national cooperation will be implemented through:

— | Collaborative research,
— | Joint Technology Initiatives,
— | Coordination of non-Community research programmes,
— | International cooperation.Collaborative ResearchCollaborative research will constitute the bulk and the core of Community research funding. The objective is to establish, in the major fields of advancement of knowledge, excellent research projects and networks able to attract researchers and investments from Europe and the entire world.
This will be achieved by supporting collaborative research through a range of funding schemes: collaborative projects, networks of excellence, coordination/support actions (see Annex III).
Joint Technology InitiativesIn a very limited number of cases, the scope of an RTD objective and the scale of the resources involved could justify setting up long term public private partnerships in the form of Joint Technology Initiatives. These initiatives, mainly resulting from the work of European Technology Platforms and covering one or a small number of selected aspects of research in their field, will combine private sector investment and national and European public funding, including grant funding from the Seventh Framework Programme and loan and guarantee finance from the European Investment Bank. Each Joint Technology Initiative will be decided upon individually, either on the basis of Article 171 of the Treaty (this may include the creation of a joint undertaking) or on the basis of Specific Programme Decisions in accordance with Article 166(3) of the Treaty.
Potential Joint Technology Initiatives will be identified in an open and transparent way on the basis of an evaluation using a series of criteria:

— | inability of existing instruments to achieve the objective,
— | scale of the impact on industrial competitiveness and growth,
— | added value of European-level intervention,
— | the degree and clarity of definition of the objective and deliverables to be pursued,
— | strength of the financial and resource commitment from industry,
— | importance of the contribution to broader policy objectives including benefit to society,
— | capacity to attract additional national support and leverage current and future industry funding.The nature of the Joint Technology Initiatives must be clearly defined, in particular with regard to matters concerning:

— | financial commitments,
— | duration of the commitment of the participants,
— | rules for entering and exiting the contract,
— | intellectual property rights.Considering the particular scope and complexity of the Joint Technology Initiatives, strong efforts will be made to ensure their transparent operation and to ensure that any allocation of Community funding by the Joint Technology Initiatives takes place on the basis of the Framework Programme principles of excellence and competition.
Particular attention will be paid to the overall coherence and coordination between Joint Technology Initiatives and programmes and projects in the same fields(2), while respecting their existing implementation procedures, as well as to ensuring that participation in their projects is open to a wide range of participants throughout Europe, in particular SMEs.
Coordination of Non-Community Research ProgrammesThe action undertaken in this field will make use of two main tools: the ERA-NET scheme and the participation of the Community in jointly implemented national research programmes (under Article 169 of the Treaty). The action may cover subjects not directly linked to the ten themes in so far as they have sufficient European added value. The action will also be used to enhance the complementarity and synergy between the Seventh Framework Programme and activities carried out in the framework of intergovernmental structures such as EUREKA and COST(3).
The ERA-NET scheme will develop and strengthen the coordination of national and regional research activities by:

— | providing a framework for actors implementing public research programmes to step up the coordination of their activities. This will include support for new ERA-NETs as well as for the broadening and deepening of the scope of existing ERA-NETs, e.g. by extending their partnership, as well as mutually opening their programmes. Where appropriate, ERA-NETs could be used for programme coordination between European regions and Member States to enable their cooperation with large-scale initiatives,
— | in a limited number of cases, providing additional Community financial support to those participants that pool resources for the purpose of joint calls for proposals between their respective national and regional programmes (‘ERA-NET PLUS’).The participation of the Community in research programmes jointly implemented on the basis of Article 169 of the Treaty is especially relevant to European cooperation on a large scale in ‘variable geometry’ between Member States sharing common needs and/or interests. In well-identified cases such Article 169 initiatives could be launched in areas to be identified in close association with the Member States, including the possible cooperation with intergovernmental programmes, on the basis of a series of criteria:

— | relevance to Community objectives,
— | the clear definition of the objective to be pursued and its relevance to the objectives of this Framework Programme,
— | presence of a pre-existing basis (existing or envisaged research programmes),
— | European added value,
— | critical mass, with regard to the size and the number of programmes involved and the similarity of activities they cover,
— | efficiency of Article 169 as the most appropriate means for achieving the objectives.International CooperationInternational cooperation actions, showing European added value and being of mutual interest, under this part of the Seventh Framework Programme will be:

— | actions designed to enhance participation of researchers and research institutions from third countries in the thematic areas, with appropriate restrictions for the security theme due to the confidentiality aspects, accompanied by strong efforts to encourage them to seize this opportunity.
— | Specific cooperation actions in each thematic area dedicated to third countries where there is mutual interest in co-operating on particular topics selected on the basis of the scientific and technological level and needs of the countries concerned. Closely associated with the bilateral cooperation agreements or multilateral dialogues between the EU and these countries or groups of countries, these actions will serve as privileged tools for implementing the cooperation between the EU and these countries. Such actions are, in particular, actions aiming at reinforcing the research capacities of candidate countries as well as neighbourhood countries and cooperative activities targeted at developing and emerging countries, focusing on their particular needs in fields such as health, including research into neglected diseases, agriculture, fisheries and environment, and implemented in financial conditions adapted to their capacities.This part of the Framework Programme covers the international cooperation actions in each thematic area and across themes. Such actions will be implemented in coordination with those under the ‘People’ and the ‘Capacities’ programmes. An overall strategy for international cooperation within the Seventh Framework Programme will underpin this activity.
THEMES1. HealthObjectiveImproving the health of European citizens and increasing the competitiveness and boosting the innovative capacity of European health-related industries and businesses, while addressing global health issues including emerging epidemics. Emphasis will be put on translational research (translation of basic discoveries into clinical applications including scientific validation of experimental results), the development and validation of new therapies, methods for health promotion and prevention, including promotion of child health, healthy ageing, diagnostic tools and medical technologies, as well as sustainable and efficient healthcare systems.
RationaleThe sequencing of the human genome and the recent advances in post-genomics have revolutionised research into human health and diseases. Integrating the vast amounts of data, understanding underlying biological processes and developing key technologies for health-related bio-industries requires the bringing together of critical masses of various expertise and resources that are not available at a national level, with a view to developing knowledge and capacity for intervention.
Significant advances in translational health research, which is essential to ensure that biomedical research provides practical benefits and improves life quality, also require multidisciplinary and pan-European approaches involving different stakeholders. Such approaches allow Europe to contribute more effectively to international efforts to combat diseases of global importance.
Clinical research on many diseases (e.g. cancer, cardiovascular and infectious diseases, mental and neurological diseases, in particular those linked with ageing, such as Alzheimer and Parkinson diseases) relies on international multi-centre trials to achieve the required number of patients in a short time-frame.
Epidemiological research requires a large diversity of populations and international networks to reach significant conclusions. Developing new diagnostics and treatments for rare disorders, as well as performing epidemiological research on those disorders, also requires multi-country approaches to increase the number of patients for each study. In addition, performing health policy-driven research at the European level enables comparisons to be made of the models, systems, data, and patient material held in national databases and biobanks.
Strong EU-based biomedical research will help strengthen the competitiveness of the European healthcare biotechnology, medical technology and pharmaceutical industries. EU collaboration with developing countries will allow those countries to develop research capacities. The EU must also play an active role in creating an environment conducive to innovation in public and pharmaceutical sectors which address public health needs, in particular to maximise the success of clinical research. Research-based SMEs are the main economic drivers of the healthcare biotechnology and medical technology industries. Although Europe now has more biotechnology companies than the US, most of them are small and less mature than their competitors. Public-private research efforts at the EU level will facilitate their development. EU research will also contribute to the development of new norms and standards to set up an appropriate legislative framework for new medical technologies (e.g. regenerative medicine). The global leadership of European research and innovation in the field of alternative testing strategies, in particular non-animal methods, should be ensured.
The activities that will be addressed, which include research essential to policy requirements, are set out below. Long-term research agendas such as those established by European Technology Platforms, such as the one on innovative medicines, will be supported where relevant. To respond to new policy needs, additional actions may be supported in, for example, the areas of health policy issues and occupational health and safety.
The strategic issues of child health and paediatric diseases as well as of the health of the ageing population will receive specific attention and will have to be taken into account whenever appropriate across all activities in this theme.
Ethical, legal and socio-economic issues will be taken into account within each of the following activities.
Activities
— | Biotechnology, generic tools and medical technologies for human health—High-throughput research: to catalyse progress in fundamental genomics (genome and post-genome) and biomedical research by enhancing data generation, standardisation, acquisition and analysis.—Detection, diagnosis and monitoring: with emphasis on non-invasive or minimally invasive approaches and technologies such as new preventive tools for regenerative medicine (e.g. through molecular imaging and diagnostics).—Predicting suitability, safety and efficacy of therapies: to develop and validate biological markers, in vivo and in vitro methods and models, including simulation, pharmacogenomics, targeting and delivery approaches and alternatives to animal testing.—Innovative therapeutic approaches and intervention: to research, consolidate and ensure further developments in advanced therapies and technologies with potential application in many diseases and disorders such as new therapeutic tools for regenerative medicine. | — | High-throughput research: to catalyse progress in fundamental genomics (genome and post-genome) and biomedical research by enhancing data generation, standardisation, acquisition and analysis. | — | Detection, diagnosis and monitoring: with emphasis on non-invasive or minimally invasive approaches and technologies such as new preventive tools for regenerative medicine (e.g. through molecular imaging and diagnostics). | — | Predicting suitability, safety and efficacy of therapies: to develop and validate biological markers, in vivo and in vitro methods and models, including simulation, pharmacogenomics, targeting and delivery approaches and alternatives to animal testing. | — | Innovative therapeutic approaches and intervention: to research, consolidate and ensure further developments in advanced therapies and technologies with potential application in many diseases and disorders such as new therapeutic tools for regenerative medicine.
— | High-throughput research: to catalyse progress in fundamental genomics (genome and post-genome) and biomedical research by enhancing data generation, standardisation, acquisition and analysis.
— | Detection, diagnosis and monitoring: with emphasis on non-invasive or minimally invasive approaches and technologies such as new preventive tools for regenerative medicine (e.g. through molecular imaging and diagnostics).
— | Predicting suitability, safety and efficacy of therapies: to develop and validate biological markers, in vivo and in vitro methods and models, including simulation, pharmacogenomics, targeting and delivery approaches and alternatives to animal testing.
— | Innovative therapeutic approaches and intervention: to research, consolidate and ensure further developments in advanced therapies and technologies with potential application in many diseases and disorders such as new therapeutic tools for regenerative medicine.
— | Translating research for human health—Integrating biological data and processes — large-scale data gathering, systems biology (including modelling of complex systems): to generate and analyse the vast amount of data needed to understand better the complex regulatory networks of thousands of genes and gene-products controlling important biological processes in all relevant organisms and at all levels of organisation.—Research on the brain and related diseases, human development and ageing: to explore the process of healthy ageing and the way genes and environment interact with brain activity both under normal conditions and in brain diseases and relevant age-related illness (e.g. dementia).—Translational research in infectious diseases: to address drug resistance, the global threats of HIV/AIDS, malaria and tuberculosis, as well as hepatitis and potentially new and re-emerging epidemics (e.g. SARS and highly pathogenic influenza).—Translational research in major diseases — cancer, cardiovascular disease, diabetes/obesity; rare diseases; other chronic diseases including arthritis, rheumatic and musculo-skeletal diseases and respiratory diseases, including those induced by allergies: to develop patient-oriented strategies from prevention to diagnosis with particular emphasis on treatment, including clinical research and the use of active ingredients. Aspects of palliative medicine will be taken into account. | — | Integrating biological data and processes — large-scale data gathering, systems biology (including modelling of complex systems): to generate and analyse the vast amount of data needed to understand better the complex regulatory networks of thousands of genes and gene-products controlling important biological processes in all relevant organisms and at all levels of organisation. | — | Research on the brain and related diseases, human development and ageing: to explore the process of healthy ageing and the way genes and environment interact with brain activity both under normal conditions and in brain diseases and relevant age-related illness (e.g. dementia). | — | Translational research in infectious diseases: to address drug resistance, the global threats of HIV/AIDS, malaria and tuberculosis, as well as hepatitis and potentially new and re-emerging epidemics (e.g. SARS and highly pathogenic influenza). | — | Translational research in major diseases — cancer, cardiovascular disease, diabetes/obesity; rare diseases; other chronic diseases including arthritis, rheumatic and musculo-skeletal diseases and respiratory diseases, including those induced by allergies: to develop patient-oriented strategies from prevention to diagnosis with particular emphasis on treatment, including clinical research and the use of active ingredients. Aspects of palliative medicine will be taken into account.
— | Integrating biological data and processes — large-scale data gathering, systems biology (including modelling of complex systems): to generate and analyse the vast amount of data needed to understand better the complex regulatory networks of thousands of genes and gene-products controlling important biological processes in all relevant organisms and at all levels of organisation.
— | Research on the brain and related diseases, human development and ageing: to explore the process of healthy ageing and the way genes and environment interact with brain activity both under normal conditions and in brain diseases and relevant age-related illness (e.g. dementia).
— | Translational research in infectious diseases: to address drug resistance, the global threats of HIV/AIDS, malaria and tuberculosis, as well as hepatitis and potentially new and re-emerging epidemics (e.g. SARS and highly pathogenic influenza).
— | Translational research in major diseases — cancer, cardiovascular disease, diabetes/obesity; rare diseases; other chronic diseases including arthritis, rheumatic and musculo-skeletal diseases and respiratory diseases, including those induced by allergies: to develop patient-oriented strategies from prevention to diagnosis with particular emphasis on treatment, including clinical research and the use of active ingredients. Aspects of palliative medicine will be taken into account.
— | Optimising the delivery of health care to European citizens—Translating clinical outcome into clinical practice: to create the knowledge bases for clinical decision-making and to address the translation of outcomes of clinical research into clinical practice, especially addressing patient safety and the better use of medicines (including some aspects of pharmacovigilance and scientifically tested complementary and alternative medicines) as well as the specificities of children, women and the elderly population.—Quality, efficiency and solidarity of health care systems including transitional health care systems and home-care strategies: to translate effective interventions into management decisions, to assess the cost, efficiency and benefits of different interventions including with regard to patient safety, to define the needs and conditions for an adequate supply of human resources, to analyse factors influencing equity of access to high-quality health care (also by disadvantaged groups), including analyses of changes in population (e.g. ageing, mobility and migration, and the changing workplace).—Enhanced disease prevention and better use of medicines: to develop efficient public health interventions addressing wider determinants of health (such as stress, diet, lifestyle or environmental factors and their interaction with medication); to identify successful interventions in different health care settings to improve the prescription of medicines and their use by patients (including pharmacovigilance aspects and interactions of medicines).—Appropriate use of new health therapies and technologies: long-term safety and effectiveness assessment and monitoring of large-scale use of new medical technologies (including devices) and advanced therapies to ensure a high level of protection and benefit for public health. | — | Translating clinical outcome into clinical practice: to create the knowledge bases for clinical decision-making and to address the translation of outcomes of clinical research into clinical practice, especially addressing patient safety and the better use of medicines (including some aspects of pharmacovigilance and scientifically tested complementary and alternative medicines) as well as the specificities of children, women and the elderly population. | — | Quality, efficiency and solidarity of health care systems including transitional health care systems and home-care strategies: to translate effective interventions into management decisions, to assess the cost, efficiency and benefits of different interventions including with regard to patient safety, to define the needs and conditions for an adequate supply of human resources, to analyse factors influencing equity of access to high-quality health care (also by disadvantaged groups), including analyses of changes in population (e.g. ageing, mobility and migration, and the changing workplace). | — | Enhanced disease prevention and better use of medicines: to develop efficient public health interventions addressing wider determinants of health (such as stress, diet, lifestyle or environmental factors and their interaction with medication); to identify successful interventions in different health care settings to improve the prescription of medicines and their use by patients (including pharmacovigilance aspects and interactions of medicines). | — | Appropriate use of new health therapies and technologies: long-term safety and effectiveness assessment and monitoring of large-scale use of new medical technologies (including devices) and advanced therapies to ensure a high level of protection and benefit for public health.
— | Translating clinical outcome into clinical practice: to create the knowledge bases for clinical decision-making and to address the translation of outcomes of clinical research into clinical practice, especially addressing patient safety and the better use of medicines (including some aspects of pharmacovigilance and scientifically tested complementary and alternative medicines) as well as the specificities of children, women and the elderly population.
— | Quality, efficiency and solidarity of health care systems including transitional health care systems and home-care strategies: to translate effective interventions into management decisions, to assess the cost, efficiency and benefits of different interventions including with regard to patient safety, to define the needs and conditions for an adequate supply of human resources, to analyse factors influencing equity of access to high-quality health care (also by disadvantaged groups), including analyses of changes in population (e.g. ageing, mobility and migration, and the changing workplace).
— | Enhanced disease prevention and better use of medicines: to develop efficient public health interventions addressing wider determinants of health (such as stress, diet, lifestyle or environmental factors and their interaction with medication); to identify successful interventions in different health care settings to improve the prescription of medicines and their use by patients (including pharmacovigilance aspects and interactions of medicines).
— | Appropriate use of new health therapies and technologies: long-term safety and effectiveness assessment and monitoring of large-scale use of new medical technologies (including devices) and advanced therapies to ensure a high level of protection and benefit for public health.2. Food, Agriculture and Fisheries, and BiotechnologyObjectiveBuilding a European knowledge-based bio-economy(4)by bringing together science, industry and other stakeholders, to exploit new and emerging research opportunities that address social, environmental and economic challenges: the growing demand for safer, healthier, higher quality food and for sustainable use and production of renewable bio-resources; the increasing risk of epizootic and zoonotic diseases and food related disorders; threats to the sustainability and security of agricultural, aquaculture and fisheries production; and the increasing demand for high quality food, taking into account animal welfare and rural and coastal contexts and response to specific dietary needs of consumers.
RationaleInnovations and advancement of knowledge in the sustainable management, production and use of biological resources (micro-organisms, plants, animals), will provide the basis for new, sustainable, safe, eco-efficient and competitive products for agriculture, fisheries, feed, food, health, forest-based and related industries. In line with the European strategy on life sciences and biotechnology(5), this will help increase the competitiveness of European agriculture and biotechnology, seed and food companies, in particular high-tech SMEs, while improving social welfare and well-being.
Research into the safety of food and feed chains, diet-related diseases, food choices and the impact of food and nutrition on health will help to fight food-related disorders (e.g. obesity, allergies) and infectious diseases (e.g. transmissible spongiform encephalopathies, avian flu), while making an important contribution to the implementation of existing and the formulation of future policies and regulations in the areas of public, animal and plant health and consumer protection.
The diversity and mainly small size of the European industries in these areas, while being one of the Union’s strengths and an opportunity, leads to fragmented approaches to similar problems. These are better addressed by increased collaboration and sharing of expertise, for example on new methodologies, technologies, processes and standards that result from changing Community legislation.
Several European Technology Platforms contribute to setting common research priorities, in fields such as plant genomics and biotechnology, forestry and forest based industries, global animal health, farm animal breeding, food and industrial biotechnology. The research carried out will provide the knowledge base needed to support the Common Agricultural Policy and European Forest Strategy; agriculture and trade issues; safety aspects of genetically modified organisms (‘GMOs’); food safety regulations; Community animal health, disease control and welfare standards; and the Common Fisheries Policy reform aiming to provide sustainable development of fishing and aquaculture and the safety of seafood products(6): With a view to ensuring social relevance, a flexible response to new policy needs is also foreseen, in particular with respect to new risks and social or economic trends and needs.
Activities
— | Sustainable production and management of biological resources from land, forest, and aquatic environments: enabling research, including ‘omics’ technologies, such as genomics, proteomics, metabolomics, systems biology, bioinformatics and converging technologies for micro-organisms, plants and animals, including research on the exploitation and sustainable use of their biodiversity.For land-based biological resources, research will focus on: soil fertility, improved crops and production systems in all their diversity, including organic farming, quality production schemes and monitoring and assessment of the impact of GMOs on the environment and humans; plant health, sustainable, competitive and multifunctional agriculture, and forestry; rural development; animal health and welfare, breeding and production; infectious diseases in animals, including epidemiological studies, zoonoses and their pathogenic mechanisms, and diseases linked to animal feedstuffs; other threats to the sustainability and security of food production, including climate change; safe disposal of animal waste.For biological resources from aquatic environments, research will support sustainability and competitiveness of fisheries, provide the scientific and technical basis of fisheries management and support the sustainable development of aquaculture, including breeding and welfare.Development of tools (including ICT tools) needed by policy makers and other actors in areas such as agriculture, fisheries and aquaculture, and rural development (landscape, land management practices etc.); socio-economic and ethical contexts of production.
— | ‘Fork to farm’ — food (including seafood), health and well being: Consumer, societal, cultural, industrial and health as well as traditional aspects of food and feed, including behavioural and cognitive sciences; nutrition, diet-related diseases and disorders, including childhood and adult obesity and allergies; nutrition in relation to the prevention of diseases (including increased knowledge of the health bringing compounds and properties of food); innovative food and feed processing technologies (including packaging and technologies from non-food fields); improved quality and safety, both chemical and biological, of food, beverages and feed; enhanced food safety assurance methodologies; integrity (and control) of the food chain; physical and biological environmental impacts on and of food/feed chains; impact on, and resistance of, food chains to global changes; total food chain concept (including seafood and other food raw materials and components); traceability and its further development; authenticity of food; development of new ingredients and products.
— | Life sciences, biotechnology and biochemistry for sustainable non-food products and processes: improved crops and forest resources, feed-stocks, marine products and biomass (including marine resources) for energy, environment, and products with high added value such as materials and chemicals (including biological resources utilisable in pharmaceutical industry and medicine), including novel farming systems, bio-processes and bio-refinery concepts; bio-catalysis; new and improved micro-organisms and enzymes; forestry and forest based products and processes; environmental bio-remediation and cleaner bio-processing, the utilisation of agro-industrial wastes and by-products.3. Information and Communication Technologies (ICT)ObjectiveImproving the competitiveness of European industry and enabling Europe to master and shape future developments in ICT so that the demands of its society and economy are met. ICT is at the very core of the knowledge-based society. Activities will strengthen Europe’s scientific and technology base and ensure its global leadership in ICT, help drive and stimulate product, service and process innovation and creativity through ICT use and ensure that ICT progress is rapidly transformed into benefits for Europe’s citizens, businesses, industry and governments. These activities will also help reduce the digital divide and social exclusion.
RationaleICT is critical to Europe’s future and underpins the realisation of the Lisbon agenda. It has a catalytic impact in three key areas: productivity and innovation, modernisation of public services and advances in science and technology. Half of the productivity gains in our economies are explained by the impact of ICT on products, services and business processes. ICT is the leading factor in boosting innovation and creativity and in mastering change in value chains across industry and service sectors.
ICT is essential to meeting the rise in demand for health and social care, in particular for people with special needs, including the ageing population, to modernising services in domains of public interest such as education, cultural heritage, security, energy, transport and the environment and to promoting accessibility and transparency of governance and policy development processes. ICT plays an important role in RTD management and communication and is catalytic in the advance of other fields of science and technology as it transforms the way researchers conduct their research, cooperate and innovate.
The escalating economic and societal demands, together with the continued mainstreaming of ICT and the need to push further the limits of technology as well as to develop innovative high-value ICT-based products and services set a growing agenda for research. To bring technology closer to people and organisational needs means: hiding technology complexity and revealing functionality on demand; making technology functional, very simple to use, available and affordable; providing new ICT-based applications, solutions and services that are trusted, reliable, and adaptable to the users’ context and preferences. Driven by the demand of more-for-less, ICT researchers are involved in a global race focussing on miniaturisation, mastering the convergence of computing, communications and media technologies, including further interoperability between systems and the convergence with other relevant sciences and disciplines, and building systems that are able to learn and evolve.
From these diverse efforts a new wave of technologies is emerging. ICT research activities will also draw on a broader range of scientific and technological disciplines including bio- and life sciences, chemistry, psychology, pedagogy, cognitive and social sciences and the humanities.
ICT is one the most research intensive sectors. The ICT research effort, public and private, represents a third of the total research effort in all major economies. Although Europe already enjoys industrial and technological leadership in key ICT fields it lags behind its major competitors in investment in ICT research. Only through a renewed and more intensive pooling of the effort at European level will we be able to make the most of the opportunities that progress in ICT can offer. ICT research activity based on the ‘open source’ development model is proving its utility as a source of innovation and increasing collaboration. The results of ICT research can take various exploitation paths and lead to various business models.
The ICT research activities will be closely articulated with policy actions for ICT deployment and with regulatory measures within a comprehensive and holistic strategy. Priorities have been set following extensive consultations that included input from a series of European Technology Platforms and industrial initiatives in areas such as nano-electronics, microsystems, embedded systems, mobile and wireless communications, electronic media, photonics, robotics and software, services and grids, including Free, Libre and Open Source Software (FLOSS). Sustainability issues will also be taken into account, particularly in the field of electronics.
ActivitiesThe role of research into Future and Emerging Technologies is particularly relevant under this theme in order to support research at the frontier of knowledge in core ICTs and in their combination with other relevant areas and disciplines; to nurture novel ideas and radically new uses and to explore new options in ICT research roadmaps, including the exploitation of quantum effects, system integration and smart systems.

— | ICT Technology Pillars:—Nano-electronics, photonics and integrated micro/nano-systems: pushing the limits of miniaturisation, integration, variety, storage and density; increasing performance and manufacturability at lower cost; facilitating incorporation of ICT in a range of applications; interfaces; upstream research requiring exploration of new concepts.—Ubiquitous and unlimited capacity communication networks: ubiquitous access over heterogeneous networks — fixed, mobile, wireless and broadcasting networks spanning from the personal area to the regional and global area — allowing the seamless delivery of ever higher volumes of data and services anywhere and at any time.—Embedded systems, computing and control: powerful, secure and distributed, reliable and efficient computing, storage and communication systems and products that are embedded in objects and physical infrastructures and that can sense, control and adapt to their environment; interoperability of discrete and continuous systems.—Software, Grids, security and dependability: dynamic, adaptive, dependable and trusted software and services, platforms for software and services, complex systems and new processing architectures, including their provision as a utility.—Knowledge, cognitive and learning systems: semantic systems; capturing and exploiting knowledge embedded in web and multimedia content; bio-inspired artificial systems that perceive, understand, learn and evolve, and act autonomously; learning by convivial machines and humans based on a better understanding of human cognition.—Simulation, visualisation, interaction and mixed realities: tools for innovative design, and creativity in products, services and digital media, and for natural, language-enabled and context-rich interaction and communication.—New perspectives in ICT drawing on other science and technology disciplines, including insights from mathematics and physics, biotechnologies, material and life-sciences, for miniaturisation of ICT devices to sizes compatible and interacting with living organisms, to increase performance and user-friendliness of systems engineering and information processing, and for modelling and simulation of the living world. | — | Nano-electronics, photonics and integrated micro/nano-systems: pushing the limits of miniaturisation, integration, variety, storage and density; increasing performance and manufacturability at lower cost; facilitating incorporation of ICT in a range of applications; interfaces; upstream research requiring exploration of new concepts. | — | Ubiquitous and unlimited capacity communication networks: ubiquitous access over heterogeneous networks — fixed, mobile, wireless and broadcasting networks spanning from the personal area to the regional and global area — allowing the seamless delivery of ever higher volumes of data and services anywhere and at any time. | — | Embedded systems, computing and control: powerful, secure and distributed, reliable and efficient computing, storage and communication systems and products that are embedded in objects and physical infrastructures and that can sense, control and adapt to their environment; interoperability of discrete and continuous systems. | — | Software, Grids, security and dependability: dynamic, adaptive, dependable and trusted software and services, platforms for software and services, complex systems and new processing architectures, including their provision as a utility. | — | Knowledge, cognitive and learning systems: semantic systems; capturing and exploiting knowledge embedded in web and multimedia content; bio-inspired artificial systems that perceive, understand, learn and evolve, and act autonomously; learning by convivial machines and humans based on a better understanding of human cognition. | — | Simulation, visualisation, interaction and mixed realities: tools for innovative design, and creativity in products, services and digital media, and for natural, language-enabled and context-rich interaction and communication. | — | New perspectives in ICT drawing on other science and technology disciplines, including insights from mathematics and physics, biotechnologies, material and life-sciences, for miniaturisation of ICT devices to sizes compatible and interacting with living organisms, to increase performance and user-friendliness of systems engineering and information processing, and for modelling and simulation of the living world.
— | Nano-electronics, photonics and integrated micro/nano-systems: pushing the limits of miniaturisation, integration, variety, storage and density; increasing performance and manufacturability at lower cost; facilitating incorporation of ICT in a range of applications; interfaces; upstream research requiring exploration of new concepts.
— | Ubiquitous and unlimited capacity communication networks: ubiquitous access over heterogeneous networks — fixed, mobile, wireless and broadcasting networks spanning from the personal area to the regional and global area — allowing the seamless delivery of ever higher volumes of data and services anywhere and at any time.
— | Embedded systems, computing and control: powerful, secure and distributed, reliable and efficient computing, storage and communication systems and products that are embedded in objects and physical infrastructures and that can sense, control and adapt to their environment; interoperability of discrete and continuous systems.
— | Software, Grids, security and dependability: dynamic, adaptive, dependable and trusted software and services, platforms for software and services, complex systems and new processing architectures, including their provision as a utility.
— | Knowledge, cognitive and learning systems: semantic systems; capturing and exploiting knowledge embedded in web and multimedia content; bio-inspired artificial systems that perceive, understand, learn and evolve, and act autonomously; learning by convivial machines and humans based on a better understanding of human cognition.
— | Simulation, visualisation, interaction and mixed realities: tools for innovative design, and creativity in products, services and digital media, and for natural, language-enabled and context-rich interaction and communication.
— | New perspectives in ICT drawing on other science and technology disciplines, including insights from mathematics and physics, biotechnologies, material and life-sciences, for miniaturisation of ICT devices to sizes compatible and interacting with living organisms, to increase performance and user-friendliness of systems engineering and information processing, and for modelling and simulation of the living world.
— | Integration of Technologies:—Personal environments: personal communication and computing devices, accessories, wearables, implants; their interfaces and interconnections to services and resources.—Home environments: communication, monitoring, control, assistance; seamless interoperability and use of all devices; interactive digital content and services.—Robotic systems: advanced autonomous systems; cognition, control, action skills, natural interaction and cooperation; miniaturisation, humanoid technologies.—Intelligent infrastructures: tools making infrastructures that are critical to everyday life more efficient and user-friendly, easier to adapt and maintain, and more robust to usage and resistant to failures. | — | Personal environments: personal communication and computing devices, accessories, wearables, implants; their interfaces and interconnections to services and resources. | — | Home environments: communication, monitoring, control, assistance; seamless interoperability and use of all devices; interactive digital content and services. | — | Robotic systems: advanced autonomous systems; cognition, control, action skills, natural interaction and cooperation; miniaturisation, humanoid technologies. | — | Intelligent infrastructures: tools making infrastructures that are critical to everyday life more efficient and user-friendly, easier to adapt and maintain, and more robust to usage and resistant to failures.
— | Personal environments: personal communication and computing devices, accessories, wearables, implants; their interfaces and interconnections to services and resources.
— | Home environments: communication, monitoring, control, assistance; seamless interoperability and use of all devices; interactive digital content and services.
— | Robotic systems: advanced autonomous systems; cognition, control, action skills, natural interaction and cooperation; miniaturisation, humanoid technologies.
— | Intelligent infrastructures: tools making infrastructures that are critical to everyday life more efficient and user-friendly, easier to adapt and maintain, and more robust to usage and resistant to failures.
— | Applications Research:—ICT meeting societal challenges: new systems, novel materials, structures, technologies and services in areas of public interest, improving quality, efficiency, access and inclusiveness, including accessibility for the disabled; user friendly applications, integration of new technologies and initiatives such as ambient assisted living,—for health, improving disease prevention and health care provisions, early diagnosis, treatment and personalisation; autonomy, safety, monitoring and mobility of patients; health information space for knowledge discovery and management,—to improve inclusion and equal participation and prevent digital divides; assistive technology for the elderly and for disabled people; design-for-all,—for mobility; intelligent ICT-based transportation systems, vehicles and intelligent service solutions for tourism enabling people and goods to move safely, ecologically, comfortably and efficiently,—in support of the environment, risk management and sustainable development, to prevent or reduce vulnerability and to mitigate the consequences of natural disasters, industrial accidents and human activities related to economic development,—for governments at all levels: efficiency, openness and accountability, for a world-class public administration and links to citizens and businesses, supporting democracy, allowing access to information to all.—ICT for content, creativity and personal development:—new media paradigms and new forms of content, including entertainment; creation of and access to interactive digital content; enriched user experiences; cost-effective content delivery; digital rights management; hybrid media,—technology-enhanced learning; adaptive and contextualised learning solutions; active learning,—ICT-based systems to support accessibility and use over time of digital cultural and scientific resources and assets, in a multilingual/multicultural environment, and including with regard to cultural heritage.—ICT supporting businesses and industry:—new forms of dynamic networked cooperative business processes, digital eco-systems including for empowering small and medium-sized organisations and communities; optimised work organisation and collaborative work environments such as knowledge sharing and interactive services (e.g. for tourism),—manufacturing, including traditional industries: rapid and adaptive design, production and delivery of highly customised goods; digital and virtual production; modelling, simulation, optimisation and presentation tools; miniature and integrated ICT products,—ICT for trust and confidence: identity management; authentication and authorisation; privacy enhancing technologies; rights and asset management; protection against cyber threats, in coordination with other themes, in particular the ‘Security’ theme. | — | ICT meeting societal challenges: new systems, novel materials, structures, technologies and services in areas of public interest, improving quality, efficiency, access and inclusiveness, including accessibility for the disabled; user friendly applications, integration of new technologies and initiatives such as ambient assisted living,—for health, improving disease prevention and health care provisions, early diagnosis, treatment and personalisation; autonomy, safety, monitoring and mobility of patients; health information space for knowledge discovery and management,—to improve inclusion and equal participation and prevent digital divides; assistive technology for the elderly and for disabled people; design-for-all,—for mobility; intelligent ICT-based transportation systems, vehicles and intelligent service solutions for tourism enabling people and goods to move safely, ecologically, comfortably and efficiently,—in support of the environment, risk management and sustainable development, to prevent or reduce vulnerability and to mitigate the consequences of natural disasters, industrial accidents and human activities related to economic development,—for governments at all levels: efficiency, openness and accountability, for a world-class public administration and links to citizens and businesses, supporting democracy, allowing access to information to all. | — | for health, improving disease prevention and health care provisions, early diagnosis, treatment and personalisation; autonomy, safety, monitoring and mobility of patients; health information space for knowledge discovery and management, | — | to improve inclusion and equal participation and prevent digital divides; assistive technology for the elderly and for disabled people; design-for-all, | — | for mobility; intelligent ICT-based transportation systems, vehicles and intelligent service solutions for tourism enabling people and goods to move safely, ecologically, comfortably and efficiently, | — | in support of the environment, risk management and sustainable development, to prevent or reduce vulnerability and to mitigate the consequences of natural disasters, industrial accidents and human activities related to economic development, | — | for governments at all levels: efficiency, openness and accountability, for a world-class public administration and links to citizens and businesses, supporting democracy, allowing access to information to all. | — | ICT for content, creativity and personal development:—new media paradigms and new forms of content, including entertainment; creation of and access to interactive digital content; enriched user experiences; cost-effective content delivery; digital rights management; hybrid media,—technology-enhanced learning; adaptive and contextualised learning solutions; active learning,—ICT-based systems to support accessibility and use over time of digital cultural and scientific resources and assets, in a multilingual/multicultural environment, and including with regard to cultural heritage. | — | new media paradigms and new forms of content, including entertainment; creation of and access to interactive digital content; enriched user experiences; cost-effective content delivery; digital rights management; hybrid media, | — | technology-enhanced learning; adaptive and contextualised learning solutions; active learning, | — | ICT-based systems to support accessibility and use over time of digital cultural and scientific resources and assets, in a multilingual/multicultural environment, and including with regard to cultural heritage. | — | ICT supporting businesses and industry:—new forms of dynamic networked cooperative business processes, digital eco-systems including for empowering small and medium-sized organisations and communities; optimised work organisation and collaborative work environments such as knowledge sharing and interactive services (e.g. for tourism),—manufacturing, including traditional industries: rapid and adaptive design, production and delivery of highly customised goods; digital and virtual production; modelling, simulation, optimisation and presentation tools; miniature and integrated ICT products, | — | new forms of dynamic networked cooperative business processes, digital eco-systems including for empowering small and medium-sized organisations and communities; optimised work organisation and collaborative work environments such as knowledge sharing and interactive services (e.g. for tourism), | — | manufacturing, including traditional industries: rapid and adaptive design, production and delivery of highly customised goods; digital and virtual production; modelling, simulation, optimisation and presentation tools; miniature and integrated ICT products, | — | ICT for trust and confidence: identity management; authentication and authorisation; privacy enhancing technologies; rights and asset management; protection against cyber threats, in coordination with other themes, in particular the ‘Security’ theme.
— | ICT meeting societal challenges: new systems, novel materials, structures, technologies and services in areas of public interest, improving quality, efficiency, access and inclusiveness, including accessibility for the disabled; user friendly applications, integration of new technologies and initiatives such as ambient assisted living,—for health, improving disease prevention and health care provisions, early diagnosis, treatment and personalisation; autonomy, safety, monitoring and mobility of patients; health information space for knowledge discovery and management,—to improve inclusion and equal participation and prevent digital divides; assistive technology for the elderly and for disabled people; design-for-all,—for mobility; intelligent ICT-based transportation systems, vehicles and intelligent service solutions for tourism enabling people and goods to move safely, ecologically, comfortably and efficiently,—in support of the environment, risk management and sustainable development, to prevent or reduce vulnerability and to mitigate the consequences of natural disasters, industrial accidents and human activities related to economic development,—for governments at all levels: efficiency, openness and accountability, for a world-class public administration and links to citizens and businesses, supporting democracy, allowing access to information to all. | — | for health, improving disease prevention and health care provisions, early diagnosis, treatment and personalisation; autonomy, safety, monitoring and mobility of patients; health information space for knowledge discovery and management, | — | to improve inclusion and equal participation and prevent digital divides; assistive technology for the elderly and for disabled people; design-for-all, | — | for mobility; intelligent ICT-based transportation systems, vehicles and intelligent service solutions for tourism enabling people and goods to move safely, ecologically, comfortably and efficiently, | — | in support of the environment, risk management and sustainable development, to prevent or reduce vulnerability and to mitigate the consequences of natural disasters, industrial accidents and human activities related to economic development, | — | for governments at all levels: efficiency, openness and accountability, for a world-class public administration and links to citizens and businesses, supporting democracy, allowing access to information to all.
— | for health, improving disease prevention and health care provisions, early diagnosis, treatment and personalisation; autonomy, safety, monitoring and mobility of patients; health information space for knowledge discovery and management,
— | to improve inclusion and equal participation and prevent digital divides; assistive technology for the elderly and for disabled people; design-for-all,
— | for mobility; intelligent ICT-based transportation systems, vehicles and intelligent service solutions for tourism enabling people and goods to move safely, ecologically, comfortably and efficiently,
— | in support of the environment, risk management and sustainable development, to prevent or reduce vulnerability and to mitigate the consequences of natural disasters, industrial accidents and human activities related to economic development,
— | for governments at all levels: efficiency, openness and accountability, for a world-class public administration and links to citizens and businesses, supporting democracy, allowing access to information to all.
— | ICT for content, creativity and personal development:—new media paradigms and new forms of content, including entertainment; creation of and access to interactive digital content; enriched user experiences; cost-effective content delivery; digital rights management; hybrid media,—technology-enhanced learning; adaptive and contextualised learning solutions; active learning,—ICT-based systems to support accessibility and use over time of digital cultural and scientific resources and assets, in a multilingual/multicultural environment, and including with regard to cultural heritage. | — | new media paradigms and new forms of content, including entertainment; creation of and access to interactive digital content; enriched user experiences; cost-effective content delivery; digital rights management; hybrid media, | — | technology-enhanced learning; adaptive and contextualised learning solutions; active learning, | — | ICT-based systems to support accessibility and use over time of digital cultural and scientific resources and assets, in a multilingual/multicultural environment, and including with regard to cultural heritage.
— | new media paradigms and new forms of content, including entertainment; creation of and access to interactive digital content; enriched user experiences; cost-effective content delivery; digital rights management; hybrid media,
— | technology-enhanced learning; adaptive and contextualised learning solutions; active learning,
— | ICT-based systems to support accessibility and use over time of digital cultural and scientific resources and assets, in a multilingual/multicultural environment, and including with regard to cultural heritage.
— | ICT supporting businesses and industry:—new forms of dynamic networked cooperative business processes, digital eco-systems including for empowering small and medium-sized organisations and communities; optimised work organisation and collaborative work environments such as knowledge sharing and interactive services (e.g. for tourism),—manufacturing, including traditional industries: rapid and adaptive design, production and delivery of highly customised goods; digital and virtual production; modelling, simulation, optimisation and presentation tools; miniature and integrated ICT products, | — | new forms of dynamic networked cooperative business processes, digital eco-systems including for empowering small and medium-sized organisations and communities; optimised work organisation and collaborative work environments such as knowledge sharing and interactive services (e.g. for tourism), | — | manufacturing, including traditional industries: rapid and adaptive design, production and delivery of highly customised goods; digital and virtual production; modelling, simulation, optimisation and presentation tools; miniature and integrated ICT products,
— | new forms of dynamic networked cooperative business processes, digital eco-systems including for empowering small and medium-sized organisations and communities; optimised work organisation and collaborative work environments such as knowledge sharing and interactive services (e.g. for tourism),
— | manufacturing, including traditional industries: rapid and adaptive design, production and delivery of highly customised goods; digital and virtual production; modelling, simulation, optimisation and presentation tools; miniature and integrated ICT products,
— | ICT for trust and confidence: identity management; authentication and authorisation; privacy enhancing technologies; rights and asset management; protection against cyber threats, in coordination with other themes, in particular the ‘Security’ theme.4. Nano-sciences, Nano-technologies, Materials and new Production TechnologiesObjectiveImproving the competitiveness of European industry and generate knowledge to ensure its transformation from a resource-intensive to a knowledge-intensive industry, by generating step changes in knowledge and implementing decisive knowledge for new applications at the crossroads between different technologies and disciplines. This will benefit both new, high-tech industries and higher-value, knowledge-based traditional industries, with a special focus on the appropriate dissemination of RTD results to SMEs. These activities are primarily concerned with enabling technologies which impact all industrial sectors and many other Seventh Framework Programme themes.
RationaleThe increasing difficulties affecting many industrial activities appear no longer to be limited to traditional sectors with a high labour intensity, but are beginning to be observed in intermediate sectors — which constitute the established strengths of European industry — and even in some high-technology sectors. A strong industrial base must be maintained by strengthening the knowledge content in the existing industry as well as building, in Europe, a strong knowledge-based, knowledge intensive industry, stressing the exploitation of basic research for industrial applications. This will include the modernisation of the existing SME base and the creation and subsequent growth of new knowledge-driven SMEs, from the dissemination of knowledge and expertise through collaborative programmes.
The competitiveness of industry in the future will largely depend on nano-technologies and their applications. RTD in nano-sciences and nano-technologies taken up in several areas can accelerate European industry’s transformation. The EU has recognised leadership in fields such as nano-sciences, nano-technologies, materials and production technologies, which must be strengthened in order to secure and increase the EU position in a highly competitive global context.
Materials with new properties are key to the future competitiveness of European industry and the basis for technical progress in many areas.
Industry-relevant priorities and their integration for sectoral applications can be established through activities like the European Technology Platforms in fields such as nano-electronics, manufacturing, power generation, steel, chemistry, energy, the transport industry, construction, industrial safety, textiles, ceramics, forest-based industry and nano-medicine. This will help establish common research priorities and targets. In addition by responding flexibly to new policy needs that arise during the lifetime of the Seventh Framework Programme, the relevant policy, regulatory and standardisation, and impact issues will be addressed.
Activities
— | Nano-sciences, Nano-technologies—Generating new knowledge of interface and size dependent phenomena; nano-scale control of material properties for new applications; integration of technologies at the nano-scale including monitoring and sensing; self-assembling properties; nano-motors; nano-machines and nano-systems; methods and tools for characterisation and manipulation at nano-dimensions; nano- and high-precision technologies in chemistry for the manufacture of basic materials and components; the study and production of nano-metre precise components; impact on human safety, health and the environment; metrology, monitoring and sensing, nomenclature and standards; exploration of new concepts and approaches for sectoral applications, including the integration and convergence of emerging technologies. Activities will also investigate the impact of nano-technology on society and the relevance of nano-science and technology for the solution of societal problems. | — | Generating new knowledge of interface and size dependent phenomena; nano-scale control of material properties for new applications; integration of technologies at the nano-scale including monitoring and sensing; self-assembling properties; nano-motors; nano-machines and nano-systems; methods and tools for characterisation and manipulation at nano-dimensions; nano- and high-precision technologies in chemistry for the manufacture of basic materials and components; the study and production of nano-metre precise components; impact on human safety, health and the environment; metrology, monitoring and sensing, nomenclature and standards; exploration of new concepts and approaches for sectoral applications, including the integration and convergence of emerging technologies. Activities will also investigate the impact of nano-technology on society and the relevance of nano-science and technology for the solution of societal problems.
— | Generating new knowledge of interface and size dependent phenomena; nano-scale control of material properties for new applications; integration of technologies at the nano-scale including monitoring and sensing; self-assembling properties; nano-motors; nano-machines and nano-systems; methods and tools for characterisation and manipulation at nano-dimensions; nano- and high-precision technologies in chemistry for the manufacture of basic materials and components; the study and production of nano-metre precise components; impact on human safety, health and the environment; metrology, monitoring and sensing, nomenclature and standards; exploration of new concepts and approaches for sectoral applications, including the integration and convergence of emerging technologies. Activities will also investigate the impact of nano-technology on society and the relevance of nano-science and technology for the solution of societal problems.
— | Materials—Generating new knowledge of high-performance surfaces and materials for new products and processes as well as for their repair; knowledge-based materials with tailored properties and predictable performance; more reliable design and simulation; computational modelling; higher complexity; environmental compatibility; integration of nano-micro-macro functionality in the chemical technology and materials processing industries; new nano-materials including nano-composites, bio-materials, and hybrid materials, including design and control of their processing, properties and performance. | — | Generating new knowledge of high-performance surfaces and materials for new products and processes as well as for their repair; knowledge-based materials with tailored properties and predictable performance; more reliable design and simulation; computational modelling; higher complexity; environmental compatibility; integration of nano-micro-macro functionality in the chemical technology and materials processing industries; new nano-materials including nano-composites, bio-materials, and hybrid materials, including design and control of their processing, properties and performance.
— | Generating new knowledge of high-performance surfaces and materials for new products and processes as well as for their repair; knowledge-based materials with tailored properties and predictable performance; more reliable design and simulation; computational modelling; higher complexity; environmental compatibility; integration of nano-micro-macro functionality in the chemical technology and materials processing industries; new nano-materials including nano-composites, bio-materials, and hybrid materials, including design and control of their processing, properties and performance.
— | New Production—Creating conditions and assets for sustainable knowledge-intensive production, including construction, development and validation of new paradigms responding to emerging industrial needs and fostering the modernisation of the European industry base; development of generic production assets for adaptive, networked and knowledge-based production; development of new engineering concepts exploiting the convergence of technologies (e.g. nano, micro, bio, geo, info, optical, cognitive technologies and their engineering requirements) for the next generation of high value-added new or renewed products and services, and adaptation to changing needs; engaging high-throughput production technologies. | — | Creating conditions and assets for sustainable knowledge-intensive production, including construction, development and validation of new paradigms responding to emerging industrial needs and fostering the modernisation of the European industry base; development of generic production assets for adaptive, networked and knowledge-based production; development of new engineering concepts exploiting the convergence of technologies (e.g. nano, micro, bio, geo, info, optical, cognitive technologies and their engineering requirements) for the next generation of high value-added new or renewed products and services, and adaptation to changing needs; engaging high-throughput production technologies.
— | Creating conditions and assets for sustainable knowledge-intensive production, including construction, development and validation of new paradigms responding to emerging industrial needs and fostering the modernisation of the European industry base; development of generic production assets for adaptive, networked and knowledge-based production; development of new engineering concepts exploiting the convergence of technologies (e.g. nano, micro, bio, geo, info, optical, cognitive technologies and their engineering requirements) for the next generation of high value-added new or renewed products and services, and adaptation to changing needs; engaging high-throughput production technologies.
— | Integration of technologies for industrial applications—Integrating new knowledge, nano- and micro-technologies, materials and production in sectoral and cross sectoral applications, in areas such as health, food, construction and buildings, transport, energy, information and communication, chemistry, environment, textiles and clothing, footwear, forest-based industry, steel, mechanical engineering. | — | Integrating new knowledge, nano- and micro-technologies, materials and production in sectoral and cross sectoral applications, in areas such as health, food, construction and buildings, transport, energy, information and communication, chemistry, environment, textiles and clothing, footwear, forest-based industry, steel, mechanical engineering.
— | Integrating new knowledge, nano- and micro-technologies, materials and production in sectoral and cross sectoral applications, in areas such as health, food, construction and buildings, transport, energy, information and communication, chemistry, environment, textiles and clothing, footwear, forest-based industry, steel, mechanical engineering.5. EnergyObjectiveAdapting the current energy system into a more sustainable one, less dependent on imported fuels and based on a diverse mix of energy sources, in particular renewables, energy carriers and non-polluting sources; enhancing energy efficiency, including by rationalising use and storage of energy; addressing the pressing challenges of security of supply and climate change, whilst increasing the competitiveness of Europe’s industries.
RationaleEnergy systems are confronted with major challenges. There is an urgent need to identify and develop adequate and timely solutions given the alarming trends in global energy demand, the finite nature of conventional oil and natural gas reserves, the need to curb dramatically emissions of greenhouse gases in order to mitigate the devastating consequences of climate change, the damaging volatility of oil prices (in particular for the transport sector which is heavily oil dependent) and geopolitical instability in supplier regions. Energy research is an important contribution towards ensuring affordable energy costs for our citizens and industries. Research and demonstration are necessary in order to provide the most environmentally sound and cost-effective technologies and measures enabling the EU to meet its targets under the Kyoto Protocol and beyond and to implement its energy policy commitments, as described in the 2000 Green Paper on the security of energy supply(7), the 2005 Green Paper on Energy Efficiency(8)and the 2006 Green Paper on a European strategy for sustainable competitive and secure energy(9).
Europe has developed world leadership in a number of energy generation and energy efficiency technologies. It is the pioneer in modern renewable energy technologies, such as solar energy, bio- and wind energy. The EU is also a global competitor in power generation and distribution technologies and has a strong research capability in the area of carbon capture and sequestration. These positions, however, are now facing severe competition (in particular from the US and Japan). Therefore Europe must maintain and develop its leading position which requires substantial efforts and international collaboration.
Radically transforming the energy system into a less- or non-CO2-emitting, reliable, competitive and sustainable energy system requires new technologies and new materials with risks that are too high and profits too uncertain for private firms to provide all the investment needed for research, development, demonstration and deployment. Public support should therefore play a key role in mobilising private investment and European efforts and resources should be combined in a coherent and more effective manner, to compete with economies that are investing heavily and consistently in similar technologies. European technology platforms play an important role in this regard, by mobilising the necessary research effort in a coordinated manner. The activities to meet the objective are set out below. Increasing efficiency throughout the energy system, from source to user, is essential and underpins the whole of the Energy Theme. Given their important contribution to future sustainable energy systems, renewables and end-use energy efficiency will be the major part of this Theme. Particular attention will be paid to stimulating research, development and demonstration and promoting capacity building in this area. Synergies with the Intelligent Energy-Europe Programme component of the Competitiveness and Innovation Framework Programme will be fully exploited in this regard. The potential for future large-scale initiatives integrating funding from various sources (e.g. JTI) will also be explored.
A specific activity on knowledge for energy policy making is included which may also provide support to new policy needs that emerge relating, for example, to the role of European energy policy in the development of international climate change actions, and instabilities or disruptions in energy supply and price.
Activities
— | Hydrogen and fuel cellsIntegrated action to provide a strong technological foundation for competitive EU fuel cell and hydrogen industries, for stationary, portable and transport applications. The Hydrogen and Fuel Cells European Technology Platform contributes to this activity by proposing an integrated research and deployment strategy.
— | Renewable electricity generationTechnologies to increase overall conversion efficiency, cost efficiency and reliability, driving down the cost of electricity production from indigenous renewable energy sources, including wastes, and the development and the demonstration of technologies suited to different regional conditions.
— | Renewable fuel productionIntegrated fuel production systems and conversion technologies: to develop and drive down the unit cost of solid, liquid and gaseous (including hydrogen) fuels produced from renewable energy sources including biomass and wastes, aiming at the cost-effective production, storage, distribution and use of carbon-neutral fuels, in particular biofuels for transport and electricity generation.
— | Renewables for heating and coolingResearch, development and demonstration of technologies and devices including storage technologies to increase efficiencies and drive down the costs of active and passive heating and cooling from renewable energy sources, ensuring their use in different regional conditions where sufficient potential can be identified.
— | CO2capture and storage technologies for zero emission power generationResearch, development and demonstration of technologies to drastically reduce the environmental impact of fossil fuel use aiming at highly efficient and cost effective power and/or heat generation plants with near zero emissions, based on CO2capture and storage technologies, in particular underground storage.
— | Clean coal technologiesResearch, development and demonstration of technologies to substantially improve plant efficiency, reliability and cost through development and demonstration of clean coal and other solid fuel conversion technologies, including chemical processes, producing also secondary energy carriers (including hydrogen) and liquid or gaseous fuels. Activities will be linked as appropriate to CO2capture and storage technologies or co-utilisation of biomass.
— | Smart energy networksResearch, development and demonstration on how to increase the efficiency, safety, reliability and quality of the European electricity and gas systems and networks, notably within the context of a more integrated European energy market, e.g. by transforming the current electricity grids into an interactive (customers/operators) service network, developing energy storage options and removing obstacles to the large-scale deployment and effective integration of distributed and renewable energy sources.
— | Energy efficiency and savingsResearch, development and demonstration of new concepts, optimisation of proven concepts and technologies to improve energy efficiency and to enable further final and primary energy consumption savings, over their life cycle, for buildings (including in lighting), transport, services and industry. This includes the integration of strategies and technologies for energy efficiency (including co- and polygeneration), the use of new and renewable energy technologies and energy demand management measures and devices, and the demonstration of minimum climate impact buildings.
— | Knowledge for energy policy makingDevelopment of tools, methods and models to assess the main economic and social issues related to energy technologies and to provide quantifiable targets and scenarios for medium- and long-term horizons (including providing scientific support for policy development).6. Environment (including climate change)ObjectiveSustainable management of the environment and its resources through the advancement of knowledge on the interaction between the climate, biosphere, ecosystems and human activities, and the development of new technologies, tools and services, in order to address global environmental issues in an integrated way. Emphasis will be placed on prediction of climate, ecological, earth and ocean systems changes, on tools and technologies for monitoring, prevention, mitigation and adaptation of environmental pressures and risks, including risks to health, and on tools and technologies for the sustainability of the natural and man-made environment.
RationaleEnvironmental problems extend beyond national frontiers and require a coordinated approach at a pan-European and, often, global level. Earth’s natural resources and the man-made environment are under intense pressure from a growing population, urbanisation, construction, continuous expansion of the agriculture, aquaculture, fisheries, transport, and energy sectors, and climate variability and warming at local, regional and global scales. Europe needs to engage in a new sustainable relationship with the environment while improving competitiveness and strengthening European industry. EU-wide cooperation is needed in order to attain critical mass, given the scale, scope and high level of complexity of environmental research. This will facilitate common planning, the use of connected and inter-operable databases, and the development of coherent and large scale observation and forecasting systems. Research should address the need for data management and information services and problems related to data transfer, integration, mapping.
Research is needed at EU level for the implementation of international commitments such as the UN Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCC) and its Kyoto protocol, the UN Convention on Biological Diversity, the UN Convention to Combat Desertification, the Stockholm Convention on Persistent Organic Pollutants, the objectives of the World Summit on Sustainable Development 2002, including the EU Water Initiative, and contributions to the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change and the Earth Observation initiative.
In addition, there are significant research needs arising from existing and emerging EU level policies, the implementation of the 6th Environmental Action Plan and associated thematic strategies (e.g. the EU marine strategy), the action plans, programmes and directives on Environmental Technologies and Environment and Health, the Water Framework and NATURA 2000.
The EU needs to strengthen its position in world markets for environmental technologies. Such technologies contribute to sustainable consumption and production, helping to deliver sustainable growth providing eco-efficient solutions to environmental problems at different scales and protecting our cultural and natural heritage. Environmental requirements act as a stimulus for innovation and can provide business opportunities and higher competitiveness while at the same time ensuring a more sustainable future for next generations. European Technology Platforms on water supply and sanitation and on sustainable chemistry confirm the need for EU level action and their research agendas are taken into consideration in the activities below. Other platforms (e.g. on construction and on forestry) partially deal with environmental technology issues and are taken into consideration as well. Socio-economic issues have a particularly strong influence on the development of environmental technologies and their introduction to the market and subsequent application, as, for example, is the case with water resources management. Activities must consider the socio-economic aspects of policies and technological developments, whenever relevant to the topic.
A series of activities are listed below(10)many of which are directly relevant to policy needs. However, additional support may be provided to new policy needs that emerge, for example, in relation to sustainability impact assessments of EU policies; the follow up to the post-Kyoto action on climate change; and new environmental policies such as those in the European Soil Strategy and relating to maritime policy, standards and regulations.
Activities
— | Climate change, pollution and risks—Pressures on the environment and climate: functioning of climate and the earth and marine system including the polar regions; adaptation and mitigation measures; pollution in air, soil and water; changes in atmospheric composition and water cycle; global and regional interactions between climate and atmosphere, land surface, ice and the ocean; and impacts on biodiversity and ecosystems, including the effects of the sea level rise on coastal zones and impacts on particularly sensitive areas.—Environment and health: interaction of environmental stressors with human health including identification of sources, biomonitoring research for environment related health, indoor air quality and links to indoor environment, urban environment, car emissions and impact and emerging risk factors; integrated risk assessment methods for hazardous substances including alternatives to animal testing; quantification and cost-benefit analysis of environmental health risks and indicators for prevention strategies.—Natural hazards: improvement of forecasting and integrated hazards — vulnerability — and risk assessments for disasters related to geological hazards (such as earthquakes, volcanoes, tsunamis) and climate (such as storms, droughts, floods, forest fires, landslides, avalanches and other extreme events) and their impact; development of early warning systems and improve prevention, mitigation and management strategies, also within a multi-risk approach. | — | Pressures on the environment and climate: functioning of climate and the earth and marine system including the polar regions; adaptation and mitigation measures; pollution in air, soil and water; changes in atmospheric composition and water cycle; global and regional interactions between climate and atmosphere, land surface, ice and the ocean; and impacts on biodiversity and ecosystems, including the effects of the sea level rise on coastal zones and impacts on particularly sensitive areas. | — | Environment and health: interaction of environmental stressors with human health including identification of sources, biomonitoring research for environment related health, indoor air quality and links to indoor environment, urban environment, car emissions and impact and emerging risk factors; integrated risk assessment methods for hazardous substances including alternatives to animal testing; quantification and cost-benefit analysis of environmental health risks and indicators for prevention strategies. | — | Natural hazards: improvement of forecasting and integrated hazards — vulnerability — and risk assessments for disasters related to geological hazards (such as earthquakes, volcanoes, tsunamis) and climate (such as storms, droughts, floods, forest fires, landslides, avalanches and other extreme events) and their impact; development of early warning systems and improve prevention, mitigation and management strategies, also within a multi-risk approach.
— | Pressures on the environment and climate: functioning of climate and the earth and marine system including the polar regions; adaptation and mitigation measures; pollution in air, soil and water; changes in atmospheric composition and water cycle; global and regional interactions between climate and atmosphere, land surface, ice and the ocean; and impacts on biodiversity and ecosystems, including the effects of the sea level rise on coastal zones and impacts on particularly sensitive areas.
— | Environment and health: interaction of environmental stressors with human health including identification of sources, biomonitoring research for environment related health, indoor air quality and links to indoor environment, urban environment, car emissions and impact and emerging risk factors; integrated risk assessment methods for hazardous substances including alternatives to animal testing; quantification and cost-benefit analysis of environmental health risks and indicators for prevention strategies.
— | Natural hazards: improvement of forecasting and integrated hazards — vulnerability — and risk assessments for disasters related to geological hazards (such as earthquakes, volcanoes, tsunamis) and climate (such as storms, droughts, floods, forest fires, landslides, avalanches and other extreme events) and their impact; development of early warning systems and improve prevention, mitigation and management strategies, also within a multi-risk approach.
— | Sustainable Management of Resources—Conservation and sustainable management of natural and man-made resources and biodiversity: ecosystems; water resources management; waste management and prevention; protection and management of biodiversity, including control of invasive alien species, soil, seabed, lagoons and coastal areas protection, approaches against desertification and land degradation, preservation of landscape; sustainable use and management of forests; sustainable management and planning of urban environment, including post-industrialized zones; data management and information services; assessment and foresight relating to natural processes.—Management of marine environments: impact of human activities on the marine environment and its resources; pollution and eutrophication in regional seas and coastal areas; deep sea ecosystems; assessment of marine biodiversity trends, of ecosystem processes and of ocean circulation; seabed geology; development of strategies, concepts and tools for a sustainable use of the ocean and its resources. | — | Conservation and sustainable management of natural and man-made resources and biodiversity: ecosystems; water resources management; waste management and prevention; protection and management of biodiversity, including control of invasive alien species, soil, seabed, lagoons and coastal areas protection, approaches against desertification and land degradation, preservation of landscape; sustainable use and management of forests; sustainable management and planning of urban environment, including post-industrialized zones; data management and information services; assessment and foresight relating to natural processes. | — | Management of marine environments: impact of human activities on the marine environment and its resources; pollution and eutrophication in regional seas and coastal areas; deep sea ecosystems; assessment of marine biodiversity trends, of ecosystem processes and of ocean circulation; seabed geology; development of strategies, concepts and tools for a sustainable use of the ocean and its resources.
— | Conservation and sustainable management of natural and man-made resources and biodiversity: ecosystems; water resources management; waste management and prevention; protection and management of biodiversity, including control of invasive alien species, soil, seabed, lagoons and coastal areas protection, approaches against desertification and land degradation, preservation of landscape; sustainable use and management of forests; sustainable management and planning of urban environment, including post-industrialized zones; data management and information services; assessment and foresight relating to natural processes.
— | Management of marine environments: impact of human activities on the marine environment and its resources; pollution and eutrophication in regional seas and coastal areas; deep sea ecosystems; assessment of marine biodiversity trends, of ecosystem processes and of ocean circulation; seabed geology; development of strategies, concepts and tools for a sustainable use of the ocean and its resources.
— | Environmental Technologies—Environmental technologies for observation, simulation, prevention, mitigation, adaptation, remediation and restoration of the natural and man-made environment: related to water, climate, air, marine, urban and rural environment, soil, waste treatment, recycling, clean production processes and sustainable products, chemicals safety.—Protection, conservation and enhancement of cultural heritage, including human habitat: improved damage assessment on cultural heritage; development of innovative conservation strategies; fostering of the integration of cultural heritage in the urban setting.—Technology assessment, verification and testing: methods and tools for environmental risk and lifecycle assessment of processes, technologies and products, including alternative testing strategies and in particular non-animal methods for industrial chemicals; support for sustainable chemistry, forest-based sector technology, water supply and sanitation platforms(11); scientific and technological aspects of a future European environmental technologies verification and testing programme, complementing third party assessment instruments. | — | Environmental technologies for observation, simulation, prevention, mitigation, adaptation, remediation and restoration of the natural and man-made environment: related to water, climate, air, marine, urban and rural environment, soil, waste treatment, recycling, clean production processes and sustainable products, chemicals safety. | — | Protection, conservation and enhancement of cultural heritage, including human habitat: improved damage assessment on cultural heritage; development of innovative conservation strategies; fostering of the integration of cultural heritage in the urban setting. | — | Technology assessment, verification and testing: methods and tools for environmental risk and lifecycle assessment of processes, technologies and products, including alternative testing strategies and in particular non-animal methods for industrial chemicals; support for sustainable chemistry, forest-based sector technology, water supply and sanitation platforms(11); scientific and technological aspects of a future European environmental technologies verification and testing programme, complementing third party assessment instruments.
— | Environmental technologies for observation, simulation, prevention, mitigation, adaptation, remediation and restoration of the natural and man-made environment: related to water, climate, air, marine, urban and rural environment, soil, waste treatment, recycling, clean production processes and sustainable products, chemicals safety.
— | Protection, conservation and enhancement of cultural heritage, including human habitat: improved damage assessment on cultural heritage; development of innovative conservation strategies; fostering of the integration of cultural heritage in the urban setting.
— | Technology assessment, verification and testing: methods and tools for environmental risk and lifecycle assessment of processes, technologies and products, including alternative testing strategies and in particular non-animal methods for industrial chemicals; support for sustainable chemistry, forest-based sector technology, water supply and sanitation platforms(11); scientific and technological aspects of a future European environmental technologies verification and testing programme, complementing third party assessment instruments.
— | Earth observation and assessment tools—Earth and ocean observation systems and monitoring methods for the environment and sustainable development: contribute to the development and integration of observation systems for environmental and sustainability issues in the framework of GEOSS (to which GMES is complementary); interoperability between systems and optimisation of information for understanding, modelling and predicating environmental phenomena, for assessing, exploring and managing natural resources.—Forecasting methods and assessment tools for sustainable development taking into account differing scales of observation: modelling links between economy/environment/society including market based instruments, externalities, thresholds and developing the knowledge base and methodologies for sustainability impact assessment on key issues such as land use and marine issues; urban development, social and economic tensions related to climate change. | — | Earth and ocean observation systems and monitoring methods for the environment and sustainable development: contribute to the development and integration of observation systems for environmental and sustainability issues in the framework of GEOSS (to which GMES is complementary); interoperability between systems and optimisation of information for understanding, modelling and predicating environmental phenomena, for assessing, exploring and managing natural resources. | — | Forecasting methods and assessment tools for sustainable development taking into account differing scales of observation: modelling links between economy/environment/society including market based instruments, externalities, thresholds and developing the knowledge base and methodologies for sustainability impact assessment on key issues such as land use and marine issues; urban development, social and economic tensions related to climate change.
— | Earth and ocean observation systems and monitoring methods for the environment and sustainable development: contribute to the development and integration of observation systems for environmental and sustainability issues in the framework of GEOSS (to which GMES is complementary); interoperability between systems and optimisation of information for understanding, modelling and predicating environmental phenomena, for assessing, exploring and managing natural resources.
— | Forecasting methods and assessment tools for sustainable development taking into account differing scales of observation: modelling links between economy/environment/society including market based instruments, externalities, thresholds and developing the knowledge base and methodologies for sustainability impact assessment on key issues such as land use and marine issues; urban development, social and economic tensions related to climate change.7. Transport (including aeronautics)ObjectiveBased on technological and operational advances and on the European transport policy, developing integrated, safer, ‘greener’ and ‘smarter’ pan-European transport systems for the benefit of all citizens, society and climate policy, respecting the environment and natural resources; and securing and further developing the competitiveness attained by the European industries in the global market.
RationaleTransport is one of Europe’s strengths — the air transport sector contributes to 2,6 % of the EU GDP (with 3,1 million jobs) and the surface transport field generates 11 % of the EU GDP (employing some 16 million persons). However, transport is responsible for 25 % of all the EU emissions of CO2,hence the absolute need for a ‘greening’ of the system to ensure more sustainable transport patterns and compatibility with growth rates, as developed in the White Paper on ‘European Transport Policy for 2010: time to decide’(12).
The enlargement (increasing land surface by 25 % and population by 20 %) and economic development of the EU present new challenges for transporting people and goods efficiently, cost-effectively and in a sustainable manner. Transport also has direct relevance for other major policies such as trade, competition, employment, environment, cohesion, energy, security and the internal market.
Investment in RTD in EU transport industries is a prerequisite for ensuring a technological competitive advantage in global markets(13). Activities at European level will also stimulate the restructuring of the industry, including the integration of the supply chain and, in particular, SMEs.
The research agendas developed by European Technology Platforms(14)support the need to take a new ‘transport systems’ perspective that considers the interactions of vehicles or vessels, transport networks or infrastructures and the use of transport services, which can only be developed at European level. RTD costs in all these fields are rising substantially, and collaborative activity at EU-level is essential to enable a ‘critical mass’ of diverse RTD providers to address the scale and multi-disciplinary challenges in a cost-effective way, as well as meeting the political, technological and socio-economic challenges of issues such as the ‘clean and safe vehicle’ of the future, interoperability and intermodality with particular reference to waterborne and rail transport, affordability, safety, capacity, security and environmental impacts in an enlarged Union. Also, developing technologies in support of the Galileo system and its applications will be essential in implementing European policies.
As well as the strong industry relevance of the themes and activities set out below, the needs of policy makers will be addressed in an integrated way covering economic, social and environmental aspects of transport policy. In addition, support will be provided to respond to existing as well as new policy needs, for example relating to developments in maritime policy or implementation of the European Single Sky.
Activities
— | Aeronautics and air transport—The greening of air transport: reduction of emissions, including green house gases and noise disturbance, incorporating work on engines and alternative fuels, structures and new aircraft designs including rotorcraft (including helicopters and tiltrotors), airport operations and traffic management.—Increasing time efficiency: improvement of the efficiency of operating schedules focusing on innovative air traffic management systems in line with the effective implementation of Single Sky policy which integrate air, ground and space components, including traffic flow and more aircraft autonomy.—Ensuring customer satisfaction and safety: improvement of passenger comfort, innovative in-flight services and more efficient passenger handling; improvement of all safety aspects of air transport; wider choice of aircraft ranging from wide body to smaller size vehicles suitable for different applications (including regional applications).—Improving cost efficiency: reduction of costs associated with product development, manufacturing and operating costs focusing on innovative and zero maintenance, repair and overhaul, aircraft, increased use of automation and simulation.—Protection of aircraft and passengers: enhancement of protection measures for the traveller, crew, aircraft and air transport system, such as improved data and identification methods, protecting the aircraft against attack, improved security design of aircraft.—Pioneering the air transport of the future: addressing the longer term challenges of aviation with more radical, environmentally efficient, accessible and innovative combinations of technologies which would lead to significant steps forward in air transport. | — | The greening of air transport: reduction of emissions, including green house gases and noise disturbance, incorporating work on engines and alternative fuels, structures and new aircraft designs including rotorcraft (including helicopters and tiltrotors), airport operations and traffic management. | — | Increasing time efficiency: improvement of the efficiency of operating schedules focusing on innovative air traffic management systems in line with the effective implementation of Single Sky policy which integrate air, ground and space components, including traffic flow and more aircraft autonomy. | — | Ensuring customer satisfaction and safety: improvement of passenger comfort, innovative in-flight services and more efficient passenger handling; improvement of all safety aspects of air transport; wider choice of aircraft ranging from wide body to smaller size vehicles suitable for different applications (including regional applications). | — | Improving cost efficiency: reduction of costs associated with product development, manufacturing and operating costs focusing on innovative and zero maintenance, repair and overhaul, aircraft, increased use of automation and simulation. | — | Protection of aircraft and passengers: enhancement of protection measures for the traveller, crew, aircraft and air transport system, such as improved data and identification methods, protecting the aircraft against attack, improved security design of aircraft. | — | Pioneering the air transport of the future: addressing the longer term challenges of aviation with more radical, environmentally efficient, accessible and innovative combinations of technologies which would lead to significant steps forward in air transport.
— | The greening of air transport: reduction of emissions, including green house gases and noise disturbance, incorporating work on engines and alternative fuels, structures and new aircraft designs including rotorcraft (including helicopters and tiltrotors), airport operations and traffic management.
— | Increasing time efficiency: improvement of the efficiency of operating schedules focusing on innovative air traffic management systems in line with the effective implementation of Single Sky policy which integrate air, ground and space components, including traffic flow and more aircraft autonomy.
— | Ensuring customer satisfaction and safety: improvement of passenger comfort, innovative in-flight services and more efficient passenger handling; improvement of all safety aspects of air transport; wider choice of aircraft ranging from wide body to smaller size vehicles suitable for different applications (including regional applications).
— | Improving cost efficiency: reduction of costs associated with product development, manufacturing and operating costs focusing on innovative and zero maintenance, repair and overhaul, aircraft, increased use of automation and simulation.
— | Protection of aircraft and passengers: enhancement of protection measures for the traveller, crew, aircraft and air transport system, such as improved data and identification methods, protecting the aircraft against attack, improved security design of aircraft.
— | Pioneering the air transport of the future: addressing the longer term challenges of aviation with more radical, environmentally efficient, accessible and innovative combinations of technologies which would lead to significant steps forward in air transport.
— | Sustainable surface transport (rail, road and waterborne)—The greening of surface transport: reduction of environmental and noise pollution, including green house gases; reducing the impact of transport on climate change by reducing emissions through technological and socio-economic means as well as user training; development of clean and efficient engines and power-trains, including hybrid technology and the use of alternative fuels for transport applications such as hydrogen and fuel cells, taking account of cost-efficiency and energy-efficiency considerations; end of life strategies for vehicles and vessels.—Encouraging and increasing modal shift and decongesting transport corridors: development of sustainable innovative, intermodal and interoperable regional and national transport and logistics networks, infrastructures and systems in Europe; cost internalisation; information exchange between vehicle/vessel and transport infrastructure; optimisation of infrastructure capacity; modal shift strategies to encourage energy efficient means of transport.—Ensuring sustainable urban mobility for all citizens including the disadvantaged: innovative organisation schemes, including clean and safe vehicles and means of transport with lower levels of pollution, new high quality public transportation modes and rationalisation of private transport, communication infrastructure, integrated town planning and transport taking into account their relationship with growth and employment.—Improving safety and security as inherent to the transport system: in transport operations for drivers, passengers, crew, cyclists and pedestrians, as well as for freight, in the design and operation of vehicles, vessels, infrastructures, and within the total transport system.—Strengthening competitiveness: improvement of design processes; development of advanced power-train and vehicle and vessel technologies; innovative and cost-effective production systems and infrastructure construction and maintenance; integrative architectures. | — | The greening of surface transport: reduction of environmental and noise pollution, including green house gases; reducing the impact of transport on climate change by reducing emissions through technological and socio-economic means as well as user training; development of clean and efficient engines and power-trains, including hybrid technology and the use of alternative fuels for transport applications such as hydrogen and fuel cells, taking account of cost-efficiency and energy-efficiency considerations; end of life strategies for vehicles and vessels. | — | Encouraging and increasing modal shift and decongesting transport corridors: development of sustainable innovative, intermodal and interoperable regional and national transport and logistics networks, infrastructures and systems in Europe; cost internalisation; information exchange between vehicle/vessel and transport infrastructure; optimisation of infrastructure capacity; modal shift strategies to encourage energy efficient means of transport. | — | Ensuring sustainable urban mobility for all citizens including the disadvantaged: innovative organisation schemes, including clean and safe vehicles and means of transport with lower levels of pollution, new high quality public transportation modes and rationalisation of private transport, communication infrastructure, integrated town planning and transport taking into account their relationship with growth and employment. | — | Improving safety and security as inherent to the transport system: in transport operations for drivers, passengers, crew, cyclists and pedestrians, as well as for freight, in the design and operation of vehicles, vessels, infrastructures, and within the total transport system. | — | Strengthening competitiveness: improvement of design processes; development of advanced power-train and vehicle and vessel technologies; innovative and cost-effective production systems and infrastructure construction and maintenance; integrative architectures.
— | The greening of surface transport: reduction of environmental and noise pollution, including green house gases; reducing the impact of transport on climate change by reducing emissions through technological and socio-economic means as well as user training; development of clean and efficient engines and power-trains, including hybrid technology and the use of alternative fuels for transport applications such as hydrogen and fuel cells, taking account of cost-efficiency and energy-efficiency considerations; end of life strategies for vehicles and vessels.
— | Encouraging and increasing modal shift and decongesting transport corridors: development of sustainable innovative, intermodal and interoperable regional and national transport and logistics networks, infrastructures and systems in Europe; cost internalisation; information exchange between vehicle/vessel and transport infrastructure; optimisation of infrastructure capacity; modal shift strategies to encourage energy efficient means of transport.
— | Ensuring sustainable urban mobility for all citizens including the disadvantaged: innovative organisation schemes, including clean and safe vehicles and means of transport with lower levels of pollution, new high quality public transportation modes and rationalisation of private transport, communication infrastructure, integrated town planning and transport taking into account their relationship with growth and employment.
— | Improving safety and security as inherent to the transport system: in transport operations for drivers, passengers, crew, cyclists and pedestrians, as well as for freight, in the design and operation of vehicles, vessels, infrastructures, and within the total transport system.
— | Strengthening competitiveness: improvement of design processes; development of advanced power-train and vehicle and vessel technologies; innovative and cost-effective production systems and infrastructure construction and maintenance; integrative architectures.
— | Support for the European global satellite navigation system (Galileo and EGNOS): precise navigation and timing services for use in a range of sectors; efficient use of satellite navigation and support for the definition of second generation technologies and applications.8. Socio-Economic Sciences and the HumanitiesObjectiveGenerating an in-depth, shared understanding of the complex and interrelated socio-economic challenges Europe is confronted with, such as growth, employment and competitiveness, social cohesion, social, cultural and educational challenges in an enlarged EU and sustainability, environmental challenges, demographic change, migration and integration, quality of life and global interdependence, in particular with the view to providing an improved knowledge base for policies in the fields concerned.
RationaleEurope has a strong and high quality research base in socio-economic and socio-cultural sciences and the humanities fields. The diversity of approaches within the EU in the economic, social, political and cultural domains provides a highly fertile ground for research in these fields at EU level. There is much European added value in collaborative research addressing European socio-economic and socio-cultural issues in the areas mentioned. First, the issues and challenges concerned are of high priority at the European level and are addressed by Community policies. Second, comparative research across the EU or other countries offers a particularly effective tool as well as important learning opportunities across countries and regions.
Third, EU-level research has particular advantages in being able to develop Europe-wide data collection and to employ the multiple perspectives needed to understand complex issues. Finally, the development of a genuinely European socio-economic knowledge base on these key challenges will make an essential contribution to promoting their shared understanding across the European Union and, most significantly, by European citizens.
The activities to be supported are listed below and are expected to contribute significantly to improving the formulation, implementation, impacts and assessments of policy and the definition of regulatory measures in a wide range of areas such as the economic, social, cultural, education and training, gender equality, enterprise, international trade, consumer, external relations, and scientific and technological spheres, official statistics policies and the creation of the area of freedom, security and justice. In addition, opportunities will be provided to address emerging socio-economic challenges as well as to undertake research on new or unforeseen policy needs. Use may also be made of social platforms to discuss future research agendas.
Activities
— | Growth, employment and competitiveness in a knowledge society: developing and integrating research on the issues affecting growth, socio-economic stability, employment and competitiveness, covering topics such as innovation, education including life-long learning and the role of scientific and other knowledge and intangible goods on a global scale, youth and youth policy, adaptation of labour market policies, and national institutional contexts.
— | Combining economic, social and environmental objectives in a European perspective: by addressing the two key and highly interrelated issues of continuing evolution of European socio-economic models and economic and social and regional cohesion in an enlarged EU, taking into account sustainability and the protection of the environment, sustainable urban planning, the interaction between environment, energy and society, the role of cities and metropolitan regions, and the socio-economic impact of European policies and legislation.
— | Major trends in society and their implications: such as demographic change including ageing and its effects on pension systems, migration and integration, analysing the implications of the demographic change for urban development; lifestyles, work, families, reconciling professional and family life, gender issues, disabilities issues, health and quality of life; economic consumer protection; inequalities; criminality; the role of business in society and population diversity, ethnicity, religious pluralism, cultural interactions multicultural issues and issues related to protection of fundamental rights and the fight against discrimination of any kind.
— | Europe in the world: understanding changing interactions, cross cultural relations and interdependencies between world regions, including developing regions, and their implications; addressing emerging threats and risks without undermining human rights, freedom and well-being, and fostering peace.
— | The citizen in the European Union: in the context of the future development of the enlarged EU, addressing the issues of achieving a sense of democratic ‘ownership’ and active participation by the peoples of Europe; effective and democratic governance at all levels including economic and legal governance and the role of civil society as well as innovative governance processes intended to enhance citizen’s participation and the cooperation between public and private actors; research for building a shared understanding and respect for Europe’s diversities and commonalities in terms of culture, religions, cultural heritage, institutions and legal systems, history, languages and values as building elements of our European multi-cultural identity and heritage.
— | Socio-economic and scientific indicators: their use in policy and its implementation and monitoring, the improvement of existing indicators, techniques to analyse them and the development of new ones for this purpose and for the evaluation of research programmes, including indicators based on official statistics.
— | Foresight activities relating to major science, technology and related socio-economic issues such as future demographic trends and the globalization of knowledge, the dissemination of knowledge, and evolution of research systems and of the future developments in and across major research domains and scientific disciplines.9. SpaceObjectiveSupporting a European Space Programme focusing on applications such as GMES (Global Monitoring for Environment and Security) with benefits for citizens and for the competitiveness of the European space industry. This will contribute to the development of a European space policy, complementing efforts by Member States and by other key players, including the European Space Agency (ESA).
RationaleThe Community can contribute in this field to the better definition of common objectives based on user requirements and policy objectives; to the coordination of activities in order to avoid duplications and maximise interoperability; to improving cost-effectiveness and to the definition of standards. Public authorities and decision-makers represent important potential users and the European industry will also benefit from a well defined European Space policy implemented through a European Space Programme, supported in part by the proposed research and technological development actions. European level actions are also needed to support Community policy objectives, for example in the fields of agriculture, forestry, fisheries, environment, health, telecommunications, security, transport as well as ensuring that Europe is a respected partner in regional and international cooperation.
In the last 40 years, excellent technological competence has been built up in Europe, both nationally and through ESA. Sustaining a competitive industry (including manufacturers, service providers and operators) requires new research and technologies. Space applications bring important benefits to citizens by virtue of technological spin-off effects and are indispensable in a high-tech society.
With particular focus on the use of existing capabilities in Europe, the activities set out below aim at: the efficient exploitation of space assets (in coordination with in-situ assets, including airborne assets) for the implementation of applications, namely GMES and their contribution to law enforcement in Community policies; space exploration, allowing international cooperation opportunities and dramatic technological breakthroughs as well as cost-effective missions; exploitation and exploration of space supported through enabling activities guaranteeing the strategic role of the European Union. These activities will be complemented by other actions under the Competitiveness and Innovation Framework Programme and in the Education and Training Programme. The public policy benefits of the below activities will also be maximised, including by the provision of additional support for new policy needs that may arise, for example: space-based solutions in support of developing countries and use of space-observation tools and methods to support developments in Community policies.
Activities
— | Space-based applications at the service of European society—GMES: development of satellite-based and in-situ monitoring and early-warning systems, including for the safety of citizens, and techniques relating to the management of the environment and security (including the management of natural disasters) and their integration with ground-based, ship-borne and airborne components; support for the integration, harmonisation, use and delivery of GMES data (both satellite-based and in-situ, including ground-based, shipborne and airborne) and services.—Innovative satellite communication services, seamlessly integrated in the global electronic communication networks, for citizens and enterprises in application sectors encompassing civil protection, e-government, telemedicine, tele-education, search and rescue, tourism and leisure time, personal navigation, fleet management, agriculture and forestry, meteorology and generic users.—Development of monitoring technologies and systems for reducing the vulnerability of space-based services and for contributing to the surveillance of space.—Applications of space-based systems for risk prevention and risk management and all kinds of emergency, enhancing convergence with non-space systems. | — | GMES: development of satellite-based and in-situ monitoring and early-warning systems, including for the safety of citizens, and techniques relating to the management of the environment and security (including the management of natural disasters) and their integration with ground-based, ship-borne and airborne components; support for the integration, harmonisation, use and delivery of GMES data (both satellite-based and in-situ, including ground-based, shipborne and airborne) and services. | — | Innovative satellite communication services, seamlessly integrated in the global electronic communication networks, for citizens and enterprises in application sectors encompassing civil protection, e-government, telemedicine, tele-education, search and rescue, tourism and leisure time, personal navigation, fleet management, agriculture and forestry, meteorology and generic users. | — | Development of monitoring technologies and systems for reducing the vulnerability of space-based services and for contributing to the surveillance of space. | — | Applications of space-based systems for risk prevention and risk management and all kinds of emergency, enhancing convergence with non-space systems.
— | GMES: development of satellite-based and in-situ monitoring and early-warning systems, including for the safety of citizens, and techniques relating to the management of the environment and security (including the management of natural disasters) and their integration with ground-based, ship-borne and airborne components; support for the integration, harmonisation, use and delivery of GMES data (both satellite-based and in-situ, including ground-based, shipborne and airborne) and services.
— | Innovative satellite communication services, seamlessly integrated in the global electronic communication networks, for citizens and enterprises in application sectors encompassing civil protection, e-government, telemedicine, tele-education, search and rescue, tourism and leisure time, personal navigation, fleet management, agriculture and forestry, meteorology and generic users.
— | Development of monitoring technologies and systems for reducing the vulnerability of space-based services and for contributing to the surveillance of space.
— | Applications of space-based systems for risk prevention and risk management and all kinds of emergency, enhancing convergence with non-space systems.
— | Exploration of space—Providing RTD support and maximising scientific added value through synergies with initiatives by ESA or national space agencies in the field of space exploration; facilitating the access to scientific data.—Support to coordinate efforts for the development of space-borne telescopes and detectors as well as for data analysis in space sciences. | — | Providing RTD support and maximising scientific added value through synergies with initiatives by ESA or national space agencies in the field of space exploration; facilitating the access to scientific data. | — | Support to coordinate efforts for the development of space-borne telescopes and detectors as well as for data analysis in space sciences.
— | Providing RTD support and maximising scientific added value through synergies with initiatives by ESA or national space agencies in the field of space exploration; facilitating the access to scientific data.
— | Support to coordinate efforts for the development of space-borne telescopes and detectors as well as for data analysis in space sciences.
— | RTD for strengthening space foundations—Space research and development for long term needs including space transportation; research activities to increase the competitiveness and cost-effectiveness of the European space technology sector.—Space sciences including bio-medicine and life and physical sciences in space. | — | Space research and development for long term needs including space transportation; research activities to increase the competitiveness and cost-effectiveness of the European space technology sector. | — | Space sciences including bio-medicine and life and physical sciences in space.
— | Space research and development for long term needs including space transportation; research activities to increase the competitiveness and cost-effectiveness of the European space technology sector.
— | Space sciences including bio-medicine and life and physical sciences in space.10. SecurityObjectiveTo develop the technologies and knowledge for building capabilities needed to ensure the security of citizens from threats such as terrorism, natural disasters, and crime, while respecting fundamental human rights including privacy; to ensure optimal and concerted use of available technologies to the benefit of civil European security, to stimulate the cooperation of providers and users for civil security solutions, improving the competitiveness of the European security industry and delivering mission-oriented research results to reduce security gaps.
RationaleSecurity in Europe is a precondition of prosperity and freedom. The EU Security Strategy: ‘A Secure Europe in a Better World’, adopted by the European Council, addresses the need for a comprehensive security strategy encompassing both civil and defence-related security measures.
Security related research is an important building block for realising a high level of security within the area of freedom, security and justice. It will also contribute to developing technologies and capabilities in support of other Community policies in areas such as transport, civil protection, energy, environment and health. Security research needs specific implementation rules to take into account its special nature.
Existing security related research activities in Europe suffer from the fragmentation of efforts, the lack of critical mass of scale and scope and the lack of connections and interoperability. Europe needs to improve the coherence of its efforts by developing efficient institutional arrangements and by instigating cooperation and coordination among the various national and international actors in order to avoid duplication and to explore synergies wherever possible. Security research at Community level will maintain an exclusively civil orientation and focus on activities of clear added value to the national level. As a consequence, civil security research within the Seventh Framework Programme will reinforce the competitiveness of the European security industry. Recognising that there are areas of ‘dual-use’ technology, close coordination with the activities of European Defence Agency will be needed in order to ensure complementarity.
Security research will emphasise European capabilities regarding surveillance, distribution of information and knowledge of threats and incidents as well as systems for better assessments and situation control through better use of common ICT-systems in the fields of different operations.
The special requirements concerning confidentiality in this area will be enforced but the transparency of research findings will not be unnecessarily restricted. In addition, areas in which research findings may be made public will be identified.
The non defence activities set out below will complement and integrate the technology- and systems-oriented research relevant to civil security which is carried out in other themes. They will be mission-oriented, developing the technologies and capabilities as required by the specific security missions. They are by design flexible so as to accommodate as yet unknown future security threats and related policy needs that may arise, stimulating cross-fertilisation and the take-up of existing technologies for the civil security sector, European security research will also encourage the development of multi-purpose technologies in order to maximise the scope for their application.
Activities
— | Security of citizens: delivering technology solutions for civil protection, including bio-security and protection against risks arising from crime and terrorist attacks.
— | Security of infrastructures and utilities: analysing and securing existing and future public and private critical/networked infrastructure (e.g. in transport, energy, ICT), systems and services (including financial and administrative services).
— | Intelligent surveillance and border security: focusing on technologies and capabilities to enhance the effectiveness and efficiency of all systems, equipment, tools and processes as well as methods for rapid identification required for improving the security of Europe’s land and coastal borders, including border control and surveillance issues.
— | Restoring security and safety in case of crisis: focusing on technologies providing an overview of, and support for diverse emergency management operations (such as civil protection, humanitarian and rescue tasks), and on issues such as inter-organisational preparation, coordination and communication, distributed architectures and human factors.The above four areas will be supported by the following themes of a more cross-cutting nature:

— | Security systems integration, interconnectivity and interoperability: Intelligence, information gathering and civil security, focusing on technologies to enhance the interoperability of systems, equipment, services and processes, including law enforcement, firefighting, civil defence and medical information infrastructures, as well as on the reliability, organisational aspects, protection of confidentiality and integrity of information and traceability of all transactions and processing.
— | Security and society: mission orientated research which will focus on socio-economic analyses, scenario building and activities related to: cultural, social, political and economic dimensions of security, communication with society, the role of human values and policy making, psychology social environment of terrorism, citizens’ perception of security, ethics, protection of privacy, societal foresight and systemic risk analysis. Research will also address technologies that better safeguard privacy and liberties, and will address vulnerabilities and new threats, as well as the management and impact assessment of possible consequences.
— | Security research coordination and structuring: coordination of European and international security research efforts and development of synergies between civil, security and defence research, improvement of legal conditions, and encouragement to the optimal use of existing infrastructures.II. IDEASObjectiveThis programme will enhance the dynamism, creativity and excellence of European research at the frontier of knowledge. This will be done by supporting ‘investigator-driven’ research projects carried out across all fields by individual teams in competition at the European level. Projects will be funded on the basis of proposals presented by researchers both from the private and public sectors on subjects of their choice and evaluated on the sole criterion of excellence as judged by peer review. Communication and dissemination of research results is an important aspect of this programme.
RationaleInvestigator-driven ‘frontier’ research, within the framework of activities commonly understood as ‘basic research’, is a key driver of wealth and social progress, as it opens new opportunities for scientific and technological advance, and is instrumental in producing new knowledge leading to future applications and markets.
Despite many achievements and a high level of performance in a large number of fields, Europe is not making the most of its research potential and resources, and urgently needs a greater capacity to generate knowledge and translate such knowledge into economic and social value and growth.
A Europe-wide competitive funding structure (in addition to and not replacing national funding) for frontier research executed by individual teams, which may be of national or transnational character, is a key component of the European Research Area, complementing other Community and national activities. It will help reinforce the dynamism and attractiveness of Europe for the best researchers from both European and third countries, and for industrial investment.
ActivitiesThis action will respond to the most promising and productive areas of research and the best opportunities for scientific and technological progress, within and across disciplines, including engineering and social sciences and the humanities. It will be implemented independently of the thematic orientations of the other parts of the Seventh Framework Programme, and will pay attention to new generation researchers and new groups as well as established teams.
The Community activities in frontier research will be implemented by a European Research Council (ERC), consisting of an independent scientific council, supported by a lean and cost-effective dedicated implementation structure. The management of the ERC will be carried out by staff recruited for that purpose, including officials from EU institutions, and will cover only the real administrative needs in order to assure the stability and continuity necessary for an effective administration.
The Scientific Council will consist of representatives of the European scientific community, ensuring a diversity of the research fields, at the highest level, acting in their personal capacity, independently of political or other interests. Its members will be appointed by the Commission following an independent and transparent procedure for their identification, agreed with the Scientific Council, that includes the consultation of the scientific community and a report to the European Parliament and the Council. They will be appointed for a period of four years, renewable once, on a basis of a rotating system which will ensure the continuity of the Scientific Council’s work.
The Scientific Council will, inter alia, establish an overall scientific strategy, have full authority over decisions on the type of research to be funded and act as guarantor of the quality of the activity from the scientific perspective. Its tasks will cover, in particular, the development of the annual work programme, the establishment of the peer review process, as well as the monitoring and quality control of the programme’s implementation from the scientific perspective. It will establish a code of conduct addressing, inter alia, the avoidance of conflicts of interest.
The dedicated implementation structure will be responsible for all aspects of implementation and programme execution as provided for in the annual work programme. It will, in particular, implement the peer review and selection process according to the principles established by the Scientific Council and will ensure the financial and scientific management of the grants.
The administrative and staffing costs for the ERC relating to the Scientific Council and dedicated implementation structure will be consistent with lean and cost-effective management; administrative expenditure will be kept to a minimum and will not exceed 5 % of the total financial allocation for the ERC, consistent with ensuring the resources necessary for high quality implementation, in order to maximise funding for frontier research.
The Commission will act as the guarantor of the ERC’s full autonomy and integrity. It will ensure that the ERC acts in accordance with the principles of scientific excellence, autonomy, efficiency and transparency, and that it follows precisely the strategy and implementation methodology established by the Scientific Council. The Commission will draw up, in cooperation with the scientific council, an annual report on the ERC’s operations and realisation of the objectives and submit it to the European Parliament and the Council.
The ERC will have the faculty to conduct its own strategic studies to prepare for and support its operational activities. In particular, it may consult with European, intergovernmental and national initiatives so as to programme its activities in the light of other research at European and national level.
The implementation and management of the activity will be reviewed and evaluated on an on-going basis to assess its achievements and to adjust and improve procedures on the basis of experience. In the context of the interim evaluation referred to in Article 7(2), an independent review will also be carried out of the ERC’s structures and mechanisms, against the criteria of scientific excellence, autonomy, efficiency and transparency and with the full involvement of the Scientific Council. This will include the process and criteria for the selection of the members of the Scientific Council. The review will explicitly look at the advantages and disadvantages of a structure based on an Executive Agency, and a structure based on Article 171 of the Treaty. On the basis of this review, these structures and mechanisms should be modified as appropriate. The Commission will ensure that all the necessary preparatory work, including any legislative proposals which it considers necessary, is undertaken and presented to the European Parliament and the Council, as required by the Treaty, with a view to a transition to any modified structure required, as soon as possible. To this end, the Framework Programme will be adapted or supplemented in codecision pursuant to Article 166(2) of the Treaty. The progress report referred to in Article 7(2), preceding the interim evaluation, will give initial findings on the functioning of the ERC.
III. PEOPLEObjectiveStrengthening, quantitatively and qualitatively, the human potential in research and technology in Europe, by stimulating people to enter into the profession of researcher, encouraging European researchers to stay in Europe, and attracting to Europe researchers from the entire world, making Europe more attractive to the best researchers. Building on the experiences with the ‘Marie Curie’ actions under previous Framework Programmes, this will be done by putting into place a coherent set of ‘Marie Curie’ actions, particularly taking into account the European added value in terms of their impact on the European Research Area. These actions will address researchers at all stages of their careers, from initial research training specifically intended for young people to life-long learning and career development in the public and private sectors. Efforts will also be made to increase participation by women researchers, by encouraging equal opportunities in all ‘Marie Curie Actions’, by designing the actions to ensure that researchers can achieve an appropriate work/life balance and by facilitating the resumption of a research career after a break.
RationaleAbundant and highly trained qualified researchers are a necessary condition to advance science and to underpin innovation, but also an important factor to attract and sustain investments in research by public and private entities. Against the background of growing competition at world level, the development of an open European labour market for researchers free from all forms of discrimination and the diversification of skills and career paths of researchers are crucial to support a beneficial circulation of researchers and their knowledge, both within Europe and in a global setting. Special measures to encourage early-stage researchers and support early stages of scientific career, as well as measures to reduce the ‘brain drain’, such as reintegration grants, will be introduced.
Mobility, both trans-national and intersectoral, including the stimulation of industrial participation and the opening of research careers and academic positions at European scale, is a key component of the European Research Area and indispensable to increasing European capacities and performance in research. International competition between researchers will remain central in order to ensure the highest quality of research under this activity. Increasing the mobility of researchers and strengthening the resources of those institutions which attract researchers internationally will encourage centres of excellence around the European Union. To ensure training and mobility within new research and technology areas, appropriate coordination with other parts of the Seventh Framework Programme will be ensured and synergies will be sought with other Community policies, e.g. on education, cohesion and employment. Actions on linking science education to careers, and research and coordination actions on new methods in science education are foreseen under the Science in Society part of the ‘Capacities’ programme.
Activities
— | Initial training of researchers to improve their career perspectives, in both public and private sectors, inter alia through the broadening of their scientific and generic skills, including those relating to technology transfer and entrepreneurship, and attracting more young people to scientific careers. This will be implemented through Marie Curie Networks with the main objective being to overcome fragmentation of and to strengthen at European level the initial training and career development of researchers. Support is foreseen for the best early-stage researchers to join established research teams. Members of the trans-national networks must exploit their complementary competencies through integrated training programmes. Support will comprise recruitment of early stage researchers, organisation of training events also open to researchers outside the network and senior chairs and/or industry positions for knowledge transfer and supervision.
— | Life-long training and career development to support the career development of experienced researchers. With a view to complementing or acquiring new skills and competencies or to enhance inter/multidisciplinarity and/or inter-sectoral mobility, support is foreseen for researchers with particular needs for additional/complementary competences and skills, for researchers to resume a research career after a break and for (re-)integrating researchers into a longer term research position in Europe, including in their country of origin, after a trans-national/international mobility experience. This action line will be implemented through both individual fellowships awarded directly at Community level and through the co-financing of regional, national or international programmes where this fulfils the criteria of European added value, transparency and openness.Initially the co-financing mode will be implemented on a controlled scale allowing for the necessary experience to be gained.

— | Industry-academia pathways and partnerships: Support for longer term cooperation programmes between organisations from academia and industry, in particular SMEs and including traditional manufacturing industries, will aim at stimulating intersectoral mobility and increasing knowledge sharing through joint research partnerships, supported by the recruitment of experienced researchers to the partnership, by staff secondments between both sectors, and by the organisation of events.
— | The international dimension: to increase the quality of European research by attracting research talent from outside Europe and fostering mutually beneficial research collaboration with researchers from outside Europe. This will be addressed through international outgoing fellowships (with an in-built mandatory return phase); international incoming fellowships; partnerships to support the exchange of researchers. Common initiatives between European organisations and organisations from countries neighbouring the EU and countries with which the Community has a Science and Technology agreement will also be supported. The activity will include measures to counter the risk of ‘brain drain’ from developing countries and emerging economies and measures to create networks of European researchers working abroad. These actions will be implemented in line with the international activities under the ‘Cooperation’ and ‘Capacities’ programmes.
— | Specific actions to support the creation of a genuine European labour market for researchers, by removing obstacles to mobility and enhancing the career perspectives of researchers in Europe. Incentive measures for public institutions that promote the mobility, quality and profile of their researchers will also be supported. Furthermore, awards to improve the public awareness of Marie Curie actions and their objectives will be provided.IV. CAPACITIESThis part of the Seventh Framework Programme will enhance research and innovation capacities throughout Europe and ensure their optimal use. This aim will be achieved through:

— | Optimising the use and development of research infrastructures,
— | Strengthening innovative capacities of SmEs and their ability to benefit from research,
— | Supporting the development of regional research-driven clusters,
— | Unlocking the research potential in the EU’s convergence and outermost regions,
— | Bringing science and society closer together for the harmonious integration of science and technology in European society,
— | Support for the coherent development of research policies,
— | Horizontal actions and measures in support of international cooperation.RESEARCH INFRASTRUCTURESObjectiveOptimising the use and development of the best research infrastructures existing in Europe, and helping to create in all fields of science and technology new research infrastructures of pan-European interest needed by the European scientific community to remain at the forefront of the advancement of research, and able to help industry to strengthen its base of knowledge and its technological know-how.
RationaleResearch infrastructures play an increasing role in the advancement of knowledge and technology and their exploitation. The importance of such infrastructures is already well established in areas such as energy, space and particle physics and is increasing in other areas. For example, radiation sources, data banks in genomics and data banks in social science, observatories for environmental and space sciences, systems of imaging or clean rooms for the study and development of new materials or nano-electronics, are at the core of research. They are expensive, need a broad range of expertise to be developed, and should be used and exploited by a large community of scientist and customer industries on a European scale.
The development of a European approach with regard to research infrastructures, including computing and communication based e-infrastructures and virtual infrastructures, and the carrying out of activities in this area at Union level, can make a significant contribution to boosting the potential of European research and its exploitation and contributing to the development of the European Research Area.
While the Member States’ role will remain central in the development and financing of infrastructures, the Community can and should play a catalysing and leveraging role by helping to ensure wider and more efficient access to, and use of, the infrastructures existing in the different Member States, by stimulating the development of these infrastructures, and their networking, in a coordinated way, and by fostering the emergence of new research infrastructures of pan-European interest in the medium to long term. In this respect, the European Strategy Forum on Research Infrastructures (ESFRI) plays a key role in identifying needs and a roadmap for European research infrastructures.
ActivitiesActivities carried out under this heading will be executed across the whole field of science and technology. They will be implemented in close cooperation with the activities taking place in the thematic areas to ensure that all the actions undertaken at European level in the Community framework respond to the needs for research infrastructures in the areas concerned, including international cooperation.
The activities will be the following:

— | Support for existing research infrastructures—Integrating activities to structure better, on a European scale, the way research infrastructures operate in a given field and to promote their coherent use and development, in particular through trans-national access, to ensure that European researchers, including researchers from industry and SMEs, may have access to high performing research infrastructures to conduct their research, irrespective of the location of the infrastructure,—Strengthening research e-infrastructure by fostering the further development and evolution and global connectivity of high-capacity and high-performance communication and grid infrastructures and reinforcing European computing capabilities, as well as encouraging their adoption by user communities where appropriate, enhancing their global relevance and increasing the level of trust and confidence, building on the achievements of GEANT and Grid infrastructures and based on open standards for interoperability. | — | Integrating activities to structure better, on a European scale, the way research infrastructures operate in a given field and to promote their coherent use and development, in particular through trans-national access, to ensure that European researchers, including researchers from industry and SMEs, may have access to high performing research infrastructures to conduct their research, irrespective of the location of the infrastructure, | — | Strengthening research e-infrastructure by fostering the further development and evolution and global connectivity of high-capacity and high-performance communication and grid infrastructures and reinforcing European computing capabilities, as well as encouraging their adoption by user communities where appropriate, enhancing their global relevance and increasing the level of trust and confidence, building on the achievements of GEANT and Grid infrastructures and based on open standards for interoperability.
— | Integrating activities to structure better, on a European scale, the way research infrastructures operate in a given field and to promote their coherent use and development, in particular through trans-national access, to ensure that European researchers, including researchers from industry and SMEs, may have access to high performing research infrastructures to conduct their research, irrespective of the location of the infrastructure,
— | Strengthening research e-infrastructure by fostering the further development and evolution and global connectivity of high-capacity and high-performance communication and grid infrastructures and reinforcing European computing capabilities, as well as encouraging their adoption by user communities where appropriate, enhancing their global relevance and increasing the level of trust and confidence, building on the achievements of GEANT and Grid infrastructures and based on open standards for interoperability.
— | Support for new research infrastructures—Construction of new infrastructures and major upgrades of existing ones focussing mainly on preparatory phases, to promote the emergence of new research facilities, in accordance with the principle of ‘variable geometry’, building primarily upon the work conducted by ESFRI(15),—Design studies, through a bottom-up approach of calls for proposals, to promote the creation of new research infrastructures by funding exploratory awards and feasibility studies for new infrastructures. | — | Construction of new infrastructures and major upgrades of existing ones focussing mainly on preparatory phases, to promote the emergence of new research facilities, in accordance with the principle of ‘variable geometry’, building primarily upon the work conducted by ESFRI(15), | — | Design studies, through a bottom-up approach of calls for proposals, to promote the creation of new research infrastructures by funding exploratory awards and feasibility studies for new infrastructures.
— | Construction of new infrastructures and major upgrades of existing ones focussing mainly on preparatory phases, to promote the emergence of new research facilities, in accordance with the principle of ‘variable geometry’, building primarily upon the work conducted by ESFRI(15),
— | Design studies, through a bottom-up approach of calls for proposals, to promote the creation of new research infrastructures by funding exploratory awards and feasibility studies for new infrastructures.Infrastructures projects proposed for funding in this respect will be identified on the basis of a series of criteria including in particular:

— | Inability of existing mechanisms to achieve the objective.
— | Added value of Community financial support.
— | Capacity to offer a service in response to the needs of users from the scientific (academic and industrial) community throughout Europe, including added value to the European Research Area.
— | Scientific excellence.
— | Relevance at international level.
— | Contribution to technological development capacity.
— | Contribution to developing ‘research-based clusters of excellence’.
— | Technological and organisational feasibility.
— | Possibilities for European partnership and strong financial and other commitment of Member States and other major stakeholders, as well as the possible use of EIB loans and Structural Funds.
— | Evaluation of construction and operating costs.As far as the construction of new infrastructures is concerned, the potential for scientific excellence of the convergence regions as well as the outermost regions should be taken into account, whenever appropriate. An efficient coordination of the Community financial instruments, in particular the Seventh Framework Programme and the structural funds, will be ensured.
RESEARCH FOR THE BENEFIT OF SMEsObjectivesStrengthening the innovation capacity of European SMEs and their contribution to the development of new technology based products and markets by helping them outsource research, increase their research efforts, extend their networks, better exploit research results and acquire technological know how, bridging the gap between research and innovation.
RationaleSMEs are at the core of European industry. They should be a key component of the innovation system and in the chain of transformation of knowledge into new products, processes and services. Faced with increasing competition in the internal market and globally, European SMEs need to increase their knowledge and research intensity, enhance the exploitation of research, expand their business activities into larger markets and internationalise their knowledge networks. Most Member State actions relevant to SMEs do not encourage and support trans-national research cooperation and technology transfer. Actions at EU level are necessary to complement and enhance the impact of actions undertaken at national and regional level. In addition to the actions listed below, the participation of SMEs will be encouraged and facilitated, and their needs taken into account, across the Seventh Framework Programme.
ActivitiesSpecific actions in support of SMEs are conceived to support SMEs or SME associations that need to outsource research: mainly low to medium-tech SMEs with little or no research capability. Research intensive SMEs may participate as providers of research services or outsource research to complement their core research capability. Actions will be carried out in the entire field of science and technology with a bottom-up approach. Actions will include support of demonstration and other activities to facilitate the exploitation of research results, ensuring complementarity with the Competitiveness and Innovation Framework Programme. Financial means will be allocated through two schemes:

— | Research for SMEs: To support small groups of innovative SMEs to solve common or complementary technological problems.
— | Research for SME associations: To support SME associations and SME groupings to develop technical solutions to problems common to large numbers of SMEs in specific industrial sectors or segments of the value chain.The clear focus will be on support for research projects. In addition, support will be granted to national schemes providing financial means to SMEs or SME associations to prepare proposals for actions under ‘Research for the benefit of SMEs’. During the implementation of the Community RTD Framework Programme, complementarity and synergy will be ensured with the actions of the Competitiveness and Innovation Framework Programme.
The Competitiveness and Innovation Framework Programme will encourage and facilitate the participation of SMEs in the Seventh Framework Programme through its horizontal services in support of business and innovation. Complementarity and synergy with other Community programmes will be ensured.
REGIONS OF KNOWLEDGEObjectivesStrengthening the research potential of European regions, in particular by encouraging and supporting the development, across Europe, of regional ‘research-driven clusters’ associating universities, research centres, enterprises and regional authorities.
RationaleRegions are increasingly recognised as important players in the EU’s research and development landscape. Research policy and activities at regional level often rely on the development of ‘clusters’ associating public and private actors. The pilot action on ‘Regions of Knowledge’ demonstrated the dynamic of this evolution and the need to support and encourage the development of such structures.
The actions undertaken in this area will enable European regions to strengthen their capacity for investing in RTD and carry out research activities, while maximising their potential for a successful involvement of their operators in European research projects and facilitating the emergence of clusters, thereby promoting regional development in Europe. Actions will facilitate the creation of regional clusters which contribute to the development of the European Research Area.
ActivitiesThe new ‘Regions of Knowledge’ initiative will involve and bring together regional actors involved in research, such as universities, research centres, industry, public authorities (regional councils or regional development agencies). Projects will cover joint analysis of research agendas of regional clusters (in coordination with other activities on the broader issue of regional innovation clusters) and the elaboration of a set of instruments to address them in specific research activities, including through the ‘mentoring’ of regions with less developed research profiles by highly developed regions and support for emerging Regions of Knowledge.
This will comprise measures aiming at improving research networking and access to sources of research funding as well as better integration and linking of research actors and institutions in regional economies. These activities will be implemented in close relationship with Community regional policy (structural funds), the Competitiveness and Innovation Framework Programme and the education and training programmes.
In the context of the specific activity of ‘Regions of Knowledge’ synergies will be sought with Community regional policy as well as with relevant national and regional programmes, in particular with regard to convergence and outermost regions.
RESEARCH POTENTIALObjectiveStimulating the realisation of the full research potential of the enlarged Union by unlocking and developing existing or emerging excellence in the EU’s convergence regions and outermost regions(16), and helping to strengthen the capacities of their researchers to successfully participate in research activities at Community level.
RationaleEurope does not fully exploit its research potential, in particular in less advanced regions remote from the European core of research and industrial development. In order to help researchers and institutions, whether in the public or private sector, of these regions to contribute to the overall European research effort, while taking advantage of the knowledge and experience existing in other regions of Europe, this action aims at establishing the conditions that will allow them to exploit their potential and help to fully realise the European Research Area in the enlarged Union. The actions will build on past and existing measures such as the European Centres of Excellence under the Fifth Framework Programme in what were then acceding and candidate countries and Marie Curie Host Fellowships for the Transfer of Knowledge.
ActivitiesThe action in this domain will comprise support for:

— | Trans-national two-way secondments of research staff between selected organisations in the convergence regions, and one or more partner organisations; support for selected centres of existing or emerging excellence for the recruitment of incoming experienced researchers, including managers, from other countries.
— | The acquisition and development of research equipment and the development of a material environment enabling a full exploitation of the intellectual potential present in the selected centres of existing or emerging excellence in the convergence regions.
— | The organisation of workshops and conferences to facilitate knowledge transfer; promotion activities as well as initiatives aiming at disseminating and transferring research results in and to other countries and international markets.
— | ‘Evaluation facilities’ through which any research centre in the convergence regions can obtain an international independent expert evaluation of the level of their overall research quality and infrastructures.Strong synergies will be sought with Community regional policy. Actions supported under this heading will identify needs and opportunities for reinforcing the research capacities of emerging and existing centres of excellence in convergence regions which may be met by structural and cohesion funds.
Synergies will also be sought with the Competitiveness and Innovation Framework Programme in order to promote the regional commercialisation of RTD in collaboration with industry.
SCIENCE IN SOCIETYObjectiveTo stimulate, with a view to building an open, effective and democratic European knowledge-based society, the harmonious integration of scientific and technological endeavour, and associated research policies in the European social web, by encouraging pan-European reflection and debate on science and technology and their relationship with the whole spectrum of society and culture.
RationaleThe influence of science and technology on our daily lives is becoming increasingly profound. Products of social activity and shaped by social and cultural factors, science and technology nevertheless remain a remote domain far from the daily concerns of a large part of the public and of policy decision makers, and continue to be the subject of misunderstandings. Contentious issues relating to emerging technologies should be addressed by society on the basis of well informed debate leading to sound choices and decisions.
ActivitiesThe substantial and integrated initiative undertaken in this field will comprise support for:

— | Strengthening and improving the European science system, and addressing the following issues: improving the use and monitoring the impact of scientific advice and expertise for policy-making (including risk management); the future of scientific publications; measures to make scientific publications more accessible to members of the public wishing to consult them; safeguards for scientific domains open to misuse; and issues of fraud, trust and ‘self regulation’.
— | Broadening the engagement of researchers and the public at large, including organised civil society, with science-related questions, to anticipate and clarify political and societal issues, including ethical issues.
— | Reflection and debate on science and technology and their place in society, drawing on disciplines such as history, sociology and philosophy of science and technology.
— | Gender research, including the integration of the gender dimension in all areas of research and the promotion of the role of women in research and in scientific decision-making bodies.
— | Creation of an open environment which triggers curiosity for science in children and young people, by reinforcing science education at all levels, including in schools, and promoting interest and full participation in science among young people from all backgrounds.
— | Strengthening the role of research carried out in universities and other higher education institutes and the engagement of such universities and institutes in the challenges of globalisation.
— | Improved intercommunication and mutual understanding between the scientific world and the wider audience of policy-makers, the media and the general public, by helping scientists better communicate and present their work and by supporting scientific information, publications and media.These activities will take the form of, in particular, research projects, studies, networking and exchanges, public events and initiatives, prizes, surveys and data collection. In many cases they will imply international partnerships with organisations from third countries.
SUPPORT FOR THE COHERENT DEVELOPMENT OF RESEARCH POLICIESObjectivesEnhancing the effectiveness and coherence of national and Community research policies and their articulation with other policies, improving the impact of public research and its links with industry, and strengthening public support and its leverage effect on investment by private actors.
RationaleIncreasing investment in research and development up to the 3 % objective and improving its effectiveness is a top priority of the Lisbon strategy for growth and employment. Thus, the development of effective policies to leverage public and private research investments is a major concern of public authorities in light of the need to accelerate the transition towards a competitive knowledge-based economy. This calls for adaptability of research policies, the mobilisation of a broader range of instruments, coordination of efforts across national boundaries and the mobilisation of other policies to create better framework conditions for research.
ActivitiesThe activities undertaken under this heading will complement the coordination activities under the ‘Cooperation’ programme and will aim at improving the coherence and impact of regional, national and Community policies and initiatives (e.g. funding programmes, legislation, recommendations and guidelines). The activities will be the following:

— | Monitoring and analysis of research related public policies and industrial strategies, including their impact, and development of indicators to provide information and evidence in support of the design, implementation, evaluation and trans-national coordination of policies.
— | Strengthening, on a voluntary basis, the coordination of research policies via actions to support the implementation of the open method of coordination (OMC) and bottom-up trans-national cooperation initiatives undertaken at national or regional level on issues of common interest.ACTIVITIES OF INTERNATIONAL COOPERATIONTo become competitive and play a leading role at world level, the European Community needs a strong and coherent international science and technology policy. The international actions carried out under the different programmes within the seventh Framework Programme will be implemented in the context of an overall international cooperation strategy.
This international policy has three interdependent objectives:

— | To support European competitiveness through strategic partnerships with third countries in selected fields of science and by engaging the best third country scientists to work in and with Europe;
— | To facilitate contacts with partners in third countries with the aim of providing better access to research carried out elsewhere in the world;
— | To address specific problems that third countries face or that have a global character, on the basis of mutual interest and mutual benefit.Cooperation with third countries in the Seventh Framework Programme will be targeted, in particular, at the following groups of countries:

— | Candidate countries;
— | Countries neighbouring the EU, Mediterranean partner countries, Western Balkans countries (WBC)(17)and the Eastern European and Central Asian countries (EECA)(18);
— | Developing countries, focusing on the particular needs of each country or region concerned(19);
— | Emerging economies.The theme-oriented international cooperation actions will be carried out under the ‘Cooperation’ programme. The international actions in the area of human potential will be carried under the ‘People’ programme.
Horizontal support actions and measures with a focus other than a specific thematic or interdisciplinary area covered in ‘Cooperation’ programme will be implemented under the ‘Capacities’ programme, and could be supplemented, in a limited number of cases, by specific cooperation actions of mutual interest. Efforts will be undertaken to improve the coherence of national activities by supporting the coordination of national programmes on international scientific cooperation. Taking into account the experience gained through INTAS and building on its work in the framework of cooperation with the Eastern European and Central Asian countries, activities providing continuity will be undertaken through this programme and the ‘Cooperation’ and ‘People’ programmes.
The overall coordination of the international cooperation actions under the different programmes of the Seventh Framework Programme, as well as with other Community instruments, will be ensured.
NON-NUCLEAR ACTIONS OF THE JOINT RESEARCH CENTRE (JRC)ObjectiveTo provide customer driven scientific and technical support to the Community policy making process, ensuring support to the implementation and monitoring of existing policies and responding to new policy demands.
RationaleThe JRC’s independence of special interests, whether private or national, combined with its technical expertise enable it to facilitate communication and consensus building between stakeholders (industry associations, environmental action groups, Member States’ competent authorities, other research centres etc.) and policy makers, especially at the Community level and notably with the European Parliament. Through scientific and technological support the JRC helps to make the Community policy process more effective, transparent and based on sound science. Where and when appropriate, research conducted by the JRC should be coordinated with the research undertaken under the ‘Themes’ of the ‘Cooperation’ Specific Programme, in order to avoid overlap and duplication.
The JRC will strengthen its position in the European Research Area. In facilitating access to its facilities by European and non-European researchers, including early-stage researchers, it will increase its cooperation with other public and private research organisations, consistently improve the scientific quality of its own activities and contribute more scientifically to training, which will remain a high priority for the JRC.
The usefulness and credibility of the JRC’s support to Community policies is closely linked to the quality of its scientific expertise and its integration in the international scientific community. The JRC will therefore continue investing in research and networking with other centres of excellence in relevant fields. It will participate in indirect actions in all areas with emphasis on common scientific reference systems, networking, training and mobility, research infrastructure and participation in technology platforms and coordination instruments where it has the relevant expertise to produce added value.
The JRC will actively pursue the promotion of the integration of new Member States and candidate countries in its activities to the level currently enjoyed by the EU-15.
ActivitiesThe JRC’s priorities will be in fields which are strategically important for the Union and where its input provides high added value. Scientific and technical support to Community policies will continue to be delivered in core areas such as sustainable development, climate change, food, energy, transport, chemicals, alternative methods to animal testing, research policy, information technologies, reference methods and materials, biotechnology, risks, hazards and socio-economic impacts. Growth will be in areas of key concern for the Community:

— | Prosperity in a knowledge-intensive society—To carry out and develop advanced econometric modelling and analysis techniques in the context of policy definition and monitoring, for example in the follow-up to the Lisbon Strategy, the Internal Market and Community research and education policies.—To develop models to support a new balance between sustainability objectives and competitiveness in a responsible way.—To provide its scientific/technical support to the development of risk assessment and management procedures as a tool for the European decision-making process. | — | To carry out and develop advanced econometric modelling and analysis techniques in the context of policy definition and monitoring, for example in the follow-up to the Lisbon Strategy, the Internal Market and Community research and education policies. | — | To develop models to support a new balance between sustainability objectives and competitiveness in a responsible way. | — | To provide its scientific/technical support to the development of risk assessment and management procedures as a tool for the European decision-making process.
— | To carry out and develop advanced econometric modelling and analysis techniques in the context of policy definition and monitoring, for example in the follow-up to the Lisbon Strategy, the Internal Market and Community research and education policies.
— | To develop models to support a new balance between sustainability objectives and competitiveness in a responsible way.
— | To provide its scientific/technical support to the development of risk assessment and management procedures as a tool for the European decision-making process.
— | Solidarity and responsible management of resources—To become a recognised science and technology reference centre for sustainable agriculture focusing on food quality, traceability and safety (including GM food and feed), spatial management and cross-compliance and to support the implementation of the Common Agricultural Policy.—To provide the Common Fisheries Policy with S&T support.—To enhance the provision of harmonised European geo-referenced data and spatial information systems (support to INSPIRE) and to continue developing new approaches to global environmental and resources monitoring (support to GMES).—To provide expertise and play a role in the GMES research activities and in the development of new applications in this field.—To support the implementation of the EU Action Plan on Environment and Health including providing support to on-going activities to establish a Community integrated environment and health information system.—To promote and enhance the development and validation of alternative strategies, and in particular non-animal methods, in all relevant areas of research (safety assessment, vaccine testing, health and biomedical research etc.). | — | To become a recognised science and technology reference centre for sustainable agriculture focusing on food quality, traceability and safety (including GM food and feed), spatial management and cross-compliance and to support the implementation of the Common Agricultural Policy. | — | To provide the Common Fisheries Policy with S&T support. | — | To enhance the provision of harmonised European geo-referenced data and spatial information systems (support to INSPIRE) and to continue developing new approaches to global environmental and resources monitoring (support to GMES). | — | To provide expertise and play a role in the GMES research activities and in the development of new applications in this field. | — | To support the implementation of the EU Action Plan on Environment and Health including providing support to on-going activities to establish a Community integrated environment and health information system. | — | To promote and enhance the development and validation of alternative strategies, and in particular non-animal methods, in all relevant areas of research (safety assessment, vaccine testing, health and biomedical research etc.).
— | To become a recognised science and technology reference centre for sustainable agriculture focusing on food quality, traceability and safety (including GM food and feed), spatial management and cross-compliance and to support the implementation of the Common Agricultural Policy.
— | To provide the Common Fisheries Policy with S&T support.
— | To enhance the provision of harmonised European geo-referenced data and spatial information systems (support to INSPIRE) and to continue developing new approaches to global environmental and resources monitoring (support to GMES).
— | To provide expertise and play a role in the GMES research activities and in the development of new applications in this field.
— | To support the implementation of the EU Action Plan on Environment and Health including providing support to on-going activities to establish a Community integrated environment and health information system.
— | To promote and enhance the development and validation of alternative strategies, and in particular non-animal methods, in all relevant areas of research (safety assessment, vaccine testing, health and biomedical research etc.).
— | Freedom, security and justice—To develop activities contributing to the establishment of the area of freedom, security and justice, especially in areas related to protection against terrorism, organised crime and fraud, border security and prevention of major risks, in cooperation with relevant bodies.—To support the Community response to natural and technological disasters. | — | To develop activities contributing to the establishment of the area of freedom, security and justice, especially in areas related to protection against terrorism, organised crime and fraud, border security and prevention of major risks, in cooperation with relevant bodies. | — | To support the Community response to natural and technological disasters.
— | To develop activities contributing to the establishment of the area of freedom, security and justice, especially in areas related to protection against terrorism, organised crime and fraud, border security and prevention of major risks, in cooperation with relevant bodies.
— | To support the Community response to natural and technological disasters.
— | Europe as world partner—To strengthen support to Community external policies in specific areas such as external aspects of internal security, development cooperation and humanitarian aid. | — | To strengthen support to Community external policies in specific areas such as external aspects of internal security, development cooperation and humanitarian aid.
— | To strengthen support to Community external policies in specific areas such as external aspects of internal security, development cooperation and humanitarian aid.
(1) Throughout the Seventh Framework Programme, ‘SMEs’ are understood to include microenterprises.
(2) In particular with the activities carried out by the intergovernmental structure EUREKA. In addition, the experience gained by EUREKA clusters could be relevant to Joint Technology Initiatives in related areas.
(3) This will include financial support for the administration and coordination activities of COST.
(4) The term ‘bio-economy’ includes all industries and economic sectors that produce, manage and otherwise exploit biological resources and related services, supply or consumer industries, such as agriculture, food, fisheries, forestry, etc.
(5)
‘Life sciences and biotechnology — A strategy for Europe’ — COM(2002) 27.
(6) Complementary research relating to the sustainable management and conservation of natural resources is addressed under the ‘Environment (including climate change)’ theme.
(7) COM(2000) 0769.
(8) COM(2005) 0265.
(9) COM(2006) 0105.
(10) Complementary research relating to the production and use of biological resources is addressed under the ‘Food, Agriculture and Fisheries, and Biotechnology’ theme.
(11) The research agendas of relevant European Technology Platforms will be taken into account in the different activities.
(12) COM(2001) 370.
(13) The European aeronautics industry invests 14 % of its turnover in research, the European car industry almost 5 % of its turnover; and the EU shipbuilding industry competitive advantage relies exclusively on RTD.
(14) ACARE: Advisory Council for Aeronautics Research in Europe. Launched in 2001, it is the first operational example of a Technology Platform; ERRAC: European Rail Research Advisory Council; ERTRAC: European Road Transport Research Advisory Council; WATERBORNE Technology Platform.
(15) ESFRI was launched in April 2002. ESFRI brings together representatives from the 25 EU Member States, appointed by Ministers in charge of Research, and a representative of the European Commission. The countries associated with Framework Programmes for Research were invited to join in 2004.
(16) Convergence regions are those set out in Article 5 of the Council Regulation (EC) No 1083/2006 of 11 July 2006 laying down general provisions on the European Regional Development Fund, the European Social Fund and the Cohesion Fund (OJ L 210, 31.7.2006, p. 25). This includes ‘convergence’ objective regions, regions eligible for funding from the Cohesion fund, and outermost regions.
(17) Other than associated candidate countries.
(18) Formerly called the New Independent States: Armenia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Georgia, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyz Republic, Moldova, Russia, Tajikistan, Turkmenistan, Ukraine and Uzbekistan.
(19) Noting that Latin America includes both developing countries and emerging economies.

The indicative breakdown among programmes is as follows (in EUR million):

ANNEX IIINDICATIVE BREAKDOWN AMONG PROGRAMMES
I.Cooperation(1)(2) | I. | Cooperation(1)(2) | 32 413
I. | Cooperation(1)(2)
Health | 6 100
Food, Agriculture and Fisheries, and Biotechnology | 1 935
Information and Communication Technologies | 9 050
Nano-sciences, Nano-technologies, Materials and new Production Technologies | 3 475
Energy | 2 350
Environment (including Climate Change) | 1 890
Transport (including Aeronautics) | 4 160
Socio-economic Sciences and the Humanities | 623
Space | 1 430
Security | 1 400
II.Ideas | II. | Ideas | 7 510
II. | Ideas
III.People | III. | People | 4 750
III. | People
IV.Capacities | IV. | Capacities | 4 097
IV. | Capacities
Research Infrastructures | 1 715
Research for the benefit of SMEs | 1 336
Regions of Knowledge | 126
Research Potential | 340
Science in Society | 330
Coherent development of research policies | 70
Activities of International Cooperation | 180
V.Non-nuclear actions of the Joint Research Centre | V. | Non-nuclear actions of the Joint Research Centre | 1 751
V. | Non-nuclear actions of the Joint Research Centre
TOTAL | 50 521Special provisions concerning the Risk-Sharing Finance Facility (RSFF)The indicative budgets for the ‘Cooperation’ and ‘Capacities’ programmes include contributions to the European Investment Bank (EIB) for the constitution of the RSFF referred to in Annex III. The Council decisions adopting the contributing specific programmes will establish, inter alia, the implementing arrangements under which the Commission will decide on the reallocation to other activities of the Framework Programme of the Community contribution to the RSFF and the income it generates that are not used by the EIB.
The Seventh Framework Programme will contribute an amount of up to EUR 500 million to the RSFF until 2010. For the period 2010-2013, there will be the possibility to release up to an additional EUR 500 million following the evaluation of the European Parliament and the Council in accordance with the procedure set out in Article 7(2) of this Decision on the basis of a report by the Commission containing information on the participation of SMEs and universities, the fulfilment of the Seventh Framework Programme selection criteria, the kind of projects supported and the demand for the instrument concerned, the duration of the authorisation procedure, the project results, and the funding distribution.
The amount made available out of the Seventh Framework Programme is to be matched by an equivalent amount from the EIB. It will come from the ‘Cooperation’ programme (up to EUR 800 million by proportional contribution of all thematic priorities, except socio-economic sciences and humanities) and the ‘Capacities’ programme (up to EUR 200 million from the research infrastructure line).
The amount will be made available progressively to the EIB taking account of the level of demand.
In order to ensure a rapid launch with a critical mass of resources, an amount in the order of EUR 500 million will be progressively allocated in the budget for a period up to the interim evaluation of the Seventh Framework Programme, referred to in Article 7(2) of this Decision.

(1) Including Joint Technology Initiatives (including financial plan, etc.) and the part of the coordination and international cooperation activities to be funded within the themes.
(2) The aim will be to enable at least 15 % of the funding available under the ‘Cooperation’ part of the programme to go to SMEs.

FUNDING SCHEMES

ANNEX IIIIndirect ActionsThe activities supported by the Seventh Framework Programme will be funded through a range of ‘Funding schemes’. These schemes will be used, either alone or in combination, to fund actions implemented throughout the Framework Programme.
The decisions for specific programmes, work programmes and calls for proposals will specify, as and when appropriate:

— | The type(s) of scheme(s) used to fund different actions;
— | The categories of participants (such as research organisations, universities, industry, SMEs, public authorities) which can benefit from it;
— | The types of activities (such as research and technological development, demonstration, management, training, dissemination, and other related activities) which can be funded through each of them.Where different funding schemes can be used, the work programmes may specify the funding scheme to be used for the topic on which proposals are invited.
The funding schemes are the following:

(a) | To support actions which are primarily implemented on the basis of calls for proposals:1.Collaborative projectsSupport for research projects carried out by consortia with participants from different countries, aiming at developing new knowledge, new technology, products, demonstration activities or common resources for research. The size, scope and internal organisation of projects can vary from field to field and from topic to topic. Projects can range from small or medium-scale focused research actions to large-scale integrating projects for achieving a defined objective. Projects will also be targeted to special groups such as SMEs and other smaller actors.2.Networks of ExcellenceSupport for a Joint Programme of Activities implemented by a number of research organisations integrating their activities in a given field, carried out by research teams in the framework of longer term cooperation. The implementation of this Joint Programme of Activities will require a formal commitment from the organisations integrating part of their resources and their activities.3.Coordination and support actionsSupport for activities aimed at coordinating or supporting research activities and policies (networking, exchanges, trans-national access to research infrastructures, studies, conferences, etc.). These actions may also be implemented by means other than calls for proposals.4.Support for ‘frontier’ researchSupport for projects carried out by individual national or transnational research teams. This scheme will be used to support investigator-driven ‘frontier’ research projects funded in the framework of the European Research Council.5.Support for training and career development of researchersSupport for training and career development of researchers, mainly to be used for the implementation of the Marie Curie actions.6.Research for the benefit of specific groups (in particular SMEs)Support for research projects where the bulk of the research and technological development is carried out by universities, research centres or other legal entities, for the benefit of specific groups, in particular SMEs or associations of SMEs. Efforts will be undertaken to mobilise additional financing from the EIB and other financial organisations. | 1. | Collaborative projectsSupport for research projects carried out by consortia with participants from different countries, aiming at developing new knowledge, new technology, products, demonstration activities or common resources for research. The size, scope and internal organisation of projects can vary from field to field and from topic to topic. Projects can range from small or medium-scale focused research actions to large-scale integrating projects for achieving a defined objective. Projects will also be targeted to special groups such as SMEs and other smaller actors. | 2. | Networks of ExcellenceSupport for a Joint Programme of Activities implemented by a number of research organisations integrating their activities in a given field, carried out by research teams in the framework of longer term cooperation. The implementation of this Joint Programme of Activities will require a formal commitment from the organisations integrating part of their resources and their activities. | 3. | Coordination and support actionsSupport for activities aimed at coordinating or supporting research activities and policies (networking, exchanges, trans-national access to research infrastructures, studies, conferences, etc.). These actions may also be implemented by means other than calls for proposals. | 4. | Support for ‘frontier’ researchSupport for projects carried out by individual national or transnational research teams. This scheme will be used to support investigator-driven ‘frontier’ research projects funded in the framework of the European Research Council. | 5. | Support for training and career development of researchersSupport for training and career development of researchers, mainly to be used for the implementation of the Marie Curie actions. | 6. | Research for the benefit of specific groups (in particular SMEs)Support for research projects where the bulk of the research and technological development is carried out by universities, research centres or other legal entities, for the benefit of specific groups, in particular SMEs or associations of SMEs. Efforts will be undertaken to mobilise additional financing from the EIB and other financial organisations.
1. | Collaborative projectsSupport for research projects carried out by consortia with participants from different countries, aiming at developing new knowledge, new technology, products, demonstration activities or common resources for research. The size, scope and internal organisation of projects can vary from field to field and from topic to topic. Projects can range from small or medium-scale focused research actions to large-scale integrating projects for achieving a defined objective. Projects will also be targeted to special groups such as SMEs and other smaller actors.
2. | Networks of ExcellenceSupport for a Joint Programme of Activities implemented by a number of research organisations integrating their activities in a given field, carried out by research teams in the framework of longer term cooperation. The implementation of this Joint Programme of Activities will require a formal commitment from the organisations integrating part of their resources and their activities.
3. | Coordination and support actionsSupport for activities aimed at coordinating or supporting research activities and policies (networking, exchanges, trans-national access to research infrastructures, studies, conferences, etc.). These actions may also be implemented by means other than calls for proposals.
4. | Support for ‘frontier’ researchSupport for projects carried out by individual national or transnational research teams. This scheme will be used to support investigator-driven ‘frontier’ research projects funded in the framework of the European Research Council.
5. | Support for training and career development of researchersSupport for training and career development of researchers, mainly to be used for the implementation of the Marie Curie actions.
6. | Research for the benefit of specific groups (in particular SMEs)Support for research projects where the bulk of the research and technological development is carried out by universities, research centres or other legal entities, for the benefit of specific groups, in particular SMEs or associations of SMEs. Efforts will be undertaken to mobilise additional financing from the EIB and other financial organisations.
(b) | To support actions implemented on the basis of decisions by the Council and the European Parliament (or by the Council in consultation with the European Parliament) based on a proposal from the Commission, the Community will provide financial support to multi-financed large-scale initiatives.—A financial contribution from the Community to the joint implementation of well identified national research programmes, on the basis of Article 169 of the Treaty. This joint implementation will require the establishment or existence of a dedicated implementation structure. Community financial support will be provided subject to the definition of a financing plan based on formal commitments from competent national authorities.—A financial contribution from the Community to the implementation of Joint Technology Initiatives to realise objectives that cannot be achieved through the funding schemes identified in part (a) above. Joint Technology Initiatives will mobilise a combination of funding of different kinds and from different sources; private and public, European and national. This funding may take different forms and may be allocated or mobilised though a range of mechanisms: support from the Framework Programme, loans from the European Investment Bank (EIB), risk capital support. Joint Technology Initiatives may be decided and implemented on the basis of Article 171 of the Treaty (this may include the creation of joint undertakings) or through the Decisions establishing the specific programmes. Community support will be provided subject to the definition of an overall blueprint of financial engineering, based on formal commitments from all parties concerned.—A financial contribution from the Community to the development of new infrastructures of European interest. This contribution may be decided on the basis of Article 171 of the Treaty or through the Specific Programme Decisions. The development of new infrastructures will mobilise a combination of funding of different nature and origin: national funding, Framework Programme, Structural funds, loans from the EIB and others. Community support will be provided subject to the definition of an overall financial plan based on a commitment from all parties concerned. | — | A financial contribution from the Community to the joint implementation of well identified national research programmes, on the basis of Article 169 of the Treaty. This joint implementation will require the establishment or existence of a dedicated implementation structure. Community financial support will be provided subject to the definition of a financing plan based on formal commitments from competent national authorities. | — | A financial contribution from the Community to the implementation of Joint Technology Initiatives to realise objectives that cannot be achieved through the funding schemes identified in part (a) above. Joint Technology Initiatives will mobilise a combination of funding of different kinds and from different sources; private and public, European and national. This funding may take different forms and may be allocated or mobilised though a range of mechanisms: support from the Framework Programme, loans from the European Investment Bank (EIB), risk capital support. Joint Technology Initiatives may be decided and implemented on the basis of Article 171 of the Treaty (this may include the creation of joint undertakings) or through the Decisions establishing the specific programmes. Community support will be provided subject to the definition of an overall blueprint of financial engineering, based on formal commitments from all parties concerned. | — | A financial contribution from the Community to the development of new infrastructures of European interest. This contribution may be decided on the basis of Article 171 of the Treaty or through the Specific Programme Decisions. The development of new infrastructures will mobilise a combination of funding of different nature and origin: national funding, Framework Programme, Structural funds, loans from the EIB and others. Community support will be provided subject to the definition of an overall financial plan based on a commitment from all parties concerned.
— | A financial contribution from the Community to the joint implementation of well identified national research programmes, on the basis of Article 169 of the Treaty. This joint implementation will require the establishment or existence of a dedicated implementation structure. Community financial support will be provided subject to the definition of a financing plan based on formal commitments from competent national authorities.
— | A financial contribution from the Community to the implementation of Joint Technology Initiatives to realise objectives that cannot be achieved through the funding schemes identified in part (a) above. Joint Technology Initiatives will mobilise a combination of funding of different kinds and from different sources; private and public, European and national. This funding may take different forms and may be allocated or mobilised though a range of mechanisms: support from the Framework Programme, loans from the European Investment Bank (EIB), risk capital support. Joint Technology Initiatives may be decided and implemented on the basis of Article 171 of the Treaty (this may include the creation of joint undertakings) or through the Decisions establishing the specific programmes. Community support will be provided subject to the definition of an overall blueprint of financial engineering, based on formal commitments from all parties concerned.
— | A financial contribution from the Community to the development of new infrastructures of European interest. This contribution may be decided on the basis of Article 171 of the Treaty or through the Specific Programme Decisions. The development of new infrastructures will mobilise a combination of funding of different nature and origin: national funding, Framework Programme, Structural funds, loans from the EIB and others. Community support will be provided subject to the definition of an overall financial plan based on a commitment from all parties concerned.The Community will implement the funding schemes identified in part (a) above in compliance with the provisions of the regulation to be adopted pursuant to Article 167 of the Treaty, the relevant State aid instruments, in particular the Community framework for State aid to research and development, as well as international rules in this area. In compliance with this international framework, it will be necessary to be able to adjust the scale and form of financial participation on a case-by-case basis, in particular if funding from other public sector sources is available, including other sources of Community financing such as the EIB.
In addition to providing direct financial support to participants in RTD actions, the Community will improve their access to debt finance through the ‘Risk-Sharing Finance Facility’ by providing a contribution to the EIB. The Community contribution must be used by the EIB, which will be a risk sharing partner, to contribute to the provisioning and capital allocation for loan and guarantee financing from its own resources. There will be no further liability for the Community budget. Subject to and in accordance with arrangements to be established by the regulation adopted pursuant Article 167 of the Treaty and the Council decisions adopting the specific programmes, this mechanism will enable the EIB to increase the amount of financing of European RTD actions (such as joint technology initiatives, large projects-including EUREKA projects, and new research infrastructures and projects run by SMEs) to help overcome market deficiencies.
In the case of participants in an indirect action established in a region lagging in development (convergence regions and outermost regions(1)), complementary funding from the structural funds will be mobilised wherever possible and appropriate. In the case of participation of entities from the candidate countries, an additional contribution from the pre-accession financial instruments may be granted under similar conditions. As regards actions in the ‘research infrastructures’ part of the ‘capacities’ programme of the Seventh Framework Programme, the detailed funding arrangements for these will be defined with a view to ensuring that there is effective complementarity between community research funding and other Community and national instruments, notably the structural funds.
Direct actionsThe Community will undertake activities implemented by the Joint Research Centre, which are referred to as direct actions.

(1) Convergence regions are those set out in Article 5 of Regulation (EC) No 1083/2006. This includes ‘convergence’ objective regions, regions eligible for funding from the Cohesion fund, and outermost regions.

Pending: 32006D1904

27.12.2006 EN Official Journal of the European Union L 378/32
(1) The Treaty establishes citizenship of the Union, which complements national citizenship of the respective Member States. It is an important element in strengthening and safeguarding the process of European integration.
(2) The Community should make citizens fully aware of their European citizenship, its benefits as well as its rights and obligations, which are to be promoted with due regard for subsidiarity and in the interest of cohesion.
(3) It is especially urgent to make European citizens fully aware of their citizenship of the European Union in the context of the broad reflection on the future of Europe launched by the Brussels European Council of 16 and 17 June 2005. The ‘Europe for Citizens’ programme should therefore complement, but not overlap with, other initiatives taken in this context.
(4) For citizens to give their full support to European integration, greater emphasis should therefore be placed on their common values, history and culture as key elements of their membership of a society founded on the principles of freedom, democracy and respect for human rights, cultural diversity, tolerance and solidarity, in accordance with the Charter of Fundamental Rights of the European Union(4)proclaimed on 7 December 2000.
(5) Encouraging active citizenship is a key element in strengthening not only the fight against racism, xenophobia and intolerance but also cohesion and the development of democracy.
(6) In the context of the EU information and communication strategy, a broad dissemination and a high impact of the activities supported through the programme should be ensured.
(7) In order to bring Europe closer to its citizens and to enable them to participate fully in the construction of an ever closer Europe, there is a need to address all nationals and legal residents in the participating countries and to involve them in transnational exchanges and cooperation activities, contributing to developing a sense of belonging to common European ideals.
(8) The European Parliament, in a Resolution adopted in 1988, considered it desirable that a major effort be undertaken to step up contacts between citizens of different Member States and stated that specific support from the European Union for the development of twinning schemes between municipalities in different Member States was both rational and desirable.
(9) The European Council has recognised on several occasions the need to bring the European Union and its institutions closer to the citizens of the Member States. It has encouraged the Union's institutions to maintain and foster open, transparent and regular dialogue with organised civil society, thus promoting citizens' participation in public life and in decision-making, while emphasising the essential values that are shared by the citizens of Europe.
(10) The Council established in its Decision 2004/100/EC of 26 January 2004 establishing a Community action programme to promote active European citizenship (civic participation)(5), an action programme which has confirmed the need to promote sustained dialogue with civil society organisations and municipalities and to support the active involvement of citizens.
(11) Citizens' projects with a transnational and cross-sectoral dimension are important tools to reach citizens and promote European awareness, European political integration, social inclusion and mutual understanding.
(12) Civil society organisations at European, national, regional and local levels are important elements of citizens' active participation in society and help to invigorate all aspects of public life. They are also intermediaries between Europe and its citizens. Their transnational cooperation should therefore be promoted and encouraged.
(13) European public policy research organisations can provide ideas and reflections to feed the debate at European level. It is therefore also advisable to support, as a link between the European institutions and the citizens, activities that reflect their commitment to creating a European identity and citizenship, by establishing procedures with transparent criteria to promote networks for information and exchange.
(14) It is also worthwhile pursuing the action begun by the European Union in the context of Decision No 792/2004/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 April 2004 establishing a Community action programme to promote bodies active at European level in the field of culture(6)for the preservation and commemoration of the main sites and archives associated with deportations. An awareness of the full dimensions and tragic consequences of the second world war may thus be maintained and universal remembrance promoted, as a means of moving beyond the past and building the future.
(15) The Declaration on Sport adopted by the Nice European Council of 7-9 December 2000 noted that, ‘even though not having any direct powers in this area, the Community must, in its action under the various Treaty provisions, take account of the social, educational and cultural functions inherent in sport.’
(16) Special attention should be paid to the balanced integration of citizens and civil society organisations from all Member States into transnational projects and activities.
(17) The candidate countries and the EFTA countries party to the EEA Agreement are recognised as potential participants in Community programmes, in accordance with the agreements concluded with those countries.
(18) The European Council of 19 and 20 June 2003 adopted the ‘Thessaloniki Agenda for the Western Balkans: Moving towards European integration’, which invited the Western Balkan countries to participate in Community programmes and agencies; therefore, the Western Balkans countries should be recognised as potential participants in Community programmes.
(19) The programme should be monitored regularly and evaluated independently in cooperation with the Commission and the Member States in order to allow for the readjustments which are necessary if the measures are to be properly implemented.
(20) The procedures for monitoring and evaluating the programme should make use of objectives and indicators which are specific, measurable, achievable, relevant and timed.
(21) Council Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 1605/2002 of 25 June 2002 on the Financial Regulation applicable to the general budget of the European Communities(7)(hereinafter ‘the Financial Regulation’) and Commission Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 2342/2002 of 19 November 2002 laying down detailed rules for the implementation of Council Regulation (EC, Euratom) 1605/2002 on the Financial Regulation applicable to the general budget of the European Communities(8), which safeguard the Community's financial interests, have to be applied taking into account the principles of simplicity and consistency in the choice of budgetary instruments, a limitation on the number of cases where the Commission retains direct responsibility for their implementation and management, and the required proportionality between the amount of resources and the administrative burden related to their use.
(22) Appropriate measures should also be taken to prevent irregularities and fraud and to recover funds lost or incorrectly paid or used.
(23) Following the principle of sound financial management, the implementation of the programme may be simplified by recourse to lump sum funding, in respect either of support awarded to programme participants or of Community support for the structures established at national level for the administration of the programme.
(24) This Decision lays down, for the entire duration of the programme, a financial envelope constituting the prime reference, within the meaning of point 37 of the Interinstitutional Agreement of 17 May 2006 between the European Parliament, the Council and the Commission on budgetary discipline and sound financial management(9), for the budgetary authority during the annual budgetary procedure.
(25) Since the objectives of this Decision cannot be sufficiently achieved by the Member States and can therefore, by reason of the transnational and multilateral nature of the programme's actions and measures, be better achieved at Community level, the Community may adopt measures in accordance with the principle of subsidiarity as set out in Article 5 of the Treaty. In accordance with the principle of proportionality, as set out in that Article, this Decision does not go beyond what is necessary in order to achieve those objectives.
(26) The measures necessary for the implementation of this Decision should be adopted in accordance with Council Decision 1999/468/EC of 28 June 1999 laying down the procedures for the exercise of implementing powers conferred on the Commission(10).
(27) Transitional measures to monitor actions started before 31 December 2006 should be adopted, pursuant to Decision 2004/100/EC,
(a) giving citizens the opportunity to interact and participate in constructing an ever closer Europe, which is democratic and world-oriented, united in and enriched through its cultural diversity, thus developing citizenship of the European Union;
(b) developing a sense of European identity, based on common values, history and culture;
(c) fostering a sense of ownership of the European Union among its citizens;
(d) enhancing tolerance and mutual understanding between European citizens respecting and promoting cultural and linguistic diversity, while contributing to intercultural dialogue.
(a) bringing together people from local communities across Europe to share and exchange experiences, opinions and values, to learn from history and to build for the future;
(b) fostering action, debate and reflection related to European citizenship and democracy, shared values, common history and culture through cooperation within civil society organisations at European level;
(c) bringing Europe closer to its citizens by promoting Europe's values and achievements, while preserving the memory of its past;
(d) encouraging interaction between citizens and civil society organisations from all participating countries, contributing to intercultural dialogue and bringing to the fore both Europe's diversity and unity, with particular attention to activities aimed at developing closer ties between citizens from Member States of the European Union as constituted on 30 April 2004 and those from Member States which have acceded since that date.
(a) Active citizens for Europe, consisting of:—town twinning,—citizens' projects and support measures; — town twinning, — citizens' projects and support measures;
— town twinning,
— citizens' projects and support measures;
— town twinning,
— citizens' projects and support measures;
(b) Active civil society in Europe, consisting of:—structural support for European public policy research organisations (think-tanks),—structural support for civil society organisations at European level,—support for projects initiated by civil society organisations; — structural support for European public policy research organisations (think-tanks), — structural support for civil society organisations at European level, — support for projects initiated by civil society organisations;
— structural support for European public policy research organisations (think-tanks),
— structural support for civil society organisations at European level,
— support for projects initiated by civil society organisations;
— structural support for European public policy research organisations (think-tanks),
— structural support for civil society organisations at European level,
— support for projects initiated by civil society organisations;
(c) Together for Europe, consisting of:—high visibility events, such as commemorations, awards, artistic events, European-wide conferences,—studies, surveys and opinion polls,—information and dissemination tools; — high visibility events, such as commemorations, awards, artistic events, European-wide conferences, — studies, surveys and opinion polls, — information and dissemination tools;
— high visibility events, such as commemorations, awards, artistic events, European-wide conferences,
— studies, surveys and opinion polls,
— information and dissemination tools;
— high visibility events, such as commemorations, awards, artistic events, European-wide conferences,
— studies, surveys and opinion polls,
— information and dissemination tools;
(d) Active European Remembrance, consisting of:—preservation of the main sites and archives associated with the deportations and the commemoration of the victims. — preservation of the main sites and archives associated with the deportations and the commemoration of the victims.
— preservation of the main sites and archives associated with the deportations and the commemoration of the victims.
— preservation of the main sites and archives associated with the deportations and the commemoration of the victims.
(a) the Member States;
(b) the EFTA countries party to the EEA Agreement, in accordance with the provisions of that Agreement;
(c) the candidate countries benefiting from a pre-accession strategy, in accordance with the general principles and the general terms and conditions laid down in the framework agreements concluded with these countries for their participation in Community programmes;
(d) the countries of the western Balkans, in accordance with the arrangements to be established with these countries under the framework agreements on the general principles for their participation in Community programmes.
(a) the arrangements for the implementation of the programme, including the annual work plan, the selection criteria and the selection procedures;
(b) the general balance between the various actions of the programme;
(c) the procedures for monitoring and evaluating the programme;
(d) the financial support (amount, duration, distribution and beneficiaries) provided by the Community in relation to all operating grants, multi-annual twinning agreements under Action 1 and high visibility events under Action 3.
(a) an interim evaluation report on the results obtained and on the qualitative and quantitative aspects of the implementation of the programme no later than 31 December 2010;
(b) a communication on the continuation of the programme no later than 31 December 2011;
(c) an ex-post evaluation report no later than 31 December 2015.
— for the preservation of the main sites and memorials associated with the mass deportations, the former concentration camps and other large-scale martyrdom and extermination sites of Nazism, as well as the archives documenting these events and for keeping alive the memory of the victims, as well as the memory of those who, under extreme conditions, rescued people from the Holocaust;
— for the commemoration of the victims of mass exterminations and mass deportations associated with Stalinism, as well as the preservation of the memorials and archives documenting these events.
THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND THE COUNCIL OF THE EUROPEAN UNION,
Having regard to the Treaty establishing the European Community, and in particular Articles 151 and 308 thereof,
Having regard to the proposal from the Commission,
Having regard to the Opinion of the European Economic and Social Committee(1),
Having regard to the Opinion of the Committee of the Regions(2),
Acting in accordance with the procedure laid down in Article 251 of the Treaty(3),
(1) The Treaty establishes citizenship of the Union, which complements national citizenship of the respective Member States. It is an important element in strengthening and safeguarding the process of European integration.
(2) The Community should make citizens fully aware of their European citizenship, its benefits as well as its rights and obligations, which are to be promoted with due regard for subsidiarity and in the interest of cohesion.
(3) It is especially urgent to make European citizens fully aware of their citizenship of the European Union in the context of the broad reflection on the future of Europe launched by the Brussels European Council of 16 and 17 June 2005. The ‘Europe for Citizens’ programme should therefore complement, but not overlap with, other initiatives taken in this context.
(4) For citizens to give their full support to European integration, greater emphasis should therefore be placed on their common values, history and culture as key elements of their membership of a society founded on the principles of freedom, democracy and respect for human rights, cultural diversity, tolerance and solidarity, in accordance with the Charter of Fundamental Rights of the European Union(4)proclaimed on 7 December 2000.
(5) Encouraging active citizenship is a key element in strengthening not only the fight against racism, xenophobia and intolerance but also cohesion and the development of democracy.
(6) In the context of the EU information and communication strategy, a broad dissemination and a high impact of the activities supported through the programme should be ensured.
(7) In order to bring Europe closer to its citizens and to enable them to participate fully in the construction of an ever closer Europe, there is a need to address all nationals and legal residents in the participating countries and to involve them in transnational exchanges and cooperation activities, contributing to developing a sense of belonging to common European ideals.
(8) The European Parliament, in a Resolution adopted in 1988, considered it desirable that a major effort be undertaken to step up contacts between citizens of different Member States and stated that specific support from the European Union for the development of twinning schemes between municipalities in different Member States was both rational and desirable.
(9) The European Council has recognised on several occasions the need to bring the European Union and its institutions closer to the citizens of the Member States. It has encouraged the Union’s institutions to maintain and foster open, transparent and regular dialogue with organised civil society, thus promoting citizens’ participation in public life and in decision-making, while emphasising the essential values that are shared by the citizens of Europe.
(10) The Council established in its Decision 2004/100/EC of 26 January 2004 establishing a Community action programme to promote active European citizenship (civic participation)(5), an action programme which has confirmed the need to promote sustained dialogue with civil society organisations and municipalities and to support the active involvement of citizens.
(11) Citizens’ projects with a transnational and cross-sectoral dimension are important tools to reach citizens and promote European awareness, European political integration, social inclusion and mutual understanding.
(12) Civil society organisations at European, national, regional and local levels are important elements of citizens’ active participation in society and help to invigorate all aspects of public life. They are also intermediaries between Europe and its citizens. Their transnational cooperation should therefore be promoted and encouraged.
(13) European public policy research organisations can provide ideas and reflections to feed the debate at European level. It is therefore also advisable to support, as a link between the European institutions and the citizens, activities that reflect their commitment to creating a European identity and citizenship, by establishing procedures with transparent criteria to promote networks for information and exchange.
(14) It is also worthwhile pursuing the action begun by the European Union in the context of Decision No 792/2004/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 April 2004 establishing a Community action programme to promote bodies active at European level in the field of culture(6)for the preservation and commemoration of the main sites and archives associated with deportations. An awareness of the full dimensions and tragic consequences of the second world war may thus be maintained and universal remembrance promoted, as a means of moving beyond the past and building the future.
(15) The Declaration on Sport adopted by the Nice European Council of 7-9 December 2000 noted that, ‘even though not having any direct powers in this area, the Community must, in its action under the various Treaty provisions, take account of the social, educational and cultural functions inherent in sport.’
(16) Special attention should be paid to the balanced integration of citizens and civil society organisations from all Member States into transnational projects and activities.
(17) The candidate countries and the EFTA countries party to the EEA Agreement are recognised as potential participants in Community programmes, in accordance with the agreements concluded with those countries.
(18) The European Council of 19 and 20 June 2003 adopted the ‘Thessaloniki Agenda for the Western Balkans: Moving towards European integration’, which invited the Western Balkan countries to participate in Community programmes and agencies; therefore, the Western Balkans countries should be recognised as potential participants in Community programmes.
(19) The programme should be monitored regularly and evaluated independently in cooperation with the Commission and the Member States in order to allow for the readjustments which are necessary if the measures are to be properly implemented.
(20) The procedures for monitoring and evaluating the programme should make use of objectives and indicators which are specific, measurable, achievable, relevant and timed.
(21) Council Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 1605/2002 of 25 June 2002 on the Financial Regulation applicable to the general budget of the European Communities(7)(hereinafter ‘the Financial Regulation’) and Commission Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 2342/2002 of 19 November 2002 laying down detailed rules for the implementation of Council Regulation (EC, Euratom) 1605/2002 on the Financial Regulation applicable to the general budget of the European Communities(8), which safeguard the Community’s financial interests, have to be applied taking into account the principles of simplicity and consistency in the choice of budgetary instruments, a limitation on the number of cases where the Commission retains direct responsibility for their implementation and management, and the required proportionality between the amount of resources and the administrative burden related to their use.
(22) Appropriate measures should also be taken to prevent irregularities and fraud and to recover funds lost or incorrectly paid or used.
(23) Following the principle of sound financial management, the implementation of the programme may be simplified by recourse to lump sum funding, in respect either of support awarded to programme participants or of Community support for the structures established at national level for the administration of the programme.
(24) This Decision lays down, for the entire duration of the programme, a financial envelope constituting the prime reference, within the meaning of point 37 of the Interinstitutional Agreement of 17 May 2006 between the European Parliament, the Council and the Commission on budgetary discipline and sound financial management(9), for the budgetary authority during the annual budgetary procedure.
(25) Since the objectives of this Decision cannot be sufficiently achieved by the Member States and can therefore, by reason of the transnational and multilateral nature of the programme’s actions and measures, be better achieved at Community level, the Community may adopt measures in accordance with the principle of subsidiarity as set out in Article 5 of the Treaty. In accordance with the principle of proportionality, as set out in that Article, this Decision does not go beyond what is necessary in order to achieve those objectives.
(26) The measures necessary for the implementation of this Decision should be adopted in accordance with Council Decision 1999/468/EC of 28 June 1999 laying down the procedures for the exercise of implementing powers conferred on the Commission(10).
(27) Transitional measures to monitor actions started before 31 December 2006 should be adopted, pursuant to Decision 2004/100/EC,
HAVE DECIDED AS FOLLOWS:

Subject matter and scope of the programme
Article 1
1. This Decision establishes the programme ‘Europe for Citizens’ (hereinafter referred to as ‘the programme’) for the period from 1 January 2007 to 31 December 2013.
2. The programme shall contribute to the following general objectives:
(a)
giving citizens the opportunity to interact and participate in constructing an ever closer Europe, which is democratic and world-oriented, united in and enriched through its cultural diversity, thus developing citizenship of the European Union;
(b)
developing a sense of European identity, based on common values, history and culture;
(c)
fostering a sense of ownership of the European Union among its citizens;
(d)
enhancing tolerance and mutual understanding between European citizens respecting and promoting cultural and linguistic diversity, while contributing to intercultural dialogue.

Specific objectives of the programme
Article 2
The programme shall have the following specific objectives in line with the fundamental goals of the Treaty, which shall be implemented on a transnational basis:
(a)
bringing together people from local communities across Europe to share and exchange experiences, opinions and values, to learn from history and to build for the future;
(b)
fostering action, debate and reflection related to European citizenship and democracy, shared values, common history and culture through cooperation within civil society organisations at European level;
(c)
bringing Europe closer to its citizens by promoting Europe’s values and achievements, while preserving the memory of its past;
(d)
encouraging interaction between citizens and civil society organisations from all participating countries, contributing to intercultural dialogue and bringing to the fore both Europe’s diversity and unity, with particular attention to activities aimed at developing closer ties between citizens from Member States of the European Union as constituted on 30 April 2004 and those from Member States which have acceded since that date.

Actions
Article 3
1. The objectives of the programme shall be pursued through support for the following actions, details of which may be found in Part I of the Annex:
(a)
Active citizens for Europe, consisting of:
—
town twinning,
—
citizens’ projects and support measures;
(b)
Active civil society in Europe, consisting of:
—
structural support for European public policy research organisations (think-tanks),
—
structural support for civil society organisations at European level,
—
support for projects initiated by civil society organisations;
(c)
Together for Europe, consisting of:
—
high visibility events, such as commemorations, awards, artistic events, European-wide conferences,
—
studies, surveys and opinion polls,
—
information and dissemination tools;
(d)
Active European Remembrance, consisting of:
—
preservation of the main sites and archives associated with the deportations and the commemoration of the victims.
2. In each action, priority may be given to the balanced integration of citizens and civil society organisations from all Member States, as provided for in the specific objective set out in Article 2(d).

Forms of Community measures
Article 4
1. Community measures may take the form of grants or public procurement contracts.
2. Community grants may be provided through specific forms such as operating grants, action grants, scholarships, prizes.
3. Public procurement contracts will cover the purchase of services, such as for organising events, studies and research, information and dissemination tools, monitoring and evaluation.
4. To be eligible for a Community grant, the beneficiaries must satisfy the requirements set out in Part II of the Annex.

Participation in the programme
Article 5
The programme shall be open to the participation of the following countries, hereinafter referred to as the ‘participating countries’:
(a)
the Member States;
(b)
the EFTA countries party to the EEA Agreement, in accordance with the provisions of that Agreement;
(c)
the candidate countries benefiting from a pre-accession strategy, in accordance with the general principles and the general terms and conditions laid down in the framework agreements concluded with these countries for their participation in Community programmes;
(d)
the countries of the western Balkans, in accordance with the arrangements to be established with these countries under the framework agreements on the general principles for their participation in Community programmes.

Access to the programme
Article 6
The programme shall be open to all stakeholders promoting active European citizenship, in particular local authorities and organisations, European public policy research organisations (think-tanks), citizens’ groups and other civil society organisations.

Cooperation with international organisations
Article 7
The programme may cover joint and innovative activities in the field of active European citizenship, with relevant international organisations such as the Council of Europe and UNESCO, on the basis of joint contributions and in accordance with the Financial Regulation and various rules of each institution or organisation.

Implementing measures
Article 8
1. The Commission shall adopt the measures necessary for the implementation of the programme in accordance with the provisions of the Annex.
2. The following measures shall be adopted in accordance with the procedure referred to in Article 9(2):
(a)
the arrangements for the implementation of the programme, including the annual work plan, the selection criteria and the selection procedures;
(b)
the general balance between the various actions of the programme;
(c)
the procedures for monitoring and evaluating the programme;
(d)
the financial support (amount, duration, distribution and beneficiaries) provided by the Community in relation to all operating grants, multi-annual twinning agreements under Action 1 and high visibility events under Action 3.
3. All other measures necessary for the implementation of the programme shall be adopted in accordance with the procedure referred to in Article 9(3).
4. As part of the procedure mentioned in paragraph 2, the Commission may draw up guidelines for each of the actions in the Annex in order to adapt the programme to any changes of priority in the field of active European citizenship.

Committee
Article 9
1. The Commission shall be assisted by a committee.
2. Where reference is made to this paragraph, Articles 4 and 7 of Decision 1999/468/EC shall apply, having regard to the provisions of Article 8 thereof.
The period laid down in Article 4(3) of Decision 1999/468/EC shall be set at two months.
3. Where reference is made to this paragraph, Articles 3 and 7 of Decision 1999/468/EC shall apply, having regard to the provisions of Article 8 thereof.
4. The committee shall adopt its rules of procedure.

Coherence with other Community and European Union instruments
Article 10
1. The Commission shall ensure coherence and complementarity between the programme and instruments in other areas of Community action, especially education, vocational training, culture, youth, sport, the environment, the audiovisual sector and the media, fundamental rights and freedoms, social inclusion, gender equality, combating all forms of discrimination, racism and xenophobia, scientific research, information society and Community external action, in particular at the level of European Neighbourhood policy.
2. The programme may share resources with other Community and European Union instruments in order to implement actions meeting the objectives of both the programme and these other instruments.

The financial envelope
Article 11
1. The financial envelope for the implementation of the programme for the period referred to in Article 1 is hereby set at EUR 215 million.
2. The annual appropriations shall be authorised by the budgetary authority within the limits of the financial framework.

Financial provisions
Article 12
1. Financial aid shall take the form of grants to legal persons. Depending on the nature of the action and the objective pursued, grants may also be awarded to natural persons.
2. The Commission may award prizes to natural or legal persons for actions or projects implemented under the programme.
3. In accordance with Article 181 of Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 2342/2002, and depending on the nature of the action, flat-rate financing and/or the application of unit-cost rates may be authorised.
4. Co-financing in kind may be permitted.
5. The Commission may decide, in view of the characteristics of the beneficiaries and the nature of the actions, to exempt beneficiaries from verification of the professional competencies and qualifications required to complete the proposed action or work programme.
6. The amount of information to be provided by the beneficiary may be limited in the case of small grants.
7. In specific cases such as the award of a small grant, the beneficiary need not be required to demonstrate its financial capacity to perform the planned project or the work programme.
8. Operating grants awarded under the programme to bodies pursuing an aim of general European interest, as defined in Article 162 of Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 2342/2002, shall not be automatically decreased in the event of renewal.

Protection of the Community’s financial interests
Article 13
1. The Commission shall ensure that, when actions financed under this Decision are implemented, the financial interests of the Community are protected by the application of preventive measures against fraud, corruption and any other illegal activities, by effective checks and by the recovery of amounts unduly paid and, if irregularities are detected, by effective, proportional and dissuasive penalties, in accordance with Council Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 2988/95 of 18 December 1995 on the protection of the European Communities financial interests(11), Council Regulation (Euratom, EC) No 2185/96 of 11 November 1996 concerning on-the-spot checks and inspections carried out by the Commission in order to protect the European Communities’ financial interests against fraud and other irregularities(12)and with Regulation (EC) No 1073/1999 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 25 May 1999 concerning investigations conducted by the European Anti-Fraud Office (OLAF)(13).
2. For the Community actions financed under the programme, the notion of irregularity referred to in Article 1(2) of Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 2988/95 shall mean any infringement of a provision of Community law or any breach of a contractual obligation resulting from an act or omission by an economic operator, which has, or would have, the effect of prejudicing the general budget of the Union or budgets managed by the Communities, by an unjustified item of expenditure.
3. The Commission shall reduce, suspend or recover the amount of financial assistance granted for an action if it finds irregularities, including non-compliance with the provisions of this Decision or the individual decision or the contract or agreement granting the financial support in question, or if it transpires that, without Commission approval having being sought, the action has been subjected to a change which conflicts with the nature or implementing conditions of the project.
4. If the time limits have not been observed or if only part of the allocated financial assistance is justified by the progress made with implementing an action, the Commission shall request the beneficiary to submit observations within a specified period. If the beneficiary does not give a satisfactory answer, the Commission may cancel the remaining financial assistance and demand repayment of sums already paid.
5. Any undue payment shall be repaid to the Commission. Interest shall be added to any sums not repaid in good time under the conditions laid down by the Financial Regulation.

Monitoring and evaluation
Article 14
1. The Commission shall ensure regular monitoring of the programme. The results of the monitoring and evaluation process shall be utilised in implementing the programme. Monitoring shall include in particular the drawing up of the reports referred to in paragraph 3 points (a) and (c).
The specific objectives may be revised in accordance with Article 251 of the Treaty.
2. The Commission shall ensure regular, external and independent evaluation of the programme and shall report to the European Parliament on a regular basis.
3. The Commission shall submit to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions:
(a)
an interim evaluation report on the results obtained and on the qualitative and quantitative aspects of the implementation of the programme no later than 31 December 2010;
(b)
a communication on the continuation of the programme no later than 31 December 2011;
(c)
an ex-post evaluation report no later than 31 December 2015.

Transitional provision
Article 15
Actions started before 31 December 2006 pursuant to Decision 2004/100/EC shall continue to be governed, until their completion, by that Decision.
As provided for by Article 18 of the Financial Regulation, the appropriations corresponding to assigned revenue arising from the repayment of amounts wrongly paid pursuant to Decision 2004/100/EC may be made available to the Programme.

Entry into force
Article 16
This Decision shall enter into force on the day following its publication in theOfficial Journal of the European Union.
It shall apply from 1 January 2007.

THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND THE COUNCIL OF THE EUROPEAN UNION,
Having regard to the Treaty establishing the European Community, and in particular Articles 151 and 308 thereof,
Having regard to the proposal from the Commission,
Having regard to the Opinion of the European Economic and Social Committee(1),
Having regard to the Opinion of the Committee of the Regions(2),
Acting in accordance with the procedure laid down in Article 251 of the Treaty(3),
(1) The Treaty establishes citizenship of the Union, which complements national citizenship of the respective Member States. It is an important element in strengthening and safeguarding the process of European integration.
(2) The Community should make citizens fully aware of their European citizenship, its benefits as well as its rights and obligations, which are to be promoted with due regard for subsidiarity and in the interest of cohesion.
(3) It is especially urgent to make European citizens fully aware of their citizenship of the European Union in the context of the broad reflection on the future of Europe launched by the Brussels European Council of 16 and 17 June 2005. The ‘Europe for Citizens’ programme should therefore complement, but not overlap with, other initiatives taken in this context.
(4) For citizens to give their full support to European integration, greater emphasis should therefore be placed on their common values, history and culture as key elements of their membership of a society founded on the principles of freedom, democracy and respect for human rights, cultural diversity, tolerance and solidarity, in accordance with the Charter of Fundamental Rights of the European Union(4)proclaimed on 7 December 2000.
(5) Encouraging active citizenship is a key element in strengthening not only the fight against racism, xenophobia and intolerance but also cohesion and the development of democracy.
(6) In the context of the EU information and communication strategy, a broad dissemination and a high impact of the activities supported through the programme should be ensured.
(7) In order to bring Europe closer to its citizens and to enable them to participate fully in the construction of an ever closer Europe, there is a need to address all nationals and legal residents in the participating countries and to involve them in transnational exchanges and cooperation activities, contributing to developing a sense of belonging to common European ideals.
(8) The European Parliament, in a Resolution adopted in 1988, considered it desirable that a major effort be undertaken to step up contacts between citizens of different Member States and stated that specific support from the European Union for the development of twinning schemes between municipalities in different Member States was both rational and desirable.
(9) The European Council has recognised on several occasions the need to bring the European Union and its institutions closer to the citizens of the Member States. It has encouraged the Union’s institutions to maintain and foster open, transparent and regular dialogue with organised civil society, thus promoting citizens’ participation in public life and in decision-making, while emphasising the essential values that are shared by the citizens of Europe.
(10) The Council established in its Decision 2004/100/EC of 26 January 2004 establishing a Community action programme to promote active European citizenship (civic participation)(5), an action programme which has confirmed the need to promote sustained dialogue with civil society organisations and municipalities and to support the active involvement of citizens.
(11) Citizens’ projects with a transnational and cross-sectoral dimension are important tools to reach citizens and promote European awareness, European political integration, social inclusion and mutual understanding.
(12) Civil society organisations at European, national, regional and local levels are important elements of citizens’ active participation in society and help to invigorate all aspects of public life. They are also intermediaries between Europe and its citizens. Their transnational cooperation should therefore be promoted and encouraged.
(13) European public policy research organisations can provide ideas and reflections to feed the debate at European level. It is therefore also advisable to support, as a link between the European institutions and the citizens, activities that reflect their commitment to creating a European identity and citizenship, by establishing procedures with transparent criteria to promote networks for information and exchange.
(14) It is also worthwhile pursuing the action begun by the European Union in the context of Decision No 792/2004/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 April 2004 establishing a Community action programme to promote bodies active at European level in the field of culture(6)for the preservation and commemoration of the main sites and archives associated with deportations. An awareness of the full dimensions and tragic consequences of the second world war may thus be maintained and universal remembrance promoted, as a means of moving beyond the past and building the future.
(15) The Declaration on Sport adopted by the Nice European Council of 7-9 December 2000 noted that, ‘even though not having any direct powers in this area, the Community must, in its action under the various Treaty provisions, take account of the social, educational and cultural functions inherent in sport.’
(16) Special attention should be paid to the balanced integration of citizens and civil society organisations from all Member States into transnational projects and activities.
(17) The candidate countries and the EFTA countries party to the EEA Agreement are recognised as potential participants in Community programmes, in accordance with the agreements concluded with those countries.
(18) The European Council of 19 and 20 June 2003 adopted the ‘Thessaloniki Agenda for the Western Balkans: Moving towards European integration’, which invited the Western Balkan countries to participate in Community programmes and agencies; therefore, the Western Balkans countries should be recognised as potential participants in Community programmes.
(19) The programme should be monitored regularly and evaluated independently in cooperation with the Commission and the Member States in order to allow for the readjustments which are necessary if the measures are to be properly implemented.
(20) The procedures for monitoring and evaluating the programme should make use of objectives and indicators which are specific, measurable, achievable, relevant and timed.
(21) Council Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 1605/2002 of 25 June 2002 on the Financial Regulation applicable to the general budget of the European Communities(7)(hereinafter ‘the Financial Regulation’) and Commission Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 2342/2002 of 19 November 2002 laying down detailed rules for the implementation of Council Regulation (EC, Euratom) 1605/2002 on the Financial Regulation applicable to the general budget of the European Communities(8), which safeguard the Community’s financial interests, have to be applied taking into account the principles of simplicity and consistency in the choice of budgetary instruments, a limitation on the number of cases where the Commission retains direct responsibility for their implementation and management, and the required proportionality between the amount of resources and the administrative burden related to their use.
(22) Appropriate measures should also be taken to prevent irregularities and fraud and to recover funds lost or incorrectly paid or used.
(23) Following the principle of sound financial management, the implementation of the programme may be simplified by recourse to lump sum funding, in respect either of support awarded to programme participants or of Community support for the structures established at national level for the administration of the programme.
(24) This Decision lays down, for the entire duration of the programme, a financial envelope constituting the prime reference, within the meaning of point 37 of the Interinstitutional Agreement of 17 May 2006 between the European Parliament, the Council and the Commission on budgetary discipline and sound financial management(9), for the budgetary authority during the annual budgetary procedure.
(25) Since the objectives of this Decision cannot be sufficiently achieved by the Member States and can therefore, by reason of the transnational and multilateral nature of the programme’s actions and measures, be better achieved at Community level, the Community may adopt measures in accordance with the principle of subsidiarity as set out in Article 5 of the Treaty. In accordance with the principle of proportionality, as set out in that Article, this Decision does not go beyond what is necessary in order to achieve those objectives.
(26) The measures necessary for the implementation of this Decision should be adopted in accordance with Council Decision 1999/468/EC of 28 June 1999 laying down the procedures for the exercise of implementing powers conferred on the Commission(10).
(27) Transitional measures to monitor actions started before 31 December 2006 should be adopted, pursuant to Decision 2004/100/EC,
HAVE DECIDED AS FOLLOWS:

Subject matter and scope of the programme

1. This Decision establishes the programme ‘Europe for Citizens’ (hereinafter referred to as ‘the programme’) for the period from 1 January 2007 to 31 December 2013.
2. The programme shall contribute to the following general objectives:
(a)
giving citizens the opportunity to interact and participate in constructing an ever closer Europe, which is democratic and world-oriented, united in and enriched through its cultural diversity, thus developing citizenship of the European Union;
(b)
developing a sense of European identity, based on common values, history and culture;
(c)
fostering a sense of ownership of the European Union among its citizens;
(d)
enhancing tolerance and mutual understanding between European citizens respecting and promoting cultural and linguistic diversity, while contributing to intercultural dialogue.

Specific objectives of the programme

The programme shall have the following specific objectives in line with the fundamental goals of the Treaty, which shall be implemented on a transnational basis:
(a)
bringing together people from local communities across Europe to share and exchange experiences, opinions and values, to learn from history and to build for the future;
(b)
fostering action, debate and reflection related to European citizenship and democracy, shared values, common history and culture through cooperation within civil society organisations at European level;
(c)
bringing Europe closer to its citizens by promoting Europe’s values and achievements, while preserving the memory of its past;
(d)
encouraging interaction between citizens and civil society organisations from all participating countries, contributing to intercultural dialogue and bringing to the fore both Europe’s diversity and unity, with particular attention to activities aimed at developing closer ties between citizens from Member States of the European Union as constituted on 30 April 2004 and those from Member States which have acceded since that date.

Actions

1. The objectives of the programme shall be pursued through support for the following actions, details of which may be found in Part I of the Annex:
(a)
Active citizens for Europe, consisting of:
—
town twinning,
—
citizens’ projects and support measures;
(b)
Active civil society in Europe, consisting of:
—
structural support for European public policy research organisations (think-tanks),
—
structural support for civil society organisations at European level,
—
support for projects initiated by civil society organisations;
(c)
Together for Europe, consisting of:
—
high visibility events, such as commemorations, awards, artistic events, European-wide conferences,
—
studies, surveys and opinion polls,
—
information and dissemination tools;
(d)
Active European Remembrance, consisting of:
—
preservation of the main sites and archives associated with the deportations and the commemoration of the victims.
2. In each action, priority may be given to the balanced integration of citizens and civil society organisations from all Member States, as provided for in the specific objective set out in Article 2(d).

Forms of Community measures

1. Community measures may take the form of grants or public procurement contracts.
2. Community grants may be provided through specific forms such as operating grants, action grants, scholarships, prizes.
3. Public procurement contracts will cover the purchase of services, such as for organising events, studies and research, information and dissemination tools, monitoring and evaluation.
4. To be eligible for a Community grant, the beneficiaries must satisfy the requirements set out in Part II of the Annex.

Participation in the programme

The programme shall be open to the participation of the following countries, hereinafter referred to as the ‘participating countries’:
(a)
the Member States;
(b)
the EFTA countries party to the EEA Agreement, in accordance with the provisions of that Agreement;
(c)
the candidate countries benefiting from a pre-accession strategy, in accordance with the general principles and the general terms and conditions laid down in the framework agreements concluded with these countries for their participation in Community programmes;
(d)
the countries of the western Balkans, in accordance with the arrangements to be established with these countries under the framework agreements on the general principles for their participation in Community programmes.

Access to the programme

The programme shall be open to all stakeholders promoting active European citizenship, in particular local authorities and organisations, European public policy research organisations (think-tanks), citizens’ groups and other civil society organisations.

Cooperation with international organisations

The programme may cover joint and innovative activities in the field of active European citizenship, with relevant international organisations such as the Council of Europe and UNESCO, on the basis of joint contributions and in accordance with the Financial Regulation and various rules of each institution or organisation.

Implementing measures

1. The Commission shall adopt the measures necessary for the implementation of the programme in accordance with the provisions of the Annex.
2. The following measures shall be adopted in accordance with the procedure referred to in Article 9(2):
(a)
the arrangements for the implementation of the programme, including the annual work plan, the selection criteria and the selection procedures;
(b)
the general balance between the various actions of the programme;
(c)
the procedures for monitoring and evaluating the programme;
(d)
the financial support (amount, duration, distribution and beneficiaries) provided by the Community in relation to all operating grants, multi-annual twinning agreements under Action 1 and high visibility events under Action 3.
3. All other measures necessary for the implementation of the programme shall be adopted in accordance with the procedure referred to in Article 9(3).
4. As part of the procedure mentioned in paragraph 2, the Commission may draw up guidelines for each of the actions in the Annex in order to adapt the programme to any changes of priority in the field of active European citizenship.

Committee

1. The Commission shall be assisted by a committee.
2. Where reference is made to this paragraph, Articles 4 and 7 of Decision 1999/468/EC shall apply, having regard to the provisions of Article 8 thereof.
The period laid down in Article 4(3) of Decision 1999/468/EC shall be set at two months.
3. Where reference is made to this paragraph, Articles 3 and 7 of Decision 1999/468/EC shall apply, having regard to the provisions of Article 8 thereof.
4. The committee shall adopt its rules of procedure.

Coherence with other Community and European Union instruments

1. The Commission shall ensure coherence and complementarity between the programme and instruments in other areas of Community action, especially education, vocational training, culture, youth, sport, the environment, the audiovisual sector and the media, fundamental rights and freedoms, social inclusion, gender equality, combating all forms of discrimination, racism and xenophobia, scientific research, information society and Community external action, in particular at the level of European Neighbourhood policy.
2. The programme may share resources with other Community and European Union instruments in order to implement actions meeting the objectives of both the programme and these other instruments.

The financial envelope

1. The financial envelope for the implementation of the programme for the period referred to in Article 1 is hereby set at EUR 215 million.
2. The annual appropriations shall be authorised by the budgetary authority within the limits of the financial framework.

Financial provisions

1. Financial aid shall take the form of grants to legal persons. Depending on the nature of the action and the objective pursued, grants may also be awarded to natural persons.
2. The Commission may award prizes to natural or legal persons for actions or projects implemented under the programme.
3. In accordance with Article 181 of Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 2342/2002, and depending on the nature of the action, flat-rate financing and/or the application of unit-cost rates may be authorised.
4. Co-financing in kind may be permitted.
5. The Commission may decide, in view of the characteristics of the beneficiaries and the nature of the actions, to exempt beneficiaries from verification of the professional competencies and qualifications required to complete the proposed action or work programme.
6. The amount of information to be provided by the beneficiary may be limited in the case of small grants.
7. In specific cases such as the award of a small grant, the beneficiary need not be required to demonstrate its financial capacity to perform the planned project or the work programme.
8. Operating grants awarded under the programme to bodies pursuing an aim of general European interest, as defined in Article 162 of Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 2342/2002, shall not be automatically decreased in the event of renewal.

Protection of the Community's financial interests

1. The Commission shall ensure that, when actions financed under this Decision are implemented, the financial interests of the Community are protected by the application of preventive measures against fraud, corruption and any other illegal activities, by effective checks and by the recovery of amounts unduly paid and, if irregularities are detected, by effective, proportional and dissuasive penalties, in accordance with Council Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 2988/95 of 18 December 1995 on the protection of the European Communities financial interests(11), Council Regulation (Euratom, EC) No 2185/96 of 11 November 1996 concerning on-the-spot checks and inspections carried out by the Commission in order to protect the European Communities’ financial interests against fraud and other irregularities(12)and with Regulation (EC) No 1073/1999 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 25 May 1999 concerning investigations conducted by the European Anti-Fraud Office (OLAF)(13).
2. For the Community actions financed under the programme, the notion of irregularity referred to in Article 1(2) of Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 2988/95 shall mean any infringement of a provision of Community law or any breach of a contractual obligation resulting from an act or omission by an economic operator, which has, or would have, the effect of prejudicing the general budget of the Union or budgets managed by the Communities, by an unjustified item of expenditure.
3. The Commission shall reduce, suspend or recover the amount of financial assistance granted for an action if it finds irregularities, including non-compliance with the provisions of this Decision or the individual decision or the contract or agreement granting the financial support in question, or if it transpires that, without Commission approval having being sought, the action has been subjected to a change which conflicts with the nature or implementing conditions of the project.
4. If the time limits have not been observed or if only part of the allocated financial assistance is justified by the progress made with implementing an action, the Commission shall request the beneficiary to submit observations within a specified period. If the beneficiary does not give a satisfactory answer, the Commission may cancel the remaining financial assistance and demand repayment of sums already paid.
5. Any undue payment shall be repaid to the Commission. Interest shall be added to any sums not repaid in good time under the conditions laid down by the Financial Regulation.

Monitoring and evaluation

1. The Commission shall ensure regular monitoring of the programme. The results of the monitoring and evaluation process shall be utilised in implementing the programme. Monitoring shall include in particular the drawing up of the reports referred to in paragraph 3 points (a) and (c).
The specific objectives may be revised in accordance with Article 251 of the Treaty.
2. The Commission shall ensure regular, external and independent evaluation of the programme and shall report to the European Parliament on a regular basis.
3. The Commission shall submit to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions:
(a)
an interim evaluation report on the results obtained and on the qualitative and quantitative aspects of the implementation of the programme no later than 31 December 2010;
(b)
a communication on the continuation of the programme no later than 31 December 2011;
(c)
an ex-post evaluation report no later than 31 December 2015.

Transitional provision

Actions started before 31 December 2006 pursuant to Decision 2004/100/EC shall continue to be governed, until their completion, by that Decision.
As provided for by Article 18 of the Financial Regulation, the appropriations corresponding to assigned revenue arising from the repayment of amounts wrongly paid pursuant to Decision 2004/100/EC may be made available to the Programme.

Entry into force

This Decision shall enter into force on the day following its publication in theOfficial Journal of the European Union.
It shall apply from 1 January 2007.

I.   DESCRIPTION OF ACTIONS

ANNEXComplementary information on access to the programme
Civil society organisations as mentioned in Article 6 include, inter alia, trade unions, educational institutions and organisations active in the field of voluntary work and amateur sport.
ACTION 1: Active citizens for EuropeThis action forms that part of the programme directed specifically at activities involving citizens. These activities fall under two types of measures as follows:
Town-twinningThis measure is aimed at activities that involve or promote direct exchanges between European citizens through their participation in town-twinning activities. These may be one-off or pilot activities, or take the form of structured, multi-annual, multi-partner agreements following a more programmed approach and comprising a set of activities ranging from citizens’ meetings to specific conferences or seminars on subjects of common interest, along with related publications, organised in the context of town-twinning activities. This measure will actively contribute to strengthening mutual knowledge and understanding between citizens and between cultures.
For the years 2007, 2008 and 2009, structural support may be provided directly to the Council of European Municipalities and Regions (CEMR), a body pursuing an aim of general European interest, active in the field of town twinning.
Citizens’ projects and support measuresUnder this measure, a variety of projects of a transnational and cross-sectoral dimension, directly involving citizens, will be supported. Priority is given to projects aimed at encouraging local level participation. The scale and scope of such projects will depend on the developments within the society and will explore, through innovative approaches, the possible responses to the identified needs. The use of new technologies, in particular information society technologies (IST), will be encouraged. Those projects will gather citizens from different horizons, who will act together or debate on common European issues, thereby developing mutual understanding as well as raising awareness of the process of European integration.
In order to improve town-twinning and citizens’ projects, it is also necessary to develop support measures to exchange best practices, to pool experiences between stakeholders at local and regional levels including public authorities, and to develop new skills, for example through training.
As an indication, at least 45 % of the total budget allocated to the programme will be devoted to this action.
ACTION 2: Active civil society in EuropeStructural support for European public policy research organisations (think-tanks)Bodies providing new ideas and reflections on European issues are important institutional interlocutors able to provide independent strategic, cross-sectoral recommendations to the EU institutions. They can undertake activities that feed the debate notably on citizenship of the European Union and on European values and cultures. This measure is aimed at strengthening the institutional capacity of those organisations, which are representative, provide real European added value, can bring about important multiplier effects and, finally, are able to cooperate with other beneficiaries of the programme. The strengthening of transeuropean networks is an important element in this area. Grants may be awarded on the basis of a multi-annual work programme bringing together a range of themes or activities.
For the years 2007, 2008 and 2009, structural support may be provided directly for the association ‘Groupement d’études et de recherches Notre Europe’ and for the‘Institut für Europäische Politik’, as bodies pursuing an aim of general European interest.
Structural support for civil society organisations at European levelCivil society organisations are an important part of the civic, educational, cultural and political activities for participating in society. They need to exist and to be able to operate and cooperate at European level. They should also be able to participate in policy-making through consultation. This measure will provide them with the capacity and stability to act in a cross-sectoral and horizontal dimension as transnational catalysts for their members and for civil society at European level, thus contributing to the objectives of the programme. The strengthening of transeuropean networks and European associations is an important element of this area of work. Grants may be awarded on the basis of a multi-annual work programme bringing together a range of themes or activities.
For the years 2007, 2008 and 2009, structural support may be provided directly for three bodies pursuing an aim of general European interest: the Platform of European Social NGOs, the European Movement and the European Council on Refugees and Exiles.
Support for projects initiated by civil society organisationsCivil society organisations at local, regional, national or European level involve citizens or represent their interests through debate, publications, advocacy, and other concrete transnational projects. Introducing or building on a European dimension in the activities of civil society organisations, will enable them to enhance their capacities and reach wider audiences. Direct cooperation among civil society organisations from different Member States will contribute to mutual understanding for the different cultures and points of view and to the identification of shared concerns and values. While this may be in the form of single projects, a longer-term approach will also ensure a more sustainable impact and the development of networks and synergies.
As an indication, approximately 31 % of the total budget allocated to the programme will be devoted to this action.
ACTION 3: Together for EuropeHigh-visibility eventsThis measure will support events organised by the Commission, where appropriate in cooperation with the Member States or other relevant partners, which are substantial in scale and scope, strike a chord with the peoples of Europe, help to increase their sense of belonging to the same community, make them aware of the history, achievements and values of the European Union, involve them in intercultural dialogue and contribute to the development of their European identity.
These events may include the commemoration of historical events, the celebration of European achievements, artistic events, awareness-raising around specific issues, European-wide conferences and the awarding of prizes to highlight major accomplishments. The use of new technologies, in particular IST, shall be encouraged.
StudiesIn order to get a better understanding of active citizenship at European level, the Commission will carry out studies, surveys and opinion polls.
Information and dissemination toolsGiven the focus on citizens and the variety of initiatives in the field of active citizenship, comprehensive information on the various activities of the programme, on other European actions related to citizenship and on other relevant initiatives needs to be provided through an Internet portal and other tools.
For the years 2007, 2008 and 2009, structural support may be provided directly for the ‘Association Jean Monnet’, the ‘Centre européen Robert Schuman’ and the‘Maisons de l’Europe’federated at national and European level, as bodies pursuing an aim of general European interest.
As an indication, approximately 10 % of the total budget allocated to the programme will be devoted to this action.
ACTION 4: Active European RemembranceUnder this action projects of the following types may be supported:

— | for the preservation of the main sites and memorials associated with the mass deportations, the former concentration camps and other large-scale martyrdom and extermination sites of Nazism, as well as the archives documenting these events and for keeping alive the memory of the victims, as well as the memory of those who, under extreme conditions, rescued people from the Holocaust;
— | for the commemoration of the victims of mass exterminations and mass deportations associated with Stalinism, as well as the preservation of the memorials and archives documenting these events.Approximately 4 % of the total budget allocated to the programme will be devoted to this action.
II. PROGRAMME MANAGEMENTThe implementation of the programme will be guided by the principles of transparency as well as openness, to a large variety of organisations and projects. As a consequence, projects and activities will be selected, as a general rule, by means of open calls for proposals. Derogations will be possible only in very specific circumstances and in full compliance with Article 168(1) points (c) and (d) of Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 2342/2002.
The programme will develop the principle of multi-annual partnerships based on agreed objectives, building on the analysis of the results, in order to ensure mutual benefits for both civil society and the European Union. The maximum duration of funding allocated through a single grant agreement under the programme shall be limited to 3 years.
For some actions, it might be necessary to adopt indirect centralised management by an executive agency or, especially for action 1, by national agencies.
All actions will be implemented on a transnational basis. They will encourage mobility of citizens and ideas within the European Union.
The elements of networking and focussing on the multiplier effects, including the use of information and communication technologies (ICT), will be important and will be reflected both in the types of activities and the range of organisations involved. The development of interaction and synergy among the various types of stakeholders involved in the programme will be encouraged.
The programme budget may also cover expenditure associated with the preparation, follow-up, monitoring, auditing and evaluation activities directly necessary for the management of the programme and the realisation of its objectives, in particular studies, meetings, information and publication activities, expenditure associated with the IT networks for the exchange of information and any other administrative and technical support expenditure on which the Commission may decide for the management of the programme.
The overall administrative expenditure of the programme should be proportional to the tasks provided for in the programme concerned and, as an indication, should represent approximately 10 % of the total budget allocated to the programme.
The Commission may undertake information, publication and dissemination activities as appropriate, thereby ensuring broad knowledge and a high impact of the activities supported by the programme.
III. CONTROLS AND AUDITSFor projects selected in accordance with this Decision, a sampling audit system will be established.
The beneficiary of a grant must make available to the Commission all supporting documents relating to expenditure for a period of five years from the date of the final payment. The beneficiary of a grant must ensure that, where applicable, supporting documents in the possession of partners or members are made available to the Commission.
The Commission may have an audit of the use made of the grant carried out either directly by its own staff or by any other qualified outside body of its choice. Such audits may be carried out throughout the lifetime of the contract and for a period of five years from the date of payment of the balance. Where appropriate, the audit findings may lead to recovery decisions by the Commission.
Commission staff and outside personnel authorised by the Commission must have appropriate access to the offices of the beneficiary and to all the information, including information in electronic format, necessary for such audits.
The Court of Auditors and the European Anti-Fraud Office (OLAF) will have the same rights, especially of access, as the Commission.

Pending: 32006D1855

27.12.2006 EN Official Journal of the European Union L 372/1
(1) It is essential to promote cooperation and cultural exchanges in order to respect and promote the diversity of cultures and languages in Europe and improve knowledge among European citizens of European cultures other than their own, while at the same time heightening their awareness of the common European cultural heritage they share. Promoting cultural and linguistic cooperation and diversity thus helps to make European citizenship a tangible reality by encouraging direct participation by European citizens in the integration process.
(2) An active cultural policy aimed at the preservation of European cultural diversity and the promotion of its common cultural elements and cultural heritage can contribute to improving the external visibility of the European Union.
(3) For citizens to give their full support to, and participate fully in, European integration, greater emphasis should be placed on their common cultural values and roots as a key element of their identity and their membership of a society founded on freedom, equity, democracy, respect for human dignity and integrity, tolerance and solidarity, in full compliance with the Charter of Fundamental Rights of the European Union.
(4) It is essential that the cultural sector contribute to, and play a role in, broader European political developments. The cultural sector is an important employer in its own right and there is, in addition, a clear link between investment in culture and economic development, hence the importance of reinforcing cultural policies at regional, national and European level. Accordingly, the place of cultural industries in the developments taking place under the Lisbon Strategy should be strengthened, as these industries are making an increasingly large contribution to the European economy.
(5) It is also necessary to promote active citizenship and strengthen the fight against exclusion in all its forms, including racism and xenophobia. Improving access to culture for as many as possible can be a means of combating social exclusion.
(6) Article 3 of the Treaty stipulates that, in all the activities referred to in that Article, the Community is to aim at eliminating inequalities, and at promoting equality, between men and women.
(7) The Kaleidoscope, Ariane, Raphael and Culture 2000 cultural programmes, set out respectively in Decisions Nos 719/96/EC(3), 2085/97/EC(4), 2228/97/EC(5)and 508/2000/EC(6), marked positive stages in the implementation of Community action on culture. Considerable experience has thus been acquired, particularly through the evaluation of these cultural programmes. It is at present worthwhile to rationalise and strengthen Community cultural action on the basis of the results of these evaluations, the results of consultation with all interested parties and recent work by the European institutions. It is therefore appropriate to establish a programme to this end.
(8) The European institutions have themselves spoken out on many occasions on subjects relating to Community cultural action and the challenges of cultural cooperation, in particular in Council Resolutions of 25 June 2002 on a new work plan on European cooperation in the field of culture(7)and of 19 December 2002 implementing the work plan for European cooperation in the field of culture(8), resolutions of the European Parliament of 5 September 2001 on cultural cooperation in the European Union(9), of 28 February 2002 on the implementation of the Culture 2000 Programme(10), of 22 October 2002 on the importance and dynamism of the theatre and the performing arts in an enlarged Europe(11), and of 4 September 2003 on Cultural Industries(12), and the opinion of the Committee of the Regions of 9 October 2003 on the extension of the Culture 2000 Programme.
(9) The Council, in its abovementioned resolutions, has stressed the need to adopt a more coherent approach at Community level with regard to culture, and that European added value is an essential and determining concept in the context of European cultural cooperation, and a general condition for Community measures in the field of culture.
(10) In order to make this common cultural area for the peoples of Europe a reality, it is important to promote the transnational mobility of cultural players and the transnational circulation of artistic and cultural works and products, and to encourage dialogue and cultural exchanges.
(11) The Council, in its conclusions of 16 November 2004 relating to the work plan on culture (2005-2006), the European Parliament in its resolution of 4 September 2003 on Cultural Industries, and the European Economic and Social Committee in its opinion of 28 January 2004 on cultural industries in Europe, have expressed their views on the need to take greater account of the specific economic and social features of non-audiovisual cultural industries. Moreover, the preparatory actions for cooperation on cultural matters promoted between 2002-2004 should be taken into account in the new programme.
(12) In this context, there is a case for promoting increased cooperation between cultural players by encouraging them to form multi-annual cooperation projects, thus enabling them to develop common activities, to provide support for more targeted measures with a real European added value, to support symbolic cultural events, to support European cultural cooperation organisations and to encourage analyses on chosen themes of European interest, as well as the collection and dissemination of information and activities aimed at maximising the impact of projects in the field of European cultural cooperation and European cultural policy development.
(13) Under Decision No 1622/2006/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 October 2006 establishing a Community action for the European Capital of Culture event for the years 2007 to 2019(13)significant funding should be given to this event, which has a high profile among Europeans and helps to strengthen the feeling of belonging to a common cultural area. In the context of this event, the accent should be on trans-European cultural cooperation.
(14) Support should be given to the operation of organisations working for European cultural cooperation and thus playing the role of ambassadors of European culture, based on the experience acquired by the European Union in the context of Decision No 792/2004/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 April 2004 establishing a Community action programme to promote bodies active at European level in the field of culture(14).
(15) It is necessary for the Programme, in compliance with the principle of freedom of expression, to contribute to the European Union's efforts to promote sustainable development and to combat all forms of discrimination.
(16) The European Union candidate countries and EFTA countries which are members of the EEA Agreement should be recognised as potential participants in Community programmes in accordance with the agreements concluded with those countries.
(17) The European Council of 19 and 20 June 2003 adopted the ‘Thessaloniki Agenda for the Western Balkans: moving towards European integration’, laying down that Community programmes should be open to the countries in the Stabilisation and Association Process on the basis of framework agreements to be signed between the Community and those countries. If they wish, those countries should be able, depending on budgetary considerations or political priorities, to take part in the Programme or benefit from a more limited formula for cooperation, on the basis of supplementary appropriations and specific procedures to be agreed between the parties concerned.
(18) The Programme should also be open to cooperation with other third countries which have signed agreements with the Community containing a cultural strand, in accordance with procedures to be defined.
(19) It is necessary, in order to increase the added value of the Community action, to ensure coherence and complementarity between actions carried out within the framework of this Decision and other relevant Community policies, actions and instruments, in compliance with Article 151(4) of the Treaty. Particular attention should be paid to the interface of Community measures in the fields of culture and education and to actions which promote exchanges of best practice and closer cooperation at European level.
(20) With regard to the implementation of Community support, the specific nature of the cultural sector in Europe should be taken into account, and particular care should be taken to ensure that administrative and financial procedures are simplified as much as possible and adapted to the objectives pursued as well as to practices and developments in the cultural sector.
(21) The Commission, Member States and the cultural contact points should work to encourage the participation of smaller operators in the multi-annual cooperation projects and the organisation of activities aimed at bringing together potential project partners.
(22) The Programme should bring together the specific qualities and expertise of cultural operators from throughout Europe. Where necessary, the Commission and Member States should take measures to address low participation rates of cultural operators in any Member State or participating country.
(23) It is worthwhile ensuring, within the framework of cooperation between the Commission and Member States, ongoing monitoring and evaluation of the Programme in order to enable readjustments, particularly within the priorities for the implementation of measures. The evaluation should include an external evaluation to be conducted by independent, impartial bodies.
(24) The procedures for monitoring and evaluating the Programme should make use of objectives and indicators which are specific, measurable, achievable, relevant and timed.
(25) Suitable measures should be implemented to prevent irregularities and fraud and to recover funds which have been lost or transferred or used improperly.
(26) It is appropriate to establish a single financing and programming instrument for cultural cooperation, entitled the ‘Culture Programme’, for the period from 1 January 2007 to 31 December 2013.
(27) This Decision lays down, for the entire duration of the Programme, a financial envelope constituting the prime reference, within the meaning of point 37 of the Interinstitutional Agreement of 17 May 2006 between the European Parliament, the Council and the Commission on budgetary discipline and sound financial management(15).
(28) The measures necessary for the implementation of this Decision should be adopted in accordance with Council Decision 1999/468/EC of 28 June 1999 laying down the procedures for the exercise of implementing powers conferred on the Commission(16).
(29) The measures necessary for the financial implementation of this Decision should be adopted in accordance with Council Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 1605/2002 of 25 June 2002 on the Financial Regulation applicable to the general budget of the European Communities(17)(hereinafter referred to as ‘the Financial Regulation’), and with Commission Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 2342/2002 of 23 December 2002 laying down detailed rules for the implementation of Council Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 1605/2002(18).
(30) Community action is complementary to national or regional action in the field of cultural cooperation. Since the objectives of this Decision, namely to enhance the European cultural area based on common cultural heritage (transnational mobility of cultural players in Europe, transnational circulation of works of art and cultural and artistic products and intercultural dialogue) cannot be sufficiently achieved by the Member States owing to their transnational character, and can therefore, by reason of the scale or effects of the action, be better achieved at Community level, the Community may adopt measures, in accordance with the principle of subsidiarity as set out in Article 5 of the Treaty. In accordance with the principle of proportionality as set out in that Article, this Decision does not go beyond what is necessary in order to achieve those objectives.
(31) There should be transitional provisions in order to ensure a smooth transition between the programmes drawn up by Decisions No 508/2000/EC and No 792/2004/EC on the one hand and, on the other, the Programme established by this Decision,
(a) to promote the transnational mobility of cultural players;
(b) to encourage the transnational circulation of works and cultural and artistic products;
(c) to encourage intercultural dialogue.
(a) support for cultural actions, as follows:—multi-annual cooperation projects,—cooperation measures,—special actions; — multi-annual cooperation projects, — cooperation measures, — special actions;
— multi-annual cooperation projects,
— cooperation measures,
— special actions;
— multi-annual cooperation projects,
— cooperation measures,
— special actions;
(b) support for bodies active at European level in the field of culture;
(c) support for analyses and the collection and dissemination of information and for activities maximising the impact of projects in the field of European cultural cooperation and European cultural policy development.
(a) EFTA countries which are members of the EEA, in accordance with the provisions of the EEA Agreement;
(b) candidate countries benefiting from a pre-accession strategy for accession to the Union, in accordance with the general principles and with the general conditions and procedures for the participation of these countries in the Community programmes established in the framework agreements;
(c) the countries of the Western Balkans in accordance with the procedures defined with those countries following the framework agreements providing for their participation in Community programmes.
(a) the annual work plan, including priorities, selection criteria and procedures;
(b) the annual budget and the breakdown of funds among the different actions of the Programme;
(c) the procedures for monitoring and evaluating the Programme;
(d) the financial support to be provided by the Community under Article 4(1)(a), first indent: amounts, duration, distribution and beneficiaries.
(a) have an adequate number of staff, with professional and linguistic capacities appropriate for work in an environment of international cooperation;
(b) have an appropriate infrastructure, in particular as regards information and communications technology;
(c) operate in an administrative context which enables them to carry out their tasks satisfactorily and to avoid conflicts of interest.
(a) promoting the fundamental principle of freedom of expression;
(b) encouraging greater awareness of the importance of contributing to sustainable development;
(c) seeking to promote mutual understanding and tolerance within the European Union;
(d) contributing to the elimination of all discrimination based on sex, racial or ethnic origin, religion or belief, disability, age or sexual orientation.
(a) an interim evaluation report on the results obtained and on the qualitative and quantitative aspects of the implementation of the Programme not later than 31 December 2010;
(b) a communication on the continuation of the Programme not later than 31 December 2011;
(c) an ex post evaluation report not later than 31 December 2015.
— providing representation at Community level,
— collecting or disseminating information for facilitating trans-European Community cultural cooperation,
— networking at European level for bodies active in the field of culture,
— participating in cultural cooperation projects or acting as ambassadors for European culture.
— promote the Programme,
— facilitate access to the Programme for, and encourage participation in its activities by, as many professionals and operators in the cultural field as possible, by means of an effective dissemination of information and by developing appropriate networking initiatives between themselves,
— provide an efficient link with the various institutions providing aid to the cultural sector in Member States, thus contributing to complementarity between the measures taken under the Programme and national support measures,
— provide information on other Community programmes open for cultural projects if required.
Percentage of the budget
Strand 1 (support for cultural actions) Approximately 77 %
—multi-annual cooperation projects — multi-annual cooperation projects Approximately 32 %
— multi-annual cooperation projects
—cooperation measures — cooperation measures Approximately 29 %
— cooperation measures
—special actions — special actions Approximately 16 %
— special actions
Strand 2 (support for bodies active at European level in the field of culture) Approximately 10 %
Strand 3 — (support for analysis, collection and dissemination of information) Approximately 5 %
Total operational expenditure Approximately 92 %
Programme management Approximately 8 %
— multi-annual cooperation projects
— cooperation measures
— special actions
THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND THE COUNCIL OF THE EUROPEAN UNION,
Having regard to the Treaty establishing the European Community, and in particular the first indent of Article 151(5) thereof,
Having regard to the proposal from the Commission,
Having regard to the Opinion of the Committee of the Regions(1),
Acting in accordance with the procedure laid down in Article 251 of the Treaty(2),
(1) It is essential to promote cooperation and cultural exchanges in order to respect and promote the diversity of cultures and languages in Europe and improve knowledge among European citizens of European cultures other than their own, while at the same time heightening their awareness of the common European cultural heritage they share. Promoting cultural and linguistic cooperation and diversity thus helps to make European citizenship a tangible reality by encouraging direct participation by European citizens in the integration process.
(2) An active cultural policy aimed at the preservation of European cultural diversity and the promotion of its common cultural elements and cultural heritage can contribute to improving the external visibility of the European Union.
(3) For citizens to give their full support to, and participate fully in, European integration, greater emphasis should be placed on their common cultural values and roots as a key element of their identity and their membership of a society founded on freedom, equity, democracy, respect for human dignity and integrity, tolerance and solidarity, in full compliance with the Charter of Fundamental Rights of the European Union.
(4) It is essential that the cultural sector contribute to, and play a role in, broader European political developments. The cultural sector is an important employer in its own right and there is, in addition, a clear link between investment in culture and economic development, hence the importance of reinforcing cultural policies at regional, national and European level. Accordingly, the place of cultural industries in the developments taking place under the Lisbon Strategy should be strengthened, as these industries are making an increasingly large contribution to the European economy.
(5) It is also necessary to promote active citizenship and strengthen the fight against exclusion in all its forms, including racism and xenophobia. Improving access to culture for as many as possible can be a means of combating social exclusion.
(6) Article 3 of the Treaty stipulates that, in all the activities referred to in that Article, the Community is to aim at eliminating inequalities, and at promoting equality, between men and women.
(7) The Kaleidoscope, Ariane, Raphael and Culture 2000 cultural programmes, set out respectively in Decisions Nos 719/96/EC(3), 2085/97/EC(4), 2228/97/EC(5)and 508/2000/EC(6), marked positive stages in the implementation of Community action on culture. Considerable experience has thus been acquired, particularly through the evaluation of these cultural programmes. It is at present worthwhile to rationalise and strengthen Community cultural action on the basis of the results of these evaluations, the results of consultation with all interested parties and recent work by the European institutions. It is therefore appropriate to establish a programme to this end.
(8) The European institutions have themselves spoken out on many occasions on subjects relating to Community cultural action and the challenges of cultural cooperation, in particular in Council Resolutions of 25 June 2002 on a new work plan on European cooperation in the field of culture(7)and of 19 December 2002 implementing the work plan for European cooperation in the field of culture(8), resolutions of the European Parliament of 5 September 2001 on cultural cooperation in the European Union(9), of 28 February 2002 on the implementation of the Culture 2000 Programme(10), of 22 October 2002 on the importance and dynamism of the theatre and the performing arts in an enlarged Europe(11), and of 4 September 2003 on Cultural Industries(12), and the opinion of the Committee of the Regions of 9 October 2003 on the extension of the Culture 2000 Programme.
(9) The Council, in its abovementioned resolutions, has stressed the need to adopt a more coherent approach at Community level with regard to culture, and that European added value is an essential and determining concept in the context of European cultural cooperation, and a general condition for Community measures in the field of culture.
(10) In order to make this common cultural area for the peoples of Europe a reality, it is important to promote the transnational mobility of cultural players and the transnational circulation of artistic and cultural works and products, and to encourage dialogue and cultural exchanges.
(11) The Council, in its conclusions of 16 November 2004 relating to the work plan on culture (2005-2006), the European Parliament in its resolution of 4 September 2003 on Cultural Industries, and the European Economic and Social Committee in its opinion of 28 January 2004 on cultural industries in Europe, have expressed their views on the need to take greater account of the specific economic and social features of non-audiovisual cultural industries. Moreover, the preparatory actions for cooperation on cultural matters promoted between 2002-2004 should be taken into account in the new programme.
(12) In this context, there is a case for promoting increased cooperation between cultural players by encouraging them to form multi-annual cooperation projects, thus enabling them to develop common activities, to provide support for more targeted measures with a real European added value, to support symbolic cultural events, to support European cultural cooperation organisations and to encourage analyses on chosen themes of European interest, as well as the collection and dissemination of information and activities aimed at maximising the impact of projects in the field of European cultural cooperation and European cultural policy development.
(13) Under Decision No 1622/2006/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 October 2006 establishing a Community action for the European Capital of Culture event for the years 2007 to 2019(13)significant funding should be given to this event, which has a high profile among Europeans and helps to strengthen the feeling of belonging to a common cultural area. In the context of this event, the accent should be on trans-European cultural cooperation.
(14) Support should be given to the operation of organisations working for European cultural cooperation and thus playing the role of ambassadors of European culture, based on the experience acquired by the European Union in the context of Decision No 792/2004/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 April 2004 establishing a Community action programme to promote bodies active at European level in the field of culture(14).
(15) It is necessary for the Programme, in compliance with the principle of freedom of expression, to contribute to the European Union’s efforts to promote sustainable development and to combat all forms of discrimination.
(16) The European Union candidate countries and EFTA countries which are members of the EEA Agreement should be recognised as potential participants in Community programmes in accordance with the agreements concluded with those countries.
(17) The European Council of 19 and 20 June 2003 adopted the ‘Thessaloniki Agenda for the Western Balkans: moving towards European integration’, laying down that Community programmes should be open to the countries in the Stabilisation and Association Process on the basis of framework agreements to be signed between the Community and those countries. If they wish, those countries should be able, depending on budgetary considerations or political priorities, to take part in the Programme or benefit from a more limited formula for cooperation, on the basis of supplementary appropriations and specific procedures to be agreed between the parties concerned.
(18) The Programme should also be open to cooperation with other third countries which have signed agreements with the Community containing a cultural strand, in accordance with procedures to be defined.
(19) It is necessary, in order to increase the added value of the Community action, to ensure coherence and complementarity between actions carried out within the framework of this Decision and other relevant Community policies, actions and instruments, in compliance with Article 151(4) of the Treaty. Particular attention should be paid to the interface of Community measures in the fields of culture and education and to actions which promote exchanges of best practice and closer cooperation at European level.
(20) With regard to the implementation of Community support, the specific nature of the cultural sector in Europe should be taken into account, and particular care should be taken to ensure that administrative and financial procedures are simplified as much as possible and adapted to the objectives pursued as well as to practices and developments in the cultural sector.
(21) The Commission, Member States and the cultural contact points should work to encourage the participation of smaller operators in the multi-annual cooperation projects and the organisation of activities aimed at bringing together potential project partners.
(22) The Programme should bring together the specific qualities and expertise of cultural operators from throughout Europe. Where necessary, the Commission and Member States should take measures to address low participation rates of cultural operators in any Member State or participating country.
(23) It is worthwhile ensuring, within the framework of cooperation between the Commission and Member States, ongoing monitoring and evaluation of the Programme in order to enable readjustments, particularly within the priorities for the implementation of measures. The evaluation should include an external evaluation to be conducted by independent, impartial bodies.
(24) The procedures for monitoring and evaluating the Programme should make use of objectives and indicators which are specific, measurable, achievable, relevant and timed.
(25) Suitable measures should be implemented to prevent irregularities and fraud and to recover funds which have been lost or transferred or used improperly.
(26) It is appropriate to establish a single financing and programming instrument for cultural cooperation, entitled the ‘Culture Programme’, for the period from 1 January 2007 to 31 December 2013.
(27) This Decision lays down, for the entire duration of the Programme, a financial envelope constituting the prime reference, within the meaning of point 37 of the Interinstitutional Agreement of 17 May 2006 between the European Parliament, the Council and the Commission on budgetary discipline and sound financial management(15).
(28) The measures necessary for the implementation of this Decision should be adopted in accordance with Council Decision 1999/468/EC of 28 June 1999 laying down the procedures for the exercise of implementing powers conferred on the Commission(16).
(29) The measures necessary for the financial implementation of this Decision should be adopted in accordance with Council Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 1605/2002 of 25 June 2002 on the Financial Regulation applicable to the general budget of the European Communities(17)(hereinafter referred to as ‘the Financial Regulation’), and with Commission Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 2342/2002 of 23 December 2002 laying down detailed rules for the implementation of Council Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 1605/2002(18).
(30) Community action is complementary to national or regional action in the field of cultural cooperation. Since the objectives of this Decision, namely to enhance the European cultural area based on common cultural heritage (transnational mobility of cultural players in Europe, transnational circulation of works of art and cultural and artistic products and intercultural dialogue) cannot be sufficiently achieved by the Member States owing to their transnational character, and can therefore, by reason of the scale or effects of the action, be better achieved at Community level, the Community may adopt measures, in accordance with the principle of subsidiarity as set out in Article 5 of the Treaty. In accordance with the principle of proportionality as set out in that Article, this Decision does not go beyond what is necessary in order to achieve those objectives.
(31) There should be transitional provisions in order to ensure a smooth transition between the programmes drawn up by Decisions No 508/2000/EC and No 792/2004/EC on the one hand and, on the other, the Programme established by this Decision,
HAVE DECIDED AS FOLLOWS:

Establishment and duration
Article 1
1. This Decision establishes the Culture Programme, a single multi-annual programme for Community measures in the field of culture open to all cultural sectors and all categories of cultural operators (hereinafter referred to as ‘the Programme’).
2. The Programme shall be implemented for the period from 1 January 2007 to 31 December 2013.

Budget
Article 2
1. The financial envelope for the implementation of the Programme for the period referred to in Article 1 is hereby set at EUR 400 million.
2. Annual appropriations shall be authorised by the budgetary authority within the limits of the financial framework.

Objectives
Article 3
1. The general objective of the Programme shall be to enhance the cultural area shared by Europeans and based on a common cultural heritage through the development of cultural cooperation between the creators, cultural players and cultural institutions of the countries taking part in the Programme, with a view to encouraging the emergence of European citizenship. The Programme shall be open to the participation of non-audiovisual cultural industries, in particular small cultural enterprises, where such industries are acting in a non-profit-making cultural capacity.
2. The specific objectives of the Programme are:
(a)
to promote the transnational mobility of cultural players;
(b)
to encourage the transnational circulation of works and cultural and artistic products;
(c)
to encourage intercultural dialogue.

Fields of action
Article 4
1. The objectives of the Programme shall be pursued through the implementation of the following measures, as described in the Annex:
(a)
support for cultural actions, as follows:
—
multi-annual cooperation projects,
—
cooperation measures,
—
special actions;
(b)
support for bodies active at European level in the field of culture;
(c)
support for analyses and the collection and dissemination of information and for activities maximising the impact of projects in the field of European cultural cooperation and European cultural policy development.
2. These measures shall be carried out in accordance with the provisions set out in the Annex.

Provisions concerning third countries
Article 5
1. The Programme shall be open to the participation of the following countries:
(a)
EFTA countries which are members of the EEA, in accordance with the provisions of the EEA Agreement;
(b)
candidate countries benefiting from a pre-accession strategy for accession to the Union, in accordance with the general principles and with the general conditions and procedures for the participation of these countries in the Community programmes established in the framework agreements;
(c)
the countries of the Western Balkans in accordance with the procedures defined with those countries following the framework agreements providing for their participation in Community programmes.
Provided that the conditions are met and additional appropriations are paid, the countries referred to in this paragraph shall participate fully in the Programme.
2. The Programme shall also be open to cooperation with other third countries which have concluded association or cooperation agreements with the Community which include cultural clauses, on the basis of supplementary appropriations and specific procedures to be laid down.
The countries of the Western Balkans referred to in paragraph 1(c) which do not wish to benefit from full participation in the Programme may benefit from cooperation with the Programme under the conditions laid down in this paragraph.

Cooperation with international organisations
Article 6
The Programme shall permit joint action with international organisations competent in the field of culture, such as UNESCO or the Council of Europe, on the basis of joint contributions and in accordance with the various rules prevailing in each institution or organisation for the realisation of the measures listed in Article 4.

Complementarity with other Community instruments
Article 7
The Commission shall ensure a link between the Programme and other Community instruments, particularly those relating to the Structural Funds and those in the fields of education, vocational training, research, information society, citizenship, youth, sport, languages, social inclusion, EU external relations and combating all forms of discrimination.

Implementation
Article 8
1. The Commission shall implement the Community actions which form the subject of the Programme in accordance with the Annex.
2. The following measures shall be adopted in accordance with the procedure referred to in Article 9(2):
(a)
the annual work plan, including priorities, selection criteria and procedures;
(b)
the annual budget and the breakdown of funds among the different actions of the Programme;
(c)
the procedures for monitoring and evaluating the Programme;
(d)
the financial support to be provided by the Community under Article 4(1)(a), first indent: amounts, duration, distribution and beneficiaries.
3. All other measures necessary for the implementation of this Decision shall be adopted in accordance with the procedure referred to in Article 9(3).

Committee
Article 9
1. The Commission shall be assisted by a committee.
2. Where reference is made to this paragraph, Articles 4 and 7 of Decision 1999/468/EC shall apply, having regard to the provisions of Article 8 thereof.
The period laid down in Article 4(3) of Decision 1999/468/EC shall be set at two months.
3. Where reference is made to this paragraph, Articles 3 and 7 of Decision 1999/468/EC shall apply, having regard to the provisions of Article 8 thereof.
4. The committee shall adopt its Rules of Procedure.

Cultural contact points
Article 10
1. The cultural contact points as defined in section I.3.1 of the Annex shall act as implementing bodies for the dissemination of information on the Programme at national level, having regard to Article 54(2)(c) and (3) of the Financial Regulation.
2. The cultural contact points shall comply with the following criteria:
(a)
have an adequate number of staff, with professional and linguistic capacities appropriate for work in an environment of international cooperation;
(b)
have an appropriate infrastructure, in particular as regards information and communications technology;
(c)
operate in an administrative context which enables them to carry out their tasks satisfactorily and to avoid conflicts of interest.

Financial provisions
Article 11
1. Financial aid shall take the form of grants to legal persons. Grants may in certain cases be awarded to natural persons under the terms of Article 114(1) of the Financial Regulation. The Commission may also award prizes to natural or legal persons for actions or projects implemented under the Programme. Depending on the nature of the action, flat-rate financing and/or the application of unit cost rates may be authorised.
2. The Commission may decide, in accordance with the characteristics of the beneficiaries and the nature of the actions, whether to exempt them from verification of the professional competencies and qualifications required to complete the proposed action or work programme.
3. Specific activities by the European Capitals of Culture designated pursuant to Decision 1419/1999/EC may receive a grant or a prize.

Contribution to other Community objectives
Article 12
The Programme shall contribute to the strengthening of the transversal objectives of the Community, in particular by:
(a)
promoting the fundamental principle of freedom of expression;
(b)
encouraging greater awareness of the importance of contributing to sustainable development;
(c)
seeking to promote mutual understanding and tolerance within the European Union;
(d)
contributing to the elimination of all discrimination based on sex, racial or ethnic origin, religion or belief, disability, age or sexual orientation.
Particular attention shall be given to coherence and complementarity between the Programme and Community policies in the field of cultural cooperation with third countries.

Monitoring and evaluation
Article 13
1. The Commission shall ensure regular monitoring of the Programme against its objectives. The results of the monitoring and evaluation process shall be used when implementing the Programme.
Monitoring shall include in particular the drawing up of the reports referred to in paragraph 3(a) and (c).
The specific objectives of the Programme may, on the basis of the results of monitoring reports, be revised in accordance with the procedure laid down in Article 251 of the Treaty.
2. The Commission shall ensure regular, external and independent evaluation of the Programme.
3. The Commission shall submit to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions:
(a)
an interim evaluation report on the results obtained and on the qualitative and quantitative aspects of the implementation of the Programme not later than 31 December 2010;
(b)
a communication on the continuation of the Programme not later than 31 December 2011;
(c)
an ex post evaluation report not later than 31 December 2015.

Transitional provisions
Article 14
Actions initiated before 31 December 2006 on the basis of Decisions No 508/2000/EC and No 792/2004/EC shall continue to be administered until their closure in accordance with the provisions of these Decisions.
The committee set up under the terms of Article 5 of Decision No 508/2000/EC shall be replaced by the committee provided for in Article 9 of this Decision.

Entry into force
Article 15
This Decision shall enter into force on the day following that of its publication in theOfficial Journal of the European Union.

THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND THE COUNCIL OF THE EUROPEAN UNION,
Having regard to the Treaty establishing the European Community, and in particular the first indent of Article 151(5) thereof,
Having regard to the proposal from the Commission,
Having regard to the Opinion of the Committee of the Regions(1),
Acting in accordance with the procedure laid down in Article 251 of the Treaty(2),
(1) It is essential to promote cooperation and cultural exchanges in order to respect and promote the diversity of cultures and languages in Europe and improve knowledge among European citizens of European cultures other than their own, while at the same time heightening their awareness of the common European cultural heritage they share. Promoting cultural and linguistic cooperation and diversity thus helps to make European citizenship a tangible reality by encouraging direct participation by European citizens in the integration process.
(2) An active cultural policy aimed at the preservation of European cultural diversity and the promotion of its common cultural elements and cultural heritage can contribute to improving the external visibility of the European Union.
(3) For citizens to give their full support to, and participate fully in, European integration, greater emphasis should be placed on their common cultural values and roots as a key element of their identity and their membership of a society founded on freedom, equity, democracy, respect for human dignity and integrity, tolerance and solidarity, in full compliance with the Charter of Fundamental Rights of the European Union.
(4) It is essential that the cultural sector contribute to, and play a role in, broader European political developments. The cultural sector is an important employer in its own right and there is, in addition, a clear link between investment in culture and economic development, hence the importance of reinforcing cultural policies at regional, national and European level. Accordingly, the place of cultural industries in the developments taking place under the Lisbon Strategy should be strengthened, as these industries are making an increasingly large contribution to the European economy.
(5) It is also necessary to promote active citizenship and strengthen the fight against exclusion in all its forms, including racism and xenophobia. Improving access to culture for as many as possible can be a means of combating social exclusion.
(6) Article 3 of the Treaty stipulates that, in all the activities referred to in that Article, the Community is to aim at eliminating inequalities, and at promoting equality, between men and women.
(7) The Kaleidoscope, Ariane, Raphael and Culture 2000 cultural programmes, set out respectively in Decisions Nos 719/96/EC(3), 2085/97/EC(4), 2228/97/EC(5)and 508/2000/EC(6), marked positive stages in the implementation of Community action on culture. Considerable experience has thus been acquired, particularly through the evaluation of these cultural programmes. It is at present worthwhile to rationalise and strengthen Community cultural action on the basis of the results of these evaluations, the results of consultation with all interested parties and recent work by the European institutions. It is therefore appropriate to establish a programme to this end.
(8) The European institutions have themselves spoken out on many occasions on subjects relating to Community cultural action and the challenges of cultural cooperation, in particular in Council Resolutions of 25 June 2002 on a new work plan on European cooperation in the field of culture(7)and of 19 December 2002 implementing the work plan for European cooperation in the field of culture(8), resolutions of the European Parliament of 5 September 2001 on cultural cooperation in the European Union(9), of 28 February 2002 on the implementation of the Culture 2000 Programme(10), of 22 October 2002 on the importance and dynamism of the theatre and the performing arts in an enlarged Europe(11), and of 4 September 2003 on Cultural Industries(12), and the opinion of the Committee of the Regions of 9 October 2003 on the extension of the Culture 2000 Programme.
(9) The Council, in its abovementioned resolutions, has stressed the need to adopt a more coherent approach at Community level with regard to culture, and that European added value is an essential and determining concept in the context of European cultural cooperation, and a general condition for Community measures in the field of culture.
(10) In order to make this common cultural area for the peoples of Europe a reality, it is important to promote the transnational mobility of cultural players and the transnational circulation of artistic and cultural works and products, and to encourage dialogue and cultural exchanges.
(11) The Council, in its conclusions of 16 November 2004 relating to the work plan on culture (2005-2006), the European Parliament in its resolution of 4 September 2003 on Cultural Industries, and the European Economic and Social Committee in its opinion of 28 January 2004 on cultural industries in Europe, have expressed their views on the need to take greater account of the specific economic and social features of non-audiovisual cultural industries. Moreover, the preparatory actions for cooperation on cultural matters promoted between 2002-2004 should be taken into account in the new programme.
(12) In this context, there is a case for promoting increased cooperation between cultural players by encouraging them to form multi-annual cooperation projects, thus enabling them to develop common activities, to provide support for more targeted measures with a real European added value, to support symbolic cultural events, to support European cultural cooperation organisations and to encourage analyses on chosen themes of European interest, as well as the collection and dissemination of information and activities aimed at maximising the impact of projects in the field of European cultural cooperation and European cultural policy development.
(13) Under Decision No 1622/2006/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 October 2006 establishing a Community action for the European Capital of Culture event for the years 2007 to 2019(13)significant funding should be given to this event, which has a high profile among Europeans and helps to strengthen the feeling of belonging to a common cultural area. In the context of this event, the accent should be on trans-European cultural cooperation.
(14) Support should be given to the operation of organisations working for European cultural cooperation and thus playing the role of ambassadors of European culture, based on the experience acquired by the European Union in the context of Decision No 792/2004/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 April 2004 establishing a Community action programme to promote bodies active at European level in the field of culture(14).
(15) It is necessary for the Programme, in compliance with the principle of freedom of expression, to contribute to the European Union’s efforts to promote sustainable development and to combat all forms of discrimination.
(16) The European Union candidate countries and EFTA countries which are members of the EEA Agreement should be recognised as potential participants in Community programmes in accordance with the agreements concluded with those countries.
(17) The European Council of 19 and 20 June 2003 adopted the ‘Thessaloniki Agenda for the Western Balkans: moving towards European integration’, laying down that Community programmes should be open to the countries in the Stabilisation and Association Process on the basis of framework agreements to be signed between the Community and those countries. If they wish, those countries should be able, depending on budgetary considerations or political priorities, to take part in the Programme or benefit from a more limited formula for cooperation, on the basis of supplementary appropriations and specific procedures to be agreed between the parties concerned.
(18) The Programme should also be open to cooperation with other third countries which have signed agreements with the Community containing a cultural strand, in accordance with procedures to be defined.
(19) It is necessary, in order to increase the added value of the Community action, to ensure coherence and complementarity between actions carried out within the framework of this Decision and other relevant Community policies, actions and instruments, in compliance with Article 151(4) of the Treaty. Particular attention should be paid to the interface of Community measures in the fields of culture and education and to actions which promote exchanges of best practice and closer cooperation at European level.
(20) With regard to the implementation of Community support, the specific nature of the cultural sector in Europe should be taken into account, and particular care should be taken to ensure that administrative and financial procedures are simplified as much as possible and adapted to the objectives pursued as well as to practices and developments in the cultural sector.
(21) The Commission, Member States and the cultural contact points should work to encourage the participation of smaller operators in the multi-annual cooperation projects and the organisation of activities aimed at bringing together potential project partners.
(22) The Programme should bring together the specific qualities and expertise of cultural operators from throughout Europe. Where necessary, the Commission and Member States should take measures to address low participation rates of cultural operators in any Member State or participating country.
(23) It is worthwhile ensuring, within the framework of cooperation between the Commission and Member States, ongoing monitoring and evaluation of the Programme in order to enable readjustments, particularly within the priorities for the implementation of measures. The evaluation should include an external evaluation to be conducted by independent, impartial bodies.
(24) The procedures for monitoring and evaluating the Programme should make use of objectives and indicators which are specific, measurable, achievable, relevant and timed.
(25) Suitable measures should be implemented to prevent irregularities and fraud and to recover funds which have been lost or transferred or used improperly.
(26) It is appropriate to establish a single financing and programming instrument for cultural cooperation, entitled the ‘Culture Programme’, for the period from 1 January 2007 to 31 December 2013.
(27) This Decision lays down, for the entire duration of the Programme, a financial envelope constituting the prime reference, within the meaning of point 37 of the Interinstitutional Agreement of 17 May 2006 between the European Parliament, the Council and the Commission on budgetary discipline and sound financial management(15).
(28) The measures necessary for the implementation of this Decision should be adopted in accordance with Council Decision 1999/468/EC of 28 June 1999 laying down the procedures for the exercise of implementing powers conferred on the Commission(16).
(29) The measures necessary for the financial implementation of this Decision should be adopted in accordance with Council Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 1605/2002 of 25 June 2002 on the Financial Regulation applicable to the general budget of the European Communities(17)(hereinafter referred to as ‘the Financial Regulation’), and with Commission Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 2342/2002 of 23 December 2002 laying down detailed rules for the implementation of Council Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 1605/2002(18).
(30) Community action is complementary to national or regional action in the field of cultural cooperation. Since the objectives of this Decision, namely to enhance the European cultural area based on common cultural heritage (transnational mobility of cultural players in Europe, transnational circulation of works of art and cultural and artistic products and intercultural dialogue) cannot be sufficiently achieved by the Member States owing to their transnational character, and can therefore, by reason of the scale or effects of the action, be better achieved at Community level, the Community may adopt measures, in accordance with the principle of subsidiarity as set out in Article 5 of the Treaty. In accordance with the principle of proportionality as set out in that Article, this Decision does not go beyond what is necessary in order to achieve those objectives.
(31) There should be transitional provisions in order to ensure a smooth transition between the programmes drawn up by Decisions No 508/2000/EC and No 792/2004/EC on the one hand and, on the other, the Programme established by this Decision,
HAVE DECIDED AS FOLLOWS:

Establishment and duration

1. This Decision establishes the Culture Programme, a single multi-annual programme for Community measures in the field of culture open to all cultural sectors and all categories of cultural operators (hereinafter referred to as ‘the Programme’).
2. The Programme shall be implemented for the period from 1 January 2007 to 31 December 2013.

Budget

1. The financial envelope for the implementation of the Programme for the period referred to in Article 1 is hereby set at EUR 400 million.
2. Annual appropriations shall be authorised by the budgetary authority within the limits of the financial framework.

Objectives

1. The general objective of the Programme shall be to enhance the cultural area shared by Europeans and based on a common cultural heritage through the development of cultural cooperation between the creators, cultural players and cultural institutions of the countries taking part in the Programme, with a view to encouraging the emergence of European citizenship. The Programme shall be open to the participation of non-audiovisual cultural industries, in particular small cultural enterprises, where such industries are acting in a non-profit-making cultural capacity.
2. The specific objectives of the Programme are:
(a)
to promote the transnational mobility of cultural players;
(b)
to encourage the transnational circulation of works and cultural and artistic products;
(c)
to encourage intercultural dialogue.

Fields of action

1. The objectives of the Programme shall be pursued through the implementation of the following measures, as described in the Annex:
(a)
support for cultural actions, as follows:
—
multi-annual cooperation projects,
—
cooperation measures,
—
special actions;
(b)
support for bodies active at European level in the field of culture;
(c)
support for analyses and the collection and dissemination of information and for activities maximising the impact of projects in the field of European cultural cooperation and European cultural policy development.
2. These measures shall be carried out in accordance with the provisions set out in the Annex.

Provisions concerning third countries

1. The Programme shall be open to the participation of the following countries:
(a)
EFTA countries which are members of the EEA, in accordance with the provisions of the EEA Agreement;
(b)
candidate countries benefiting from a pre-accession strategy for accession to the Union, in accordance with the general principles and with the general conditions and procedures for the participation of these countries in the Community programmes established in the framework agreements;
(c)
the countries of the Western Balkans in accordance with the procedures defined with those countries following the framework agreements providing for their participation in Community programmes.
Provided that the conditions are met and additional appropriations are paid, the countries referred to in this paragraph shall participate fully in the Programme.
2. The Programme shall also be open to cooperation with other third countries which have concluded association or cooperation agreements with the Community which include cultural clauses, on the basis of supplementary appropriations and specific procedures to be laid down.
The countries of the Western Balkans referred to in paragraph 1(c) which do not wish to benefit from full participation in the Programme may benefit from cooperation with the Programme under the conditions laid down in this paragraph.

Cooperation with international organisations

The Programme shall permit joint action with international organisations competent in the field of culture, such as UNESCO or the Council of Europe, on the basis of joint contributions and in accordance with the various rules prevailing in each institution or organisation for the realisation of the measures listed in Article 4.

Complementarity with other Community instruments

The Commission shall ensure a link between the Programme and other Community instruments, particularly those relating to the Structural Funds and those in the fields of education, vocational training, research, information society, citizenship, youth, sport, languages, social inclusion, EU external relations and combating all forms of discrimination.

Implementation

1. The Commission shall implement the Community actions which form the subject of the Programme in accordance with the Annex.
2. The following measures shall be adopted in accordance with the procedure referred to in Article 9(2):
(a)
the annual work plan, including priorities, selection criteria and procedures;
(b)
the annual budget and the breakdown of funds among the different actions of the Programme;
(c)
the procedures for monitoring and evaluating the Programme;
(d)
the financial support to be provided by the Community under Article 4(1)(a), first indent: amounts, duration, distribution and beneficiaries.
3. All other measures necessary for the implementation of this Decision shall be adopted in accordance with the procedure referred to in Article 9(3).

Committee

1. The Commission shall be assisted by a committee.
2. Where reference is made to this paragraph, Articles 4 and 7 of Decision 1999/468/EC shall apply, having regard to the provisions of Article 8 thereof.
The period laid down in Article 4(3) of Decision 1999/468/EC shall be set at two months.
3. Where reference is made to this paragraph, Articles 3 and 7 of Decision 1999/468/EC shall apply, having regard to the provisions of Article 8 thereof.
4. The committee shall adopt its Rules of Procedure.

Cultural contact points

1. The cultural contact points as defined in section I.3.1 of the Annex shall act as implementing bodies for the dissemination of information on the Programme at national level, having regard to Article 54(2)(c) and (3) of the Financial Regulation.
2. The cultural contact points shall comply with the following criteria:
(a)
have an adequate number of staff, with professional and linguistic capacities appropriate for work in an environment of international cooperation;
(b)
have an appropriate infrastructure, in particular as regards information and communications technology;
(c)
operate in an administrative context which enables them to carry out their tasks satisfactorily and to avoid conflicts of interest.

Financial provisions

1. Financial aid shall take the form of grants to legal persons. Grants may in certain cases be awarded to natural persons under the terms of Article 114(1) of the Financial Regulation. The Commission may also award prizes to natural or legal persons for actions or projects implemented under the Programme. Depending on the nature of the action, flat-rate financing and/or the application of unit cost rates may be authorised.
2. The Commission may decide, in accordance with the characteristics of the beneficiaries and the nature of the actions, whether to exempt them from verification of the professional competencies and qualifications required to complete the proposed action or work programme.
3. Specific activities by the European Capitals of Culture designated pursuant to Decision 1419/1999/EC may receive a grant or a prize.

Contribution to other Community objectives

The Programme shall contribute to the strengthening of the transversal objectives of the Community, in particular by:
(a)
promoting the fundamental principle of freedom of expression;
(b)
encouraging greater awareness of the importance of contributing to sustainable development;
(c)
seeking to promote mutual understanding and tolerance within the European Union;
(d)
contributing to the elimination of all discrimination based on sex, racial or ethnic origin, religion or belief, disability, age or sexual orientation.
Particular attention shall be given to coherence and complementarity between the Programme and Community policies in the field of cultural cooperation with third countries.

Monitoring and evaluation

1. The Commission shall ensure regular monitoring of the Programme against its objectives. The results of the monitoring and evaluation process shall be used when implementing the Programme.
Monitoring shall include in particular the drawing up of the reports referred to in paragraph 3(a) and (c).
The specific objectives of the Programme may, on the basis of the results of monitoring reports, be revised in accordance with the procedure laid down in Article 251 of the Treaty.
2. The Commission shall ensure regular, external and independent evaluation of the Programme.
3. The Commission shall submit to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions:
(a)
an interim evaluation report on the results obtained and on the qualitative and quantitative aspects of the implementation of the Programme not later than 31 December 2010;
(b)
a communication on the continuation of the Programme not later than 31 December 2011;
(c)
an ex post evaluation report not later than 31 December 2015.

Transitional provisions

Actions initiated before 31 December 2006 on the basis of Decisions No 508/2000/EC and No 792/2004/EC shall continue to be administered until their closure in accordance with the provisions of these Decisions.
The committee set up under the terms of Article 5 of Decision No 508/2000/EC shall be replaced by the committee provided for in Article 9 of this Decision.

Entry into force

This Decision shall enter into force on the day following that of its publication in theOfficial Journal of the European Union.

I.   DESCRIPTION OF ACTIVITIES AND EVENTS

ANNEX1. First strand: support for cultural actions1.1. Multi-annual cooperation projectsThe Programme shall support sustainable and structured cultural cooperation projects in order to bring together the specific quality and expertise of cultural operators throughout the whole of Europe. This support is intended to assist the cooperation projects in their start-up and structuring phase or in their geographical extension phase. The aim shall be to encourage them to establish sustainable foundations and achieve financial autonomy.
Each cooperation project shall involve at least six operators from six different countries participating in the Programme. Its purpose shall be to bring together a variety of operators from one or more sectors for various multi-annual activities, which may be sectoral or cross-sectoral in nature but which must pursue a common objective.
Each cooperation project shall be intended to carry out a number of structured, multi-annual cultural activities. These activities are to be implemented throughout the duration of Community financing. They must have at least two of the three specific objectives indicated in Article 3(2). Priority will be given to cooperation projects intending to develop activities meeting the three specific objectives in that Article.
The cooperation projects shall be selected following calls for proposals pursuant to the Financial Regulation. In this context, selection will be made on the basis, among other things, of the recognised expertise of co-organisers in their field of activity, their financial and operational capacity to carry out the proposed activities, and the quality of these activities and the extent to which they meet the general objective and specific objectives of the Programme, as set out in Article 3.
The cooperation projects must be founded on a cooperation agreement, i.e. a common document with a legal form in one of the participating countries and signed by all co-organisers.
Community support may not exceed 50 % of the project budget and shall be degressive in nature. It may not exceed EUR 500 000 per year for all activities of the cooperation projects. This support shall be granted for a period of three to five years.
By way of illustration, approximately 32 % of the total budget allocated to the Programme shall be devoted to this type of support.
1.2. Cooperation measuresThe Programme shall support sectoral or cross-sectoral cultural cooperation actions between European operators. Priority shall be given to creativity and innovation. Actions aimed at exploring avenues for cooperation in order to develop them over the longer term will be particularly encouraged.
Each action shall be designed and carried out in partnership by at least three cultural operators in three different participating countries, whether or not these operators come from one or more sectors.
Actions shall be selected following calls for proposals pursuant to the Financial Regulation. In this context, selection will be made on the basis of the recognised expertise of co-organisers, their financial and operational capacity to carry out the proposed activities, the quality of these activities and the extent to which they meet the general objective and specific objectives of the Programme, as set out in Article 3.
Community support may not exceed 50 % of the project budget. It may not be less than EUR 50 000 nor more than EUR 200 000. This support shall be granted for a maximum of 24 months.
The conditions set out for this action concerning the minimum number of operators required in order to present projects, as well as the minimum and maximum amounts for Community support, may be adapted to take account of the specific conditions of literary translation.
By way of illustration, approximately 29 % of the total budget allocated to the Programme shall be devoted to this type of support.
1.3. Special actionsThe Programme shall also support special actions. These actions shall be special in that they should be substantial in scale and scope, strike a significant chord with the peoples of Europe and help to increase their sense of belonging to the same community, make them aware of the cultural diversity of Member States, and also contribute to intercultural and international dialogue. They must meet at least two of the three specific objectives set out in Article 3.
These special actions shall also help to raise the visibility of Community cultural action both within and beyond the European Union. They shall also contribute to raising global awareness of the wealth and diversity of European culture.
Significant support will be given to the ‘European Capitals of Culture’ in order to help implement activities stressing European visibility and trans-European cultural cooperation.
Special actions may also include the awarding of prizes, in so far as they highlight artists, works or cultural or artistic achievements, make them known beyond national borders and thus encourage mobility and exchanges.
Support may also be given in this context to cooperation with third countries and international organisations, as set out in Article 5(2) and Article 6.
The examples given above do not constitute an exhaustive list of measures likely to be supported under this sub-strand of the Programme.
The selection procedures for special actions will depend on the action in question. Financing will be granted following calls for proposals and invitations to tender, except in the cases referred to in Articles 54 and 168 of the Financial Regulation. Account will also be taken of the extent to which each action meets the general objective and specific objectives of the Programme, as set out in Article 3 of this Decision.
Community support may not exceed 60 % of the project budget.
By way of illustration, approximately 16 % of the total budget allocated to the Programme shall be devoted to this type of support.
2. Second strand: support for bodies active at European level in the field of cultureThis support shall take the form of an operating grant to co-finance expenditure associated with the permanent work programme of a body which pursues an aim of general European interest in the field of culture or an objective forming part of the Union’s policy in this area.
Provision shall be made for these grants to be awarded on the basis of annual calls for proposals.
By way of illustration, approximately 10 % of the total budget allocated to the Programme shall be devoted to this strand.
Support may be given to bodies working for cultural cooperation in one or more of the following ways:

— | providing representation at Community level,
— | collecting or disseminating information for facilitating trans-European Community cultural cooperation,
— | networking at European level for bodies active in the field of culture,
— | participating in cultural cooperation projects or acting as ambassadors for European culture.These bodies must present a real European dimension. In this regard, they must carry out their activities at European level, alone or in the form of various coordinated associations, and their structure (registered members) and activities must have a potential influence at European Union level or cover at least seven European countries.
This strand shall be open to the bodies supported under Part 2 of Annex I to Decision No 792/2004/EC as well as any other body active at European level in the field of culture, provided that they meet the objectives set out in Article 3 of this Decision and comply with the terms and conditions of this Decision.
The beneficiaries of these operating grants shall be selected through a call for proposals. This shall be done on the basis of matching the bodies’ work programme with the specific objectives set out in Article 3.
The total operating grant awarded under this strand may not exceed 80 % of the body’s admissible expenditure for the year in which the grant is awarded.
3. Third strand: support for analyses and for the collection and dissemination of information and for maximising the impact of projects in the field of cultural cooperationBy way of illustration, approximately 5 % of the total budget allocated to the Programme shall be devoted to this strand.
3.1. Support for cultural contact pointsIn order to ensure targeted, effective grass-roots dissemination of practical information on the Programme, it shall provide for support from cultural contact points. These bodies, acting at national level, shall be set up on a voluntary basis according to Article 39 of Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 2342/2002.
The task of the cultural contact points shall be to:

— | promote the Programme,
— | facilitate access to the Programme for, and encourage participation in its activities by, as many professionals and operators in the cultural field as possible, by means of an effective dissemination of information and by developing appropriate networking initiatives between themselves,
— | provide an efficient link with the various institutions providing aid to the cultural sector in Member States, thus contributing to complementarity between the measures taken under the Programme and national support measures,
— | provide information on other Community programmes open for cultural projects if required.3.2. Support for analyses in the field of cultural cooperationThe Programme shall support the carrying out of studies and analyses in the field of European cultural cooperation and European cultural policy development. The aim of this support shall be to increase the volume and quality of information and data to develop comparative data and analysis on cultural cooperation at European level, particularly with regard to the mobility of creators and cultural players, the circulation of works of art and artistic and cultural products and intercultural dialogue.
Studies and analyses contributing to increasing knowledge of the phenomenon of trans-European cultural cooperation and to creating favourable conditions for it to flourish may be supported under this strand. Projects aimed at collecting and analysing statistics will be particularly encouraged.
3.3. Support for the collection and dissemination of information and for maximising the impact of projects in the field of cultural cooperation.The Programme shall support the collection and dissemination of information and activities aimed at maximising the impact of projects via the development of an Internet tool targeted at the needs of culture professionals in the field of trans-European cultural cooperation.
This tool should make possible the exchange of experience and good practice and the dissemination of information concerning the Programme as well as trans-European cultural cooperation in the broad sense.
II. PROGRAMME MANAGEMENTThe Programme’s financial allocation may also cover expenses pertaining to preparatory, monitoring, control, audit and evaluation activities, required directly for the management and the realisation of the objectives of the Programme, in particular, studies, meetings, information and publication actions, expenses linked to computer networks focusing on information exchange, together with all other technical and administrative assistance expense to which the Commission may have recourse for the management of the Programme.
III. CONTROLS AND AUDITSFor projects selected in accordance with the procedure described in Article 11(2), a sampling audit system will be established.
The beneficiary of a grant shall make available to the Commission all supporting documents relating to expenditure for a period of five years reckoned from the date of the final payment. The beneficiary of a grant shall ensure that, where applicable, supporting documents in the possession of partners or members are made available to the Commission.
The Commission may have an audit of the use made of the grant carried out either directly by its own staff or by any other qualified outside body of its choice. Such audits may be carried out throughout the lifetime of the contract and for a period of five years from the date of payment of the balance. Where appropriate, the audit findings may lead to recovery decisions by the Commission.
Commission staff and outside personnel authorised by the Commission shall have appropriate access to the offices of the beneficiary and to all the information, including information in electronic format, needed in order to conduct such audits.
The Court of Auditors and the European Anti-Fraud Office (OLAF) shall enjoy the same rights, especially those of access, as the Commission.
In order to protect the financial interests of the Community against fraud and other irregularities, the Commission may carry out on-the-spot checks and inspections under the Programme in accordance with Council Regulation (Euratom, EC) No 2185/96(1). Where necessary, investigations shall be conducted by OLAF in accordance with Regulation (EC) No 1073/1999 of the European Parliament and of the Council(2).
IV. INFORMATION, COMMUNICATION AND ACTIVITIES AIMED AT MAXIMISING THE IMPACT OF PROJECTS1. CommissionThe Commission may organise seminars, conferences or meetings in order to facilitate the implementation of the Programme, and undertake information, publication, dissemination and other activities aimed at maximising the impact of projects as appropriate, as well as the monitoring and evaluation of the Programme. Such activities may be financed by means of grants, or the public procurement process, or be organised and financed directly by the Commission.
2. Contact pointsThe Commission and Member States shall organise on a voluntary basis and reinforce the exchange of information useful for the implementation of the Programme via the cultural contact points acting as implementing bodies at national level, under the terms of Article 54(2)(c) and (3) of the Financial Regulation.
3. Member StatesWithout prejudice to Article 87 of the Treaty, Member States may, if necessary, establish support schemes for individual mobility of cultural players in order to address their low participation in the Programme. This support may take the form of travel grants for cultural operators in order to facilitate the preparatory phase of transnational cultural projects.
V. OVERALL BUDGET BREAKDOWNBreakdown of the annual budget for the Programme

| Percentage of the budget
Strand 1 (support for cultural actions) | Approximately 77 %
—multi-annual cooperation projects | — | multi-annual cooperation projects | Approximately 32 %
— | multi-annual cooperation projects
—cooperation measures | — | cooperation measures | Approximately 29 %
— | cooperation measures
—special actions | — | special actions | Approximately 16 %
— | special actions
Strand 2 (support for bodies active at European level in the field of culture) | Approximately 10 %
Strand 3 — (support for analysis, collection and dissemination of information) | Approximately 5 %
Total operational expenditure | Approximately 92 %
Programme management | Approximately 8 %These percentages are indicative and subject to change by the Committee provided for in Article 9 in accordance with the procedure referred to in Article 9(2).

(1)
OJ L 292, 15.11.1996, p. 2.
(2)
OJ L 136, 31.5.1999, p. 1.

Pending: 32006D1720

24.11.2006 EN Official Journal of the European Union L 327/45
(1) Council Decision 1999/382/EC(4)established the second phase of the Community vocational training action programme ‘Leonardo da Vinci’.
(2) Decision No 253/2000/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council(5)established the second phase of the Community action programme in the field of education ‘Socrates’.
(3) Decision No 2318/2003/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council(6)established a multi-annual programme for the effective integration of information and communication technologies (ICT) in education and training systems in Europe (eLearning programme).
(4) Decision No 791/2004/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council(7)established a Community action programme to promote bodies active at European level in the field of education and training and to support specific activities in this field.
(5) Decision No 2241/2004/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council(8)established a single framework for the transparency of qualifications and competences (Europass).
(6) Decision No 2317/2003/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council(9)established a programme for the enhancement of quality in higher education and the promotion of intercultural understanding through cooperation with third countries (Erasmus Mundus) (2004 to 2008).
(7) The Bologna Declaration, signed by the Ministers for Education of 29 European countries on 19 June 1999, established an intergovernmental process aimed at creating a ‘European Area of Higher Education’ by 2010, which requires support at Community level.
(8) The Lisbon European Council of 23 and 24 March 2000 set a strategic goal for the European Union to become the most competitive and dynamic knowledge-based economy in the world, capable of sustainable economic growth with more and better jobs and greater social cohesion, and invited the Education Council to undertake a general reflection on the concrete future objectives of education systems, focusing on common concerns and priorities while respecting national diversity.
(9) An advanced knowledge society is the key to higher growth and employment rates. Education and training are essential priorities for the European Union in order to achieve the Lisbon goals.
(10) On 12 February 2001 the Council adopted a report on the concrete future objectives of education and training systems. On 14 June 2002 it subsequently adopted a detailed work programme on the follow-up of these objectives, requiring support at Community level.
(11) The Göteborg European Council of 15 and 16 June 2001 agreed a strategy for sustainable development and added an environmental dimension to the Lisbon process for employment, economic reform and social cohesion.
(12) The Barcelona European Council of 15 and 16 March 2002 set the objective of making European Union education and training systems a world quality reference by 2010, and called for action to improve the mastery of basic skills, in particular by teaching at least two foreign languages from a very early age.
(13) The Commission Communication and the Council Resolution of 27 June 2002(10)on lifelong learning affirm that lifelong learning should be enhanced by actions and policies developed within the framework of Community programmes in this field.
(14) The Council Resolution of 19 December 2002(11)established a process of enhanced European cooperation in vocational education and training, requiring support at Community level. The Copenhagen Declaration, agreed by the Ministers for Education of 31 European countries on 30 November 2002, associated the social partners and the candidate countries with this process.
(15) The Commission Communication on the Action Plan for skills and mobility noted the continuing need for action at European level to improve the recognition of education and training qualifications.
(16) The Commission Communication on the Action Plan promoting language learning and linguistic diversity set out actions to be taken at European level during the period from 2004 to 2006 and requires follow-up action.
(17) Promoting the teaching and learning of languages and linguistic diversity should be a priority of Community action in the field of education and training. The teaching and learning of languages is of special relevance among neighbouring Member States.
(18) The interim evaluation reports of the existing Socrates and Leonardo da Vinci programmes and the public consultation on the future of Community activity in education and training revealed a strong and in some respects growing need for continuing cooperation and mobility in these fields at European level. The reports emphasised the importance of creating closer links between Community programmes and policy developments in education and training, expressed the wish that Community action should be structured so as to respond better to the lifelong learning paradigm, and pressed for a simpler, more user-friendly and more flexible approach to implementing such action.
(19) Following the principle of sound financial management, the implementation of the programme may be simplified by recourse to lump sum funding, in respect either of support awarded to programme participants or of Community support for the structures established at national level for the administration of the programme.
(20) Significant advantages would accrue from integrating Community support for transnational cooperation and mobility in the fields of education and training into a single programme, which would permit greater synergies between the different fields of action and offer more capacity to support developments in lifelong learning and more coherent, streamlined and efficient modes of administration. A single programme would also encourage better cooperation between the various levels of education and training.
(21) A Lifelong Learning Programme should therefore be established to contribute through lifelong learning to the development of the European Union as an advanced knowledge society, with sustainable economic development, more and better jobs and greater social cohesion.
(22) Given the specificities of the schools, higher education, vocational training and adult education sectors, and the consequent need for Community action to be based on objectives, forms of action and organisational structures tailored to them, it is appropriate to retain individual programmes within the framework of the Lifelong Learning Programme targeted at each of these four sectors, while maximising the coherence and common ground between them.
(23) In its Communication ‘Building our common Future: Policy challenges and Budgetary means of the Enlarged Union 2007-2013’, the Commission set out a sequence of quantified targets to be achieved by the new generation of Community education and training programmes, which require a significant increase in mobility and partnership actions.
(24) Given the demonstrated beneficial impacts of transnational mobility on individuals and on education and training systems, the high volume of unfulfilled demand for mobility in all sectors, and its importance in the context of the Lisbon target, it is necessary to increase substantially the volume of support for transnational mobility in the four sectoral sub-programmes.
(25) In order to cover more adequately the real additional costs borne by students studying abroad, the standard student mobility grant should be maintained at an average of EUR 200 per month in real terms for the duration of the programme.
(26) More provision should be made for the mobility needs of individual school pupils at secondary level and of individual adult learners, hitherto not covered by Community programmes, by introducing a new type of mobility action into the Comenius and Grundtvig programmes. The opportunities offered by individual teacher mobility for the development of long-term cooperation between schools in neighbouring regions should also be exploited more fully.
(27) Small and medium-sized enterprises play an important role in the European economy. Hitherto, however, participation by such enterprises in the Leonardo da Vinci programme has been limited. Steps should be taken to improve the attractiveness of Community action to such enterprises, in particular by ensuring that more mobility opportunities are available for apprentices. Suitable arrangements, similar to those that exist under the Erasmus programme, should be made for the recognition of the outcomes of such mobility.
(28) Given the particular educational challenges facing the children of occupational travellers and mobile workers in Europe, full use should be made of the opportunities available under the Comenius programme to support transnational activities targeted at their needs.
(29) Increased mobility throughout Europe should be accompanied by constantly higher standards.
(30) In order to respond to the increased need to support activities at European level designed to achieve these policy objectives, to provide a means of supporting trans-sectoral activity in the fields of languages and ICT, and to strengthen the dissemination and exploitation of results of the programme, it is appropriate to complement the four sectoral sub-programmes with a transversal programme.
(31) In order to respond to the increasing need for knowledge and dialogue on the European integration process and its development, it is important to stimulate excellence in teaching, research and reflection in this field by supporting higher education institutions specialising in the study of the European integration process, European associations in the fields of education and training and the Jean Monnet Action.
(32) It is necessary to provide sufficient flexibility in the formulation of this Decision to allow for appropriate adjustments in the actions of the Lifelong Learning Programme to respond to changing needs during the period from 2007 to 2013, and to avoid the inappropriately detailed provisions of previous phases of Socrates and Leonardo da Vinci programmes.
(33) In all its activities, the Community is to aim to eliminate inequalities and promote equality between men and women, as provided for in Article 3(2) of the Treaty.
(34) Further to Article 151 of the Treaty, the Community is to take cultural aspects into account in its action under other provisions of the Treaty, in particular in order to respect and to promote the diversity of its cultures. Particular attention should be paid to the synergy between culture, education and training. Intercultural dialogue should also be encouraged.
(35) There is a need to promote active citizenship and respect for human rights and democracy, and to step up the fight against exclusion in all its forms, including racism and xenophobia.
(36) There is a need to widen access for those from disadvantaged groups and to address actively the special learning needs of those with disabilities, in the implementation of all parts of the programme, including through the use of higher grants to reflect the additional costs of disabled participants, and the provision of support for the learning and use of sign languages and Braille.
(37) Note should be taken of the achievements of the European Year of Education through Sport (2004) and of the potential educational benefits of cooperation between educational institutions and sports organisations that the Year highlighted.
(38) The candidate countries for accession to the European Union and the EFTA countries which are members of the EEA may participate in Community programmes in accordance with agreements to be signed between the Community and these countries.
(39) The Thessaloniki European Council of 19 and 20 June 2003 approved the Council conclusions of 16 June 2003 on the Western Balkans, including the Annex thereto entitled ‘The Thessaloniki Agenda for the Western Balkans: moving towards European integration’, which provides that Community programmes should be opened to the Stabilisation and Association Process countries on the basis of framework agreements to be signed between the Community and those countries.
(40) The Community and the Swiss Confederation have declared their intention of undertaking negotiations to conclude agreements in areas of common interest such as Community education, training and youth programmes.
(41) The Lifelong Learning Programme should be regularly monitored and evaluated in cooperation between the Commission and the Member States in order to allow for readjustments, particularly with respect to the priorities for implementing the measures. The evaluation should include an external evaluation to be conducted by independent, impartial bodies.
(42) In its Resolution of 28 February 2002 on the implementation of the Socrates programme(12)the European Parliament drew attention to the disproportionately onerous administrative procedures for grant applicants under the second phase of the programme.
(43) Council Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 1605/2002 of 25 June 2002 on the Financial Regulation applicable to the general budget of the European Communities(13)and Commission Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 2342/2002 of 23 December 2002 laying down detailed rules for the implementation of Council Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 1605/2002(14), which safeguard the Community's financial interests, have to be applied taking into account the principles of simplicity and consistency in the choice of budgetary instruments, a limitation on the number of cases where the Commission retains direct responsibility for their implementation and management, and the required proportionality between the amount of resources and the administrative burden related to their use.
(44) Radical administrative simplification of application procedures is essential for successful implementation of the programme. Administrative and accounting requirements should be proportional to the size of the grant.
(45) Appropriate measures should also be taken to prevent irregularities and fraud and the necessary steps should be taken to recover funds lost, wrongly paid or incorrectly used.
(46) It is appropriate to ensure a correct closure of the Lifelong Learning Programme, in particular regarding the continuation of multi-annual arrangements for its management, such as the financing of technical and administrative assistance. As from 1 January 2014, the technical and administrative assistance should ensure, if necessary, the management of actions not finalised by the end of 2013, including monitoring and audit actions.
(47) Since the objective of this Decision, namely the contribution of European cooperation to quality education and training, cannot be sufficiently achieved by the Member States because of the need for multilateral partnerships, transnational mobility and Community-wide exchanges of information, and can therefore, by reason of the nature of the actions and measures necessary, be better achieved at Community level, the Community may adopt measures, in accordance with the principle of subsidiarity as set out in Article 5 of the Treaty. In accordance with the principle of proportionality, as set out in that Article, this Decision does not go beyond what is necessary in order to achieve that objective.
(48) This Decision lays down for the entire duration of the programme, a financial envelope constituting the prime reference within the meaning of point 37 of the Interinstitutional Agreement of 17 May 2006 between the European Parliament, the Council and the Commission on budgetary discipline and sound financial management(15), for the budgetary authority during the annual budgetary procedure.
(49) The measures necessary for the implementation of this Decision should be adopted in accordance with Council Decision 1999/468/EC of 28 June 1999 laying down the procedures for the exercise of implementing powers conferred on the Commission(16),
(a) to contribute to the development of quality lifelong learning, and to promote high performance, innovation and a European dimension in systems and practices in the field;
(b) to support the realisation of a European area for lifelong learning;
(c) to help improve the quality, attractiveness and accessibility of the opportunities for lifelong learning available within Member States;
(d) to reinforce the contribution of lifelong learning to social cohesion, active citizenship, intercultural dialogue, gender equality and personal fulfilment;
(e) to help promote creativity, competitiveness, employability and the growth of an entrepreneurial spirit;
(f) to contribute to increased participation in lifelong learning by people of all ages, including those with special needs and disadvantaged groups, regardless of their socio-economic background;
(g) to promote language learning and linguistic diversity;
(h) to support the development of innovative ICT-based content, services, pedagogies and practice for lifelong learning;
(i) to reinforce the role of lifelong learning in creating a sense of European citizenship based on understanding and respect for human rights and democracy, and encouraging tolerance and respect for other peoples and cultures;
(j) to promote cooperation in quality assurance in all sectors of education and training in Europe;
(k) to encourage the best use of results, innovative products and processes and to exchange good practice in the fields covered by the Lifelong Learning Programme, in order to improve the quality of education and training.
1. ‘pre-school’ means organised educational activity undertaken before the start of obligatory primary schooling;
2. ‘pupil’ means a person enrolled in a learning capacity at a school;
3. ‘school’ means all types of institutions providing general (pre-school, primary or secondary), vocational and technical education and, exceptionally, in the case of measures to promote language learning, non-school institutions providing apprenticeship training;
4. ‘teachers/educational staff’ means persons who, through their duties, are involved directly in the education process in the Member States;
5. ‘trainers’ mean persons who, through their duties, are involved directly in the vocational education and training process in the Member States;
6. ‘student’ means a person registered in a higher education institution, whatever their field of study, in order to follow higher education studies leading to a recognised degree or other recognised tertiary level qualification, up to and including the level of doctorate;
7. ‘trainee’ means a person undergoing vocational training, either within a training institution or training organisation or at the workplace;
8. ‘adult learner’ means a learner participating in adult education;
9. ‘people in the labour market’ means workers, the self-employed or people available for employment;
10. ‘higher education institution’ means:(a)any type of higher education institution, in accordance with national legislation or practice, which offers recognised degrees or other recognised tertiary level qualifications, whatever such establishments may be called in the Member States;(b)any institution, in accordance with national legislation or practice, which offers vocational education or training at tertiary level; (a) any type of higher education institution, in accordance with national legislation or practice, which offers recognised degrees or other recognised tertiary level qualifications, whatever such establishments may be called in the Member States; (b) any institution, in accordance with national legislation or practice, which offers vocational education or training at tertiary level;
(a) any type of higher education institution, in accordance with national legislation or practice, which offers recognised degrees or other recognised tertiary level qualifications, whatever such establishments may be called in the Member States;
(b) any institution, in accordance with national legislation or practice, which offers vocational education or training at tertiary level;
(a) any type of higher education institution, in accordance with national legislation or practice, which offers recognised degrees or other recognised tertiary level qualifications, whatever such establishments may be called in the Member States;
(b) any institution, in accordance with national legislation or practice, which offers vocational education or training at tertiary level;
11. ‘Joint Masters’ means Masters courses in higher education that:(a)involve a minimum of three higher education institutions from three different Member States;(b)implement a study programme which involves a period of study in at least two of those three institutions;(c)have built-in mechanisms for the recognition of periods of study undertaken in partner institutions based on, or compatible with, the European credit transfer system;(d)result in the awarding of joint, double or multiple degrees, recognised or accredited by the Member States, from the participating institutions; (a) involve a minimum of three higher education institutions from three different Member States; (b) implement a study programme which involves a period of study in at least two of those three institutions; (c) have built-in mechanisms for the recognition of periods of study undertaken in partner institutions based on, or compatible with, the European credit transfer system; (d) result in the awarding of joint, double or multiple degrees, recognised or accredited by the Member States, from the participating institutions;
(a) involve a minimum of three higher education institutions from three different Member States;
(b) implement a study programme which involves a period of study in at least two of those three institutions;
(c) have built-in mechanisms for the recognition of periods of study undertaken in partner institutions based on, or compatible with, the European credit transfer system;
(d) result in the awarding of joint, double or multiple degrees, recognised or accredited by the Member States, from the participating institutions;
(a) involve a minimum of three higher education institutions from three different Member States;
(b) implement a study programme which involves a period of study in at least two of those three institutions;
(c) have built-in mechanisms for the recognition of periods of study undertaken in partner institutions based on, or compatible with, the European credit transfer system;
(d) result in the awarding of joint, double or multiple degrees, recognised or accredited by the Member States, from the participating institutions;
12. ‘vocational training’ means any form of initial vocational education or training, including technical and vocational teaching and apprenticeships, which contributes to the achievement of a vocational qualification recognised by the competent authorities in the Member State in which it is obtained, as well as any continuing vocational education or training undertaken by a person during his or her working life;
13. ‘adult education’ means all forms of non-vocational adult learning, whether of a formal, non-formal or informal nature;
14. ‘study visit’ means a short-term visit, made to study a particular aspect of lifelong learning in another Member State;
15. ‘mobility’ means spending a period of time in another Member State, in order to undertake study, work experience, other learning or teaching activity or related administrative activity, supported as appropriate by preparatory or refresher courses in the host language or working language;
16. ‘placement’ means spending a period of time in an enterprise or organisation in another Member State, supported as appropriate by preparatory or refresher courses in the host language or working language, with a view to helping individuals to adapt to the requirements of the Community-wide labour market, to acquiring a specific skill and to improving understanding of the economic and social culture of the country concerned in the context of acquiring work experience;
17. ‘unilateral’ means involving a single institution;
18. ‘bilateral’ means involving partners from two Member States;
19. ‘multilateral’ means involving partners from at least three Member States. The Commission may regard associations or other bodies with membership from three Member States or more as multilateral;
20. ‘partnership’ means a bilateral or multilateral agreement between a group of institutions or organisations in different Member States to carry out joint European activities in lifelong learning;
21. ‘network’means a formal or informal grouping of bodies active in a particular field, discipline or sector of lifelong learning;
22. ‘project’ means a cooperation activity with a defined outcome developed jointly by a formal or informal grouping of organisations or institutions;
23. ‘project coordinator’ means the organisation or institution in charge of the implementation of the project by the multilateral grouping;
24. ‘project partners’ means the organisations or institutions other than the coordinator, which form the multilateral grouping;
25. ‘enterprise’ means all undertakings engaged in economic activity in the public or private sector whatever their size, legal status or the economic sector in which they operate, including the social economy;
26. ‘social partners’ means, at national level, employers' and workers' organisations in conformity with national laws and/or practices and, at Community level, employers' and workers' organisations taking part in the social dialogue at Community level;
27. ‘guidance and counselling’ means a range of activities such as information, assessment, orientation and advice to assist learners, trainers and other staff to make choices relating to education and training programmes or employment opportunities;
28. ‘dissemination and exploitation of results’ means activities designed to ensure that the results of the Lifelong Learning Programme and its predecessors are appropriately recognised, demonstrated and implemented on a wide scale;
29. ‘lifelong learning’ means all general education, vocational education and training, non-formal education and informal learning undertaken throughout life, resulting in an improvement in knowledge, skills and competences within a personal, civic, social and/or employment-related perspective. It includes the provision of counselling and guidance services.
(a) the Comenius programme, which shall address the teaching and learning needs of all those in pre-school and school education up to the level of the end of upper secondary education, and the institutions and organisations providing such education;
(b) the Erasmus programme, which shall address the teaching and learning needs of all those in formal higher education and vocational education and training at tertiary level, whatever the length of their course or qualification may be and including doctoral studies, and the institutions and organisations providing or facilitating such education and training;
(c) the Leonardo da Vinci programme, which shall address the teaching and learning needs of all those in vocational education and training, other than at tertiary level, as well as the institutions and organisations providing or facilitating such education and training;
(d) the Grundtvig programme, which shall address the teaching and learning needs of those in all forms of adult education, as well as the institutions and organisations providing or facilitating such education.
(a) policy cooperation and innovation in lifelong learning;
(b) promotion of language learning;
(c) development of innovative ICT-based content, services, pedagogies and practice for lifelong learning;
(d) dissemination and exploitation of results of actions supported under the programme and previous related programmes, and exchange of good practice.
(a) the Jean Monnet Action;
(b) operating grants to support specified institutions dealing with issues relating to European integration;
(c) operating grants to support other European institutions and associations in the fields of education and training.
(a) pupils, students, trainees and adult learners;
(b) teachers, trainers and other staff involved in any aspect of lifelong learning;
(c) people in the labour market;
(d) institutions or organisations providing learning opportunities within the context of the Lifelong Learning Programme, or within the limits of its sub-programmes;
(e) the persons and bodies responsible for systems and policies concerning any aspect of lifelong learning at local, regional and national level;
(f) enterprises, social partners and their organisations at all levels, including trade organisations and chambers of commerce and industry;
(g) bodies providing guidance, counselling and information services relating to any aspect of lifelong learning;
(h) associations working in the field of lifelong learning, including students', trainees', pupils', teachers', parents' and adult learners' associations;
(i) research centres and bodies concerned with lifelong learning issues;
(j) non-profit organisations, voluntary bodies, non-governmental organisations (NGOs).
(a) the mobility of individuals in lifelong learning;
(b) bilateral and multilateral partnerships;
(c) multilateral projects especially designed to promote quality in education and training systems through the transnational transfer of innovation;
(d) unilateral and national projects;
(e) multilateral projects and networks;
(f) observation and analysis of policies and systems in the field of lifelong learning, the establishment and regular improvement of reference material, including surveys, statistics, analyses and indicators, action to support transparency and recognition of qualifications and prior learning, and action to support cooperation in quality assurance;
(g) operating grants to support certain operational and administrative costs of institutions and associations active in the field covered by the Lifelong Learning Programme;
(h) other initiatives aimed at promoting the objectives of the Lifelong Learning Programme (accompanying measures).
(a) take the necessary steps to ensure the efficient running of the Lifelong Learning Programme at national level, involving all the parties concerned with aspects of lifelong learning in accordance with national practice or legislation;
(b) establish or designate and monitor an appropriate structure for the coordinated management of the implementation of the Lifelong Learning Programme's actions at national level (national agencies), including budgetary management, in conformity with the provisions of Article 54(2)(c) of Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 1605/2002 and of Article 38 of Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 2342/2002, in accordance with the following criteria:(i)an organisation established or designated as a national agency shall have legal personality or be part of an entity having legal personality, and be governed by the law of the Member State concerned. A ministry may not be designated as a national agency;(ii)each national agency must have adequate staff to fulfil its tasks, with professional and linguistic capacities appropriate for work in an environment of international cooperation in the field of education and training;(iii)it must have an appropriate infrastructure, in particular as regards informatics and communications;(iv)it must operate in an administrative context which enables it to carry out its tasks satisfactorily and to avoid conflicts of interest;(v)it must be in a position to apply the financial management rules and contractual conditions laid down at Community level;(vi)it must offer adequate financial guarantees, issued preferably by a public authority, and its management capacity must be appropriate to the level of Community funds it will be called upon to manage; (i) an organisation established or designated as a national agency shall have legal personality or be part of an entity having legal personality, and be governed by the law of the Member State concerned. A ministry may not be designated as a national agency; (ii) each national agency must have adequate staff to fulfil its tasks, with professional and linguistic capacities appropriate for work in an environment of international cooperation in the field of education and training; (iii) it must have an appropriate infrastructure, in particular as regards informatics and communications; (iv) it must operate in an administrative context which enables it to carry out its tasks satisfactorily and to avoid conflicts of interest; (v) it must be in a position to apply the financial management rules and contractual conditions laid down at Community level; (vi) it must offer adequate financial guarantees, issued preferably by a public authority, and its management capacity must be appropriate to the level of Community funds it will be called upon to manage;
(i) an organisation established or designated as a national agency shall have legal personality or be part of an entity having legal personality, and be governed by the law of the Member State concerned. A ministry may not be designated as a national agency;
(ii) each national agency must have adequate staff to fulfil its tasks, with professional and linguistic capacities appropriate for work in an environment of international cooperation in the field of education and training;
(iii) it must have an appropriate infrastructure, in particular as regards informatics and communications;
(iv) it must operate in an administrative context which enables it to carry out its tasks satisfactorily and to avoid conflicts of interest;
(v) it must be in a position to apply the financial management rules and contractual conditions laid down at Community level;
(vi) it must offer adequate financial guarantees, issued preferably by a public authority, and its management capacity must be appropriate to the level of Community funds it will be called upon to manage;
(i) an organisation established or designated as a national agency shall have legal personality or be part of an entity having legal personality, and be governed by the law of the Member State concerned. A ministry may not be designated as a national agency;
(ii) each national agency must have adequate staff to fulfil its tasks, with professional and linguistic capacities appropriate for work in an environment of international cooperation in the field of education and training;
(iii) it must have an appropriate infrastructure, in particular as regards informatics and communications;
(iv) it must operate in an administrative context which enables it to carry out its tasks satisfactorily and to avoid conflicts of interest;
(v) it must be in a position to apply the financial management rules and contractual conditions laid down at Community level;
(vi) it must offer adequate financial guarantees, issued preferably by a public authority, and its management capacity must be appropriate to the level of Community funds it will be called upon to manage;
(c) take responsibility for the proper management by the national agencies referred to in point (b) of credits transferred to national agencies to support projects, and in particular for the respect by national agencies of the principles of transparency, equality of treatment and of the avoidance of double-funding with other sources of Community funds, and of the obligation to monitor projects and to recover any funds due for reimbursement by beneficiaries;
(d) take the necessary steps to ensure the appropriate audit and financial overseeing of the national agencies referred to in point (b), and in particular:(i)before the national agency starts work, provide the Commission with the necessary assurances as to the existence, relevance and proper operation within it, in accordance with the rules of sound financial management, of the procedures to be applied, the control systems, the accounting systems and the procurement and grant award procedures;(ii)provide the Commission with a declaration of assurance each year as to the reliability of the financial systems and procedures of the national agencies, and the probity of their accounts; (i) before the national agency starts work, provide the Commission with the necessary assurances as to the existence, relevance and proper operation within it, in accordance with the rules of sound financial management, of the procedures to be applied, the control systems, the accounting systems and the procurement and grant award procedures; (ii) provide the Commission with a declaration of assurance each year as to the reliability of the financial systems and procedures of the national agencies, and the probity of their accounts;
(i) before the national agency starts work, provide the Commission with the necessary assurances as to the existence, relevance and proper operation within it, in accordance with the rules of sound financial management, of the procedures to be applied, the control systems, the accounting systems and the procurement and grant award procedures;
(ii) provide the Commission with a declaration of assurance each year as to the reliability of the financial systems and procedures of the national agencies, and the probity of their accounts;
(i) before the national agency starts work, provide the Commission with the necessary assurances as to the existence, relevance and proper operation within it, in accordance with the rules of sound financial management, of the procedures to be applied, the control systems, the accounting systems and the procurement and grant award procedures;
(ii) provide the Commission with a declaration of assurance each year as to the reliability of the financial systems and procedures of the national agencies, and the probity of their accounts;
(e) in the event of irregularity, negligence or fraud imputable to a national agency established or designated under point (b), and where this gives rise to claims by the Commission on the national agency which are not completely recovered, be responsible for the funds not recovered;
(f) designate upon request from the Commission the institutions or organisations providing learning opportunities, or the types of such institutions or organisations, to be considered eligible to participate in the Lifelong Learning Programme in their respective territories;
(g) endeavour to adopt all appropriate measures to remove legal and administrative obstacles to the proper functioning of the Lifelong Learning Programme;
(h) take steps to ensure that potential synergies with other Community programmes and financial instruments and with other relevant programmes operating in the Member State in question are achieved at national level.
(a) the transition between the actions carried out within the context of the preceding programmes in the fields of education, training and lifelong learning and those to be implemented under the Lifelong Learning Programme;
(b) the adequate protection of the Communities' financial interests, in particular by introducing effective, proportionate and dissuasive measures, administrative checks and penalties;
(c) the wide dissemination of information, publicity and follow-up with regard to actions supported under the Lifelong Learning Programme;
(d) the collection, analysis and processing of available data required to measure the results and effects of the programme, and to monitor and evaluate activities as referred to in Article 15;
(e) the dissemination of the results of the previous generation of education and training programmes and of the Lifelong Learning Programme.
(a) EFTA countries which are members of the EEA, in accordance with the conditions laid down in the EEA Agreement;
(b) the candidate countries benefiting from a pre-accession strategy, in accordance with the general principles and general terms and conditions laid down in the framework agreements concluded with these countries for their participation in Community programmes;
(c) the countries of the Western Balkans, in accordance with the provisions to be determined with these countries following the establishment of framework agreements providing for their participation in Community programmes;
(d) the Swiss Confederation, on the basis of a bilateral agreement to be concluded with that country.
(a) the annual plan of work including priorities;
(b) the annual allocations and the distribution of funds between and within the sub-programmes;
(c) the general guidelines for implementing the sub-programmes (including decisions concerning the nature of the actions, their duration and funding level), the selection criteria and procedures;
(d) the Commission's proposals for the selection of applications for multilateral projects and networks as referred to in Article 33(1)(b) and (c);
(e) the Commission's proposals for the selection of applications for actions set out in Article 5(1)(e), not covered by point (d) of this paragraph, and in Article 5(1)(f), (g) and (h), for which the Community support proposed exceeds EUR 1 million;
(f) the definition of the respective roles and responsibilities of the Commission, the Member States and the national agencies regarding the National agency procedure as set out in the Annex;
(g) the distribution of funds among the Member States for the actions to be managed through the National agency procedure as set out in the Annex;
(h) the arrangements for ensuring internal consistency within the Lifelong Learning Programme;
(i) the arrangements for monitoring and evaluating the Lifelong Learning Programme and the sub-programmes and for the dissemination and transfer of results.
(a) promoting an awareness of the importance of cultural and linguistic diversity within Europe, as well as of the need to combat racism, prejudice and xenophobia;
(b) making provision for learners with special needs, and in particular by helping to promote their integration into mainstream education and training;
(c) promoting equality between men and women and contributing to combating all forms of discrimination based on sex, racial or ethnic origin, religion or belief, disability, age or sexual orientation.
(a) an interim evaluation report on the qualitative and quantitative aspects of the implementation of the Lifelong Learning Programme, including an analysis of the results achieved, by 31 March 2011;
(b) a communication on the continuation of the Lifelong Learning Programme by 31 December 2011;
(c) an ex post evaluation report by 31 March 2016.
(a) pupils in school education up to the end of upper secondary education;
(b) schools, as specified by Member States;
(c) teachers and other staff within those schools;
(d) associations, non-profit organisations, NGOs and representatives of those involved in school education;
(e) persons and bodies responsible for the organisation and delivery of education at local, regional and national levels;
(f) research centres and bodies concerned with lifelong learning issues;
(g) higher education institutions;
(h) bodies providing guidance, counselling and information services relating to any aspect of lifelong learning.
(a) to develop knowledge and understanding among young people and educational staff of the diversity of European cultures and languages and its value;
(b) to help young people acquire the basic life-skills and competences necessary for their personal development, for future employment and for active European citizenship.
(a) to improve the quality and to increase the volume of mobility involving pupils and educational staff in different Member States;
(b) to improve the quality and to increase the volume of partnerships between schools in different Member States, so as to involve at least 3 million pupils in joint educational activities during the period of the programme;
(c) to encourage the learning of modern foreign languages;
(d) to support the development of innovative ICT-based content, services, pedagogies and practice for lifelong learning;
(e) to enhance the quality and European dimension of teacher training;
(f) to support improvements in pedagogical approaches and school management.
(a) mobility of individuals as referred to in Article 5(1)(a). In arranging for or supporting the organisation of such mobility, the necessary preparatory measures shall be adopted and care shall be taken to ensure that adequate supervision, advice and support is available for individuals in mobility.Such mobility may include:(i)exchanges of pupils and staff;(ii)mobility to schools for pupils and placements in schools or enterprises for educational staff;(iii)participation in training courses for teachers and other educational staff;(iv)study and preparatory visits for mobility, partnership, project or network activities;(v)assistantships for teachers and potential teachers. (i) exchanges of pupils and staff; (ii) mobility to schools for pupils and placements in schools or enterprises for educational staff; (iii) participation in training courses for teachers and other educational staff; (iv) study and preparatory visits for mobility, partnership, project or network activities; (v) assistantships for teachers and potential teachers.
(i) exchanges of pupils and staff;
(ii) mobility to schools for pupils and placements in schools or enterprises for educational staff;
(iii) participation in training courses for teachers and other educational staff;
(iv) study and preparatory visits for mobility, partnership, project or network activities;
(v) assistantships for teachers and potential teachers.
(i) exchanges of pupils and staff;
(ii) mobility to schools for pupils and placements in schools or enterprises for educational staff;
(iii) participation in training courses for teachers and other educational staff;
(iv) study and preparatory visits for mobility, partnership, project or network activities;
(v) assistantships for teachers and potential teachers.
(b) development of partnerships, as referred to in Article 5(1)(b), between:(i)schools, with a view to developing joint learning projects for pupils and their teachers (‘Comenius school partnerships’);(ii)organisations responsible for any aspect of school education, with a view to fostering inter-regional cooperation, including border region cooperation (‘Comenius-Regio partnerships’); (i) schools, with a view to developing joint learning projects for pupils and their teachers (‘Comenius school partnerships’); (ii) organisations responsible for any aspect of school education, with a view to fostering inter-regional cooperation, including border region cooperation (‘Comenius-Regio partnerships’);
(i) schools, with a view to developing joint learning projects for pupils and their teachers (‘Comenius school partnerships’);
(ii) organisations responsible for any aspect of school education, with a view to fostering inter-regional cooperation, including border region cooperation (‘Comenius-Regio partnerships’);
(i) schools, with a view to developing joint learning projects for pupils and their teachers (‘Comenius school partnerships’);
(ii) organisations responsible for any aspect of school education, with a view to fostering inter-regional cooperation, including border region cooperation (‘Comenius-Regio partnerships’);
(c) multilateral projects as referred to in Article 5(1)(e). They may include projects aimed at:(i)developing, promoting and disseminating educational best practices, including new teaching methods or materials;(ii)developing or exchanging experience on systems of providing information or guidance particularly adapted to the learners, teachers and other staff concerned by the Comenius programme;(iii)developing, promoting and disseminating new teacher training courses or course content; (i) developing, promoting and disseminating educational best practices, including new teaching methods or materials; (ii) developing or exchanging experience on systems of providing information or guidance particularly adapted to the learners, teachers and other staff concerned by the Comenius programme; (iii) developing, promoting and disseminating new teacher training courses or course content;
(i) developing, promoting and disseminating educational best practices, including new teaching methods or materials;
(ii) developing or exchanging experience on systems of providing information or guidance particularly adapted to the learners, teachers and other staff concerned by the Comenius programme;
(iii) developing, promoting and disseminating new teacher training courses or course content;
(i) developing, promoting and disseminating educational best practices, including new teaching methods or materials;
(ii) developing or exchanging experience on systems of providing information or guidance particularly adapted to the learners, teachers and other staff concerned by the Comenius programme;
(iii) developing, promoting and disseminating new teacher training courses or course content;
(d) multilateral networks as referred to in Article 5(1)(e). They may include networks aimed at:(i)developing education in the discipline or subject area in which they operate, for their own benefit and for that of education more widely;(ii)acquiring and disseminating relevant good practice and innovation;(iii)providing content support to projects and partnerships set up by others;(iv)promoting the development of needs analysis and its practical applications within school education; (i) developing education in the discipline or subject area in which they operate, for their own benefit and for that of education more widely; (ii) acquiring and disseminating relevant good practice and innovation; (iii) providing content support to projects and partnerships set up by others; (iv) promoting the development of needs analysis and its practical applications within school education;
(i) developing education in the discipline or subject area in which they operate, for their own benefit and for that of education more widely;
(ii) acquiring and disseminating relevant good practice and innovation;
(iii) providing content support to projects and partnerships set up by others;
(iv) promoting the development of needs analysis and its practical applications within school education;
(i) developing education in the discipline or subject area in which they operate, for their own benefit and for that of education more widely;
(ii) acquiring and disseminating relevant good practice and innovation;
(iii) providing content support to projects and partnerships set up by others;
(iv) promoting the development of needs analysis and its practical applications within school education;
(e) other initiatives aimed at promoting the objectives of the Comenius programme as referred to in Article 5(1)(h) (‘accompanying measures’).
(a) students and trainees learning in all forms of tertiary level education and training;
(b) higher education institutions, as specified by Member States;
(c) teachers, trainers and other staff within those institutions;
(d) associations and representatives of those involved in higher education, including relevant student, university, and teacher/trainer associations;
(e) enterprises, social partners and other representatives of working life;
(f) public and private bodies, including non-profit organisations and NGOs, responsible for the organisation and delivery of education and training at local, regional and national levels;
(g) research centres and bodies concerned with lifelong learning issues;
(h) bodies providing guidance, counselling and information services relating to any aspect of lifelong learning.
(a) to support the achievement of a European Area of Higher Education;
(b) to reinforce the contribution of higher education and advanced vocational education to the process of innovation.
(a) to improve the quality and to increase the volume of student and teaching staff mobility throughout Europe, so as to contribute to the achievement by 2012 of at least 3 million individual participants in student mobility under the Erasmus programme and its predecessor programmes;
(b) to improve the quality and to increase the volume of multilateral cooperation between higher education institutions in Europe;
(c) to increase the degree of transparency and compatibility between higher education and advanced vocational education qualifications gained in Europe;
(d) to improve the quality and to increase the volume of cooperation between higher education institutions and enterprises;
(e) to facilitate the development of innovative practices in education and training at tertiary level, and their transfer, including from one participating country to others;
(f) to support the development of innovative ICT-based content, services, pedagogies and practice for lifelong learning.
(a) mobility of individuals as referred to in Article 5(1)(a). Such mobility may include:(i)mobility of students for the purposes of studying or training in Member States in higher education institutions, as well as placements in enterprises, training centres, research centres or other organisations;(ii)mobility of teaching staff in higher education institutions in order to teach or receive training in a partner institution abroad;(iii)mobility of other staff in higher education institutions and staff of enterprises for purposes of training or teaching;(iv)Erasmus intensive programmes organised on a multilateral basis.Support may also be awarded to the home and host higher education institutions or enterprises for action to ensure quality at all stages of the mobility arrangements, including preparatory and refresher language courses. (i) mobility of students for the purposes of studying or training in Member States in higher education institutions, as well as placements in enterprises, training centres, research centres or other organisations; (ii) mobility of teaching staff in higher education institutions in order to teach or receive training in a partner institution abroad; (iii) mobility of other staff in higher education institutions and staff of enterprises for purposes of training or teaching; (iv) Erasmus intensive programmes organised on a multilateral basis.
(i) mobility of students for the purposes of studying or training in Member States in higher education institutions, as well as placements in enterprises, training centres, research centres or other organisations;
(ii) mobility of teaching staff in higher education institutions in order to teach or receive training in a partner institution abroad;
(iii) mobility of other staff in higher education institutions and staff of enterprises for purposes of training or teaching;
(iv) Erasmus intensive programmes organised on a multilateral basis.
(i) mobility of students for the purposes of studying or training in Member States in higher education institutions, as well as placements in enterprises, training centres, research centres or other organisations;
(ii) mobility of teaching staff in higher education institutions in order to teach or receive training in a partner institution abroad;
(iii) mobility of other staff in higher education institutions and staff of enterprises for purposes of training or teaching;
(iv) Erasmus intensive programmes organised on a multilateral basis.
(b) multilateral projects, as referred to in Article 5(1)(e), focusing inter alia on innovation, experimentation and the exchange of good practice in the areas mentioned in the specific and operational objectives;
(c) multilateral networks, as referred to in Article 5(1)(e), run by consortia of higher education institutions and representing a discipline or a cross-disciplinary field, (‘Erasmus thematic networks’) which aim to develop new learning concepts and competences. Such networks may also include representatives from other public bodies or from enterprises or associations;
(d) other initiatives aimed at promoting the objectives of the Erasmus programme as referred to in Article 5(1)(h) (‘accompanying measures’).
(a) students in higher education institutions who, enrolled at least in the second year, spend a study period in another Member State within the framework of the mobility action of the Erasmus programme, regardless whether they have been awarded financial support under that programme. Such periods shall be fully recognised under the interinstitutional agreements between the sending and host institutions. The host institutions shall not charge tuition fees to such students;
(b) students enrolled on Joint Masters programmes and engaged in mobility;
(c) students in higher education institutions taking part in placements.
(a) people learning in all forms of vocational education and training except at tertiary level;
(b) people in the labour market;
(c) institutions or organisations providing learning opportunities in the fields covered by the Leonardo da Vinci programme;
(d) teachers, trainers and other staff within those institutions or organisations;
(e) associations and representatives of those involved in vocational education and training, including trainees', parents' and teachers' associations;
(f) enterprises, social partners and other representatives of working life, including chambers of commerce and other trade organisations;
(g) bodies providing guidance, counselling and information services relating to any aspect of lifelong learning;
(h) persons and bodies responsible for systems and policies concerning any aspect of vocational education and training at local, regional and national level;
(i) research centres and bodies concerned with lifelong learning issues;
(j) higher education institutions;
(k) non-profit organisations, voluntary bodies, NGOs.
(a) to support participants in training and further training activities in the acquisition and the use of knowledge, skills and qualifications to facilitate personal development, employability and participation in the European labour market;
(b) to support improvements in quality and innovation in vocational education and training systems, institutions and practices;
(c) to enhance the attractiveness of vocational education and training and mobility for employers and individuals and to facilitate the mobility of working trainees.
(a) to improve the quality and to increase the volume of mobility throughout Europe of people involved in initial vocational education and training and in continuing training, so as to increase placements in enterprises to at least 80 000 per year by the end of the Lifelong Learning Programme;
(b) to improve the quality and to increase the volume of cooperation between institutions or organisations providing learning opportunities, enterprises, social partners and other relevant bodies throughout Europe;
(c) to facilitate the development of innovative practices in the field of vocational education and training other than at tertiary level, and their transfer, including from one participating country to others;
(d) to improve the transparency and recognition of qualifications and competences, including those acquired through non-formal and informal learning;
(e) to encourage the learning of modern foreign languages;
(f) to support the development of innovative ICT-based content, services, pedagogies and practice for lifelong learning.
(a) mobility of individuals, as referred to in Article 5(1)(a). In arranging for or supporting the organisation of such mobility, the necessary preparatory measures, including language preparation, shall be adopted and care shall be taken to ensure that adequate supervision and support is available for individuals in mobility. Such mobility may include:(i)transnational placements in enterprises or in training institutions;(ii)placements and exchanges aimed at the further professional development of trainers and guidance counsellors, and at those responsible for training establishments and for training planning and career guidance within enterprises; (i) transnational placements in enterprises or in training institutions; (ii) placements and exchanges aimed at the further professional development of trainers and guidance counsellors, and at those responsible for training establishments and for training planning and career guidance within enterprises;
(i) transnational placements in enterprises or in training institutions;
(ii) placements and exchanges aimed at the further professional development of trainers and guidance counsellors, and at those responsible for training establishments and for training planning and career guidance within enterprises;
(i) transnational placements in enterprises or in training institutions;
(ii) placements and exchanges aimed at the further professional development of trainers and guidance counsellors, and at those responsible for training establishments and for training planning and career guidance within enterprises;
(b) partnerships, as referred to in Article 5(1)(b), focusing on themes of mutual interest to the participating organisations;
(c) multilateral projects, as referred to in Article 5(1)(c), in particular those aimed at improving training systems by focusing on the transfer of innovation involving the linguistic, cultural and legal adaptation to national needs of innovative products and processes developed in different contexts;
(d) multilateral projects, as referred to in Article 5(1)(e), aimed at improving training systems by focusing on the development of innovation and good practice;
(e) thematic networks of experts and organisations, as referred to in Article 5(1)(e), working on specific issues related to vocational education and training;
(f) other initiatives aimed at promoting the objectives of the Leonardo da Vinci programme, as referred to in Article 5(1)(h) (‘accompanying measures’).
(a) learners in adult education;
(b) institutions or organisations providing learning opportunities in adult education;
(c) teachers and other staff within those institutions or organisations;
(d) establishments involved in the initial or further training of adult education staff;
(e) associations and representatives of those involved in adult education, including learners' and teachers' associations;
(f) bodies providing guidance, counselling and information services relating to any aspect of lifelong learning;
(g) persons and bodies responsible for systems and policies concerning any aspect of adult education at local, regional and national level;
(h) research centres and bodies concerned with lifelong learning issues;
(i) enterprises;
(j) non-profit organisations, voluntary bodies, NGOs;
(k) higher education institutions.
(a) to respond to the educational challenge of an ageing population in Europe;
(b) to help provide adults with pathways to improving their knowledge and competences.
(a) to improve the quality and accessibility of mobility throughout Europe of individuals involved in adult education and to increase its volume so as to support the mobility of at least 7 000 such individuals per year by 2013;
(b) to improve the quality and to increase the volume of cooperation between organisations involved in adult education throughout Europe;
(c) to assist people from vulnerable social groups and in marginal social contexts, in particular older people and those who have left education without basic qualifications, in order to give them alternative opportunities to access adult education;
(d) to facilitate the development of innovative practices in adult education and their transfer, including from a participating country to others;
(e) to support the development of innovative ICT-based content, services, pedagogies and practice for lifelong learning;
(f) to improve pedagogical approaches and the management of adult education organisations.
(a) mobility of individuals, as referred to in Article 5(1)(a). In arranging for or supporting the organisation of such mobility, the necessary preparatory measures shall be adopted and care shall be taken to ensure that adequate supervision and support is available for individuals in mobility. Such mobility may include visits, assistantships and exchanges for participants in formal and non-formal adult education, including the training and professional development of adult education staff, especially in synergy with partnerships and projects;
(b) partnerships, as referred to in Article 5(1)(b), known as ‘Grundtvig learning partnerships’, focusing on themes of mutual interest to the participating organisations;
(c) multilateral projects, as referred to in Article 5(1)(e), aimed at improving adult education systems through the development and transfer of innovation and good practice;
(d) thematic networks of experts and organisations, as referred to in Article 5(1)(e), known as ‘Grundtvig networks’, working in particular on:(i)developing adult education in the discipline, subject area or management aspect to which they relate;(ii)identifying,improving and disseminating relevant good practice and innovation;(iii)providing content support to projects and partnerships set up by others and facilitating interactivity between such projects and partnerships;(iv)promoting the development of needs analysis and quality assurance within adult education; (i) developing adult education in the discipline, subject area or management aspect to which they relate; (ii) identifying,improving and disseminating relevant good practice and innovation; (iii) providing content support to projects and partnerships set up by others and facilitating interactivity between such projects and partnerships; (iv) promoting the development of needs analysis and quality assurance within adult education;
(i) developing adult education in the discipline, subject area or management aspect to which they relate;
(ii) identifying,improving and disseminating relevant good practice and innovation;
(iii) providing content support to projects and partnerships set up by others and facilitating interactivity between such projects and partnerships;
(iv) promoting the development of needs analysis and quality assurance within adult education;
(i) developing adult education in the discipline, subject area or management aspect to which they relate;
(ii) identifying,improving and disseminating relevant good practice and innovation;
(iii) providing content support to projects and partnerships set up by others and facilitating interactivity between such projects and partnerships;
(iv) promoting the development of needs analysis and quality assurance within adult education;
(e) other initiatives aimed at promoting the objectives of the Grundtvig programme, as referred to in Article 5(1)(h) (‘accompanying measures’).
(a) to promote European cooperation in fields covering two or more sectoral sub-programmes;
(b) to promote the quality and transparency of Member States' education and training systems.
(a) to support policy development and cooperation at European level in lifelong learning, notably in the context of the Lisbon process and Education and Training 2010 Work Programme, as well as the Bologna and Copenhagen processes and their successors;
(b) to ensure an adequate supply of comparable data, statistics and analyses to underpin lifelong learning policy development, as well as to monitor progress towards objectives and targets in lifelong learning, and to identify areas for particular attention;
(c) to promote language learning and to support linguistic diversity in the Member States;
(d) to support the development of innovative ICT-based content, services, pedagogies and practice for lifelong learning;
(e) to ensure that the results of the Lifelong Learning Programme are appropriately recognised, demonstrated and implemented on a wide scale.
(a) individual mobility, as referred to in Article 5(1)(a), including study visits for experts and officials designated by national, regional and local authorities, for directors of education and training establishments and guidance and experience accreditation services, and for social partners;
(b) multilateral projects, as referred to in Article 5(1)(e), aimed at preparing and testing policy proposals developed at Community level and innovation in lifelong learning;
(c) multilateral networks, as referred to in Article 5(1)(e), of experts and/or institutions working together on policy issues. Such networks may include:(i)thematic networks working on issues related to the content of lifelong learning or to lifelong learning methodologies and policies. Such networks may observe, exchange, identify and analyse good practice and innovation, and make proposals for a better and wider use of such practices across the Member States;(ii)forums on strategic issues in lifelong learning; (i) thematic networks working on issues related to the content of lifelong learning or to lifelong learning methodologies and policies. Such networks may observe, exchange, identify and analyse good practice and innovation, and make proposals for a better and wider use of such practices across the Member States; (ii) forums on strategic issues in lifelong learning;
(i) thematic networks working on issues related to the content of lifelong learning or to lifelong learning methodologies and policies. Such networks may observe, exchange, identify and analyse good practice and innovation, and make proposals for a better and wider use of such practices across the Member States;
(ii) forums on strategic issues in lifelong learning;
(i) thematic networks working on issues related to the content of lifelong learning or to lifelong learning methodologies and policies. Such networks may observe, exchange, identify and analyse good practice and innovation, and make proposals for a better and wider use of such practices across the Member States;
(ii) forums on strategic issues in lifelong learning;
(d) observation and analysis of policies and systems in the field of lifelong learning, as referred to in Article 5(1)(f), which may include:(i)studies and comparative research;(ii)development of indicators and statistical surveys, including support for work undertaken in the field of lifelong learning in cooperation with Eurostat;(iii)support for the operation of the Eurydice network and funding of the Eurydice European Unit set up by the Commission; (i) studies and comparative research; (ii) development of indicators and statistical surveys, including support for work undertaken in the field of lifelong learning in cooperation with Eurostat; (iii) support for the operation of the Eurydice network and funding of the Eurydice European Unit set up by the Commission;
(i) studies and comparative research;
(ii) development of indicators and statistical surveys, including support for work undertaken in the field of lifelong learning in cooperation with Eurostat;
(iii) support for the operation of the Eurydice network and funding of the Eurydice European Unit set up by the Commission;
(i) studies and comparative research;
(ii) development of indicators and statistical surveys, including support for work undertaken in the field of lifelong learning in cooperation with Eurostat;
(iii) support for the operation of the Eurydice network and funding of the Eurydice European Unit set up by the Commission;
(e) action to support transparency and recognition of qualifications and competences including those acquired through non-formal and informal learning, information and guidance on mobility for learning purposes, and cooperation in quality assurance, as referred to in Article 5(1)(f), which may include:(i)networks of organisations which facilitate mobility and recognition, such as Euroguidance and National Academic Recognition Information Centres (NARICs);(ii)support for transnational web-based services such as Ploteus;(iii)activities under the Europass initiative in accordance with Decision No 2241/2004/EC; (i) networks of organisations which facilitate mobility and recognition, such as Euroguidance and National Academic Recognition Information Centres (NARICs); (ii) support for transnational web-based services such as Ploteus; (iii) activities under the Europass initiative in accordance with Decision No 2241/2004/EC;
(i) networks of organisations which facilitate mobility and recognition, such as Euroguidance and National Academic Recognition Information Centres (NARICs);
(ii) support for transnational web-based services such as Ploteus;
(iii) activities under the Europass initiative in accordance with Decision No 2241/2004/EC;
(i) networks of organisations which facilitate mobility and recognition, such as Euroguidance and National Academic Recognition Information Centres (NARICs);
(ii) support for transnational web-based services such as Ploteus;
(iii) activities under the Europass initiative in accordance with Decision No 2241/2004/EC;
(f) other initiatives, as referred to in Article 5(1)(h) (accompanying measures), including peer-learning activities aimed at promoting the objectives of the key activity referred to in Article 3(2)(a).
(a) multilateral projects, as referred to in Article 5(1)(e), aimed,inter alia,at:(i)developing new language learning materials, including online courses, and instruments for language testing;(ii)developing tools and courses for training language teachers, trainers and other staff; (i) developing new language learning materials, including online courses, and instruments for language testing; (ii) developing tools and courses for training language teachers, trainers and other staff;
(i) developing new language learning materials, including online courses, and instruments for language testing;
(ii) developing tools and courses for training language teachers, trainers and other staff;
(i) developing new language learning materials, including online courses, and instruments for language testing;
(ii) developing tools and courses for training language teachers, trainers and other staff;
(b) multilateral networks as referred to in Article 5(1)(e), in the field of language learning and linguistic diversity;
(c) other initiatives in line with the objectives of the Lifelong Learning Programme, as referred to in Article 5(1)(h), including activities to make language learning more attractive to learners through the mass media and/or marketing, publicity and information campaigns, as well as conferences, studies and the development of statistical indicators in the field of language learning and linguistic diversity.
(a) multilateral projects, as referred to in Article 5(1)(e), aimed at the development and distribution, as appropriate, of innovative methods, contents, services and environments;
(b) multilateral networks as referred to in Article 5(1)(e), aimed at sharing and exchanging knowledge, experience and good practice;
(c) other action aimed at improving lifelong learning policy and practice, as described in Article 5(1)(f), which may include mechanisms for evaluation, observation, benchmarking, quality improvement and the analysis of trends with respect to technology and pedagogy.
(a) unilateral and national projects, as referred to in Article 5(1)(d);
(b) multilateral projects, as referred to in Article 5(1)(e), aimed inter alia at:(i)supporting the exploitation and implementation of innovative products and processes;(ii)stimulating cooperation between projects operating in the same field;(iii)developing good practice with regard to dissemination methods; (i) supporting the exploitation and implementation of innovative products and processes; (ii) stimulating cooperation between projects operating in the same field; (iii) developing good practice with regard to dissemination methods;
(i) supporting the exploitation and implementation of innovative products and processes;
(ii) stimulating cooperation between projects operating in the same field;
(iii) developing good practice with regard to dissemination methods;
(i) supporting the exploitation and implementation of innovative products and processes;
(ii) stimulating cooperation between projects operating in the same field;
(iii) developing good practice with regard to dissemination methods;
(c) the establishment of reference material as referred to in Article 5(1)(f), which may include the collection of relevant statistical data and studies in the field of dissemination, the exploitation of results and the exchange of good practice.
(a) students and researchers in the field of European integration in all forms of higher education within and outside the Community;
(b) higher education institutions within and outside the Community as recognised within their own countries;
(c) teachers and other staff within those institutions;
(d) associations and representatives of those involved in education and training within and outside the Community;
(e) public and private bodies responsible for the organisation and delivery of education and training at local, regional and national levels;
(f) research centres and bodies concerned with issues relating to European integration within and outside the Community.
(a) to stimulate teaching, research and reflection activities in the field of European integration studies;
(b) to support the existence of an appropriate range of institutions and associations focusing on issues relating to European integration and on education and training in a European perspective.
(a) to stimulate excellence in teaching, research and reflection in European integration studies in higher education institutions within and outside the Community;
(b) to enhance knowledge and awareness among specialist academics and among European citizens generally of issues relating to European integration;
(c) to support key European institutions dealing with issues relating to European integration;
(d) to support the existence of high-quality European institutions and associations active in the fields of education and training.
(a) unilateral and national projects, as referred to in Article 5(1)(d), which may include:(i)Jean Monnet Chairs, centres of excellence and teaching modules;(ii)associations of professors, other teachers in higher education, and researchers specialising in European integration;(iii)support for young researchers specialising in European integration studies;(iv)information and research activities relating to the Community with the aim of promoting discussion, reflection and knowledge about the process of European integration; (i) Jean Monnet Chairs, centres of excellence and teaching modules; (ii) associations of professors, other teachers in higher education, and researchers specialising in European integration; (iii) support for young researchers specialising in European integration studies; (iv) information and research activities relating to the Community with the aim of promoting discussion, reflection and knowledge about the process of European integration;
(i) Jean Monnet Chairs, centres of excellence and teaching modules;
(ii) associations of professors, other teachers in higher education, and researchers specialising in European integration;
(iii) support for young researchers specialising in European integration studies;
(iv) information and research activities relating to the Community with the aim of promoting discussion, reflection and knowledge about the process of European integration;
(i) Jean Monnet Chairs, centres of excellence and teaching modules;
(ii) associations of professors, other teachers in higher education, and researchers specialising in European integration;
(iii) support for young researchers specialising in European integration studies;
(iv) information and research activities relating to the Community with the aim of promoting discussion, reflection and knowledge about the process of European integration;
(b) multilateral projects and networks, as referred to in Article 5(1)(e), which may include support for the establishment of multilateral research groups in the field of European integration.
(a) the College of Europe (Bruges and Natolin campuses);
(b) the European University Institute, Florence;
(c) the European Institute of Public Administration, Maastricht;
(d) the Academy of European Law, Trier;
(e) the European Agency for Development in Special Needs Education, Middelfart;
(f) the International Centre for European Training (CIFE), Nice.
1.1. Procedure 1The following actions, under which the selection decisions are taken by the appropriate national agencies, shall be managed through the ‘National agency procedure 1’:(a)the mobility of individuals in lifelong learning, as referred to in Article 5(1)(a);(b)bilateral and multilateral partnerships, as referred to in Article 5(1)(b);(c)unilateral and national projects, as referred to in Article 5(1)(d), where these are funded under Article 33(4)(a).Requests for financial assistance submitted under these actions shall be directed to the appropriate national agencies designated by the Member States in accordance with Article 6(2)(b). The national agencies shall carry out the selection and allocate financial assistance to the applicants selected in accordance with the general guidelines to be established under Article 9(1)(c). The national agencies shall distribute grants to beneficiaries located in their respective Member States. Each partner in a bilateral or multilateral partnership shall receive funding direct from its respective national agency. (a) the mobility of individuals in lifelong learning, as referred to in Article 5(1)(a); (b) bilateral and multilateral partnerships, as referred to in Article 5(1)(b); (c) unilateral and national projects, as referred to in Article 5(1)(d), where these are funded under Article 33(4)(a).
(a) the mobility of individuals in lifelong learning, as referred to in Article 5(1)(a);
(b) bilateral and multilateral partnerships, as referred to in Article 5(1)(b);
(c) unilateral and national projects, as referred to in Article 5(1)(d), where these are funded under Article 33(4)(a).
(a) the mobility of individuals in lifelong learning, as referred to in Article 5(1)(a);
(b) bilateral and multilateral partnerships, as referred to in Article 5(1)(b);
(c) unilateral and national projects, as referred to in Article 5(1)(d), where these are funded under Article 33(4)(a).
1.2. Procedure 2The following action, under which the selection decisions are taken by the Commission, but evaluation and contracting procedures are undertaken by the appropriate national agencies, shall be managed through the ‘National agency procedure 2’:—multilateral projects, as referred to in Article 5(1)(c).Requests for financial assistance submitted under this action shall be directed to the national agency designated by the Member State of the coordinator of the project in accordance with Article 6(2)(b).The national agency of the Member State of the coordinator of the project shall carry out the evaluation of applications and submit to the Commission a shortlist of applications which it proposes to accept. The Commission shall decide upon the shortlist proposed, following which the national agency shall allocate the appropriate financial assistance to the applicants selected in accordance with the general guidelines to be established under Article 9(1)(c).Before submitting the shortlist to the Commission, the national agency of the country in which the project is coordinated shall liaise with those in the countries of all the other project partners. The national agencies shall distribute grants to selected project coordinators located in their respective Member States, which shall be responsible for distributing the funds to the partners involved in the projects. — multilateral projects, as referred to in Article 5(1)(c).
— multilateral projects, as referred to in Article 5(1)(c).
— multilateral projects, as referred to in Article 5(1)(c).
(a) unilateral and national projects, as referred to in Article 5(1)(d), except those funded under Article 33(4)(a);
(b) multilateral projects and networks, as referred to in Article 5(1)(e);
(c) observation and analysis of policies and systems in the field of lifelong learning, the establishment of reference material, including surveys, statistics, analyses and indicators, and action to support transparency and recognition of qualifications and prior learning, as referred to in Article 5(1)(f);
(d) operating grants, as referred to in Article 5(1)(g);
(e) other initiatives aimed at promoting the objectives of the Lifelong Learning Programme, as referred to in Article 5(1)(h) (‘accompanying measures’).
— the contracting parties,
— the duration of the contract, which shall be the period of eligibility of the expenditure,
— the maximum amount of funding awarded,
— a summary description of the action involved,
— reporting and audit access requirements.
1.1. The Community funds intended to provide financial support under the actions to be managed through the National agency procedure in accordance with section A point 1.1 of this Annex, are to be allocated among the Member States in accordance with formulae determined by the Commission in accordance with Article 10(2), which may include the following elements:(a)a minimum amount allocated to each Member State, to be determined in accordance with budgetary availability for the action concerned;(b)the remainder will be allocated to the various Member States on the basis of:(i)each Member State's total number of:—pupils and teachers in school education for the school partnerships and mobility actions of the Comenius programme set out in Article 18(1)(a) and (b),—students and/or graduates in higher education for the mobility of students and intensive programmes actions of the Erasmus programme set out in Article 22(1)(a)(i) and (iv),—teachers in higher education institutions for the mobility of teachers and the mobility of other staff actions of the Erasmusprogramme set out in Article 22(1)(a)(ii) and (iii),—overall population and number of 15 to 35 year olds in relation to it, for the mobility, partnership and multilateral project actions of the Leonardo da Vinci programme set out in Article 26(1)(a), (b) and (c),—adults for the mobility and partnership actions of the Grundtvig programme set out in Article 30(1)(a) and (b);(ii)the difference in the cost of living between the Member States;(iii)the distance between the capital cities of each of the Member States;(iv)the level of demand and/or take-up for the action concerned within each Member State. (a) a minimum amount allocated to each Member State, to be determined in accordance with budgetary availability for the action concerned; (b) the remainder will be allocated to the various Member States on the basis of:(i)each Member State's total number of:—pupils and teachers in school education for the school partnerships and mobility actions of the Comenius programme set out in Article 18(1)(a) and (b),—students and/or graduates in higher education for the mobility of students and intensive programmes actions of the Erasmus programme set out in Article 22(1)(a)(i) and (iv),—teachers in higher education institutions for the mobility of teachers and the mobility of other staff actions of the Erasmusprogramme set out in Article 22(1)(a)(ii) and (iii),—overall population and number of 15 to 35 year olds in relation to it, for the mobility, partnership and multilateral project actions of the Leonardo da Vinci programme set out in Article 26(1)(a), (b) and (c),—adults for the mobility and partnership actions of the Grundtvig programme set out in Article 30(1)(a) and (b);(ii)the difference in the cost of living between the Member States;(iii)the distance between the capital cities of each of the Member States;(iv)the level of demand and/or take-up for the action concerned within each Member State. (i) each Member State's total number of:—pupils and teachers in school education for the school partnerships and mobility actions of the Comenius programme set out in Article 18(1)(a) and (b),—students and/or graduates in higher education for the mobility of students and intensive programmes actions of the Erasmus programme set out in Article 22(1)(a)(i) and (iv),—teachers in higher education institutions for the mobility of teachers and the mobility of other staff actions of the Erasmusprogramme set out in Article 22(1)(a)(ii) and (iii),—overall population and number of 15 to 35 year olds in relation to it, for the mobility, partnership and multilateral project actions of the Leonardo da Vinci programme set out in Article 26(1)(a), (b) and (c),—adults for the mobility and partnership actions of the Grundtvig programme set out in Article 30(1)(a) and (b); — pupils and teachers in school education for the school partnerships and mobility actions of the Comenius programme set out in Article 18(1)(a) and (b), — students and/or graduates in higher education for the mobility of students and intensive programmes actions of the Erasmus programme set out in Article 22(1)(a)(i) and (iv), — teachers in higher education institutions for the mobility of teachers and the mobility of other staff actions of the Erasmusprogramme set out in Article 22(1)(a)(ii) and (iii), — overall population and number of 15 to 35 year olds in relation to it, for the mobility, partnership and multilateral project actions of the Leonardo da Vinci programme set out in Article 26(1)(a), (b) and (c), — adults for the mobility and partnership actions of the Grundtvig programme set out in Article 30(1)(a) and (b); (ii) the difference in the cost of living between the Member States; (iii) the distance between the capital cities of each of the Member States; (iv) the level of demand and/or take-up for the action concerned within each Member State.
(a) a minimum amount allocated to each Member State, to be determined in accordance with budgetary availability for the action concerned;
(b) the remainder will be allocated to the various Member States on the basis of:(i)each Member State's total number of:—pupils and teachers in school education for the school partnerships and mobility actions of the Comenius programme set out in Article 18(1)(a) and (b),—students and/or graduates in higher education for the mobility of students and intensive programmes actions of the Erasmus programme set out in Article 22(1)(a)(i) and (iv),—teachers in higher education institutions for the mobility of teachers and the mobility of other staff actions of the Erasmusprogramme set out in Article 22(1)(a)(ii) and (iii),—overall population and number of 15 to 35 year olds in relation to it, for the mobility, partnership and multilateral project actions of the Leonardo da Vinci programme set out in Article 26(1)(a), (b) and (c),—adults for the mobility and partnership actions of the Grundtvig programme set out in Article 30(1)(a) and (b);(ii)the difference in the cost of living between the Member States;(iii)the distance between the capital cities of each of the Member States;(iv)the level of demand and/or take-up for the action concerned within each Member State. (i) each Member State's total number of:—pupils and teachers in school education for the school partnerships and mobility actions of the Comenius programme set out in Article 18(1)(a) and (b),—students and/or graduates in higher education for the mobility of students and intensive programmes actions of the Erasmus programme set out in Article 22(1)(a)(i) and (iv),—teachers in higher education institutions for the mobility of teachers and the mobility of other staff actions of the Erasmusprogramme set out in Article 22(1)(a)(ii) and (iii),—overall population and number of 15 to 35 year olds in relation to it, for the mobility, partnership and multilateral project actions of the Leonardo da Vinci programme set out in Article 26(1)(a), (b) and (c),—adults for the mobility and partnership actions of the Grundtvig programme set out in Article 30(1)(a) and (b); — pupils and teachers in school education for the school partnerships and mobility actions of the Comenius programme set out in Article 18(1)(a) and (b), — students and/or graduates in higher education for the mobility of students and intensive programmes actions of the Erasmus programme set out in Article 22(1)(a)(i) and (iv), — teachers in higher education institutions for the mobility of teachers and the mobility of other staff actions of the Erasmusprogramme set out in Article 22(1)(a)(ii) and (iii), — overall population and number of 15 to 35 year olds in relation to it, for the mobility, partnership and multilateral project actions of the Leonardo da Vinci programme set out in Article 26(1)(a), (b) and (c), — adults for the mobility and partnership actions of the Grundtvig programme set out in Article 30(1)(a) and (b); (ii) the difference in the cost of living between the Member States; (iii) the distance between the capital cities of each of the Member States; (iv) the level of demand and/or take-up for the action concerned within each Member State.
(i) each Member State's total number of:—pupils and teachers in school education for the school partnerships and mobility actions of the Comenius programme set out in Article 18(1)(a) and (b),—students and/or graduates in higher education for the mobility of students and intensive programmes actions of the Erasmus programme set out in Article 22(1)(a)(i) and (iv),—teachers in higher education institutions for the mobility of teachers and the mobility of other staff actions of the Erasmusprogramme set out in Article 22(1)(a)(ii) and (iii),—overall population and number of 15 to 35 year olds in relation to it, for the mobility, partnership and multilateral project actions of the Leonardo da Vinci programme set out in Article 26(1)(a), (b) and (c),—adults for the mobility and partnership actions of the Grundtvig programme set out in Article 30(1)(a) and (b); — pupils and teachers in school education for the school partnerships and mobility actions of the Comenius programme set out in Article 18(1)(a) and (b), — students and/or graduates in higher education for the mobility of students and intensive programmes actions of the Erasmus programme set out in Article 22(1)(a)(i) and (iv), — teachers in higher education institutions for the mobility of teachers and the mobility of other staff actions of the Erasmusprogramme set out in Article 22(1)(a)(ii) and (iii), — overall population and number of 15 to 35 year olds in relation to it, for the mobility, partnership and multilateral project actions of the Leonardo da Vinci programme set out in Article 26(1)(a), (b) and (c), — adults for the mobility and partnership actions of the Grundtvig programme set out in Article 30(1)(a) and (b);
— pupils and teachers in school education for the school partnerships and mobility actions of the Comenius programme set out in Article 18(1)(a) and (b),
— students and/or graduates in higher education for the mobility of students and intensive programmes actions of the Erasmus programme set out in Article 22(1)(a)(i) and (iv),
— teachers in higher education institutions for the mobility of teachers and the mobility of other staff actions of the Erasmusprogramme set out in Article 22(1)(a)(ii) and (iii),
— overall population and number of 15 to 35 year olds in relation to it, for the mobility, partnership and multilateral project actions of the Leonardo da Vinci programme set out in Article 26(1)(a), (b) and (c),
— adults for the mobility and partnership actions of the Grundtvig programme set out in Article 30(1)(a) and (b);
(ii) the difference in the cost of living between the Member States;
(iii) the distance between the capital cities of each of the Member States;
(iv) the level of demand and/or take-up for the action concerned within each Member State.
(a) a minimum amount allocated to each Member State, to be determined in accordance with budgetary availability for the action concerned;
(b) the remainder will be allocated to the various Member States on the basis of:(i)each Member State's total number of:—pupils and teachers in school education for the school partnerships and mobility actions of the Comenius programme set out in Article 18(1)(a) and (b),—students and/or graduates in higher education for the mobility of students and intensive programmes actions of the Erasmus programme set out in Article 22(1)(a)(i) and (iv),—teachers in higher education institutions for the mobility of teachers and the mobility of other staff actions of the Erasmusprogramme set out in Article 22(1)(a)(ii) and (iii),—overall population and number of 15 to 35 year olds in relation to it, for the mobility, partnership and multilateral project actions of the Leonardo da Vinci programme set out in Article 26(1)(a), (b) and (c),—adults for the mobility and partnership actions of the Grundtvig programme set out in Article 30(1)(a) and (b);(ii)the difference in the cost of living between the Member States;(iii)the distance between the capital cities of each of the Member States;(iv)the level of demand and/or take-up for the action concerned within each Member State. (i) each Member State's total number of:—pupils and teachers in school education for the school partnerships and mobility actions of the Comenius programme set out in Article 18(1)(a) and (b),—students and/or graduates in higher education for the mobility of students and intensive programmes actions of the Erasmus programme set out in Article 22(1)(a)(i) and (iv),—teachers in higher education institutions for the mobility of teachers and the mobility of other staff actions of the Erasmusprogramme set out in Article 22(1)(a)(ii) and (iii),—overall population and number of 15 to 35 year olds in relation to it, for the mobility, partnership and multilateral project actions of the Leonardo da Vinci programme set out in Article 26(1)(a), (b) and (c),—adults for the mobility and partnership actions of the Grundtvig programme set out in Article 30(1)(a) and (b); — pupils and teachers in school education for the school partnerships and mobility actions of the Comenius programme set out in Article 18(1)(a) and (b), — students and/or graduates in higher education for the mobility of students and intensive programmes actions of the Erasmus programme set out in Article 22(1)(a)(i) and (iv), — teachers in higher education institutions for the mobility of teachers and the mobility of other staff actions of the Erasmusprogramme set out in Article 22(1)(a)(ii) and (iii), — overall population and number of 15 to 35 year olds in relation to it, for the mobility, partnership and multilateral project actions of the Leonardo da Vinci programme set out in Article 26(1)(a), (b) and (c), — adults for the mobility and partnership actions of the Grundtvig programme set out in Article 30(1)(a) and (b); (ii) the difference in the cost of living between the Member States; (iii) the distance between the capital cities of each of the Member States; (iv) the level of demand and/or take-up for the action concerned within each Member State.
(i) each Member State's total number of:—pupils and teachers in school education for the school partnerships and mobility actions of the Comenius programme set out in Article 18(1)(a) and (b),—students and/or graduates in higher education for the mobility of students and intensive programmes actions of the Erasmus programme set out in Article 22(1)(a)(i) and (iv),—teachers in higher education institutions for the mobility of teachers and the mobility of other staff actions of the Erasmusprogramme set out in Article 22(1)(a)(ii) and (iii),—overall population and number of 15 to 35 year olds in relation to it, for the mobility, partnership and multilateral project actions of the Leonardo da Vinci programme set out in Article 26(1)(a), (b) and (c),—adults for the mobility and partnership actions of the Grundtvig programme set out in Article 30(1)(a) and (b); — pupils and teachers in school education for the school partnerships and mobility actions of the Comenius programme set out in Article 18(1)(a) and (b), — students and/or graduates in higher education for the mobility of students and intensive programmes actions of the Erasmus programme set out in Article 22(1)(a)(i) and (iv), — teachers in higher education institutions for the mobility of teachers and the mobility of other staff actions of the Erasmusprogramme set out in Article 22(1)(a)(ii) and (iii), — overall population and number of 15 to 35 year olds in relation to it, for the mobility, partnership and multilateral project actions of the Leonardo da Vinci programme set out in Article 26(1)(a), (b) and (c), — adults for the mobility and partnership actions of the Grundtvig programme set out in Article 30(1)(a) and (b);
— pupils and teachers in school education for the school partnerships and mobility actions of the Comenius programme set out in Article 18(1)(a) and (b),
— students and/or graduates in higher education for the mobility of students and intensive programmes actions of the Erasmus programme set out in Article 22(1)(a)(i) and (iv),
— teachers in higher education institutions for the mobility of teachers and the mobility of other staff actions of the Erasmusprogramme set out in Article 22(1)(a)(ii) and (iii),
— overall population and number of 15 to 35 year olds in relation to it, for the mobility, partnership and multilateral project actions of the Leonardo da Vinci programme set out in Article 26(1)(a), (b) and (c),
— adults for the mobility and partnership actions of the Grundtvig programme set out in Article 30(1)(a) and (b);
(ii) the difference in the cost of living between the Member States;
(iii) the distance between the capital cities of each of the Member States;
(iv) the level of demand and/or take-up for the action concerned within each Member State.
(i) each Member State's total number of:—pupils and teachers in school education for the school partnerships and mobility actions of the Comenius programme set out in Article 18(1)(a) and (b),—students and/or graduates in higher education for the mobility of students and intensive programmes actions of the Erasmus programme set out in Article 22(1)(a)(i) and (iv),—teachers in higher education institutions for the mobility of teachers and the mobility of other staff actions of the Erasmusprogramme set out in Article 22(1)(a)(ii) and (iii),—overall population and number of 15 to 35 year olds in relation to it, for the mobility, partnership and multilateral project actions of the Leonardo da Vinci programme set out in Article 26(1)(a), (b) and (c),—adults for the mobility and partnership actions of the Grundtvig programme set out in Article 30(1)(a) and (b); — pupils and teachers in school education for the school partnerships and mobility actions of the Comenius programme set out in Article 18(1)(a) and (b), — students and/or graduates in higher education for the mobility of students and intensive programmes actions of the Erasmus programme set out in Article 22(1)(a)(i) and (iv), — teachers in higher education institutions for the mobility of teachers and the mobility of other staff actions of the Erasmusprogramme set out in Article 22(1)(a)(ii) and (iii), — overall population and number of 15 to 35 year olds in relation to it, for the mobility, partnership and multilateral project actions of the Leonardo da Vinci programme set out in Article 26(1)(a), (b) and (c), — adults for the mobility and partnership actions of the Grundtvig programme set out in Article 30(1)(a) and (b);
— pupils and teachers in school education for the school partnerships and mobility actions of the Comenius programme set out in Article 18(1)(a) and (b),
— students and/or graduates in higher education for the mobility of students and intensive programmes actions of the Erasmus programme set out in Article 22(1)(a)(i) and (iv),
— teachers in higher education institutions for the mobility of teachers and the mobility of other staff actions of the Erasmusprogramme set out in Article 22(1)(a)(ii) and (iii),
— overall population and number of 15 to 35 year olds in relation to it, for the mobility, partnership and multilateral project actions of the Leonardo da Vinci programme set out in Article 26(1)(a), (b) and (c),
— adults for the mobility and partnership actions of the Grundtvig programme set out in Article 30(1)(a) and (b);
— pupils and teachers in school education for the school partnerships and mobility actions of the Comenius programme set out in Article 18(1)(a) and (b),
— students and/or graduates in higher education for the mobility of students and intensive programmes actions of the Erasmus programme set out in Article 22(1)(a)(i) and (iv),
— teachers in higher education institutions for the mobility of teachers and the mobility of other staff actions of the Erasmusprogramme set out in Article 22(1)(a)(ii) and (iii),
— overall population and number of 15 to 35 year olds in relation to it, for the mobility, partnership and multilateral project actions of the Leonardo da Vinci programme set out in Article 26(1)(a), (b) and (c),
— adults for the mobility and partnership actions of the Grundtvig programme set out in Article 30(1)(a) and (b);
(ii) the difference in the cost of living between the Member States;
(iii) the distance between the capital cities of each of the Member States;
(iv) the level of demand and/or take-up for the action concerned within each Member State.
1.2. These formulae should, as far as possible, be neutral with respect to the different education and training systems of the Member States.
1.3. The Community funds thus distributed shall be administered by the national agencies provided for in Article 6(2)(b).
1.4. The Commission, acting in cooperation with the Member States, shall take the necessary measures to encourage balanced participation at Community, national and, where appropriate, regional level and, where appropriate, across the various fields of study. The proportion allocated to these measures shall not exceed 5 % of the annual allocations for financing each of the actions in question.
Comenius 13 %
Erasmus 40 %
Leonardo da Vinci 25 %
Grundtvig 4 %
THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND THE COUNCIL OF THE EUROPEAN UNION,
Having regard to the Treaty establishing the European Community, and in particular Articles 149(4) and 150(4) thereof,
Having regard to the proposal from the Commission,
Having regard to the opinion of the European Economic and Social Committee(1),
Having regard to the opinion of the Committee of the Regions(2),
Acting in accordance with the procedure laid down in Article 251 of the Treaty(3),
(1) Council Decision 1999/382/EC(4)established the second phase of the Community vocational training action programme ‘Leonardo da Vinci’.
(2) Decision No 253/2000/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council(5)established the second phase of the Community action programme in the field of education ‘Socrates’.
(3) Decision No 2318/2003/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council(6)established a multi-annual programme for the effective integration of information and communication technologies (ICT) in education and training systems in Europe (eLearning programme).
(4) Decision No 791/2004/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council(7)established a Community action programme to promote bodies active at European level in the field of education and training and to support specific activities in this field.
(5) Decision No 2241/2004/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council(8)established a single framework for the transparency of qualifications and competences (Europass).
(6) Decision No 2317/2003/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council(9)established a programme for the enhancement of quality in higher education and the promotion of intercultural understanding through cooperation with third countries (Erasmus Mundus) (2004 to 2008).
(7) The Bologna Declaration, signed by the Ministers for Education of 29 European countries on 19 June 1999, established an intergovernmental process aimed at creating a ‘European Area of Higher Education’ by 2010, which requires support at Community level.
(8) The Lisbon European Council of 23 and 24 March 2000 set a strategic goal for the European Union to become the most competitive and dynamic knowledge-based economy in the world, capable of sustainable economic growth with more and better jobs and greater social cohesion, and invited the Education Council to undertake a general reflection on the concrete future objectives of education systems, focusing on common concerns and priorities while respecting national diversity.
(9) An advanced knowledge society is the key to higher growth and employment rates. Education and training are essential priorities for the European Union in order to achieve the Lisbon goals.
(10) On 12 February 2001 the Council adopted a report on the concrete future objectives of education and training systems. On 14 June 2002 it subsequently adopted a detailed work programme on the follow-up of these objectives, requiring support at Community level.
(11) The Göteborg European Council of 15 and 16 June 2001 agreed a strategy for sustainable development and added an environmental dimension to the Lisbon process for employment, economic reform and social cohesion.
(12) The Barcelona European Council of 15 and 16 March 2002 set the objective of making European Union education and training systems a world quality reference by 2010, and called for action to improve the mastery of basic skills, in particular by teaching at least two foreign languages from a very early age.
(13) The Commission Communication and the Council Resolution of 27 June 2002(10)on lifelong learning affirm that lifelong learning should be enhanced by actions and policies developed within the framework of Community programmes in this field.
(14) The Council Resolution of 19 December 2002(11)established a process of enhanced European cooperation in vocational education and training, requiring support at Community level. The Copenhagen Declaration, agreed by the Ministers for Education of 31 European countries on 30 November 2002, associated the social partners and the candidate countries with this process.
(15) The Commission Communication on the Action Plan for skills and mobility noted the continuing need for action at European level to improve the recognition of education and training qualifications.
(16) The Commission Communication on the Action Plan promoting language learning and linguistic diversity set out actions to be taken at European level during the period from 2004 to 2006 and requires follow-up action.
(17) Promoting the teaching and learning of languages and linguistic diversity should be a priority of Community action in the field of education and training. The teaching and learning of languages is of special relevance among neighbouring Member States.
(18) The interim evaluation reports of the existing Socrates and Leonardo da Vinci programmes and the public consultation on the future of Community activity in education and training revealed a strong and in some respects growing need for continuing cooperation and mobility in these fields at European level. The reports emphasised the importance of creating closer links between Community programmes and policy developments in education and training, expressed the wish that Community action should be structured so as to respond better to the lifelong learning paradigm, and pressed for a simpler, more user-friendly and more flexible approach to implementing such action.
(19) Following the principle of sound financial management, the implementation of the programme may be simplified by recourse to lump sum funding, in respect either of support awarded to programme participants or of Community support for the structures established at national level for the administration of the programme.
(20) Significant advantages would accrue from integrating Community support for transnational cooperation and mobility in the fields of education and training into a single programme, which would permit greater synergies between the different fields of action and offer more capacity to support developments in lifelong learning and more coherent, streamlined and efficient modes of administration. A single programme would also encourage better cooperation between the various levels of education and training.
(21) A Lifelong Learning Programme should therefore be established to contribute through lifelong learning to the development of the European Union as an advanced knowledge society, with sustainable economic development, more and better jobs and greater social cohesion.
(22) Given the specificities of the schools, higher education, vocational training and adult education sectors, and the consequent need for Community action to be based on objectives, forms of action and organisational structures tailored to them, it is appropriate to retain individual programmes within the framework of the Lifelong Learning Programme targeted at each of these four sectors, while maximising the coherence and common ground between them.
(23) In its Communication ‘Building our common Future: Policy challenges and Budgetary means of the Enlarged Union 2007-2013’, the Commission set out a sequence of quantified targets to be achieved by the new generation of Community education and training programmes, which require a significant increase in mobility and partnership actions.
(24) Given the demonstrated beneficial impacts of transnational mobility on individuals and on education and training systems, the high volume of unfulfilled demand for mobility in all sectors, and its importance in the context of the Lisbon target, it is necessary to increase substantially the volume of support for transnational mobility in the four sectoral sub-programmes.
(25) In order to cover more adequately the real additional costs borne by students studying abroad, the standard student mobility grant should be maintained at an average of EUR 200 per month in real terms for the duration of the programme.
(26) More provision should be made for the mobility needs of individual school pupils at secondary level and of individual adult learners, hitherto not covered by Community programmes, by introducing a new type of mobility action into the Comenius and Grundtvig programmes. The opportunities offered by individual teacher mobility for the development of long-term cooperation between schools in neighbouring regions should also be exploited more fully.
(27) Small and medium-sized enterprises play an important role in the European economy. Hitherto, however, participation by such enterprises in the Leonardo da Vinci programme has been limited. Steps should be taken to improve the attractiveness of Community action to such enterprises, in particular by ensuring that more mobility opportunities are available for apprentices. Suitable arrangements, similar to those that exist under the Erasmus programme, should be made for the recognition of the outcomes of such mobility.
(28) Given the particular educational challenges facing the children of occupational travellers and mobile workers in Europe, full use should be made of the opportunities available under the Comenius programme to support transnational activities targeted at their needs.
(29) Increased mobility throughout Europe should be accompanied by constantly higher standards.
(30) In order to respond to the increased need to support activities at European level designed to achieve these policy objectives, to provide a means of supporting trans-sectoral activity in the fields of languages and ICT, and to strengthen the dissemination and exploitation of results of the programme, it is appropriate to complement the four sectoral sub-programmes with a transversal programme.
(31) In order to respond to the increasing need for knowledge and dialogue on the European integration process and its development, it is important to stimulate excellence in teaching, research and reflection in this field by supporting higher education institutions specialising in the study of the European integration process, European associations in the fields of education and training and the Jean Monnet Action.
(32) It is necessary to provide sufficient flexibility in the formulation of this Decision to allow for appropriate adjustments in the actions of the Lifelong Learning Programme to respond to changing needs during the period from 2007 to 2013, and to avoid the inappropriately detailed provisions of previous phases of Socrates and Leonardo da Vinci programmes.
(33) In all its activities, the Community is to aim to eliminate inequalities and promote equality between men and women, as provided for in Article 3(2) of the Treaty.
(34) Further to Article 151 of the Treaty, the Community is to take cultural aspects into account in its action under other provisions of the Treaty, in particular in order to respect and to promote the diversity of its cultures. Particular attention should be paid to the synergy between culture, education and training. Intercultural dialogue should also be encouraged.
(35) There is a need to promote active citizenship and respect for human rights and democracy, and to step up the fight against exclusion in all its forms, including racism and xenophobia.
(36) There is a need to widen access for those from disadvantaged groups and to address actively the special learning needs of those with disabilities, in the implementation of all parts of the programme, including through the use of higher grants to reflect the additional costs of disabled participants, and the provision of support for the learning and use of sign languages and Braille.
(37) Note should be taken of the achievements of the European Year of Education through Sport (2004) and of the potential educational benefits of cooperation between educational institutions and sports organisations that the Year highlighted.
(38) The candidate countries for accession to the European Union and the EFTA countries which are members of the EEA may participate in Community programmes in accordance with agreements to be signed between the Community and these countries.
(39) The Thessaloniki European Council of 19 and 20 June 2003 approved the Council conclusions of 16 June 2003 on the Western Balkans, including the Annex thereto entitled ‘The Thessaloniki Agenda for the Western Balkans: moving towards European integration’, which provides that Community programmes should be opened to the Stabilisation and Association Process countries on the basis of framework agreements to be signed between the Community and those countries.
(40) The Community and the Swiss Confederation have declared their intention of undertaking negotiations to conclude agreements in areas of common interest such as Community education, training and youth programmes.
(41) The Lifelong Learning Programme should be regularly monitored and evaluated in cooperation between the Commission and the Member States in order to allow for readjustments, particularly with respect to the priorities for implementing the measures. The evaluation should include an external evaluation to be conducted by independent, impartial bodies.
(42) In its Resolution of 28 February 2002 on the implementation of the Socrates programme(12)the European Parliament drew attention to the disproportionately onerous administrative procedures for grant applicants under the second phase of the programme.
(43) Council Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 1605/2002 of 25 June 2002 on the Financial Regulation applicable to the general budget of the European Communities(13)and Commission Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 2342/2002 of 23 December 2002 laying down detailed rules for the implementation of Council Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 1605/2002(14), which safeguard the Community’s financial interests, have to be applied taking into account the principles of simplicity and consistency in the choice of budgetary instruments, a limitation on the number of cases where the Commission retains direct responsibility for their implementation and management, and the required proportionality between the amount of resources and the administrative burden related to their use.
(44) Radical administrative simplification of application procedures is essential for successful implementation of the programme. Administrative and accounting requirements should be proportional to the size of the grant.
(45) Appropriate measures should also be taken to prevent irregularities and fraud and the necessary steps should be taken to recover funds lost, wrongly paid or incorrectly used.
(46) It is appropriate to ensure a correct closure of the Lifelong Learning Programme, in particular regarding the continuation of multi-annual arrangements for its management, such as the financing of technical and administrative assistance. As from 1 January 2014, the technical and administrative assistance should ensure, if necessary, the management of actions not finalised by the end of 2013, including monitoring and audit actions.
(47) Since the objective of this Decision, namely the contribution of European cooperation to quality education and training, cannot be sufficiently achieved by the Member States because of the need for multilateral partnerships, transnational mobility and Community-wide exchanges of information, and can therefore, by reason of the nature of the actions and measures necessary, be better achieved at Community level, the Community may adopt measures, in accordance with the principle of subsidiarity as set out in Article 5 of the Treaty. In accordance with the principle of proportionality, as set out in that Article, this Decision does not go beyond what is necessary in order to achieve that objective.
(48) This Decision lays down for the entire duration of the programme, a financial envelope constituting the prime reference within the meaning of point 37 of the Interinstitutional Agreement of 17 May 2006 between the European Parliament, the Council and the Commission on budgetary discipline and sound financial management(15), for the budgetary authority during the annual budgetary procedure.
(49) The measures necessary for the implementation of this Decision should be adopted in accordance with Council Decision 1999/468/EC of 28 June 1999 laying down the procedures for the exercise of implementing powers conferred on the Commission(16),
HAVE DECIDED AS FOLLOWS:

Establishment of the Lifelong Learning Programme
Article 1
1. This Decision establishes a programme for Community action in the field of lifelong learning, hereinafter referred to as ‘the Lifelong Learning Programme’.
2. The general objective of the Lifelong Learning Programme is to contribute through lifelong learning to the development of the Community as an advanced knowledge-based society, with sustainable economic development, more and better jobs and greater social cohesion, while ensuring good protection of the environment for future generations. In particular, it aims to foster interchange, cooperation and mobility between education and training systems within the Community so that they become a world quality reference.
3. The Lifelong Learning Programme shall have the following specific objectives:
(a)
to contribute to the development of quality lifelong learning, and to promote high performance, innovation and a European dimension in systems and practices in the field;
(b)
to support the realisation of a European area for lifelong learning;
(c)
to help improve the quality, attractiveness and accessibility of the opportunities for lifelong learning available within Member States;
(d)
to reinforce the contribution of lifelong learning to social cohesion, active citizenship, intercultural dialogue, gender equality and personal fulfilment;
(e)
to help promote creativity, competitiveness, employability and the growth of an entrepreneurial spirit;
(f)
to contribute to increased participation in lifelong learning by people of all ages, including those with special needs and disadvantaged groups, regardless of their socio-economic background;
(g)
to promote language learning and linguistic diversity;
(h)
to support the development of innovative ICT-based content, services, pedagogies and practice for lifelong learning;
(i)
to reinforce the role of lifelong learning in creating a sense of European citizenship based on understanding and respect for human rights and democracy, and encouraging tolerance and respect for other peoples and cultures;
(j)
to promote cooperation in quality assurance in all sectors of education and training in Europe;
(k)
to encourage the best use of results, innovative products and processes and to exchange good practice in the fields covered by the Lifelong Learning Programme, in order to improve the quality of education and training.
4. In accordance with the administrative provisions set out in the Annex, the Lifelong Learning Programme shall support and supplement action taken by the Member States, while fully respecting their responsibility for the content of education and training systems and their cultural and linguistic diversity.
5. As set out in Article 3, the objectives of the Lifelong Learning Programme shall be pursued through the implementation of four sectoral programmes, one transversal programme, and the Jean Monnet programme, hereinafter collectively referred to as ‘the sub-programmes’.
6. This Decision shall be implemented over the period from 1 January 2007 to 31 December 2013. However, preparatory measures, including decisions by the Commission in accordance with Article 9, may be implemented as from the entry into force of this Decision.

Definitions
Article 2
For the purpose of this Decision, the following definitions shall apply:
1.
‘pre-school’ means organised educational activity undertaken before the start of obligatory primary schooling;
2.
‘pupil’ means a person enrolled in a learning capacity at a school;
3.
‘school’ means all types of institutions providing general (pre-school, primary or secondary), vocational and technical education and, exceptionally, in the case of measures to promote language learning, non-school institutions providing apprenticeship training;
4.
‘teachers/educational staff’ means persons who, through their duties, are involved directly in the education process in the Member States;
5.
‘trainers’ mean persons who, through their duties, are involved directly in the vocational education and training process in the Member States;
6.
‘student’ means a person registered in a higher education institution, whatever their field of study, in order to follow higher education studies leading to a recognised degree or other recognised tertiary level qualification, up to and including the level of doctorate;
7.
‘trainee’ means a person undergoing vocational training, either within a training institution or training organisation or at the workplace;
8.
‘adult learner’ means a learner participating in adult education;
9.
‘people in the labour market’ means workers, the self-employed or people available for employment;
10.
(a)
any type of higher education institution, in accordance with national legislation or practice, which offers recognised degrees or other recognised tertiary level qualifications, whatever such establishments may be called in the Member States;
(b)
any institution, in accordance with national legislation or practice, which offers vocational education or training at tertiary level;
11.
(a)
involve a minimum of three higher education institutions from three different Member States;
(b)
implement a study programme which involves a period of study in at least two of those three institutions;
(c)
have built-in mechanisms for the recognition of periods of study undertaken in partner institutions based on, or compatible with, the European credit transfer system;
(d)
result in the awarding of joint, double or multiple degrees, recognised or accredited by the Member States, from the participating institutions;
12.
‘vocational training’ means any form of initial vocational education or training, including technical and vocational teaching and apprenticeships, which contributes to the achievement of a vocational qualification recognised by the competent authorities in the Member State in which it is obtained, as well as any continuing vocational education or training undertaken by a person during his or her working life;
13.
‘adult education’ means all forms of non-vocational adult learning, whether of a formal, non-formal or informal nature;
14.
‘study visit’ means a short-term visit, made to study a particular aspect of lifelong learning in another Member State;
15.
‘mobility’ means spending a period of time in another Member State, in order to undertake study, work experience, other learning or teaching activity or related administrative activity, supported as appropriate by preparatory or refresher courses in the host language or working language;
16.
‘placement’ means spending a period of time in an enterprise or organisation in another Member State, supported as appropriate by preparatory or refresher courses in the host language or working language, with a view to helping individuals to adapt to the requirements of the Community-wide labour market, to acquiring a specific skill and to improving understanding of the economic and social culture of the country concerned in the context of acquiring work experience;
17.
‘unilateral’ means involving a single institution;
18.
‘bilateral’ means involving partners from two Member States;
19.
‘multilateral’ means involving partners from at least three Member States. The Commission may regard associations or other bodies with membership from three Member States or more as multilateral;
20.
‘partnership’ means a bilateral or multilateral agreement between a group of institutions or organisations in different Member States to carry out joint European activities in lifelong learning;
21.
‘network’means a formal or informal grouping of bodies active in a particular field, discipline or sector of lifelong learning;
22.
‘project’ means a cooperation activity with a defined outcome developed jointly by a formal or informal grouping of organisations or institutions;
23.
‘project coordinator’ means the organisation or institution in charge of the implementation of the project by the multilateral grouping;
24.
‘project partners’ means the organisations or institutions other than the coordinator, which form the multilateral grouping;
25.
‘enterprise’ means all undertakings engaged in economic activity in the public or private sector whatever their size, legal status or the economic sector in which they operate, including the social economy;
26.
‘social partners’ means, at national level, employers’ and workers’ organisations in conformity with national laws and/or practices and, at Community level, employers’ and workers’ organisations taking part in the social dialogue at Community level;
27.
‘guidance and counselling’ means a range of activities such as information, assessment, orientation and advice to assist learners, trainers and other staff to make choices relating to education and training programmes or employment opportunities;
28.
‘dissemination and exploitation of results’ means activities designed to ensure that the results of the Lifelong Learning Programme and its predecessors are appropriately recognised, demonstrated and implemented on a wide scale;
29.
‘lifelong learning’ means all general education, vocational education and training, non-formal education and informal learning undertaken throughout life, resulting in an improvement in knowledge, skills and competences within a personal, civic, social and/or employment-related perspective. It includes the provision of counselling and guidance services.

Sub-programmes
Article 3
1. The sectoral sub-programmes shall be the following:
(a)
the Comenius programme, which shall address the teaching and learning needs of all those in pre-school and school education up to the level of the end of upper secondary education, and the institutions and organisations providing such education;
(b)
the Erasmus programme, which shall address the teaching and learning needs of all those in formal higher education and vocational education and training at tertiary level, whatever the length of their course or qualification may be and including doctoral studies, and the institutions and organisations providing or facilitating such education and training;
(c)
the Leonardo da Vinci programme, which shall address the teaching and learning needs of all those in vocational education and training, other than at tertiary level, as well as the institutions and organisations providing or facilitating such education and training;
(d)
the Grundtvig programme, which shall address the teaching and learning needs of those in all forms of adult education, as well as the institutions and organisations providing or facilitating such education.
2. The transversal programme shall comprise the following four key activities:
(a)
policy cooperation and innovation in lifelong learning;
(b)
promotion of language learning;
(c)
development of innovative ICT-based content, services, pedagogies and practice for lifelong learning;
(d)
dissemination and exploitation of results of actions supported under the programme and previous related programmes, and exchange of good practice.
3. The Jean Monnet programme shall support institutions and activities in the field of European integration. It shall comprise the following three key activities:
(a)
the Jean Monnet Action;
(b)
operating grants to support specified institutions dealing with issues relating to European integration;
(c)
operating grants to support other European institutions and associations in the fields of education and training.

Access to the Lifelong Learning Programme
Article 4
The Lifelong Learning Programme shall be aimed at:
(a)
pupils, students, trainees and adult learners;
(b)
teachers, trainers and other staff involved in any aspect of lifelong learning;
(c)
people in the labour market;
(d)
institutions or organisations providing learning opportunities within the context of the Lifelong Learning Programme, or within the limits of its sub-programmes;
(e)
the persons and bodies responsible for systems and policies concerning any aspect of lifelong learning at local, regional and national level;
(f)
enterprises, social partners and their organisations at all levels, including trade organisations and chambers of commerce and industry;
(g)
bodies providing guidance, counselling and information services relating to any aspect of lifelong learning;
(h)
associations working in the field of lifelong learning, including students’, trainees’, pupils’, teachers’, parents’ and adult learners’ associations;
(i)
research centres and bodies concerned with lifelong learning issues;
(j)
non-profit organisations, voluntary bodies, non-governmental organisations (NGOs).

Community actions
Article 5
1. The Lifelong Learning Programme shall comprise support for the following actions:
(a)
the mobility of individuals in lifelong learning;
(b)
bilateral and multilateral partnerships;
(c)
multilateral projects especially designed to promote quality in education and training systems through the transnational transfer of innovation;
(d)
unilateral and national projects;
(e)
multilateral projects and networks;
(f)
observation and analysis of policies and systems in the field of lifelong learning, the establishment and regular improvement of reference material, including surveys, statistics, analyses and indicators, action to support transparency and recognition of qualifications and prior learning, and action to support cooperation in quality assurance;
(g)
operating grants to support certain operational and administrative costs of institutions and associations active in the field covered by the Lifelong Learning Programme;
(h)
other initiatives aimed at promoting the objectives of the Lifelong Learning Programme (accompanying measures).
2. Community support may be awarded for preparatory visits in respect of any of the actions set out in this Article.
3. The Commission may organise such seminars, colloquia or meetings as are likely to facilitate the implementation of the Lifelong Learning Programme, and undertake appropriate information, publication and dissemination actions and actions to increase awareness of the Programme, as well as programme monitoring and evaluation.
4. The actions referred to in this Article may be implemented by means of calls for proposals, calls for tenders, or directly by the Commission.

Tasks of the Commission and the Member States
Article 6
1. The Commission shall ensure the effective and efficient implementation of the Community actions provided for by the Lifelong Learning Programme.
2. Member States shall
(a)
take the necessary steps to ensure the efficient running of the Lifelong Learning Programme at national level, involving all the parties concerned with aspects of lifelong learning in accordance with national practice or legislation;
(b)
(i)
an organisation established or designated as a national agency shall have legal personality or be part of an entity having legal personality, and be governed by the law of the Member State concerned. A ministry may not be designated as a national agency;
(ii)
each national agency must have adequate staff to fulfil its tasks, with professional and linguistic capacities appropriate for work in an environment of international cooperation in the field of education and training;
(iii)
it must have an appropriate infrastructure, in particular as regards informatics and communications;
(iv)
it must operate in an administrative context which enables it to carry out its tasks satisfactorily and to avoid conflicts of interest;
(v)
it must be in a position to apply the financial management rules and contractual conditions laid down at Community level;
(vi)
it must offer adequate financial guarantees, issued preferably by a public authority, and its management capacity must be appropriate to the level of Community funds it will be called upon to manage;
(c)
take responsibility for the proper management by the national agencies referred to in point (b) of credits transferred to national agencies to support projects, and in particular for the respect by national agencies of the principles of transparency, equality of treatment and of the avoidance of double-funding with other sources of Community funds, and of the obligation to monitor projects and to recover any funds due for reimbursement by beneficiaries;
(d)
(i)
before the national agency starts work, provide the Commission with the necessary assurances as to the existence, relevance and proper operation within it, in accordance with the rules of sound financial management, of the procedures to be applied, the control systems, the accounting systems and the procurement and grant award procedures;
(ii)
provide the Commission with a declaration of assurance each year as to the reliability of the financial systems and procedures of the national agencies, and the probity of their accounts;
(e)
in the event of irregularity, negligence or fraud imputable to a national agency established or designated under point (b), and where this gives rise to claims by the Commission on the national agency which are not completely recovered, be responsible for the funds not recovered;
(f)
designate upon request from the Commission the institutions or organisations providing learning opportunities, or the types of such institutions or organisations, to be considered eligible to participate in the Lifelong Learning Programme in their respective territories;
(g)
endeavour to adopt all appropriate measures to remove legal and administrative obstacles to the proper functioning of the Lifelong Learning Programme;
(h)
take steps to ensure that potential synergies with other Community programmes and financial instruments and with other relevant programmes operating in the Member State in question are achieved at national level.
3. The Commission, in cooperation with Member States, shall ensure
(a)
the transition between the actions carried out within the context of the preceding programmes in the fields of education, training and lifelong learning and those to be implemented under the Lifelong Learning Programme;
(b)
the adequate protection of the Communities’ financial interests, in particular by introducing effective, proportionate and dissuasive measures, administrative checks and penalties;
(c)
the wide dissemination of information, publicity and follow-up with regard to actions supported under the Lifelong Learning Programme;
(d)
the collection, analysis and processing of available data required to measure the results and effects of the programme, and to monitor and evaluate activities as referred to in Article 15;
(e)
the dissemination of the results of the previous generation of education and training programmes and of the Lifelong Learning Programme.

Participation of third countries
Article 7
1. The Lifelong Learning Programme shall be open to the participation of:
(a)
EFTA countries which are members of the EEA, in accordance with the conditions laid down in the EEA Agreement;
(b)
the candidate countries benefiting from a pre-accession strategy, in accordance with the general principles and general terms and conditions laid down in the framework agreements concluded with these countries for their participation in Community programmes;
(c)
the countries of the Western Balkans, in accordance with the provisions to be determined with these countries following the establishment of framework agreements providing for their participation in Community programmes;
(d)
the Swiss Confederation, on the basis of a bilateral agreement to be concluded with that country.
2. Key activity 1 of the Jean Monnet programme referred to in Article 3(3)(a) shall also be open to higher education institutions in any other third country.
3. Third countries participating in the Lifelong Learning Programme shall be subject to all the obligations and shall fulfil all the tasks set out in this Decision in relation to Member States.

International cooperation
Article 8
Under the Lifelong Learning Programme, and in accordance with Article 9, the Commission may cooperate with third countries and with the competent international organisations, in particular the Council of Europe, the Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD) and the United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO).

Implementing measures
Article 9
1. The measures necessary for the implementation of the Lifelong Learning Programme relating to the following matters shall be adopted by the Commission, in accordance with the procedure referred to in Article 10(2):
(a)
the annual plan of work including priorities;
(b)
the annual allocations and the distribution of funds between and within the sub-programmes;
(c)
the general guidelines for implementing the sub-programmes (including decisions concerning the nature of the actions, their duration and funding level), the selection criteria and procedures;
(d)
the Commission’s proposals for the selection of applications for multilateral projects and networks as referred to in Article 33(1)(b) and (c);
(e)
the Commission’s proposals for the selection of applications for actions set out in Article 5(1)(e), not covered by point (d) of this paragraph, and in Article 5(1)(f), (g) and (h), for which the Community support proposed exceeds EUR 1 million;
(f)
the definition of the respective roles and responsibilities of the Commission, the Member States and the national agencies regarding the National agency procedure as set out in the Annex;
(g)
the distribution of funds among the Member States for the actions to be managed through the National agency procedure as set out in the Annex;
(h)
the arrangements for ensuring internal consistency within the Lifelong Learning Programme;
(i)
the arrangements for monitoring and evaluating the Lifelong Learning Programme and the sub-programmes and for the dissemination and transfer of results.
2. The measures necessary for the implementation of all matters other than those specified in paragraph 1 shall be adopted in accordance with the procedure referred to in Article 10(3).

Committee procedure
Article 10
1. The Commission shall be assisted by a Committee, hereinafter referred to as ‘the Committee’.
2. Where reference is made to this paragraph, Articles 4 and 7 of Decision 1999/468/EC shall apply, having regard to the provisions of Article 8 thereof.
The period laid down in Article 4(3) of Decision 1999/468/EC shall be set at two months.
3. Where reference is made to this paragraph, Articles 3 and 7 of Decision 1999/468/EC shall apply, having regard to the provisions of Article 8 thereof.
4. The Committee shall adopt its Rules of Procedure.
5. Member States may not be represented by persons employed in, or having operational responsibility for, national agencies referred to in Article 6(2)(b).

Social partners
Article 11
1. Whenever the Committee is consulted on any matter concerning the application of this Decision in relation to vocational education and training, representatives of the social partners, appointed by the Commission on the basis of proposals from the European social partners, may participate in the work of the Committee as observers.
The number of such observers shall be equal to the number of representatives of the Member States.
2. Such observers shall have the right to request that their position be recorded in the minutes of the meeting of the Committee.

Horizontal policies
Article 12
In implementing the Lifelong Learning Programme, due regard shall be paid to ensuring that it contributes fully to furthering the horizontal policies of the Community, in particular by:
(a)
promoting an awareness of the importance of cultural and linguistic diversity within Europe, as well as of the need to combat racism, prejudice and xenophobia;
(b)
making provision for learners with special needs, and in particular by helping to promote their integration into mainstream education and training;
(c)
promoting equality between men and women and contributing to combating all forms of discrimination based on sex, racial or ethnic origin, religion or belief, disability, age or sexual orientation.

Consistency and complementarity with other policies
Article 13
1. The Commission shall, in cooperation with the Member States, ensure overall consistency and complementarity with the Education and Training 2010 Work Programme and other relevant Community policies, instruments and actions, in particular those in the field of culture, the media, youth, research and development, employment, recognition of qualifications, enterprise, environment, ICT and the Community’s statistical programme.
The Commission shall, in cooperation with the Member States, ensure an efficient link-up between the Lifelong Learning Programme and the programmes and actions in the area of education and training undertaken within the framework of the Community’s pre-accession instruments and other cooperation with third countries and the competent international organisations.
2. The Commission shall keep the Committee regularly informed about other relevant Community initiatives taken in the field of lifelong learning, including cooperation with third countries and international organisations.
3. In implementing actions under the Lifelong Learning Programme, the Commission and the Member States shall have regard to the priorities set out in the integrated guidelines for employment adopted by the Council as part of the Lisbon partnership for growth and jobs.
4. In partnership with the European social partners, the Commission shall endeavour to develop an appropriate coordination between the Lifelong Learning Programme and the social dialogue at Community level, including in the different sectors of the economy.
5. In implementing the Lifelong Learning Programme, the Commission shall secure the assistance as appropriate of the European Centre for the Development of Vocational Training (Cedefop) in areas related to its competence and in accordance with the arrangements set out in Regulation (EEC) No 337/75 of the Council(17). Where appropriate, the Commission may also secure the support of the European Training Foundation within the scope of its mandate and in accordance with the arrangements set out in Council Regulation (EEC) No 1360/90(18).
6. The Commission shall keep the Advisory Committee on Vocational Training regularly informed of relevant progress in the area of vocational education and training.

Funding
Article 14
1. The indicative financial envelope for the implementation of this Decision for the period of seven years as from 1 January 2007 is set at EUR 6 970 000 000. Within this envelope, the amounts to be allocated to the Comenius, Erasmus, Leonardo da Vinci and Grundtvig programmes shall not be less than as set out in point B.11 of the Annex. Those allocations may be amended by the Commission in accordance with the procedure referred to in Article 10(2).
2. Up to 1 % of the allocations of the Lifelong Learning Programme may be used to support the participation in partnership, project and network actions organised under the Lifelong Learning Programme of partners from third countries which do not participate in the Lifelong Learning Programme under the provisions of Article 7.
3. The annual appropriations shall be authorised by the budgetary authority within the limits of the financial framework.

Monitoring and evaluation
Article 15
1. The Commission shall, in cooperation with the Member States, regularly monitor and evaluate the Lifelong Learning Programme against its objectives.
2. The Commission shall arrange for regular independent external evaluations of the Lifelong Learning Programme and shall regularly publish statistics for monitoring progress.
3. The findings of the monitoring and evaluation of the Lifelong Learning Programme and the previous generation of education and training programmes shall be taken into account when implementing the Programme.
4. Member States shall submit to the Commission, by 30 June 2010 and 30 June 2015 respectively, reports on the implementation and the impact of the Lifelong Learning Programme.
5. The Commission shall submit to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions:
(a)
an interim evaluation report on the qualitative and quantitative aspects of the implementation of the Lifelong Learning Programme, including an analysis of the results achieved, by 31 March 2011;
(b)
a communication on the continuation of the Lifelong Learning Programme by 31 December 2011;
(c)
an ex post evaluation report by 31 March 2016.

Access to the Comenius programme
Article 16
Within the framework of the Lifelong Learning Programme, the Comenius programme shall be aimed at:
(a)
pupils in school education up to the end of upper secondary education;
(b)
schools, as specified by Member States;
(c)
teachers and other staff within those schools;
(d)
associations, non-profit organisations, NGOs and representatives of those involved in school education;
(e)
persons and bodies responsible for the organisation and delivery of education at local, regional and national levels;
(f)
research centres and bodies concerned with lifelong learning issues;
(g)
higher education institutions;
(h)
bodies providing guidance, counselling and information services relating to any aspect of lifelong learning.

Objectives of the Comenius programme
Article 17
1. In addition to the objectives of the Lifelong Learning Programme as set out in Article 1, the specific objectives of the Comenius programme shall be:
(a)
to develop knowledge and understanding among young people and educational staff of the diversity of European cultures and languages and its value;
(b)
to help young people acquire the basic life-skills and competences necessary for their personal development, for future employment and for active European citizenship.
2. The operational objectives of the Comenius programme shall be:
(a)
to improve the quality and to increase the volume of mobility involving pupils and educational staff in different Member States;
(b)
to improve the quality and to increase the volume of partnerships between schools in different Member States, so as to involve at least 3 million pupils in joint educational activities during the period of the programme;
(c)
to encourage the learning of modern foreign languages;
(d)
to support the development of innovative ICT-based content, services, pedagogies and practice for lifelong learning;
(e)
to enhance the quality and European dimension of teacher training;
(f)
to support improvements in pedagogical approaches and school management.

Actions of the Comenius programme
Article 18
1. The following actions may be supported by the Comenius programme:
(a)
mobility of individuals as referred to in Article 5(1)(a). In arranging for or supporting the organisation of such mobility, the necessary preparatory measures shall be adopted and care shall be taken to ensure that adequate supervision, advice and support is available for individuals in mobility.
Such mobility may include:
(i)
exchanges of pupils and staff;
(ii)
mobility to schools for pupils and placements in schools or enterprises for educational staff;
(iii)
participation in training courses for teachers and other educational staff;
(iv)
study and preparatory visits for mobility, partnership, project or network activities;
(v)
assistantships for teachers and potential teachers.
(b)
(i)
schools, with a view to developing joint learning projects for pupils and their teachers (‘Comenius school partnerships’);
(ii)
organisations responsible for any aspect of school education, with a view to fostering inter-regional cooperation, including border region cooperation (‘Comenius-Regio partnerships’);
(c)
(i)
developing, promoting and disseminating educational best practices, including new teaching methods or materials;
(ii)
developing or exchanging experience on systems of providing information or guidance particularly adapted to the learners, teachers and other staff concerned by the Comenius programme;
(iii)
developing, promoting and disseminating new teacher training courses or course content;
(d)
(i)
developing education in the discipline or subject area in which they operate, for their own benefit and for that of education more widely;
(ii)
acquiring and disseminating relevant good practice and innovation;
(iii)
providing content support to projects and partnerships set up by others;
(iv)
promoting the development of needs analysis and its practical applications within school education;
(e)
other initiatives aimed at promoting the objectives of the Comenius programme as referred to in Article 5(1)(h) (‘accompanying measures’).
2. The operational details of the actions referred to in paragraph 1 shall be decided in accordance with the procedure referred to in Article 10(2).

Amount allocated to the Comenius programme
Article 19
Not less than 80 % of the amount allocated to the Comenius programme shall be devoted to support for mobility as referred to in Article 18(1)(a) and for Comenius partnerships as set out in Article 18(1)(b).

Access to the Erasmus programme
Article 20
Within the framework of the Lifelong Learning Programme, the Erasmus programme shall be aimed at:
(a)
students and trainees learning in all forms of tertiary level education and training;
(b)
higher education institutions, as specified by Member States;
(c)
teachers, trainers and other staff within those institutions;
(d)
associations and representatives of those involved in higher education, including relevant student, university, and teacher/trainer associations;
(e)
enterprises, social partners and other representatives of working life;
(f)
public and private bodies, including non-profit organisations and NGOs, responsible for the organisation and delivery of education and training at local, regional and national levels;
(g)
research centres and bodies concerned with lifelong learning issues;
(h)
bodies providing guidance, counselling and information services relating to any aspect of lifelong learning.

Objectives of the Erasmus programme
Article 21
1. In addition to the objectives of the Lifelong Learning Programme as set out in Article 1, the specific objectives of the Erasmus programme shall be:
(a)
to support the achievement of a European Area of Higher Education;
(b)
to reinforce the contribution of higher education and advanced vocational education to the process of innovation.
2. The operational objectives of the Erasmus programme shall be:
(a)
to improve the quality and to increase the volume of student and teaching staff mobility throughout Europe, so as to contribute to the achievement by 2012 of at least 3 million individual participants in student mobility under the Erasmus programme and its predecessor programmes;
(b)
to improve the quality and to increase the volume of multilateral cooperation between higher education institutions in Europe;
(c)
to increase the degree of transparency and compatibility between higher education and advanced vocational education qualifications gained in Europe;
(d)
to improve the quality and to increase the volume of cooperation between higher education institutions and enterprises;
(e)
to facilitate the development of innovative practices in education and training at tertiary level, and their transfer, including from one participating country to others;
(f)
to support the development of innovative ICT-based content, services, pedagogies and practice for lifelong learning.

Actions of the Erasmus programme
Article 22
1. The following actions may be supported by the Erasmus programme:
(a)
(i)
mobility of students for the purposes of studying or training in Member States in higher education institutions, as well as placements in enterprises, training centres, research centres or other organisations;
(ii)
mobility of teaching staff in higher education institutions in order to teach or receive training in a partner institution abroad;
(iii)
mobility of other staff in higher education institutions and staff of enterprises for purposes of training or teaching;
(iv)
Erasmus intensive programmes organised on a multilateral basis.
Support may also be awarded to the home and host higher education institutions or enterprises for action to ensure quality at all stages of the mobility arrangements, including preparatory and refresher language courses.
(b)
multilateral projects, as referred to in Article 5(1)(e), focusing inter alia on innovation, experimentation and the exchange of good practice in the areas mentioned in the specific and operational objectives;
(c)
multilateral networks, as referred to in Article 5(1)(e), run by consortia of higher education institutions and representing a discipline or a cross-disciplinary field, (‘Erasmus thematic networks’) which aim to develop new learning concepts and competences. Such networks may also include representatives from other public bodies or from enterprises or associations;
(d)
other initiatives aimed at promoting the objectives of the Erasmus programme as referred to in Article 5(1)(h) (‘accompanying measures’).
2. Individuals participating in mobility under paragraph 1(a)(i) (Erasmus students) shall be:‘’
(a)
students in higher education institutions who, enrolled at least in the second year, spend a study period in another Member State within the framework of the mobility action of the Erasmus programme, regardless whether they have been awarded financial support under that programme. Such periods shall be fully recognised under the interinstitutional agreements between the sending and host institutions. The host institutions shall not charge tuition fees to such students;
(b)
students enrolled on Joint Masters programmes and engaged in mobility;
(c)
students in higher education institutions taking part in placements.
3. The operational details of the actions set out in paragraph 1 shall be decided in accordance with the procedure referred to in Article 10(2).

Amount allocated to the Erasmus programme
Article 23
Not less than 80 % of the amount allocated to the Erasmus programme shall be devoted to support for mobility as referred to in Article 22(1)(a).

Access to the Leonardo da Vinci programme
Article 24
Within the framework of the Lifelong Learning Programme, the Leonardo da Vinci programme shall be aimed at:
(a)
people learning in all forms of vocational education and training except at tertiary level;
(b)
people in the labour market;
(c)
institutions or organisations providing learning opportunities in the fields covered by the Leonardo da Vinci programme;
(d)
teachers, trainers and other staff within those institutions or organisations;
(e)
associations and representatives of those involved in vocational education and training, including trainees’, parents’ and teachers’ associations;
(f)
enterprises, social partners and other representatives of working life, including chambers of commerce and other trade organisations;
(g)
bodies providing guidance, counselling and information services relating to any aspect of lifelong learning;
(h)
persons and bodies responsible for systems and policies concerning any aspect of vocational education and training at local, regional and national level;
(i)
research centres and bodies concerned with lifelong learning issues;
(j)
higher education institutions;
(k)
non-profit organisations, voluntary bodies, NGOs.

Objectives of the Leonardo da Vinci programme
Article 25
1. In addition to the objectives of the Lifelong Learning Programme as set out in Article 1, the specific objectives of the Leonardo da Vinci programme shall be:
(a)
to support participants in training and further training activities in the acquisition and the use of knowledge, skills and qualifications to facilitate personal development, employability and participation in the European labour market;
(b)
to support improvements in quality and innovation in vocational education and training systems, institutions and practices;
(c)
to enhance the attractiveness of vocational education and training and mobility for employers and individuals and to facilitate the mobility of working trainees.
2. The operational objectives of the Leonardo da Vinci programme shall be:
(a)
to improve the quality and to increase the volume of mobility throughout Europe of people involved in initial vocational education and training and in continuing training, so as to increase placements in enterprises to at least 80 000 per year by the end of the Lifelong Learning Programme;
(b)
to improve the quality and to increase the volume of cooperation between institutions or organisations providing learning opportunities, enterprises, social partners and other relevant bodies throughout Europe;
(c)
to facilitate the development of innovative practices in the field of vocational education and training other than at tertiary level, and their transfer, including from one participating country to others;
(d)
to improve the transparency and recognition of qualifications and competences, including those acquired through non-formal and informal learning;
(e)
to encourage the learning of modern foreign languages;
(f)
to support the development of innovative ICT-based content, services, pedagogies and practice for lifelong learning.

Actions of the Leonardo da Vinci programme
Article 26
1. The following actions may be supported by the Leonardo da Vinci programme:
(a)
(i)
transnational placements in enterprises or in training institutions;
(ii)
placements and exchanges aimed at the further professional development of trainers and guidance counsellors, and at those responsible for training establishments and for training planning and career guidance within enterprises;
(b)
partnerships, as referred to in Article 5(1)(b), focusing on themes of mutual interest to the participating organisations;
(c)
multilateral projects, as referred to in Article 5(1)(c), in particular those aimed at improving training systems by focusing on the transfer of innovation involving the linguistic, cultural and legal adaptation to national needs of innovative products and processes developed in different contexts;
(d)
multilateral projects, as referred to in Article 5(1)(e), aimed at improving training systems by focusing on the development of innovation and good practice;
(e)
thematic networks of experts and organisations, as referred to in Article 5(1)(e), working on specific issues related to vocational education and training;
(f)
other initiatives aimed at promoting the objectives of the Leonardo da Vinci programme, as referred to in Article 5(1)(h) (‘accompanying measures’).
2. The operational details of such actions shall be decided in accordance with the procedure referred to in Article 10(2).

Amounts allocated to the Leonardo da Vinci programme
Article 27
Not less than 60 % of the amounts allocated to the Leonardo da Vinci programme shall be devoted to support for mobility and partnerships as referred to in Article 26(1)(a) and (b).

Access to the Grundtvig programme
Article 28
Within the framework of the Lifelong Learning Programme, the Grundtvig programme shall be aimed at:
(a)
learners in adult education;
(b)
institutions or organisations providing learning opportunities in adult education;
(c)
teachers and other staff within those institutions or organisations;
(d)
establishments involved in the initial or further training of adult education staff;
(e)
associations and representatives of those involved in adult education, including learners’ and teachers’ associations;
(f)
bodies providing guidance, counselling and information services relating to any aspect of lifelong learning;
(g)
persons and bodies responsible for systems and policies concerning any aspect of adult education at local, regional and national level;
(h)
research centres and bodies concerned with lifelong learning issues;
(i)
enterprises;
(j)
non-profit organisations, voluntary bodies, NGOs;
(k)
higher education institutions.

Objectives of the Grundtvig programme
Article 29
1. In addition to the objectives of the Lifelong Learning Programme set out in Article 1, the specific objectives of the Grundtvig programme shall be:
(a)
to respond to the educational challenge of an ageing population in Europe;
(b)
to help provide adults with pathways to improving their knowledge and competences.
2. The operational objectives of the Grundtvig programme shall be:
(a)
to improve the quality and accessibility of mobility throughout Europe of individuals involved in adult education and to increase its volume so as to support the mobility of at least 7 000 such individuals per year by 2013;
(b)
to improve the quality and to increase the volume of cooperation between organisations involved in adult education throughout Europe;
(c)
to assist people from vulnerable social groups and in marginal social contexts, in particular older people and those who have left education without basic qualifications, in order to give them alternative opportunities to access adult education;
(d)
to facilitate the development of innovative practices in adult education and their transfer, including from a participating country to others;
(e)
to support the development of innovative ICT-based content, services, pedagogies and practice for lifelong learning;
(f)
to improve pedagogical approaches and the management of adult education organisations.

Actions of the Grundtvig programme
Article 30
1. The following actions may be supported by the Grundtvig programme:
(a)
mobility of individuals, as referred to in Article 5(1)(a). In arranging for or supporting the organisation of such mobility, the necessary preparatory measures shall be adopted and care shall be taken to ensure that adequate supervision and support is available for individuals in mobility. Such mobility may include visits, assistantships and exchanges for participants in formal and non-formal adult education, including the training and professional development of adult education staff, especially in synergy with partnerships and projects;
(b)
partnerships, as referred to in Article 5(1)(b), known as ‘Grundtvig learning partnerships’, focusing on themes of mutual interest to the participating organisations;
(c)
multilateral projects, as referred to in Article 5(1)(e), aimed at improving adult education systems through the development and transfer of innovation and good practice;
(d)
(i)
developing adult education in the discipline, subject area or management aspect to which they relate;
(ii)
identifying,improving and disseminating relevant good practice and innovation;
(iii)
providing content support to projects and partnerships set up by others and facilitating interactivity between such projects and partnerships;
(iv)
promoting the development of needs analysis and quality assurance within adult education;
(e)
other initiatives aimed at promoting the objectives of the Grundtvig programme, as referred to in Article 5(1)(h) (‘accompanying measures’).
2. The operational details of such actions shall be decided in accordance with the procedure referred to in Article 10(2).

Amounts allocated to the Grundtvig programme
Article 31
Not less than 55 % of the amounts allocated to the Grundtvig programme shall be devoted to support for mobility and partnerships as referred to in Article 30(1)(a) and (b).

Objectives of the transversal programme
Article 32
1. In addition to the objectives of the Lifelong Learning Programme as set out in Article 1, the specific objectives of the transversal programme shall be:
(a)
to promote European cooperation in fields covering two or more sectoral sub-programmes;
(b)
to promote the quality and transparency of Member States’ education and training systems.
2. The operational objectives of the transversal programme shall be:
(a)
to support policy development and cooperation at European level in lifelong learning, notably in the context of the Lisbon process and Education and Training 2010 Work Programme, as well as the Bologna and Copenhagen processes and their successors;
(b)
to ensure an adequate supply of comparable data, statistics and analyses to underpin lifelong learning policy development, as well as to monitor progress towards objectives and targets in lifelong learning, and to identify areas for particular attention;
(c)
to promote language learning and to support linguistic diversity in the Member States;
(d)
to support the development of innovative ICT-based content, services, pedagogies and practice for lifelong learning;
(e)
to ensure that the results of the Lifelong Learning Programme are appropriately recognised, demonstrated and implemented on a wide scale.

Actions of the transversal programme
Article 33
1. The following actions may be supported under the key activity of policy cooperation and innovation in lifelong learning, as referred to in Article 3(2)(a):
(a)
individual mobility, as referred to in Article 5(1)(a), including study visits for experts and officials designated by national, regional and local authorities, for directors of education and training establishments and guidance and experience accreditation services, and for social partners;
(b)
multilateral projects, as referred to in Article 5(1)(e), aimed at preparing and testing policy proposals developed at Community level and innovation in lifelong learning;
(c)
(i)
thematic networks working on issues related to the content of lifelong learning or to lifelong learning methodologies and policies. Such networks may observe, exchange, identify and analyse good practice and innovation, and make proposals for a better and wider use of such practices across the Member States;
(ii)
forums on strategic issues in lifelong learning;
(d)
(i)
studies and comparative research;
(ii)
development of indicators and statistical surveys, including support for work undertaken in the field of lifelong learning in cooperation with Eurostat;
(iii)
support for the operation of the Eurydice network and funding of the Eurydice European Unit set up by the Commission;
(e)
(i)
networks of organisations which facilitate mobility and recognition, such as Euroguidance and National Academic Recognition Information Centres (NARICs);
(ii)
support for transnational web-based services such as Ploteus;
(iii)
activities under the Europass initiative in accordance with Decision No 2241/2004/EC;
(f)
other initiatives, as referred to in Article 5(1)(h) (accompanying measures), including peer-learning activities aimed at promoting the objectives of the key activity referred to in Article 3(2)(a).
2. The following actions, designed to address teaching and learning needs concerning more than one sub-programme area, may be supported under the key activity of language learning, as referred to in Article 3(2)(b):
(a)
(i)
developing new language learning materials, including online courses, and instruments for language testing;
(ii)
developing tools and courses for training language teachers, trainers and other staff;
(b)
multilateral networks as referred to in Article 5(1)(e), in the field of language learning and linguistic diversity;
(c)
other initiatives in line with the objectives of the Lifelong Learning Programme, as referred to in Article 5(1)(h), including activities to make language learning more attractive to learners through the mass media and/or marketing, publicity and information campaigns, as well as conferences, studies and the development of statistical indicators in the field of language learning and linguistic diversity.
3. The following actions, designed to address teaching and learning needs concerning more than one sub-programme area, may be supported under the key activity of ICT, as referred to in Article 3(2)(c):
(a)
multilateral projects, as referred to in Article 5(1)(e), aimed at the development and distribution, as appropriate, of innovative methods, contents, services and environments;
(b)
multilateral networks as referred to in Article 5(1)(e), aimed at sharing and exchanging knowledge, experience and good practice;
(c)
other action aimed at improving lifelong learning policy and practice, as described in Article 5(1)(f), which may include mechanisms for evaluation, observation, benchmarking, quality improvement and the analysis of trends with respect to technology and pedagogy.
4. The following actions may be supported under the key activity of dissemination, as referred to in Article 3(2)(d):
(a)
unilateral and national projects, as referred to in Article 5(1)(d);
(b)
(i)
supporting the exploitation and implementation of innovative products and processes;
(ii)
stimulating cooperation between projects operating in the same field;
(iii)
developing good practice with regard to dissemination methods;
(c)
the establishment of reference material as referred to in Article 5(1)(f), which may include the collection of relevant statistical data and studies in the field of dissemination, the exploitation of results and the exchange of good practice.

Access to the Jean Monnet programme
Article 34
Within the framework of the Lifelong Learning Programme, the Jean Monnet programme shall be aimed at:
(a)
students and researchers in the field of European integration in all forms of higher education within and outside the Community;
(b)
higher education institutions within and outside the Community as recognised within their own countries;
(c)
teachers and other staff within those institutions;
(d)
associations and representatives of those involved in education and training within and outside the Community;
(e)
public and private bodies responsible for the organisation and delivery of education and training at local, regional and national levels;
(f)
research centres and bodies concerned with issues relating to European integration within and outside the Community.

Objectives of the Jean Monnet programme
Article 35
1. In addition to the objectives of the Lifelong Learning Programme as set out in Article 1, the specific objectives of the Jean Monnet programme shall be:
(a)
to stimulate teaching, research and reflection activities in the field of European integration studies;
(b)
to support the existence of an appropriate range of institutions and associations focusing on issues relating to European integration and on education and training in a European perspective.
2. The operational objectives of the Jean Monnet programme shall be:
(a)
to stimulate excellence in teaching, research and reflection in European integration studies in higher education institutions within and outside the Community;
(b)
to enhance knowledge and awareness among specialist academics and among European citizens generally of issues relating to European integration;
(c)
to support key European institutions dealing with issues relating to European integration;
(d)
to support the existence of high-quality European institutions and associations active in the fields of education and training.

Actions of the Jean Monnet programme
Article 36
1. The following actions may be supported under the key activity referred to in Article 3(3)(a):
(a)
(i)
Jean Monnet Chairs, centres of excellence and teaching modules;
(ii)
associations of professors, other teachers in higher education, and researchers specialising in European integration;
(iii)
support for young researchers specialising in European integration studies;
(iv)
information and research activities relating to the Community with the aim of promoting discussion, reflection and knowledge about the process of European integration;
(b)
multilateral projects and networks, as referred to in Article 5(1)(e), which may include support for the establishment of multilateral research groups in the field of European integration.
2. Operating grants as referred to in Article 5(1)(g) to support certain operational and administrative costs of the following institutions pursuing an aim of European interest may be awarded under the key activity referred to in Article 3(3)(b):
(a)
the College of Europe (Bruges and Natolin campuses);
(b)
the European University Institute, Florence;
(c)
the European Institute of Public Administration, Maastricht;
(d)
the Academy of European Law, Trier;
(e)
the European Agency for Development in Special Needs Education, Middelfart;
(f)
the International Centre for European Training (CIFE), Nice.
3. Under the key activity referred to in Article 3(3)(c), operating grants as referred to in Article 5(1)(g) may be awarded to support certain operational and administrative costs of European institutions or associations active in the fields of education and training.
4. Grants may be awarded on an annual basis or on a renewable basis within a framework partnership agreement with the Commission.

Amounts allocated to the Jean Monnet programme
Article 37
Not less than 16 % of the amounts allocated to the Jean Monnet programme shall be devoted to support for the key activity referred to in Article 3(3)(a), not less than 65 % to the key activity referred to in Article 3(3)(b), and not less than 19 % to the key activity referred to in Article 3(3)(c).

TRANSITIONAL AND FINAL PROVISIONS
Article 38
1. Actions which are initiated on or before 31 December 2006 on the basis of Decision 1999/382/EC, Decision No 253/2000/EC, Decision No 2318/2003/EC, Decision No 791/2004/EC or Decision No 2241/2004/EC, shall be administered in conformity with the provisions of those Decisions, with the exception that the committees established by those Decisions shall be replaced by the committee established by Article 10 of this Decision.
2. As provided for by Article 18 of Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 1605/2002, the appropriations corresponding to assigned revenue arising from the repayment of amounts wrongly paid pursuant to Decision 1999/382/EC, Decision No 253/2000/EC, Decision No 2318/2003/EC, Decision No 791/2004/EC or Decision No 2241/2004/EC, may be made available to the Lifelong Learning Programme.

Entry into force
Article 39
This Decision shall enter into force on the 20th day following that of its publication in theOfficial Journal of the European Union.

THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND THE COUNCIL OF THE EUROPEAN UNION,
Having regard to the Treaty establishing the European Community, and in particular Articles 149(4) and 150(4) thereof,
Having regard to the proposal from the Commission,
Having regard to the opinion of the European Economic and Social Committee(1),
Having regard to the opinion of the Committee of the Regions(2),
Acting in accordance with the procedure laid down in Article 251 of the Treaty(3),
(1) Council Decision 1999/382/EC(4)established the second phase of the Community vocational training action programme ‘Leonardo da Vinci’.
(2) Decision No 253/2000/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council(5)established the second phase of the Community action programme in the field of education ‘Socrates’.
(3) Decision No 2318/2003/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council(6)established a multi-annual programme for the effective integration of information and communication technologies (ICT) in education and training systems in Europe (eLearning programme).
(4) Decision No 791/2004/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council(7)established a Community action programme to promote bodies active at European level in the field of education and training and to support specific activities in this field.
(5) Decision No 2241/2004/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council(8)established a single framework for the transparency of qualifications and competences (Europass).
(6) Decision No 2317/2003/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council(9)established a programme for the enhancement of quality in higher education and the promotion of intercultural understanding through cooperation with third countries (Erasmus Mundus) (2004 to 2008).
(7) The Bologna Declaration, signed by the Ministers for Education of 29 European countries on 19 June 1999, established an intergovernmental process aimed at creating a ‘European Area of Higher Education’ by 2010, which requires support at Community level.
(8) The Lisbon European Council of 23 and 24 March 2000 set a strategic goal for the European Union to become the most competitive and dynamic knowledge-based economy in the world, capable of sustainable economic growth with more and better jobs and greater social cohesion, and invited the Education Council to undertake a general reflection on the concrete future objectives of education systems, focusing on common concerns and priorities while respecting national diversity.
(9) An advanced knowledge society is the key to higher growth and employment rates. Education and training are essential priorities for the European Union in order to achieve the Lisbon goals.
(10) On 12 February 2001 the Council adopted a report on the concrete future objectives of education and training systems. On 14 June 2002 it subsequently adopted a detailed work programme on the follow-up of these objectives, requiring support at Community level.
(11) The Göteborg European Council of 15 and 16 June 2001 agreed a strategy for sustainable development and added an environmental dimension to the Lisbon process for employment, economic reform and social cohesion.
(12) The Barcelona European Council of 15 and 16 March 2002 set the objective of making European Union education and training systems a world quality reference by 2010, and called for action to improve the mastery of basic skills, in particular by teaching at least two foreign languages from a very early age.
(13) The Commission Communication and the Council Resolution of 27 June 2002(10)on lifelong learning affirm that lifelong learning should be enhanced by actions and policies developed within the framework of Community programmes in this field.
(14) The Council Resolution of 19 December 2002(11)established a process of enhanced European cooperation in vocational education and training, requiring support at Community level. The Copenhagen Declaration, agreed by the Ministers for Education of 31 European countries on 30 November 2002, associated the social partners and the candidate countries with this process.
(15) The Commission Communication on the Action Plan for skills and mobility noted the continuing need for action at European level to improve the recognition of education and training qualifications.
(16) The Commission Communication on the Action Plan promoting language learning and linguistic diversity set out actions to be taken at European level during the period from 2004 to 2006 and requires follow-up action.
(17) Promoting the teaching and learning of languages and linguistic diversity should be a priority of Community action in the field of education and training. The teaching and learning of languages is of special relevance among neighbouring Member States.
(18) The interim evaluation reports of the existing Socrates and Leonardo da Vinci programmes and the public consultation on the future of Community activity in education and training revealed a strong and in some respects growing need for continuing cooperation and mobility in these fields at European level. The reports emphasised the importance of creating closer links between Community programmes and policy developments in education and training, expressed the wish that Community action should be structured so as to respond better to the lifelong learning paradigm, and pressed for a simpler, more user-friendly and more flexible approach to implementing such action.
(19) Following the principle of sound financial management, the implementation of the programme may be simplified by recourse to lump sum funding, in respect either of support awarded to programme participants or of Community support for the structures established at national level for the administration of the programme.
(20) Significant advantages would accrue from integrating Community support for transnational cooperation and mobility in the fields of education and training into a single programme, which would permit greater synergies between the different fields of action and offer more capacity to support developments in lifelong learning and more coherent, streamlined and efficient modes of administration. A single programme would also encourage better cooperation between the various levels of education and training.
(21) A Lifelong Learning Programme should therefore be established to contribute through lifelong learning to the development of the European Union as an advanced knowledge society, with sustainable economic development, more and better jobs and greater social cohesion.
(22) Given the specificities of the schools, higher education, vocational training and adult education sectors, and the consequent need for Community action to be based on objectives, forms of action and organisational structures tailored to them, it is appropriate to retain individual programmes within the framework of the Lifelong Learning Programme targeted at each of these four sectors, while maximising the coherence and common ground between them.
(23) In its Communication ‘Building our common Future: Policy challenges and Budgetary means of the Enlarged Union 2007-2013’, the Commission set out a sequence of quantified targets to be achieved by the new generation of Community education and training programmes, which require a significant increase in mobility and partnership actions.
(24) Given the demonstrated beneficial impacts of transnational mobility on individuals and on education and training systems, the high volume of unfulfilled demand for mobility in all sectors, and its importance in the context of the Lisbon target, it is necessary to increase substantially the volume of support for transnational mobility in the four sectoral sub-programmes.
(25) In order to cover more adequately the real additional costs borne by students studying abroad, the standard student mobility grant should be maintained at an average of EUR 200 per month in real terms for the duration of the programme.
(26) More provision should be made for the mobility needs of individual school pupils at secondary level and of individual adult learners, hitherto not covered by Community programmes, by introducing a new type of mobility action into the Comenius and Grundtvig programmes. The opportunities offered by individual teacher mobility for the development of long-term cooperation between schools in neighbouring regions should also be exploited more fully.
(27) Small and medium-sized enterprises play an important role in the European economy. Hitherto, however, participation by such enterprises in the Leonardo da Vinci programme has been limited. Steps should be taken to improve the attractiveness of Community action to such enterprises, in particular by ensuring that more mobility opportunities are available for apprentices. Suitable arrangements, similar to those that exist under the Erasmus programme, should be made for the recognition of the outcomes of such mobility.
(28) Given the particular educational challenges facing the children of occupational travellers and mobile workers in Europe, full use should be made of the opportunities available under the Comenius programme to support transnational activities targeted at their needs.
(29) Increased mobility throughout Europe should be accompanied by constantly higher standards.
(30) In order to respond to the increased need to support activities at European level designed to achieve these policy objectives, to provide a means of supporting trans-sectoral activity in the fields of languages and ICT, and to strengthen the dissemination and exploitation of results of the programme, it is appropriate to complement the four sectoral sub-programmes with a transversal programme.
(31) In order to respond to the increasing need for knowledge and dialogue on the European integration process and its development, it is important to stimulate excellence in teaching, research and reflection in this field by supporting higher education institutions specialising in the study of the European integration process, European associations in the fields of education and training and the Jean Monnet Action.
(32) It is necessary to provide sufficient flexibility in the formulation of this Decision to allow for appropriate adjustments in the actions of the Lifelong Learning Programme to respond to changing needs during the period from 2007 to 2013, and to avoid the inappropriately detailed provisions of previous phases of Socrates and Leonardo da Vinci programmes.
(33) In all its activities, the Community is to aim to eliminate inequalities and promote equality between men and women, as provided for in Article 3(2) of the Treaty.
(34) Further to Article 151 of the Treaty, the Community is to take cultural aspects into account in its action under other provisions of the Treaty, in particular in order to respect and to promote the diversity of its cultures. Particular attention should be paid to the synergy between culture, education and training. Intercultural dialogue should also be encouraged.
(35) There is a need to promote active citizenship and respect for human rights and democracy, and to step up the fight against exclusion in all its forms, including racism and xenophobia.
(36) There is a need to widen access for those from disadvantaged groups and to address actively the special learning needs of those with disabilities, in the implementation of all parts of the programme, including through the use of higher grants to reflect the additional costs of disabled participants, and the provision of support for the learning and use of sign languages and Braille.
(37) Note should be taken of the achievements of the European Year of Education through Sport (2004) and of the potential educational benefits of cooperation between educational institutions and sports organisations that the Year highlighted.
(38) The candidate countries for accession to the European Union and the EFTA countries which are members of the EEA may participate in Community programmes in accordance with agreements to be signed between the Community and these countries.
(39) The Thessaloniki European Council of 19 and 20 June 2003 approved the Council conclusions of 16 June 2003 on the Western Balkans, including the Annex thereto entitled ‘The Thessaloniki Agenda for the Western Balkans: moving towards European integration’, which provides that Community programmes should be opened to the Stabilisation and Association Process countries on the basis of framework agreements to be signed between the Community and those countries.
(40) The Community and the Swiss Confederation have declared their intention of undertaking negotiations to conclude agreements in areas of common interest such as Community education, training and youth programmes.
(41) The Lifelong Learning Programme should be regularly monitored and evaluated in cooperation between the Commission and the Member States in order to allow for readjustments, particularly with respect to the priorities for implementing the measures. The evaluation should include an external evaluation to be conducted by independent, impartial bodies.
(42) In its Resolution of 28 February 2002 on the implementation of the Socrates programme(12)the European Parliament drew attention to the disproportionately onerous administrative procedures for grant applicants under the second phase of the programme.
(43) Council Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 1605/2002 of 25 June 2002 on the Financial Regulation applicable to the general budget of the European Communities(13)and Commission Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 2342/2002 of 23 December 2002 laying down detailed rules for the implementation of Council Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 1605/2002(14), which safeguard the Community’s financial interests, have to be applied taking into account the principles of simplicity and consistency in the choice of budgetary instruments, a limitation on the number of cases where the Commission retains direct responsibility for their implementation and management, and the required proportionality between the amount of resources and the administrative burden related to their use.
(44) Radical administrative simplification of application procedures is essential for successful implementation of the programme. Administrative and accounting requirements should be proportional to the size of the grant.
(45) Appropriate measures should also be taken to prevent irregularities and fraud and the necessary steps should be taken to recover funds lost, wrongly paid or incorrectly used.
(46) It is appropriate to ensure a correct closure of the Lifelong Learning Programme, in particular regarding the continuation of multi-annual arrangements for its management, such as the financing of technical and administrative assistance. As from 1 January 2014, the technical and administrative assistance should ensure, if necessary, the management of actions not finalised by the end of 2013, including monitoring and audit actions.
(47) Since the objective of this Decision, namely the contribution of European cooperation to quality education and training, cannot be sufficiently achieved by the Member States because of the need for multilateral partnerships, transnational mobility and Community-wide exchanges of information, and can therefore, by reason of the nature of the actions and measures necessary, be better achieved at Community level, the Community may adopt measures, in accordance with the principle of subsidiarity as set out in Article 5 of the Treaty. In accordance with the principle of proportionality, as set out in that Article, this Decision does not go beyond what is necessary in order to achieve that objective.
(48) This Decision lays down for the entire duration of the programme, a financial envelope constituting the prime reference within the meaning of point 37 of the Interinstitutional Agreement of 17 May 2006 between the European Parliament, the Council and the Commission on budgetary discipline and sound financial management(15), for the budgetary authority during the annual budgetary procedure.
(49) The measures necessary for the implementation of this Decision should be adopted in accordance with Council Decision 1999/468/EC of 28 June 1999 laying down the procedures for the exercise of implementing powers conferred on the Commission(16),
HAVE DECIDED AS FOLLOWS:

Establishment of the Lifelong Learning Programme

1. This Decision establishes a programme for Community action in the field of lifelong learning, hereinafter referred to as ‘the Lifelong Learning Programme’.
2. The general objective of the Lifelong Learning Programme is to contribute through lifelong learning to the development of the Community as an advanced knowledge-based society, with sustainable economic development, more and better jobs and greater social cohesion, while ensuring good protection of the environment for future generations. In particular, it aims to foster interchange, cooperation and mobility between education and training systems within the Community so that they become a world quality reference.
3. The Lifelong Learning Programme shall have the following specific objectives:
(a)
to contribute to the development of quality lifelong learning, and to promote high performance, innovation and a European dimension in systems and practices in the field;
(b)
to support the realisation of a European area for lifelong learning;
(c)
to help improve the quality, attractiveness and accessibility of the opportunities for lifelong learning available within Member States;
(d)
to reinforce the contribution of lifelong learning to social cohesion, active citizenship, intercultural dialogue, gender equality and personal fulfilment;
(e)
to help promote creativity, competitiveness, employability and the growth of an entrepreneurial spirit;
(f)
to contribute to increased participation in lifelong learning by people of all ages, including those with special needs and disadvantaged groups, regardless of their socio-economic background;
(g)
to promote language learning and linguistic diversity;
(h)
to support the development of innovative ICT-based content, services, pedagogies and practice for lifelong learning;
(i)
to reinforce the role of lifelong learning in creating a sense of European citizenship based on understanding and respect for human rights and democracy, and encouraging tolerance and respect for other peoples and cultures;
(j)
to promote cooperation in quality assurance in all sectors of education and training in Europe;
(k)
to encourage the best use of results, innovative products and processes and to exchange good practice in the fields covered by the Lifelong Learning Programme, in order to improve the quality of education and training.
4. In accordance with the administrative provisions set out in the Annex, the Lifelong Learning Programme shall support and supplement action taken by the Member States, while fully respecting their responsibility for the content of education and training systems and their cultural and linguistic diversity.
5. As set out in Article 3, the objectives of the Lifelong Learning Programme shall be pursued through the implementation of four sectoral programmes, one transversal programme, and the Jean Monnet programme, hereinafter collectively referred to as ‘the sub-programmes’.
6. This Decision shall be implemented over the period from 1 January 2007 to 31 December 2013. However, preparatory measures, including decisions by the Commission in accordance with Article 9, may be implemented as from the entry into force of this Decision.

Definitions

For the purpose of this Decision, the following definitions shall apply:
1.
‘pre-school’ means organised educational activity undertaken before the start of obligatory primary schooling;
2.
‘pupil’ means a person enrolled in a learning capacity at a school;
3.
‘school’ means all types of institutions providing general (pre-school, primary or secondary), vocational and technical education and, exceptionally, in the case of measures to promote language learning, non-school institutions providing apprenticeship training;
4.
‘teachers/educational staff’ means persons who, through their duties, are involved directly in the education process in the Member States;
5.
‘trainers’ mean persons who, through their duties, are involved directly in the vocational education and training process in the Member States;
6.
‘student’ means a person registered in a higher education institution, whatever their field of study, in order to follow higher education studies leading to a recognised degree or other recognised tertiary level qualification, up to and including the level of doctorate;
7.
‘trainee’ means a person undergoing vocational training, either within a training institution or training organisation or at the workplace;
8.
‘adult learner’ means a learner participating in adult education;
9.
‘people in the labour market’ means workers, the self-employed or people available for employment;
10.
(a)
any type of higher education institution, in accordance with national legislation or practice, which offers recognised degrees or other recognised tertiary level qualifications, whatever such establishments may be called in the Member States;
(b)
any institution, in accordance with national legislation or practice, which offers vocational education or training at tertiary level;
11.
(a)
involve a minimum of three higher education institutions from three different Member States;
(b)
implement a study programme which involves a period of study in at least two of those three institutions;
(c)
have built-in mechanisms for the recognition of periods of study undertaken in partner institutions based on, or compatible with, the European credit transfer system;
(d)
result in the awarding of joint, double or multiple degrees, recognised or accredited by the Member States, from the participating institutions;
12.
‘vocational training’ means any form of initial vocational education or training, including technical and vocational teaching and apprenticeships, which contributes to the achievement of a vocational qualification recognised by the competent authorities in the Member State in which it is obtained, as well as any continuing vocational education or training undertaken by a person during his or her working life;
13.
‘adult education’ means all forms of non-vocational adult learning, whether of a formal, non-formal or informal nature;
14.
‘study visit’ means a short-term visit, made to study a particular aspect of lifelong learning in another Member State;
15.
‘mobility’ means spending a period of time in another Member State, in order to undertake study, work experience, other learning or teaching activity or related administrative activity, supported as appropriate by preparatory or refresher courses in the host language or working language;
16.
‘placement’ means spending a period of time in an enterprise or organisation in another Member State, supported as appropriate by preparatory or refresher courses in the host language or working language, with a view to helping individuals to adapt to the requirements of the Community-wide labour market, to acquiring a specific skill and to improving understanding of the economic and social culture of the country concerned in the context of acquiring work experience;
17.
‘unilateral’ means involving a single institution;
18.
‘bilateral’ means involving partners from two Member States;
19.
‘multilateral’ means involving partners from at least three Member States. The Commission may regard associations or other bodies with membership from three Member States or more as multilateral;
20.
‘partnership’ means a bilateral or multilateral agreement between a group of institutions or organisations in different Member States to carry out joint European activities in lifelong learning;
21.
‘network’means a formal or informal grouping of bodies active in a particular field, discipline or sector of lifelong learning;
22.
‘project’ means a cooperation activity with a defined outcome developed jointly by a formal or informal grouping of organisations or institutions;
23.
‘project coordinator’ means the organisation or institution in charge of the implementation of the project by the multilateral grouping;
24.
‘project partners’ means the organisations or institutions other than the coordinator, which form the multilateral grouping;
25.
‘enterprise’ means all undertakings engaged in economic activity in the public or private sector whatever their size, legal status or the economic sector in which they operate, including the social economy;
26.
‘social partners’ means, at national level, employers’ and workers’ organisations in conformity with national laws and/or practices and, at Community level, employers’ and workers’ organisations taking part in the social dialogue at Community level;
27.
‘guidance and counselling’ means a range of activities such as information, assessment, orientation and advice to assist learners, trainers and other staff to make choices relating to education and training programmes or employment opportunities;
28.
‘dissemination and exploitation of results’ means activities designed to ensure that the results of the Lifelong Learning Programme and its predecessors are appropriately recognised, demonstrated and implemented on a wide scale;
29.
‘lifelong learning’ means all general education, vocational education and training, non-formal education and informal learning undertaken throughout life, resulting in an improvement in knowledge, skills and competences within a personal, civic, social and/or employment-related perspective. It includes the provision of counselling and guidance services.

Sub-programmes

1. The sectoral sub-programmes shall be the following:
(a)
the Comenius programme, which shall address the teaching and learning needs of all those in pre-school and school education up to the level of the end of upper secondary education, and the institutions and organisations providing such education;
(b)
the Erasmus programme, which shall address the teaching and learning needs of all those in formal higher education and vocational education and training at tertiary level, whatever the length of their course or qualification may be and including doctoral studies, and the institutions and organisations providing or facilitating such education and training;
(c)
the Leonardo da Vinci programme, which shall address the teaching and learning needs of all those in vocational education and training, other than at tertiary level, as well as the institutions and organisations providing or facilitating such education and training;
(d)
the Grundtvig programme, which shall address the teaching and learning needs of those in all forms of adult education, as well as the institutions and organisations providing or facilitating such education.
2. The transversal programme shall comprise the following four key activities:
(a)
policy cooperation and innovation in lifelong learning;
(b)
promotion of language learning;
(c)
development of innovative ICT-based content, services, pedagogies and practice for lifelong learning;
(d)
dissemination and exploitation of results of actions supported under the programme and previous related programmes, and exchange of good practice.
3. The Jean Monnet programme shall support institutions and activities in the field of European integration. It shall comprise the following three key activities:
(a)
the Jean Monnet Action;
(b)
operating grants to support specified institutions dealing with issues relating to European integration;
(c)
operating grants to support other European institutions and associations in the fields of education and training.

Access to the Lifelong Learning Programme

The Lifelong Learning Programme shall be aimed at:
(a)
pupils, students, trainees and adult learners;
(b)
teachers, trainers and other staff involved in any aspect of lifelong learning;
(c)
people in the labour market;
(d)
institutions or organisations providing learning opportunities within the context of the Lifelong Learning Programme, or within the limits of its sub-programmes;
(e)
the persons and bodies responsible for systems and policies concerning any aspect of lifelong learning at local, regional and national level;
(f)
enterprises, social partners and their organisations at all levels, including trade organisations and chambers of commerce and industry;
(g)
bodies providing guidance, counselling and information services relating to any aspect of lifelong learning;
(h)
associations working in the field of lifelong learning, including students’, trainees’, pupils’, teachers’, parents’ and adult learners’ associations;
(i)
research centres and bodies concerned with lifelong learning issues;
(j)
non-profit organisations, voluntary bodies, non-governmental organisations (NGOs).

Community actions

1. The Lifelong Learning Programme shall comprise support for the following actions:
(a)
the mobility of individuals in lifelong learning;
(b)
bilateral and multilateral partnerships;
(c)
multilateral projects especially designed to promote quality in education and training systems through the transnational transfer of innovation;
(d)
unilateral and national projects;
(e)
multilateral projects and networks;
(f)
observation and analysis of policies and systems in the field of lifelong learning, the establishment and regular improvement of reference material, including surveys, statistics, analyses and indicators, action to support transparency and recognition of qualifications and prior learning, and action to support cooperation in quality assurance;
(g)
operating grants to support certain operational and administrative costs of institutions and associations active in the field covered by the Lifelong Learning Programme;
(h)
other initiatives aimed at promoting the objectives of the Lifelong Learning Programme (accompanying measures).
2. Community support may be awarded for preparatory visits in respect of any of the actions set out in this Article.
3. The Commission may organise such seminars, colloquia or meetings as are likely to facilitate the implementation of the Lifelong Learning Programme, and undertake appropriate information, publication and dissemination actions and actions to increase awareness of the Programme, as well as programme monitoring and evaluation.
4. The actions referred to in this Article may be implemented by means of calls for proposals, calls for tenders, or directly by the Commission.

Tasks of the Commission and the Member States

1. The Commission shall ensure the effective and efficient implementation of the Community actions provided for by the Lifelong Learning Programme.
2. Member States shall
(a)
take the necessary steps to ensure the efficient running of the Lifelong Learning Programme at national level, involving all the parties concerned with aspects of lifelong learning in accordance with national practice or legislation;
(b)
(i)
an organisation established or designated as a national agency shall have legal personality or be part of an entity having legal personality, and be governed by the law of the Member State concerned. A ministry may not be designated as a national agency;
(ii)
each national agency must have adequate staff to fulfil its tasks, with professional and linguistic capacities appropriate for work in an environment of international cooperation in the field of education and training;
(iii)
it must have an appropriate infrastructure, in particular as regards informatics and communications;
(iv)
it must operate in an administrative context which enables it to carry out its tasks satisfactorily and to avoid conflicts of interest;
(v)
it must be in a position to apply the financial management rules and contractual conditions laid down at Community level;
(vi)
it must offer adequate financial guarantees, issued preferably by a public authority, and its management capacity must be appropriate to the level of Community funds it will be called upon to manage;
(c)
take responsibility for the proper management by the national agencies referred to in point (b) of credits transferred to national agencies to support projects, and in particular for the respect by national agencies of the principles of transparency, equality of treatment and of the avoidance of double-funding with other sources of Community funds, and of the obligation to monitor projects and to recover any funds due for reimbursement by beneficiaries;
(d)
(i)
before the national agency starts work, provide the Commission with the necessary assurances as to the existence, relevance and proper operation within it, in accordance with the rules of sound financial management, of the procedures to be applied, the control systems, the accounting systems and the procurement and grant award procedures;
(ii)
provide the Commission with a declaration of assurance each year as to the reliability of the financial systems and procedures of the national agencies, and the probity of their accounts;
(e)
in the event of irregularity, negligence or fraud imputable to a national agency established or designated under point (b), and where this gives rise to claims by the Commission on the national agency which are not completely recovered, be responsible for the funds not recovered;
(f)
designate upon request from the Commission the institutions or organisations providing learning opportunities, or the types of such institutions or organisations, to be considered eligible to participate in the Lifelong Learning Programme in their respective territories;
(g)
endeavour to adopt all appropriate measures to remove legal and administrative obstacles to the proper functioning of the Lifelong Learning Programme;
(h)
take steps to ensure that potential synergies with other Community programmes and financial instruments and with other relevant programmes operating in the Member State in question are achieved at national level.
3. The Commission, in cooperation with Member States, shall ensure
(a)
the transition between the actions carried out within the context of the preceding programmes in the fields of education, training and lifelong learning and those to be implemented under the Lifelong Learning Programme;
(b)
the adequate protection of the Communities’ financial interests, in particular by introducing effective, proportionate and dissuasive measures, administrative checks and penalties;
(c)
the wide dissemination of information, publicity and follow-up with regard to actions supported under the Lifelong Learning Programme;
(d)
the collection, analysis and processing of available data required to measure the results and effects of the programme, and to monitor and evaluate activities as referred to in Article 15;
(e)
the dissemination of the results of the previous generation of education and training programmes and of the Lifelong Learning Programme.

Participation of third countries

1. The Lifelong Learning Programme shall be open to the participation of:
(a)
EFTA countries which are members of the EEA, in accordance with the conditions laid down in the EEA Agreement;
(b)
the candidate countries benefiting from a pre-accession strategy, in accordance with the general principles and general terms and conditions laid down in the framework agreements concluded with these countries for their participation in Community programmes;
(c)
the countries of the Western Balkans, in accordance with the provisions to be determined with these countries following the establishment of framework agreements providing for their participation in Community programmes;
(d)
the Swiss Confederation, on the basis of a bilateral agreement to be concluded with that country.
2. Key activity 1 of the Jean Monnet programme referred to in Article 3(3)(a) shall also be open to higher education institutions in any other third country.
3. Third countries participating in the Lifelong Learning Programme shall be subject to all the obligations and shall fulfil all the tasks set out in this Decision in relation to Member States.

International cooperation

Under the Lifelong Learning Programme, and in accordance with Article 9, the Commission may cooperate with third countries and with the competent international organisations, in particular the Council of Europe, the Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD) and the United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO).

Implementing measures

1. The measures necessary for the implementation of the Lifelong Learning Programme relating to the following matters shall be adopted by the Commission, in accordance with the procedure referred to in Article 10(2):
(a)
the annual plan of work including priorities;
(b)
the annual allocations and the distribution of funds between and within the sub-programmes;
(c)
the general guidelines for implementing the sub-programmes (including decisions concerning the nature of the actions, their duration and funding level), the selection criteria and procedures;
(d)
the Commission’s proposals for the selection of applications for multilateral projects and networks as referred to in Article 33(1)(b) and (c);
(e)
the Commission’s proposals for the selection of applications for actions set out in Article 5(1)(e), not covered by point (d) of this paragraph, and in Article 5(1)(f), (g) and (h), for which the Community support proposed exceeds EUR 1 million;
(f)
the definition of the respective roles and responsibilities of the Commission, the Member States and the national agencies regarding the National agency procedure as set out in the Annex;
(g)
the distribution of funds among the Member States for the actions to be managed through the National agency procedure as set out in the Annex;
(h)
the arrangements for ensuring internal consistency within the Lifelong Learning Programme;
(i)
the arrangements for monitoring and evaluating the Lifelong Learning Programme and the sub-programmes and for the dissemination and transfer of results.
2. The measures necessary for the implementation of all matters other than those specified in paragraph 1 shall be adopted in accordance with the procedure referred to in Article 10(3).

Committee procedure

1. The Commission shall be assisted by a Committee, hereinafter referred to as ‘the Committee’.
2. Where reference is made to this paragraph, Articles 4 and 7 of Decision 1999/468/EC shall apply, having regard to the provisions of Article 8 thereof.
The period laid down in Article 4(3) of Decision 1999/468/EC shall be set at two months.
3. Where reference is made to this paragraph, Articles 3 and 7 of Decision 1999/468/EC shall apply, having regard to the provisions of Article 8 thereof.
4. The Committee shall adopt its Rules of Procedure.
5. Member States may not be represented by persons employed in, or having operational responsibility for, national agencies referred to in Article 6(2)(b).

Social partners

1. Whenever the Committee is consulted on any matter concerning the application of this Decision in relation to vocational education and training, representatives of the social partners, appointed by the Commission on the basis of proposals from the European social partners, may participate in the work of the Committee as observers.
The number of such observers shall be equal to the number of representatives of the Member States.
2. Such observers shall have the right to request that their position be recorded in the minutes of the meeting of the Committee.

Horizontal policies

In implementing the Lifelong Learning Programme, due regard shall be paid to ensuring that it contributes fully to furthering the horizontal policies of the Community, in particular by:
(a)
promoting an awareness of the importance of cultural and linguistic diversity within Europe, as well as of the need to combat racism, prejudice and xenophobia;
(b)
making provision for learners with special needs, and in particular by helping to promote their integration into mainstream education and training;
(c)
promoting equality between men and women and contributing to combating all forms of discrimination based on sex, racial or ethnic origin, religion or belief, disability, age or sexual orientation.

Consistency and complementarity with other policies

1. The Commission shall, in cooperation with the Member States, ensure overall consistency and complementarity with the Education and Training 2010 Work Programme and other relevant Community policies, instruments and actions, in particular those in the field of culture, the media, youth, research and development, employment, recognition of qualifications, enterprise, environment, ICT and the Community’s statistical programme.
The Commission shall, in cooperation with the Member States, ensure an efficient link-up between the Lifelong Learning Programme and the programmes and actions in the area of education and training undertaken within the framework of the Community’s pre-accession instruments and other cooperation with third countries and the competent international organisations.
2. The Commission shall keep the Committee regularly informed about other relevant Community initiatives taken in the field of lifelong learning, including cooperation with third countries and international organisations.
3. In implementing actions under the Lifelong Learning Programme, the Commission and the Member States shall have regard to the priorities set out in the integrated guidelines for employment adopted by the Council as part of the Lisbon partnership for growth and jobs.
4. In partnership with the European social partners, the Commission shall endeavour to develop an appropriate coordination between the Lifelong Learning Programme and the social dialogue at Community level, including in the different sectors of the economy.
5. In implementing the Lifelong Learning Programme, the Commission shall secure the assistance as appropriate of the European Centre for the Development of Vocational Training (Cedefop) in areas related to its competence and in accordance with the arrangements set out in Regulation (EEC) No 337/75 of the Council(17). Where appropriate, the Commission may also secure the support of the European Training Foundation within the scope of its mandate and in accordance with the arrangements set out in Council Regulation (EEC) No 1360/90(18).
6. The Commission shall keep the Advisory Committee on Vocational Training regularly informed of relevant progress in the area of vocational education and training.

Funding

1. The indicative financial envelope for the implementation of this Decision for the period of seven years as from 1 January 2007 is set at EUR 6 970 000 000. Within this envelope, the amounts to be allocated to the Comenius, Erasmus, Leonardo da Vinci and Grundtvig programmes shall not be less than as set out in point B.11 of the Annex. Those allocations may be amended by the Commission in accordance with the procedure referred to in Article 10(2).
2. Up to 1 % of the allocations of the Lifelong Learning Programme may be used to support the participation in partnership, project and network actions organised under the Lifelong Learning Programme of partners from third countries which do not participate in the Lifelong Learning Programme under the provisions of Article 7.
3. The annual appropriations shall be authorised by the budgetary authority within the limits of the financial framework.

Monitoring and evaluation

1. The Commission shall, in cooperation with the Member States, regularly monitor and evaluate the Lifelong Learning Programme against its objectives.
2. The Commission shall arrange for regular independent external evaluations of the Lifelong Learning Programme and shall regularly publish statistics for monitoring progress.
3. The findings of the monitoring and evaluation of the Lifelong Learning Programme and the previous generation of education and training programmes shall be taken into account when implementing the Programme.
4. Member States shall submit to the Commission, by 30 June 2010 and 30 June 2015 respectively, reports on the implementation and the impact of the Lifelong Learning Programme.
5. The Commission shall submit to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions:
(a)
an interim evaluation report on the qualitative and quantitative aspects of the implementation of the Lifelong Learning Programme, including an analysis of the results achieved, by 31 March 2011;
(b)
a communication on the continuation of the Lifelong Learning Programme by 31 December 2011;
(c)
an ex post evaluation report by 31 March 2016.

Access to the Comenius programme

Within the framework of the Lifelong Learning Programme, the Comenius programme shall be aimed at:
(a)
pupils in school education up to the end of upper secondary education;
(b)
schools, as specified by Member States;
(c)
teachers and other staff within those schools;
(d)
associations, non-profit organisations, NGOs and representatives of those involved in school education;
(e)
persons and bodies responsible for the organisation and delivery of education at local, regional and national levels;
(f)
research centres and bodies concerned with lifelong learning issues;
(g)
higher education institutions;
(h)
bodies providing guidance, counselling and information services relating to any aspect of lifelong learning.

Objectives of the Comenius programme

1. In addition to the objectives of the Lifelong Learning Programme as set out in Article 1, the specific objectives of the Comenius programme shall be:
(a)
to develop knowledge and understanding among young people and educational staff of the diversity of European cultures and languages and its value;
(b)
to help young people acquire the basic life-skills and competences necessary for their personal development, for future employment and for active European citizenship.
2. The operational objectives of the Comenius programme shall be:
(a)
to improve the quality and to increase the volume of mobility involving pupils and educational staff in different Member States;
(b)
to improve the quality and to increase the volume of partnerships between schools in different Member States, so as to involve at least 3 million pupils in joint educational activities during the period of the programme;
(c)
to encourage the learning of modern foreign languages;
(d)
to support the development of innovative ICT-based content, services, pedagogies and practice for lifelong learning;
(e)
to enhance the quality and European dimension of teacher training;
(f)
to support improvements in pedagogical approaches and school management.

Actions of the Comenius programme

1. The following actions may be supported by the Comenius programme:
(a)
mobility of individuals as referred to in Article 5(1)(a). In arranging for or supporting the organisation of such mobility, the necessary preparatory measures shall be adopted and care shall be taken to ensure that adequate supervision, advice and support is available for individuals in mobility.
Such mobility may include:
(i)
exchanges of pupils and staff;
(ii)
mobility to schools for pupils and placements in schools or enterprises for educational staff;
(iii)
participation in training courses for teachers and other educational staff;
(iv)
study and preparatory visits for mobility, partnership, project or network activities;
(v)
assistantships for teachers and potential teachers.
(b)
(i)
schools, with a view to developing joint learning projects for pupils and their teachers (‘Comenius school partnerships’);
(ii)
organisations responsible for any aspect of school education, with a view to fostering inter-regional cooperation, including border region cooperation (‘Comenius-Regio partnerships’);
(c)
(i)
developing, promoting and disseminating educational best practices, including new teaching methods or materials;
(ii)
developing or exchanging experience on systems of providing information or guidance particularly adapted to the learners, teachers and other staff concerned by the Comenius programme;
(iii)
developing, promoting and disseminating new teacher training courses or course content;
(d)
(i)
developing education in the discipline or subject area in which they operate, for their own benefit and for that of education more widely;
(ii)
acquiring and disseminating relevant good practice and innovation;
(iii)
providing content support to projects and partnerships set up by others;
(iv)
promoting the development of needs analysis and its practical applications within school education;
(e)
other initiatives aimed at promoting the objectives of the Comenius programme as referred to in Article 5(1)(h) (‘accompanying measures’).
2. The operational details of the actions referred to in paragraph 1 shall be decided in accordance with the procedure referred to in Article 10(2).

Amount allocated to the Comenius programme

Not less than 80 % of the amount allocated to the Comenius programme shall be devoted to support for mobility as referred to in Article 18(1)(a) and for Comenius partnerships as set out in Article 18(1)(b).

Access to the Erasmus programme

Within the framework of the Lifelong Learning Programme, the Erasmus programme shall be aimed at:
(a)
students and trainees learning in all forms of tertiary level education and training;
(b)
higher education institutions, as specified by Member States;
(c)
teachers, trainers and other staff within those institutions;
(d)
associations and representatives of those involved in higher education, including relevant student, university, and teacher/trainer associations;
(e)
enterprises, social partners and other representatives of working life;
(f)
public and private bodies, including non-profit organisations and NGOs, responsible for the organisation and delivery of education and training at local, regional and national levels;
(g)
research centres and bodies concerned with lifelong learning issues;
(h)
bodies providing guidance, counselling and information services relating to any aspect of lifelong learning.

Objectives of the Erasmus programme

1. In addition to the objectives of the Lifelong Learning Programme as set out in Article 1, the specific objectives of the Erasmus programme shall be:
(a)
to support the achievement of a European Area of Higher Education;
(b)
to reinforce the contribution of higher education and advanced vocational education to the process of innovation.
2. The operational objectives of the Erasmus programme shall be:
(a)
to improve the quality and to increase the volume of student and teaching staff mobility throughout Europe, so as to contribute to the achievement by 2012 of at least 3 million individual participants in student mobility under the Erasmus programme and its predecessor programmes;
(b)
to improve the quality and to increase the volume of multilateral cooperation between higher education institutions in Europe;
(c)
to increase the degree of transparency and compatibility between higher education and advanced vocational education qualifications gained in Europe;
(d)
to improve the quality and to increase the volume of cooperation between higher education institutions and enterprises;
(e)
to facilitate the development of innovative practices in education and training at tertiary level, and their transfer, including from one participating country to others;
(f)
to support the development of innovative ICT-based content, services, pedagogies and practice for lifelong learning.

Actions of the Erasmus programme

1. The following actions may be supported by the Erasmus programme:
(a)
(i)
mobility of students for the purposes of studying or training in Member States in higher education institutions, as well as placements in enterprises, training centres, research centres or other organisations;
(ii)
mobility of teaching staff in higher education institutions in order to teach or receive training in a partner institution abroad;
(iii)
mobility of other staff in higher education institutions and staff of enterprises for purposes of training or teaching;
(iv)
Erasmus intensive programmes organised on a multilateral basis.
Support may also be awarded to the home and host higher education institutions or enterprises for action to ensure quality at all stages of the mobility arrangements, including preparatory and refresher language courses.
(b)
multilateral projects, as referred to in Article 5(1)(e), focusing inter alia on innovation, experimentation and the exchange of good practice in the areas mentioned in the specific and operational objectives;
(c)
multilateral networks, as referred to in Article 5(1)(e), run by consortia of higher education institutions and representing a discipline or a cross-disciplinary field, (‘Erasmus thematic networks’) which aim to develop new learning concepts and competences. Such networks may also include representatives from other public bodies or from enterprises or associations;
(d)
other initiatives aimed at promoting the objectives of the Erasmus programme as referred to in Article 5(1)(h) (‘accompanying measures’).
2. Individuals participating in mobility under paragraph 1(a)(i) (Erasmus students) shall be:‘’
(a)
students in higher education institutions who, enrolled at least in the second year, spend a study period in another Member State within the framework of the mobility action of the Erasmus programme, regardless whether they have been awarded financial support under that programme. Such periods shall be fully recognised under the interinstitutional agreements between the sending and host institutions. The host institutions shall not charge tuition fees to such students;
(b)
students enrolled on Joint Masters programmes and engaged in mobility;
(c)
students in higher education institutions taking part in placements.
3. The operational details of the actions set out in paragraph 1 shall be decided in accordance with the procedure referred to in Article 10(2).

Amount allocated to the Erasmus programme

Not less than 80 % of the amount allocated to the Erasmus programme shall be devoted to support for mobility as referred to in Article 22(1)(a).

Access to the Leonardo da Vinci programme

Within the framework of the Lifelong Learning Programme, the Leonardo da Vinci programme shall be aimed at:
(a)
people learning in all forms of vocational education and training except at tertiary level;
(b)
people in the labour market;
(c)
institutions or organisations providing learning opportunities in the fields covered by the Leonardo da Vinci programme;
(d)
teachers, trainers and other staff within those institutions or organisations;
(e)
associations and representatives of those involved in vocational education and training, including trainees’, parents’ and teachers’ associations;
(f)
enterprises, social partners and other representatives of working life, including chambers of commerce and other trade organisations;
(g)
bodies providing guidance, counselling and information services relating to any aspect of lifelong learning;
(h)
persons and bodies responsible for systems and policies concerning any aspect of vocational education and training at local, regional and national level;
(i)
research centres and bodies concerned with lifelong learning issues;
(j)
higher education institutions;
(k)
non-profit organisations, voluntary bodies, NGOs.

Objectives of the Leonardo da Vinci programme

1. In addition to the objectives of the Lifelong Learning Programme as set out in Article 1, the specific objectives of the Leonardo da Vinci programme shall be:
(a)
to support participants in training and further training activities in the acquisition and the use of knowledge, skills and qualifications to facilitate personal development, employability and participation in the European labour market;
(b)
to support improvements in quality and innovation in vocational education and training systems, institutions and practices;
(c)
to enhance the attractiveness of vocational education and training and mobility for employers and individuals and to facilitate the mobility of working trainees.
2. The operational objectives of the Leonardo da Vinci programme shall be:
(a)
to improve the quality and to increase the volume of mobility throughout Europe of people involved in initial vocational education and training and in continuing training, so as to increase placements in enterprises to at least 80 000 per year by the end of the Lifelong Learning Programme;
(b)
to improve the quality and to increase the volume of cooperation between institutions or organisations providing learning opportunities, enterprises, social partners and other relevant bodies throughout Europe;
(c)
to facilitate the development of innovative practices in the field of vocational education and training other than at tertiary level, and their transfer, including from one participating country to others;
(d)
to improve the transparency and recognition of qualifications and competences, including those acquired through non-formal and informal learning;
(e)
to encourage the learning of modern foreign languages;
(f)
to support the development of innovative ICT-based content, services, pedagogies and practice for lifelong learning.

Actions of the Leonardo da Vinci programme

1. The following actions may be supported by the Leonardo da Vinci programme:
(a)
(i)
transnational placements in enterprises or in training institutions;
(ii)
placements and exchanges aimed at the further professional development of trainers and guidance counsellors, and at those responsible for training establishments and for training planning and career guidance within enterprises;
(b)
partnerships, as referred to in Article 5(1)(b), focusing on themes of mutual interest to the participating organisations;
(c)
multilateral projects, as referred to in Article 5(1)(c), in particular those aimed at improving training systems by focusing on the transfer of innovation involving the linguistic, cultural and legal adaptation to national needs of innovative products and processes developed in different contexts;
(d)
multilateral projects, as referred to in Article 5(1)(e), aimed at improving training systems by focusing on the development of innovation and good practice;
(e)
thematic networks of experts and organisations, as referred to in Article 5(1)(e), working on specific issues related to vocational education and training;
(f)
other initiatives aimed at promoting the objectives of the Leonardo da Vinci programme, as referred to in Article 5(1)(h) (‘accompanying measures’).
2. The operational details of such actions shall be decided in accordance with the procedure referred to in Article 10(2).

Amounts allocated to the Leonardo da Vinci programme

Not less than 60 % of the amounts allocated to the Leonardo da Vinci programme shall be devoted to support for mobility and partnerships as referred to in Article 26(1)(a) and (b).

Access to the Grundtvig programme

Within the framework of the Lifelong Learning Programme, the Grundtvig programme shall be aimed at:
(a)
learners in adult education;
(b)
institutions or organisations providing learning opportunities in adult education;
(c)
teachers and other staff within those institutions or organisations;
(d)
establishments involved in the initial or further training of adult education staff;
(e)
associations and representatives of those involved in adult education, including learners’ and teachers’ associations;
(f)
bodies providing guidance, counselling and information services relating to any aspect of lifelong learning;
(g)
persons and bodies responsible for systems and policies concerning any aspect of adult education at local, regional and national level;
(h)
research centres and bodies concerned with lifelong learning issues;
(i)
enterprises;
(j)
non-profit organisations, voluntary bodies, NGOs;
(k)
higher education institutions.

Objectives of the Grundtvig programme

1. In addition to the objectives of the Lifelong Learning Programme set out in Article 1, the specific objectives of the Grundtvig programme shall be:
(a)
to respond to the educational challenge of an ageing population in Europe;
(b)
to help provide adults with pathways to improving their knowledge and competences.
2. The operational objectives of the Grundtvig programme shall be:
(a)
to improve the quality and accessibility of mobility throughout Europe of individuals involved in adult education and to increase its volume so as to support the mobility of at least 7 000 such individuals per year by 2013;
(b)
to improve the quality and to increase the volume of cooperation between organisations involved in adult education throughout Europe;
(c)
to assist people from vulnerable social groups and in marginal social contexts, in particular older people and those who have left education without basic qualifications, in order to give them alternative opportunities to access adult education;
(d)
to facilitate the development of innovative practices in adult education and their transfer, including from a participating country to others;
(e)
to support the development of innovative ICT-based content, services, pedagogies and practice for lifelong learning;
(f)
to improve pedagogical approaches and the management of adult education organisations.

Actions of the Grundtvig programme

1. The following actions may be supported by the Grundtvig programme:
(a)
mobility of individuals, as referred to in Article 5(1)(a). In arranging for or supporting the organisation of such mobility, the necessary preparatory measures shall be adopted and care shall be taken to ensure that adequate supervision and support is available for individuals in mobility. Such mobility may include visits, assistantships and exchanges for participants in formal and non-formal adult education, including the training and professional development of adult education staff, especially in synergy with partnerships and projects;
(b)
partnerships, as referred to in Article 5(1)(b), known as ‘Grundtvig learning partnerships’, focusing on themes of mutual interest to the participating organisations;
(c)
multilateral projects, as referred to in Article 5(1)(e), aimed at improving adult education systems through the development and transfer of innovation and good practice;
(d)
(i)
developing adult education in the discipline, subject area or management aspect to which they relate;
(ii)
identifying,improving and disseminating relevant good practice and innovation;
(iii)
providing content support to projects and partnerships set up by others and facilitating interactivity between such projects and partnerships;
(iv)
promoting the development of needs analysis and quality assurance within adult education;
(e)
other initiatives aimed at promoting the objectives of the Grundtvig programme, as referred to in Article 5(1)(h) (‘accompanying measures’).
2. The operational details of such actions shall be decided in accordance with the procedure referred to in Article 10(2).

Amounts allocated to the Grundtvig programme

Not less than 55 % of the amounts allocated to the Grundtvig programme shall be devoted to support for mobility and partnerships as referred to in Article 30(1)(a) and (b).

Objectives of the transversal programme

1. In addition to the objectives of the Lifelong Learning Programme as set out in Article 1, the specific objectives of the transversal programme shall be:
(a)
to promote European cooperation in fields covering two or more sectoral sub-programmes;
(b)
to promote the quality and transparency of Member States’ education and training systems.
2. The operational objectives of the transversal programme shall be:
(a)
to support policy development and cooperation at European level in lifelong learning, notably in the context of the Lisbon process and Education and Training 2010 Work Programme, as well as the Bologna and Copenhagen processes and their successors;
(b)
to ensure an adequate supply of comparable data, statistics and analyses to underpin lifelong learning policy development, as well as to monitor progress towards objectives and targets in lifelong learning, and to identify areas for particular attention;
(c)
to promote language learning and to support linguistic diversity in the Member States;
(d)
to support the development of innovative ICT-based content, services, pedagogies and practice for lifelong learning;
(e)
to ensure that the results of the Lifelong Learning Programme are appropriately recognised, demonstrated and implemented on a wide scale.

Actions of the transversal programme

1. The following actions may be supported under the key activity of policy cooperation and innovation in lifelong learning, as referred to in Article 3(2)(a):
(a)
individual mobility, as referred to in Article 5(1)(a), including study visits for experts and officials designated by national, regional and local authorities, for directors of education and training establishments and guidance and experience accreditation services, and for social partners;
(b)
multilateral projects, as referred to in Article 5(1)(e), aimed at preparing and testing policy proposals developed at Community level and innovation in lifelong learning;
(c)
(i)
thematic networks working on issues related to the content of lifelong learning or to lifelong learning methodologies and policies. Such networks may observe, exchange, identify and analyse good practice and innovation, and make proposals for a better and wider use of such practices across the Member States;
(ii)
forums on strategic issues in lifelong learning;
(d)
(i)
studies and comparative research;
(ii)
development of indicators and statistical surveys, including support for work undertaken in the field of lifelong learning in cooperation with Eurostat;
(iii)
support for the operation of the Eurydice network and funding of the Eurydice European Unit set up by the Commission;
(e)
(i)
networks of organisations which facilitate mobility and recognition, such as Euroguidance and National Academic Recognition Information Centres (NARICs);
(ii)
support for transnational web-based services such as Ploteus;
(iii)
activities under the Europass initiative in accordance with Decision No 2241/2004/EC;
(f)
other initiatives, as referred to in Article 5(1)(h) (accompanying measures), including peer-learning activities aimed at promoting the objectives of the key activity referred to in Article 3(2)(a).
2. The following actions, designed to address teaching and learning needs concerning more than one sub-programme area, may be supported under the key activity of language learning, as referred to in Article 3(2)(b):
(a)
(i)
developing new language learning materials, including online courses, and instruments for language testing;
(ii)
developing tools and courses for training language teachers, trainers and other staff;
(b)
multilateral networks as referred to in Article 5(1)(e), in the field of language learning and linguistic diversity;
(c)
other initiatives in line with the objectives of the Lifelong Learning Programme, as referred to in Article 5(1)(h), including activities to make language learning more attractive to learners through the mass media and/or marketing, publicity and information campaigns, as well as conferences, studies and the development of statistical indicators in the field of language learning and linguistic diversity.
3. The following actions, designed to address teaching and learning needs concerning more than one sub-programme area, may be supported under the key activity of ICT, as referred to in Article 3(2)(c):
(a)
multilateral projects, as referred to in Article 5(1)(e), aimed at the development and distribution, as appropriate, of innovative methods, contents, services and environments;
(b)
multilateral networks as referred to in Article 5(1)(e), aimed at sharing and exchanging knowledge, experience and good practice;
(c)
other action aimed at improving lifelong learning policy and practice, as described in Article 5(1)(f), which may include mechanisms for evaluation, observation, benchmarking, quality improvement and the analysis of trends with respect to technology and pedagogy.
4. The following actions may be supported under the key activity of dissemination, as referred to in Article 3(2)(d):
(a)
unilateral and national projects, as referred to in Article 5(1)(d);
(b)
(i)
supporting the exploitation and implementation of innovative products and processes;
(ii)
stimulating cooperation between projects operating in the same field;
(iii)
developing good practice with regard to dissemination methods;
(c)
the establishment of reference material as referred to in Article 5(1)(f), which may include the collection of relevant statistical data and studies in the field of dissemination, the exploitation of results and the exchange of good practice.

Access to the Jean Monnet programme

Within the framework of the Lifelong Learning Programme, the Jean Monnet programme shall be aimed at:
(a)
students and researchers in the field of European integration in all forms of higher education within and outside the Community;
(b)
higher education institutions within and outside the Community as recognised within their own countries;
(c)
teachers and other staff within those institutions;
(d)
associations and representatives of those involved in education and training within and outside the Community;
(e)
public and private bodies responsible for the organisation and delivery of education and training at local, regional and national levels;
(f)
research centres and bodies concerned with issues relating to European integration within and outside the Community.

Objectives of the Jean Monnet programme

1. In addition to the objectives of the Lifelong Learning Programme as set out in Article 1, the specific objectives of the Jean Monnet programme shall be:
(a)
to stimulate teaching, research and reflection activities in the field of European integration studies;
(b)
to support the existence of an appropriate range of institutions and associations focusing on issues relating to European integration and on education and training in a European perspective.
2. The operational objectives of the Jean Monnet programme shall be:
(a)
to stimulate excellence in teaching, research and reflection in European integration studies in higher education institutions within and outside the Community;
(b)
to enhance knowledge and awareness among specialist academics and among European citizens generally of issues relating to European integration;
(c)
to support key European institutions dealing with issues relating to European integration;
(d)
to support the existence of high-quality European institutions and associations active in the fields of education and training.

Actions of the Jean Monnet programme

1. The following actions may be supported under the key activity referred to in Article 3(3)(a):
(a)
(i)
Jean Monnet Chairs, centres of excellence and teaching modules;
(ii)
associations of professors, other teachers in higher education, and researchers specialising in European integration;
(iii)
support for young researchers specialising in European integration studies;
(iv)
information and research activities relating to the Community with the aim of promoting discussion, reflection and knowledge about the process of European integration;
(b)
multilateral projects and networks, as referred to in Article 5(1)(e), which may include support for the establishment of multilateral research groups in the field of European integration.
2. Operating grants as referred to in Article 5(1)(g) to support certain operational and administrative costs of the following institutions pursuing an aim of European interest may be awarded under the key activity referred to in Article 3(3)(b):
(a)
the College of Europe (Bruges and Natolin campuses);
(b)
the European University Institute, Florence;
(c)
the European Institute of Public Administration, Maastricht;
(d)
the Academy of European Law, Trier;
(e)
the European Agency for Development in Special Needs Education, Middelfart;
(f)
the International Centre for European Training (CIFE), Nice.
3. Under the key activity referred to in Article 3(3)(c), operating grants as referred to in Article 5(1)(g) may be awarded to support certain operational and administrative costs of European institutions or associations active in the fields of education and training.
4. Grants may be awarded on an annual basis or on a renewable basis within a framework partnership agreement with the Commission.

Amounts allocated to the Jean Monnet programme

Not less than 16 % of the amounts allocated to the Jean Monnet programme shall be devoted to support for the key activity referred to in Article 3(3)(a), not less than 65 % to the key activity referred to in Article 3(3)(b), and not less than 19 % to the key activity referred to in Article 3(3)(c).

TRANSITIONAL AND FINAL PROVISIONS

1. Actions which are initiated on or before 31 December 2006 on the basis of Decision 1999/382/EC, Decision No 253/2000/EC, Decision No 2318/2003/EC, Decision No 791/2004/EC or Decision No 2241/2004/EC, shall be administered in conformity with the provisions of those Decisions, with the exception that the committees established by those Decisions shall be replaced by the committee established by Article 10 of this Decision.
2. As provided for by Article 18 of Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 1605/2002, the appropriations corresponding to assigned revenue arising from the repayment of amounts wrongly paid pursuant to Decision 1999/382/EC, Decision No 253/2000/EC, Decision No 2318/2003/EC, Decision No 791/2004/EC or Decision No 2241/2004/EC, may be made available to the Lifelong Learning Programme.

Entry into force

This Decision shall enter into force on the 20th day following that of its publication in theOfficial Journal of the European Union.

A.   Administrative provisions

ANNEXADMINISTRATIVE AND FINANCIAL PROVISIONSProcedures for the proposal and selection of the actions contained in the Lifelong Learning Programme are as follows:
1. National agency procedure
| 1.1. | Procedure 1The following actions, under which the selection decisions are taken by the appropriate national agencies, shall be managed through the ‘National agency procedure 1’:(a)the mobility of individuals in lifelong learning, as referred to in Article 5(1)(a);(b)bilateral and multilateral partnerships, as referred to in Article 5(1)(b);(c)unilateral and national projects, as referred to in Article 5(1)(d), where these are funded under Article 33(4)(a).Requests for financial assistance submitted under these actions shall be directed to the appropriate national agencies designated by the Member States in accordance with Article 6(2)(b). The national agencies shall carry out the selection and allocate financial assistance to the applicants selected in accordance with the general guidelines to be established under Article 9(1)(c). The national agencies shall distribute grants to beneficiaries located in their respective Member States. Each partner in a bilateral or multilateral partnership shall receive funding direct from its respective national agency. | (a) | the mobility of individuals in lifelong learning, as referred to in Article 5(1)(a); | (b) | bilateral and multilateral partnerships, as referred to in Article 5(1)(b); | (c) | unilateral and national projects, as referred to in Article 5(1)(d), where these are funded under Article 33(4)(a).
(a) | the mobility of individuals in lifelong learning, as referred to in Article 5(1)(a);
(b) | bilateral and multilateral partnerships, as referred to in Article 5(1)(b);
(c) | unilateral and national projects, as referred to in Article 5(1)(d), where these are funded under Article 33(4)(a).
| 1.2. | Procedure 2The following action, under which the selection decisions are taken by the Commission, but evaluation and contracting procedures are undertaken by the appropriate national agencies, shall be managed through the ‘National agency procedure 2’:—multilateral projects, as referred to in Article 5(1)(c).Requests for financial assistance submitted under this action shall be directed to the national agency designated by the Member State of the coordinator of the project in accordance with Article 6(2)(b).The national agency of the Member State of the coordinator of the project shall carry out the evaluation of applications and submit to the Commission a shortlist of applications which it proposes to accept. The Commission shall decide upon the shortlist proposed, following which the national agency shall allocate the appropriate financial assistance to the applicants selected in accordance with the general guidelines to be established under Article 9(1)(c).Before submitting the shortlist to the Commission, the national agency of the country in which the project is coordinated shall liaise with those in the countries of all the other project partners. The national agencies shall distribute grants to selected project coordinators located in their respective Member States, which shall be responsible for distributing the funds to the partners involved in the projects. | — | multilateral projects, as referred to in Article 5(1)(c).
— | multilateral projects, as referred to in Article 5(1)(c).2. Commission procedure
(a) | unilateral and national projects, as referred to in Article 5(1)(d), except those funded under Article 33(4)(a);
(b) | multilateral projects and networks, as referred to in Article 5(1)(e);
(c) | observation and analysis of policies and systems in the field of lifelong learning, the establishment of reference material, including surveys, statistics, analyses and indicators, and action to support transparency and recognition of qualifications and prior learning, as referred to in Article 5(1)(f);
(d) | operating grants, as referred to in Article 5(1)(g);
(e) | other initiatives aimed at promoting the objectives of the Lifelong Learning Programme, as referred to in Article 5(1)(h) (‘accompanying measures’).Requests for financial assistance submitted under these actions shall be directed to the Commission, which shall carry out the selection and allocate financial assistance to the applicants selected in accordance with the general guidelines to be established under Article 9(1)(c).
B. Financial provisionsThe Commission shall ensure that the financial and administrative requirements placed on beneficiaries of grants awarded under the Lifelong Learning Programme are proportionate to the level of the grant. In particular, the Commission shall ensure that the financial rules and the application and reporting requirements for individual mobility and for partnerships remain user-friendly and sufficiently simple not to restrict access for less advantaged individuals and the institutions or organisations that work with them.

— | the contracting parties,
— | the duration of the contract, which shall be the period of eligibility of the expenditure,
— | the maximum amount of funding awarded,
— | a summary description of the action involved,
— | reporting and audit access requirements.Also such criteria shall enable the national agencies to provide that co-financing provided by beneficiaries may take the form of contributions in kind. These shall be verifiable as to fact, but need not be the subject of financial evaluation.
1. Actions managed through the National agency procedure
| 1.1. | The Community funds intended to provide financial support under the actions to be managed through the National agency procedure in accordance with section A point 1.1 of this Annex, are to be allocated among the Member States in accordance with formulae determined by the Commission in accordance with Article 10(2), which may include the following elements:(a)a minimum amount allocated to each Member State, to be determined in accordance with budgetary availability for the action concerned;(b)the remainder will be allocated to the various Member States on the basis of:(i)each Member State’s total number of:—pupils and teachers in school education for the school partnerships and mobility actions of the Comenius programme set out in Article 18(1)(a) and (b),—students and/or graduates in higher education for the mobility of students and intensive programmes actions of the Erasmus programme set out in Article 22(1)(a)(i) and (iv),—teachers in higher education institutions for the mobility of teachers and the mobility of other staff actions of the Erasmusprogramme set out in Article 22(1)(a)(ii) and (iii),—overall population and number of 15 to 35 year olds in relation to it, for the mobility, partnership and multilateral project actions of the Leonardo da Vinci programme set out in Article 26(1)(a), (b) and (c),—adults for the mobility and partnership actions of the Grundtvig programme set out in Article 30(1)(a) and (b);(ii)the difference in the cost of living between the Member States;(iii)the distance between the capital cities of each of the Member States;(iv)the level of demand and/or take-up for the action concerned within each Member State. | (a) | a minimum amount allocated to each Member State, to be determined in accordance with budgetary availability for the action concerned; | (b) | the remainder will be allocated to the various Member States on the basis of:(i)each Member State’s total number of:—pupils and teachers in school education for the school partnerships and mobility actions of the Comenius programme set out in Article 18(1)(a) and (b),—students and/or graduates in higher education for the mobility of students and intensive programmes actions of the Erasmus programme set out in Article 22(1)(a)(i) and (iv),—teachers in higher education institutions for the mobility of teachers and the mobility of other staff actions of the Erasmusprogramme set out in Article 22(1)(a)(ii) and (iii),—overall population and number of 15 to 35 year olds in relation to it, for the mobility, partnership and multilateral project actions of the Leonardo da Vinci programme set out in Article 26(1)(a), (b) and (c),—adults for the mobility and partnership actions of the Grundtvig programme set out in Article 30(1)(a) and (b);(ii)the difference in the cost of living between the Member States;(iii)the distance between the capital cities of each of the Member States;(iv)the level of demand and/or take-up for the action concerned within each Member State. | (i) | each Member State’s total number of:—pupils and teachers in school education for the school partnerships and mobility actions of the Comenius programme set out in Article 18(1)(a) and (b),—students and/or graduates in higher education for the mobility of students and intensive programmes actions of the Erasmus programme set out in Article 22(1)(a)(i) and (iv),—teachers in higher education institutions for the mobility of teachers and the mobility of other staff actions of the Erasmusprogramme set out in Article 22(1)(a)(ii) and (iii),—overall population and number of 15 to 35 year olds in relation to it, for the mobility, partnership and multilateral project actions of the Leonardo da Vinci programme set out in Article 26(1)(a), (b) and (c),—adults for the mobility and partnership actions of the Grundtvig programme set out in Article 30(1)(a) and (b); | — | pupils and teachers in school education for the school partnerships and mobility actions of the Comenius programme set out in Article 18(1)(a) and (b), | — | students and/or graduates in higher education for the mobility of students and intensive programmes actions of the Erasmus programme set out in Article 22(1)(a)(i) and (iv), | — | teachers in higher education institutions for the mobility of teachers and the mobility of other staff actions of the Erasmusprogramme set out in Article 22(1)(a)(ii) and (iii), | — | overall population and number of 15 to 35 year olds in relation to it, for the mobility, partnership and multilateral project actions of the Leonardo da Vinci programme set out in Article 26(1)(a), (b) and (c), | — | adults for the mobility and partnership actions of the Grundtvig programme set out in Article 30(1)(a) and (b); | (ii) | the difference in the cost of living between the Member States; | (iii) | the distance between the capital cities of each of the Member States; | (iv) | the level of demand and/or take-up for the action concerned within each Member State.
(a) | a minimum amount allocated to each Member State, to be determined in accordance with budgetary availability for the action concerned;
(b) | the remainder will be allocated to the various Member States on the basis of:(i)each Member State’s total number of:—pupils and teachers in school education for the school partnerships and mobility actions of the Comenius programme set out in Article 18(1)(a) and (b),—students and/or graduates in higher education for the mobility of students and intensive programmes actions of the Erasmus programme set out in Article 22(1)(a)(i) and (iv),—teachers in higher education institutions for the mobility of teachers and the mobility of other staff actions of the Erasmusprogramme set out in Article 22(1)(a)(ii) and (iii),—overall population and number of 15 to 35 year olds in relation to it, for the mobility, partnership and multilateral project actions of the Leonardo da Vinci programme set out in Article 26(1)(a), (b) and (c),—adults for the mobility and partnership actions of the Grundtvig programme set out in Article 30(1)(a) and (b);(ii)the difference in the cost of living between the Member States;(iii)the distance between the capital cities of each of the Member States;(iv)the level of demand and/or take-up for the action concerned within each Member State. | (i) | each Member State’s total number of:—pupils and teachers in school education for the school partnerships and mobility actions of the Comenius programme set out in Article 18(1)(a) and (b),—students and/or graduates in higher education for the mobility of students and intensive programmes actions of the Erasmus programme set out in Article 22(1)(a)(i) and (iv),—teachers in higher education institutions for the mobility of teachers and the mobility of other staff actions of the Erasmusprogramme set out in Article 22(1)(a)(ii) and (iii),—overall population and number of 15 to 35 year olds in relation to it, for the mobility, partnership and multilateral project actions of the Leonardo da Vinci programme set out in Article 26(1)(a), (b) and (c),—adults for the mobility and partnership actions of the Grundtvig programme set out in Article 30(1)(a) and (b); | — | pupils and teachers in school education for the school partnerships and mobility actions of the Comenius programme set out in Article 18(1)(a) and (b), | — | students and/or graduates in higher education for the mobility of students and intensive programmes actions of the Erasmus programme set out in Article 22(1)(a)(i) and (iv), | — | teachers in higher education institutions for the mobility of teachers and the mobility of other staff actions of the Erasmusprogramme set out in Article 22(1)(a)(ii) and (iii), | — | overall population and number of 15 to 35 year olds in relation to it, for the mobility, partnership and multilateral project actions of the Leonardo da Vinci programme set out in Article 26(1)(a), (b) and (c), | — | adults for the mobility and partnership actions of the Grundtvig programme set out in Article 30(1)(a) and (b); | (ii) | the difference in the cost of living between the Member States; | (iii) | the distance between the capital cities of each of the Member States; | (iv) | the level of demand and/or take-up for the action concerned within each Member State.
(i) | each Member State’s total number of:—pupils and teachers in school education for the school partnerships and mobility actions of the Comenius programme set out in Article 18(1)(a) and (b),—students and/or graduates in higher education for the mobility of students and intensive programmes actions of the Erasmus programme set out in Article 22(1)(a)(i) and (iv),—teachers in higher education institutions for the mobility of teachers and the mobility of other staff actions of the Erasmusprogramme set out in Article 22(1)(a)(ii) and (iii),—overall population and number of 15 to 35 year olds in relation to it, for the mobility, partnership and multilateral project actions of the Leonardo da Vinci programme set out in Article 26(1)(a), (b) and (c),—adults for the mobility and partnership actions of the Grundtvig programme set out in Article 30(1)(a) and (b); | — | pupils and teachers in school education for the school partnerships and mobility actions of the Comenius programme set out in Article 18(1)(a) and (b), | — | students and/or graduates in higher education for the mobility of students and intensive programmes actions of the Erasmus programme set out in Article 22(1)(a)(i) and (iv), | — | teachers in higher education institutions for the mobility of teachers and the mobility of other staff actions of the Erasmusprogramme set out in Article 22(1)(a)(ii) and (iii), | — | overall population and number of 15 to 35 year olds in relation to it, for the mobility, partnership and multilateral project actions of the Leonardo da Vinci programme set out in Article 26(1)(a), (b) and (c), | — | adults for the mobility and partnership actions of the Grundtvig programme set out in Article 30(1)(a) and (b);
— | pupils and teachers in school education for the school partnerships and mobility actions of the Comenius programme set out in Article 18(1)(a) and (b),
— | students and/or graduates in higher education for the mobility of students and intensive programmes actions of the Erasmus programme set out in Article 22(1)(a)(i) and (iv),
— | teachers in higher education institutions for the mobility of teachers and the mobility of other staff actions of the Erasmusprogramme set out in Article 22(1)(a)(ii) and (iii),
— | overall population and number of 15 to 35 year olds in relation to it, for the mobility, partnership and multilateral project actions of the Leonardo da Vinci programme set out in Article 26(1)(a), (b) and (c),
— | adults for the mobility and partnership actions of the Grundtvig programme set out in Article 30(1)(a) and (b);
(ii) | the difference in the cost of living between the Member States;
(iii) | the distance between the capital cities of each of the Member States;
(iv) | the level of demand and/or take-up for the action concerned within each Member State.
| 1.2. | These formulae should, as far as possible, be neutral with respect to the different education and training systems of the Member States.
| 1.3. | The Community funds thus distributed shall be administered by the national agencies provided for in Article 6(2)(b).
| 1.4. | The Commission, acting in cooperation with the Member States, shall take the necessary measures to encourage balanced participation at Community, national and, where appropriate, regional level and, where appropriate, across the various fields of study. The proportion allocated to these measures shall not exceed 5 % of the annual allocations for financing each of the actions in question.2. Designation of beneficiariesThe institutions listed in Article 36(2) of this Decision are hereby designated beneficiaries of grants under the Lifelong Learning Programme, in accordance with Article 168 of Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 2342/2002.
The constituent national units of the NARIC network, the Eurydice network, the Euroguidance network, the National Support Services for the eTwinning Action and the Europass National Centres act as instruments to implement the programme at national level, in conformity with the provisions of Article 54(2)(c) of Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 1605/2002 and of Article 38 of Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 2342/2002.
3. Types of beneficiaryIn accordance with Article 114(1) of Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 1605/2002, grants may be awarded to legal persons or to natural persons. In the case of natural persons, these may take the form of scholarships.
4. Flat-rate grants, scales of unit costs and prizesFlat-rate grants and/or scales of unit costs, as provided for in Article 181(1) of Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 2342/2002 may be used in the case of the actions referred to in Article 5.
Flat-rate grants may be used up to a maximum of EUR 25 000 per grant. They may be combined up to a maximum of EUR 100 000 and/or used in conjunction with scales of unit costs.
The Commission may provide for the award of prizes in relation to activities undertaken in the framework of the Lifelong Learning Programme.
5. ProcurementWhere the implementation of actions supported under the Lifelong Learning Programme requires the beneficiary to have recourse to procurement procedures, the procedures for low-value contracts set out in Article 129 of Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 2342/2002 shall apply.
6. Partnership agreementsWhere actions under the Lifelong Learning Programme are supported by means of framework partnership grants, pursuant to Article 163 of Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 2342/2002, such partnerships may be selected and funded for a four-year period, subject to a lightweight renewal procedure.
7. Public institutions or organisations providing learning opportunitiesAll schools and higher education institutions specified by Member States, and all institutions or organisations providing learning opportunities which have received over 50 % of their annual revenues from public sources over the last two years, or which are controlled by public bodies or their representatives, shall be treated by the Commission as having the necessary financial, professional and administrative capacity, together with the necessary financial stability, to carry out projects under the Lifelong Learning Programme; they shall not be required to present further documentation to demonstrate this. Such institutions or organisations may be exempted from auditing requirements pursuant to Article 173(4) of Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 2342/2002.
8. Bodies pursuing an objective of general European interestWhere operating grants are awarded under the Lifelong Learning Programme to bodies pursuing an objective of general European interest as defined in Article 162 of Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 2342/2002, these shall, in accordance with Article 113(2) of Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 1605/2002, not be subject on renewal to the principle of gradual decrease.
9. Applicants’ professional competencies and qualificationsThe Commission may decide in accordance with Article 176(2) of Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 2342/2002 that specified categories of beneficiaries have the professional competences and qualifications required to complete the proposed action or work programme.
10. Participation of partners from third countriesPartners from third countries may participate in multilateral projects, networks or partnerships under the terms of Article 14(2) at the discretion of the Commission or the national agency concerned. The decision whether to support such partners shall be based on the degree of added value at European level likely to result from their participation in the project, network or partnership in question.
11. Minimum allocations
| Comenius 13 %
| Erasmus 40 %
| Leonardo da Vinci 25 %
| Grundtvig 4 %12. National agenciesCommunity financial assistance shall be provided to support the activities of the national agencies established or designated by the Member States in accordance with Article 6(2)(b).
In accordance with Article 38(1) of Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 2342/2002, the function of national agency may, in third countries participating in the Lifelong Learning Programme by virtue of Article 7(1) of this Decision, be discharged of public-sector bodies or private-law bodies with a public-service mission governed by the law of the country concerned.
In accordance with the principle of proportionality, certification and reporting requirements will be kept to an appropriate minimum necessary level.
13. Technical assistanceThe financial envelope of the Lifelong Learning Programme may also cover expenditure related to preparatory actions, monitoring, control, audit and evaluation directly necessary for the implementation of the Programme and for the achievement of its objectives. These may in particular include studies, meetings, information activities, publications, expenditure on informatics networks for the exchange of information and any other expenditure on technical and administrative assistance to which the Commission may need to have recourse for the implementation of the Programme.
14. Anti-fraud provisionsCommission decisions taken under Article 9, the contracts and agreements resulting from them, as well as agreements with participating third countries, shall provide in particular for supervision and financial control by the Commission (or any representative authorised by it), including by the European Anti-Fraud Office (OLAF), and for audits by the Court of Auditors, if necessary on-the-spot. Such controls may be carried out with the national agencies as well, where necessary, as with recipients of grants.
The beneficiary of an operating grant shall keep available for the Commission all the supporting documents, including the audited financial statement, regarding expenditure incurred during the grant year, for a period of five years following the last payment. The beneficiary of a grant shall ensure that, where applicable, supporting documents in the possession of partners or members be made available to the Commission.
The Commission may have an audit of the use made of the grant carried out either directly by its own staff or by any other qualified outside body of its choice. Such audits may be carried out throughout the lifetime of the agreement and for a period of five years from the date of payment of the balance. Where appropriate, the audit findings may lead to recovery decisions by the Commission.
Commission staff and outside personnel authorised by the Commission shall have appropriate right of access, in particular to the beneficiary’s offices and to all the information, including information in electronic format, needed in order to conduct such audits.
The Court of Auditors and OLAF shall enjoy the same rights, especially of access, as the Commission.
In addition, the Commission may carry out on-the-spot checks and inspections under the Lifelong Learning Programme in accordance with Council Regulation (Euratom, EC) No 2185/96 of 11 November 1996 concerning on-the-spot checks and inspections carried out by the Commission in order to protect the European Communities’ financial interests against fraud and other irregularities(1).
For the Community actions financed under this decision, the notion of irregularity referred to in Article 1, paragraph 2 of Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 2988/95 of 18 December 1995 on the protection of the European Communities financial interests(2)shall mean any infringement of a provision of Community law or any breach of a contractual obligation resulting from an act or omission by an economic operator, which has, or would have, the effect of prejudicing the general budget of the European Communities or allocations managed by them, by an unjustified item of expenditure.

(1)
OJ L 292, 15.11.1996, p. 2.
(2)
OJ L 312, 23.12.1995, p. 1.

Pending: 32006D1719

24.11.2006 EN Official Journal of the European Union L 327/30
(1) The Treaty establishing the European Community, hereinafter referred to as the ‘Treaty’, establishes citizenship of the Union and provides that Community action in the field of education, vocational training and youth is to be aimed, primarily, at encouraging the development of youth exchanges, exchanges of socio-educational instructors and quality education.
(2) The Treaty on European Union is founded on the principles of liberty, democracy, respect for human rights and fundamental freedoms, equality between men and women and non-discrimination. The promotion of young people's active citizenship should contribute to the development of these values.
(3) Decision No 1031/2000/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 April 2000 established the ‘Youth’ Community action programme(4). It is appropriate to pursue and strengthen cooperation and Community action in that field on the basis of the experience acquired from that programme.
(4) Decision No 790/2004/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 April 2004 established a programme of Community action to promote bodies active at European level in the field of youth(5).
(5) The extraordinary European Council held in Lisbon on 23 and 24 March 2000 established a strategic objective for the EU including an active employment policy giving greater priority to lifelong learning, complemented by the sustainable development strategy of the Gothenburg European Council of 15 and 16 June 2001.
(6) The Laeken Declaration annexed to the Presidency conclusions of the European Council of 14 and 15 December 2001 asserts that one of the basic challenges to be resolved by the EU is how to bring citizens, and primarily young people, closer to the European design and the European institutions.
(7) The Commission adopted a White Paper on ‘A new impetus for European youth’ on 21 November 2001, which proposes a cooperation framework in the field of youth to focus on participation, information, voluntary activities and a greater understanding of young people. The European Parliament adopted these proposals in its resolution of 14 May 2002(6).
(8) The Resolution of the Council and of the representatives of the Governments of the Member States meeting within the Council of 27 June 2002(7)establishes, in particular, an open method of coordination covering the priorities of participation, information, voluntary activities among young people and greater understanding of youth. This should be taken into account in the implementation of the Youth in Action Programme, hereinafter referred to as ‘the Programme’.
(9) In its conclusions of 6 May 2003(8), the Council stresses the need to maintain and develop the existing Community instruments specifically addressed to young people, as they are essential for the development of Member States' cooperation in the field of youth, and, moreover, that the priorities and objectives of those instruments should be aligned with the Framework of European Cooperation in the field of Youth.
(10) The Spring European Council on 22 and 23 March 2005 adopted the European Pact for Youth as one of the instruments contributing to the achievement of the Lisbon objectives of growth and jobs. The Pact focuses on three areas: employment, integration and social advancement; education, training and mobility; reconciliation of working life and family life.
(11) The Community's action includes a contribution to high quality education and training and must seek to eliminate inequalities and promote equality between men and women, pursuant to Article 3(2) of the Treaty.
(12) The special needs of people with disabilities should be addressed.
(13) There is a need to promote active citizenship and, when implementing the action lines, step up the fight against exclusion and discrimination in all their forms, including those based on sex, racial or ethnic origin, religion or belief, disability, age or sexual orientation, in accordance with Article 13(1) of the Treaty.
(14) The candidate countries and those EFTA countries which are parties to the EEA Agreement are recognised as potential participants in Community programmes, in accordance with the agreements concluded with them.
(15) The Thessaloniki European Council of 19 and 20 June 2003 adopted the ‘Thessaloniki Agenda for the Western Balkans: moving towards European integration’, which provides that Community programmes should be open to countries forming part of the Stabilisation and Association process, on the basis of framework agreements to be signed between the Community and these countries.
(16) Steps should be taken with a view to opening up the Programme to Switzerland.
(17) The Barcelona Declaration adopted at the Euro-Mediterranean conference in 1995 states that youth exchanges should be the means to prepare future generations for closer cooperation between the Euro-Mediterranean partners, while respecting the principles of human rights and fundamental freedoms.
(18) In its conclusions of 16 June 2003, the Council on the basis of the Commission communication entitled ‘Wider Europe — Neighbourhood: A New Framework for Relations with our Eastern and Southern Neighbours’ sets out as action lines for the Community the stepping up of cultural cooperation, mutual understanding and cooperation in the area of education and training with the neighbouring countries.
(19) The interim evaluation reports of the existing Youth Programme and the public consultation on the future of Community's activity in education, training and youth reveal a strong and in some respects growing need for continuing cooperation and mobility in the youth field at European level, and press for a simpler, more user-friendly and more flexible approach to implement such action.
(20) Following the principle of sound financial management, the implementation of the Programme may be simplified by recourse to lump sum funding, in respect either of support awarded to programme participants or of Community support for the structures established at national level for the administration of the Programme.
(21) The Programme should be regularly monitored and evaluated in cooperation between the Commission and the Member States in order to allow for readjustments, particularly in the priorities for implementing the measures. This monitoring and evaluation should include measurable and relevant objectives and indicators.
(22) It is necessary to provide sufficient flexibility in the formulation of the legal base for the Programme to allow for appropriate adjustments in the actions to respond to changing needs during the period 2007 to 2013, and to avoid the excessively detailed provisions of previous programmes, so this Decision is deliberately limited to generic definitions of actions and their essential accompanying administrative and financial provisions.
(23) It is appropriate to ensure a correct closure of the Programme, in particular regarding the continuation of multi-annual arrangements for its management, such as the financing of technical and administrative assistance. As of 1 January 2014, the technical and administrative assistance will ensure, if necessary, the management of actions not yet finalised by the end of 2013.
(24) It is necessary to provide for specific arrangements for the application of Council Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 1605/2002 of 25 June 2002 on the Financial Regulation applicable to the general budget of the European Communities(9)and its implementing measures, as well as for the derogations from these texts necessitated by the features of the beneficiaries and the nature of the actions.
(25) Appropriate measures should be implemented to prevent irregularities and fraud and to recover funds lost or incorrectly paid or used.
(26) This Decision lays down for the entire duration of the Programme, a financial envelope constituting the prime reference, within the meaning of point 37 of the Interinstitutional Agreement of 17 May 2006 between the European Parliament, the Council and the Commission on budgetary discipline and sound financial management(10), for the budgetary authority during the annual budgetary procedure.
(27) Since the objectives of this Decision cannot be sufficiently achieved by the Member States as multilateral partnerships, transnational mobility measures and an exchange of information at European level are required and can therefore, by reason of the transnational and multilateral scale of the proposed actions and measures, be better achieved at Community level, the Community may adopt measures in accordance with the principle of subsidiarity as set out in Article 5 of the Treaty. In accordance with the principle of proportionality, as set out in that Article, this Decision does not go beyond what is necessary in order to achieve those objectives.
(28) The measures necessary for the implementation of this Decision should be adopted in accordance with Council Decision 1999/468/EC of 28 June 1999 laying down the procedures for the exercise of implementing powers conferred on the Commission(11).
(29) Provisional measures to monitor actions started before 31 December 2006 should be adopted pursuant to Decision No 1031/2000/EC and Decision No 790/2004/EC,
(a) to promote young people's active citizenship in general and their European citizenship in particular;
(b) to develop solidarity and promote tolerance among young people, in particular in order to reinforce social cohesion in the EU;
(c) to foster mutual understanding between young people in different countries;
(d) to contribute to developing the quality of support systems for youth activities and the capabilities of civil society organisations in the youth field;
(e) to promote European cooperation in the youth field.
1. In the context of the general objective to promote young people's active citizenship in general and their European citizenship in particular:(a)giving young people and youth organisations the opportunity to take part in the development of society in general and the EU in particular;(b)developing young people's sense of belonging to the EU;(c)encouraging the participation of young people in the democratic life of Europe;(d)fostering the mobility of young people in Europe;(e)developing intercultural learning within the youth field;(f)promoting the fundamental values of the EU among young people, in particular respect for human dignity, equality, respect for human rights, tolerance and non-discrimination;(g)encouraging initiative, enterprise and creativity;(h)facilitating participation in the Programme by young people with fewer opportunities, including young people with disabilities;(i)ensuring that the principle of equality between men and women is respected in participation in the Programme and that gender equality is fostered in the actions;(j)providing non-formal and informal learning opportunities with a European dimension and opening up innovative opportunities in connection with active citizenship. (a) giving young people and youth organisations the opportunity to take part in the development of society in general and the EU in particular; (b) developing young people's sense of belonging to the EU; (c) encouraging the participation of young people in the democratic life of Europe; (d) fostering the mobility of young people in Europe; (e) developing intercultural learning within the youth field; (f) promoting the fundamental values of the EU among young people, in particular respect for human dignity, equality, respect for human rights, tolerance and non-discrimination; (g) encouraging initiative, enterprise and creativity; (h) facilitating participation in the Programme by young people with fewer opportunities, including young people with disabilities; (i) ensuring that the principle of equality between men and women is respected in participation in the Programme and that gender equality is fostered in the actions; (j) providing non-formal and informal learning opportunities with a European dimension and opening up innovative opportunities in connection with active citizenship.
(a) giving young people and youth organisations the opportunity to take part in the development of society in general and the EU in particular;
(b) developing young people's sense of belonging to the EU;
(c) encouraging the participation of young people in the democratic life of Europe;
(d) fostering the mobility of young people in Europe;
(e) developing intercultural learning within the youth field;
(f) promoting the fundamental values of the EU among young people, in particular respect for human dignity, equality, respect for human rights, tolerance and non-discrimination;
(g) encouraging initiative, enterprise and creativity;
(h) facilitating participation in the Programme by young people with fewer opportunities, including young people with disabilities;
(i) ensuring that the principle of equality between men and women is respected in participation in the Programme and that gender equality is fostered in the actions;
(j) providing non-formal and informal learning opportunities with a European dimension and opening up innovative opportunities in connection with active citizenship.
(a) giving young people and youth organisations the opportunity to take part in the development of society in general and the EU in particular;
(b) developing young people's sense of belonging to the EU;
(c) encouraging the participation of young people in the democratic life of Europe;
(d) fostering the mobility of young people in Europe;
(e) developing intercultural learning within the youth field;
(f) promoting the fundamental values of the EU among young people, in particular respect for human dignity, equality, respect for human rights, tolerance and non-discrimination;
(g) encouraging initiative, enterprise and creativity;
(h) facilitating participation in the Programme by young people with fewer opportunities, including young people with disabilities;
(i) ensuring that the principle of equality between men and women is respected in participation in the Programme and that gender equality is fostered in the actions;
(j) providing non-formal and informal learning opportunities with a European dimension and opening up innovative opportunities in connection with active citizenship.
2. In the context of the general objective of developing solidarity and promoting tolerance among young people, in particular in order to reinforce social cohesion in the EU:(a)giving young people the opportunity to express their personal commitment through voluntary activities at European and international level;(b)involving young people in actions fostering solidarity between citizens of the EU. (a) giving young people the opportunity to express their personal commitment through voluntary activities at European and international level; (b) involving young people in actions fostering solidarity between citizens of the EU.
(a) giving young people the opportunity to express their personal commitment through voluntary activities at European and international level;
(b) involving young people in actions fostering solidarity between citizens of the EU.
(a) giving young people the opportunity to express their personal commitment through voluntary activities at European and international level;
(b) involving young people in actions fostering solidarity between citizens of the EU.
3. In the context of the general objective to foster mutual understanding between young people in different countries:(a)developing exchanges and intercultural dialogue between young Europeans and young people in the neighbouring countries;(b)contributing to the development in these countries of the quality of support structures for young people and of the role of those active in youth work and youth organisations;(c)developing with other countries thematic cooperation projects involving young people and those active in youth work and youth organisations. (a) developing exchanges and intercultural dialogue between young Europeans and young people in the neighbouring countries; (b) contributing to the development in these countries of the quality of support structures for young people and of the role of those active in youth work and youth organisations; (c) developing with other countries thematic cooperation projects involving young people and those active in youth work and youth organisations.
(a) developing exchanges and intercultural dialogue between young Europeans and young people in the neighbouring countries;
(b) contributing to the development in these countries of the quality of support structures for young people and of the role of those active in youth work and youth organisations;
(c) developing with other countries thematic cooperation projects involving young people and those active in youth work and youth organisations.
(a) developing exchanges and intercultural dialogue between young Europeans and young people in the neighbouring countries;
(b) contributing to the development in these countries of the quality of support structures for young people and of the role of those active in youth work and youth organisations;
(c) developing with other countries thematic cooperation projects involving young people and those active in youth work and youth organisations.
4. In the context of the general objective to contribute to developing the quality of support systems for youth activities and the capabilities of civil society organisations in the youth field:(a)contributing to the networking of the organisations concerned;(b)developing the training of, and collaboration between, those active in youth work and youth organisations;(c)promoting innovation in the development of activities for young people;(d)contributing to the improvement of information for young people, while paying special attention to the access of young people with disabilities;(e)supporting long-term youth projects and initiatives of regional and local bodies;(f)facilitating the recognition of young people's non-formal learning and skills acquired through participation in the Programme;(g)exchanging good practices. (a) contributing to the networking of the organisations concerned; (b) developing the training of, and collaboration between, those active in youth work and youth organisations; (c) promoting innovation in the development of activities for young people; (d) contributing to the improvement of information for young people, while paying special attention to the access of young people with disabilities; (e) supporting long-term youth projects and initiatives of regional and local bodies; (f) facilitating the recognition of young people's non-formal learning and skills acquired through participation in the Programme; (g) exchanging good practices.
(a) contributing to the networking of the organisations concerned;
(b) developing the training of, and collaboration between, those active in youth work and youth organisations;
(c) promoting innovation in the development of activities for young people;
(d) contributing to the improvement of information for young people, while paying special attention to the access of young people with disabilities;
(e) supporting long-term youth projects and initiatives of regional and local bodies;
(f) facilitating the recognition of young people's non-formal learning and skills acquired through participation in the Programme;
(g) exchanging good practices.
(a) contributing to the networking of the organisations concerned;
(b) developing the training of, and collaboration between, those active in youth work and youth organisations;
(c) promoting innovation in the development of activities for young people;
(d) contributing to the improvement of information for young people, while paying special attention to the access of young people with disabilities;
(e) supporting long-term youth projects and initiatives of regional and local bodies;
(f) facilitating the recognition of young people's non-formal learning and skills acquired through participation in the Programme;
(g) exchanging good practices.
5. In the context of the general objective to promote European cooperation in the youth field, taking due account of local and regional aspects:(a)encouraging the exchange of good practices and cooperation between administrations and policymakers at all levels;(b)encouraging structured dialogue between policymakers and young people;(c)improving knowledge and understanding of youth;(d)contributing to the cooperation between various national and international youth voluntary activities. (a) encouraging the exchange of good practices and cooperation between administrations and policymakers at all levels; (b) encouraging structured dialogue between policymakers and young people; (c) improving knowledge and understanding of youth; (d) contributing to the cooperation between various national and international youth voluntary activities.
(a) encouraging the exchange of good practices and cooperation between administrations and policymakers at all levels;
(b) encouraging structured dialogue between policymakers and young people;
(c) improving knowledge and understanding of youth;
(d) contributing to the cooperation between various national and international youth voluntary activities.
(a) encouraging the exchange of good practices and cooperation between administrations and policymakers at all levels;
(b) encouraging structured dialogue between policymakers and young people;
(c) improving knowledge and understanding of youth;
(d) contributing to the cooperation between various national and international youth voluntary activities.
1. Youth for EuropeThe aim of this action is to:—support exchanges of young people in order to increase their mobility,—support youth initiatives and projects and activities concerning participation in democratic life, in order to develop young people's citizenship and mutual understanding. — support exchanges of young people in order to increase their mobility, — support youth initiatives and projects and activities concerning participation in democratic life, in order to develop young people's citizenship and mutual understanding.
— support exchanges of young people in order to increase their mobility,
— support youth initiatives and projects and activities concerning participation in democratic life, in order to develop young people's citizenship and mutual understanding.
— support exchanges of young people in order to increase their mobility,
— support youth initiatives and projects and activities concerning participation in democratic life, in order to develop young people's citizenship and mutual understanding.
2. European Voluntary ServiceThe aim of this action is to support young people's participation in various forms of voluntary activities, both within and outside the EU.
3. Youth in the WorldThe aim of this action is to:—support projects with the partner countries mentioned in Article 5(2), in particular exchanges of young people and those active in youth work and youth organisations,—support initiatives that reinforce young people's mutual understanding, sense of solidarity and tolerance, as well as the development of cooperation in the field of youth and civil society in these countries. — support projects with the partner countries mentioned in Article 5(2), in particular exchanges of young people and those active in youth work and youth organisations, — support initiatives that reinforce young people's mutual understanding, sense of solidarity and tolerance, as well as the development of cooperation in the field of youth and civil society in these countries.
— support projects with the partner countries mentioned in Article 5(2), in particular exchanges of young people and those active in youth work and youth organisations,
— support initiatives that reinforce young people's mutual understanding, sense of solidarity and tolerance, as well as the development of cooperation in the field of youth and civil society in these countries.
— support projects with the partner countries mentioned in Article 5(2), in particular exchanges of young people and those active in youth work and youth organisations,
— support initiatives that reinforce young people's mutual understanding, sense of solidarity and tolerance, as well as the development of cooperation in the field of youth and civil society in these countries.
4. Youth support systemsThe aim of this action is to support bodies active at European level in the field of youth, in particular the operation of youth NGOs, their networking, advice for people developing projects, ensuring quality by means of the exchange, training and networking of those active in youth work and youth organisations, encouraging innovation and quality, providing young people with information, developing the structures and activities needed for the Programme to meet these goals and encouraging partnerships with local and regional authorities.
5. Support for European cooperation in the youth fieldThe aim of this action is to:—organise structured dialogue between the various actors in the field of youth, in particular young people themselves, those active in youth work and youth organisations and policymakers,—support youth seminars on social, cultural and political issues in which young people are interested,—contribute to the development of policy cooperation in the youth field,—facilitate the development of the networks necessary to a better understanding of youth. — organise structured dialogue between the various actors in the field of youth, in particular young people themselves, those active in youth work and youth organisations and policymakers, — support youth seminars on social, cultural and political issues in which young people are interested, — contribute to the development of policy cooperation in the youth field, — facilitate the development of the networks necessary to a better understanding of youth.
— organise structured dialogue between the various actors in the field of youth, in particular young people themselves, those active in youth work and youth organisations and policymakers,
— support youth seminars on social, cultural and political issues in which young people are interested,
— contribute to the development of policy cooperation in the youth field,
— facilitate the development of the networks necessary to a better understanding of youth.
— organise structured dialogue between the various actors in the field of youth, in particular young people themselves, those active in youth work and youth organisations and policymakers,
— support youth seminars on social, cultural and political issues in which young people are interested,
— contribute to the development of policy cooperation in the youth field,
— facilitate the development of the networks necessary to a better understanding of youth.
(a) the Member States;
(b) the EFTA States that are party to the EEA Agreement, in accordance with the provisions of that Agreement;
(c) the candidate countries benefiting from a pre-accession strategy, pursuant to the general principles and the general conditions and arrangements laid down in the framework agreements concluded with these countries for their participation in Community programmes;
(d) the countries of the western Balkans, in accordance with the arrangements to be established with these countries following the framework agreements providing for their participation in Community programmes;
(e) Switzerland, subject to the conclusion of a bilateral agreement with that country.
(a) take the necessary measures to ensure that the Programme runs smoothly at national level, involving the parties concerned with the various aspects of youth in accordance with national practice;
(b) create/appoint and monitor the national agencies in the implementation of the Programme actions at national level, pursuant to Article 54(2)(c) of Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 1605/2002 and in accordance with the following criteria:(i)the body created or appointed as the national agency shall have legal personality or be part of an organisation having legal personality (and be governed by the law of the participating country). A ministry shall not be appointed as the national agency;(ii)the body shall have sufficient staff with the appropriate skills to work in an international cooperation environment, an appropriate infrastructure and an administrative environment allowing it to avoid any conflict of interests;(iii)it shall be able to apply the fund management rules and the contractual conditions laid down at Community level;(iv)it shall have sufficient financial guarantees (preferably from a public authority) and an administrative capacity in line with the volume of Community funds that it will have to manage; (i) the body created or appointed as the national agency shall have legal personality or be part of an organisation having legal personality (and be governed by the law of the participating country). A ministry shall not be appointed as the national agency; (ii) the body shall have sufficient staff with the appropriate skills to work in an international cooperation environment, an appropriate infrastructure and an administrative environment allowing it to avoid any conflict of interests; (iii) it shall be able to apply the fund management rules and the contractual conditions laid down at Community level; (iv) it shall have sufficient financial guarantees (preferably from a public authority) and an administrative capacity in line with the volume of Community funds that it will have to manage;
(i) the body created or appointed as the national agency shall have legal personality or be part of an organisation having legal personality (and be governed by the law of the participating country). A ministry shall not be appointed as the national agency;
(ii) the body shall have sufficient staff with the appropriate skills to work in an international cooperation environment, an appropriate infrastructure and an administrative environment allowing it to avoid any conflict of interests;
(iii) it shall be able to apply the fund management rules and the contractual conditions laid down at Community level;
(iv) it shall have sufficient financial guarantees (preferably from a public authority) and an administrative capacity in line with the volume of Community funds that it will have to manage;
(i) the body created or appointed as the national agency shall have legal personality or be part of an organisation having legal personality (and be governed by the law of the participating country). A ministry shall not be appointed as the national agency;
(ii) the body shall have sufficient staff with the appropriate skills to work in an international cooperation environment, an appropriate infrastructure and an administrative environment allowing it to avoid any conflict of interests;
(iii) it shall be able to apply the fund management rules and the contractual conditions laid down at Community level;
(iv) it shall have sufficient financial guarantees (preferably from a public authority) and an administrative capacity in line with the volume of Community funds that it will have to manage;
(c) assume responsibility for the sound management by the national agencies referred to in (b) of the appropriations transferred to them to be awarded to projects. In particular, they shall be responsible for ensuring that the national agencies comply with the principles of transparency, equal treatment and non-cumulation vis-à-vis other Community funds, and for the obligation to recover any funds due from the beneficiaries;
(d) take the necessary measures to audit and monitor the finances of the national agencies referred to in (b), and in particular:(i)provide the Commission, before the national agency starts work, with the necessary assurances regarding the existence, relevance and operation in the national agency, in accordance with the rules of sound financial management, of suitable procedures, monitoring systems, accounting systems and procedures for the award of contracts and grants;(ii)assure the Commission, at the end of each financial year, of the reliability of the national agencies' financial systems and procedures and the accuracy of their accounts;(iii)assume responsibility for any funds not recovered in the event of any irregularity, negligence or fraud on the part of the national agencies referred to in (b) which leads the Commission to seek recovery of funds from the national agency. (i) provide the Commission, before the national agency starts work, with the necessary assurances regarding the existence, relevance and operation in the national agency, in accordance with the rules of sound financial management, of suitable procedures, monitoring systems, accounting systems and procedures for the award of contracts and grants; (ii) assure the Commission, at the end of each financial year, of the reliability of the national agencies' financial systems and procedures and the accuracy of their accounts; (iii) assume responsibility for any funds not recovered in the event of any irregularity, negligence or fraud on the part of the national agencies referred to in (b) which leads the Commission to seek recovery of funds from the national agency.
(i) provide the Commission, before the national agency starts work, with the necessary assurances regarding the existence, relevance and operation in the national agency, in accordance with the rules of sound financial management, of suitable procedures, monitoring systems, accounting systems and procedures for the award of contracts and grants;
(ii) assure the Commission, at the end of each financial year, of the reliability of the national agencies' financial systems and procedures and the accuracy of their accounts;
(iii) assume responsibility for any funds not recovered in the event of any irregularity, negligence or fraud on the part of the national agencies referred to in (b) which leads the Commission to seek recovery of funds from the national agency.
(i) provide the Commission, before the national agency starts work, with the necessary assurances regarding the existence, relevance and operation in the national agency, in accordance with the rules of sound financial management, of suitable procedures, monitoring systems, accounting systems and procedures for the award of contracts and grants;
(ii) assure the Commission, at the end of each financial year, of the reliability of the national agencies' financial systems and procedures and the accuracy of their accounts;
(iii) assume responsibility for any funds not recovered in the event of any irregularity, negligence or fraud on the part of the national agencies referred to in (b) which leads the Commission to seek recovery of funds from the national agency.
(a) the arrangements for the implementation of the Programme, including the annual work plan;
(b) the general balance between the various actions of the Programme;
(c) with regard to the funding, the criteria (e.g. youth population, GDP and geographical distance between countries) applicable for establishing the indicative breakdown of funds among the Member States for the purpose of the actions to be managed on a decentralised basis;
(d) the monitoring of the agreement referred in point 4.2 of the Annex, including the annual work plan and annual report of the European Youth Forum;
(e) the arrangements for evaluating the Programme;
(f) the arrangements for certifying the participation of the young people concerned;
(g) the arrangements for adapting the actions of the Programme mentioned in Article 8(7).
(a) an interim evaluation report on the results obtained and the qualitative and quantitative aspects of the implementation of the Programme by 31 March 2011;
(b) a Communication on the continuation of the Programme by 31 December 2011;
(c) anex postevaluation report by 31 March 2016.
— it must have been legally established for at least one year,
— it must be non-profit-making,
— it must be established in one of the participating countries, in accordance with Article 5(1), or in one of certain eastern European countries (i.e. Belarus, Moldova, Russian Federation, Ukraine),
— it must operate at European level, alone or in coordination with other associations, and its structure and activities must cover at least eight participating countries; it may be a European network representing bodies active in the field of youth,
— its activities must be in accordance with the principles underlying the Community activity in the field of youth,
— it may be a body whose activities are solely for the benefit of young people or a body with wider aims, some of the activities of which are for the benefit of young people,
— it must involve the young people in managing the activities conducted for their benefit.
— representing the views and interests of young people in their diversity at European level,
— youth exchanges and voluntary services,
— non-formal and informal learning and youth activity programmes,
— promoting intercultural learning and understanding,
— debates on European issues, the policies of the EU or youth policies,
— dissemination of information on Community action,
— actions promoting young people's participation and initiative.
— the Forum's independence in the selection of its members, ensuring the broadest possible representation of different kinds of youth organisations,
— its autonomy in the detailed specification of its activities,
— the broadest possible involvement in the Forum's activities of non-member youth organisations and young people who do not belong to organisations,
— the active contribution by the Forum to the political processes relevant to youth at European level, in particular by responding to the European institutions when they consult civil society and explaining the positions adopted by these institutions to its members.
— representing youth organisations vis-à-vis the EU,
— coordinating the positions of its members vis-à-vis the EU,
— relaying information on youth vis-à-vis the European institutions,
— relaying information from the EU to the national youth councils and non-governmental organisations,
— promoting and preparing the participation of young people in democratic life,
— contributing to the new cooperation framework in the youth field established at the level of the EU,
— contributing to the development of youth policies, youth work and educational opportunities, and to relaying information concerning young people and developing representative structures for young people throughout Europe,
— engaging in discussion and reflection on youth in Europe and in other parts of the world and on the Community's action for young people.
THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND THE COUNCIL OF THE EUROPEAN UNION,
Having regard to the Treaty establishing the European Community and in particular Article 149(4) thereof,
Having regard to the proposal from the Commission,
Having regard to the opinion of the European Economic and Social Committee(1),
Having regard to the opinion of the Committee of the Regions(2),
Acting in accordance with the procedure in Article 251 of the Treaty(3),
(1) The Treaty establishing the European Community, hereinafter referred to as the ‘Treaty’, establishes citizenship of the Union and provides that Community action in the field of education, vocational training and youth is to be aimed, primarily, at encouraging the development of youth exchanges, exchanges of socio-educational instructors and quality education.
(2) The Treaty on European Union is founded on the principles of liberty, democracy, respect for human rights and fundamental freedoms, equality between men and women and non-discrimination. The promotion of young people’s active citizenship should contribute to the development of these values.
(3) Decision No 1031/2000/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 April 2000 established the ‘Youth’ Community action programme(4). It is appropriate to pursue and strengthen cooperation and Community action in that field on the basis of the experience acquired from that programme.
(4) Decision No 790/2004/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 April 2004 established a programme of Community action to promote bodies active at European level in the field of youth(5).
(5) The extraordinary European Council held in Lisbon on 23 and 24 March 2000 established a strategic objective for the EU including an active employment policy giving greater priority to lifelong learning, complemented by the sustainable development strategy of the Gothenburg European Council of 15 and 16 June 2001.
(6) The Laeken Declaration annexed to the Presidency conclusions of the European Council of 14 and 15 December 2001 asserts that one of the basic challenges to be resolved by the EU is how to bring citizens, and primarily young people, closer to the European design and the European institutions.
(7) The Commission adopted a White Paper on ‘A new impetus for European youth’ on 21 November 2001, which proposes a cooperation framework in the field of youth to focus on participation, information, voluntary activities and a greater understanding of young people. The European Parliament adopted these proposals in its resolution of 14 May 2002(6).
(8) The Resolution of the Council and of the representatives of the Governments of the Member States meeting within the Council of 27 June 2002(7)establishes, in particular, an open method of coordination covering the priorities of participation, information, voluntary activities among young people and greater understanding of youth. This should be taken into account in the implementation of the Youth in Action Programme, hereinafter referred to as ‘the Programme’.
(9) In its conclusions of 6 May 2003(8), the Council stresses the need to maintain and develop the existing Community instruments specifically addressed to young people, as they are essential for the development of Member States’ cooperation in the field of youth, and, moreover, that the priorities and objectives of those instruments should be aligned with the Framework of European Cooperation in the field of Youth.
(10) The Spring European Council on 22 and 23 March 2005 adopted the European Pact for Youth as one of the instruments contributing to the achievement of the Lisbon objectives of growth and jobs. The Pact focuses on three areas: employment, integration and social advancement; education, training and mobility; reconciliation of working life and family life.
(11) The Community’s action includes a contribution to high quality education and training and must seek to eliminate inequalities and promote equality between men and women, pursuant to Article 3(2) of the Treaty.
(12) The special needs of people with disabilities should be addressed.
(13) There is a need to promote active citizenship and, when implementing the action lines, step up the fight against exclusion and discrimination in all their forms, including those based on sex, racial or ethnic origin, religion or belief, disability, age or sexual orientation, in accordance with Article 13(1) of the Treaty.
(14) The candidate countries and those EFTA countries which are parties to the EEA Agreement are recognised as potential participants in Community programmes, in accordance with the agreements concluded with them.
(15) The Thessaloniki European Council of 19 and 20 June 2003 adopted the ‘Thessaloniki Agenda for the Western Balkans: moving towards European integration’, which provides that Community programmes should be open to countries forming part of the Stabilisation and Association process, on the basis of framework agreements to be signed between the Community and these countries.
(16) Steps should be taken with a view to opening up the Programme to Switzerland.
(17) The Barcelona Declaration adopted at the Euro-Mediterranean conference in 1995 states that youth exchanges should be the means to prepare future generations for closer cooperation between the Euro-Mediterranean partners, while respecting the principles of human rights and fundamental freedoms.
(18) In its conclusions of 16 June 2003, the Council on the basis of the Commission communication entitled ‘Wider Europe — Neighbourhood: A New Framework for Relations with our Eastern and Southern Neighbours’ sets out as action lines for the Community the stepping up of cultural cooperation, mutual understanding and cooperation in the area of education and training with the neighbouring countries.
(19) The interim evaluation reports of the existing Youth Programme and the public consultation on the future of Community’s activity in education, training and youth reveal a strong and in some respects growing need for continuing cooperation and mobility in the youth field at European level, and press for a simpler, more user-friendly and more flexible approach to implement such action.
(20) Following the principle of sound financial management, the implementation of the Programme may be simplified by recourse to lump sum funding, in respect either of support awarded to programme participants or of Community support for the structures established at national level for the administration of the Programme.
(21) The Programme should be regularly monitored and evaluated in cooperation between the Commission and the Member States in order to allow for readjustments, particularly in the priorities for implementing the measures. This monitoring and evaluation should include measurable and relevant objectives and indicators.
(22) It is necessary to provide sufficient flexibility in the formulation of the legal base for the Programme to allow for appropriate adjustments in the actions to respond to changing needs during the period 2007 to 2013, and to avoid the excessively detailed provisions of previous programmes, so this Decision is deliberately limited to generic definitions of actions and their essential accompanying administrative and financial provisions.
(23) It is appropriate to ensure a correct closure of the Programme, in particular regarding the continuation of multi-annual arrangements for its management, such as the financing of technical and administrative assistance. As of 1 January 2014, the technical and administrative assistance will ensure, if necessary, the management of actions not yet finalised by the end of 2013.
(24) It is necessary to provide for specific arrangements for the application of Council Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 1605/2002 of 25 June 2002 on the Financial Regulation applicable to the general budget of the European Communities(9)and its implementing measures, as well as for the derogations from these texts necessitated by the features of the beneficiaries and the nature of the actions.
(25) Appropriate measures should be implemented to prevent irregularities and fraud and to recover funds lost or incorrectly paid or used.
(26) This Decision lays down for the entire duration of the Programme, a financial envelope constituting the prime reference, within the meaning of point 37 of the Interinstitutional Agreement of 17 May 2006 between the European Parliament, the Council and the Commission on budgetary discipline and sound financial management(10), for the budgetary authority during the annual budgetary procedure.
(27) Since the objectives of this Decision cannot be sufficiently achieved by the Member States as multilateral partnerships, transnational mobility measures and an exchange of information at European level are required and can therefore, by reason of the transnational and multilateral scale of the proposed actions and measures, be better achieved at Community level, the Community may adopt measures in accordance with the principle of subsidiarity as set out in Article 5 of the Treaty. In accordance with the principle of proportionality, as set out in that Article, this Decision does not go beyond what is necessary in order to achieve those objectives.
(28) The measures necessary for the implementation of this Decision should be adopted in accordance with Council Decision 1999/468/EC of 28 June 1999 laying down the procedures for the exercise of implementing powers conferred on the Commission(11).
(29) Provisional measures to monitor actions started before 31 December 2006 should be adopted pursuant to Decision No 1031/2000/EC and Decision No 790/2004/EC,
HAVE DECIDED AS FOLLOWS:

Establishment of the Programme
Article 1
1. This Decision establishes the Youth in Action Programme as a Community action, hereinafter referred to as ‘the Programme’, the aim of which is to develop cooperation in the field of youth in the European Union.
2. The Programme shall start on 1 January 2007 and end on 31 December 2013.

General objectives of the Programme
Article 2
1. The general objectives of the Programme shall be:
(a)
to promote young people’s active citizenship in general and their European citizenship in particular;
(b)
to develop solidarity and promote tolerance among young people, in particular in order to reinforce social cohesion in the EU;
(c)
to foster mutual understanding between young people in different countries;
(d)
to contribute to developing the quality of support systems for youth activities and the capabilities of civil society organisations in the youth field;
(e)
to promote European cooperation in the youth field.
2. The general objectives of the Programme shall complement the objectives pursued in other areas of the Community’s activities, in particular in the field of lifelong learning, including vocational training and non-formal and informal learning, as well as in other fields, such as culture, sport and employment.
3. The general objectives of the Programme shall contribute to the development of the EU policies, in particular with regard to the recognition of cultural, multicultural and linguistic diversity in Europe, to fostering social cohesion and combating all discrimination based on sex, race or ethnic origin, religion or belief, disability, age or sexual orientation, and with regard to sustainable development.

Specific objectives of the Programme
Article 3
The specific objectives are as follows:
1.
In the context of the general objective to promote young people’s active citizenship in general and their European citizenship in particular:
(a)
giving young people and youth organisations the opportunity to take part in the development of society in general and the EU in particular;
(b)
developing young people’s sense of belonging to the EU;
(c)
encouraging the participation of young people in the democratic life of Europe;
(d)
fostering the mobility of young people in Europe;
(e)
developing intercultural learning within the youth field;
(f)
promoting the fundamental values of the EU among young people, in particular respect for human dignity, equality, respect for human rights, tolerance and non-discrimination;
(g)
encouraging initiative, enterprise and creativity;
(h)
facilitating participation in the Programme by young people with fewer opportunities, including young people with disabilities;
(i)
ensuring that the principle of equality between men and women is respected in participation in the Programme and that gender equality is fostered in the actions;
(j)
providing non-formal and informal learning opportunities with a European dimension and opening up innovative opportunities in connection with active citizenship.
2.
In the context of the general objective of developing solidarity and promoting tolerance among young people, in particular in order to reinforce social cohesion in the EU:
(a)
giving young people the opportunity to express their personal commitment through voluntary activities at European and international level;
(b)
involving young people in actions fostering solidarity between citizens of the EU.
3.
In the context of the general objective to foster mutual understanding between young people in different countries:
(a)
developing exchanges and intercultural dialogue between young Europeans and young people in the neighbouring countries;
(b)
contributing to the development in these countries of the quality of support structures for young people and of the role of those active in youth work and youth organisations;
(c)
developing with other countries thematic cooperation projects involving young people and those active in youth work and youth organisations.
4.
In the context of the general objective to contribute to developing the quality of support systems for youth activities and the capabilities of civil society organisations in the youth field:
(a)
contributing to the networking of the organisations concerned;
(b)
developing the training of, and collaboration between, those active in youth work and youth organisations;
(c)
promoting innovation in the development of activities for young people;
(d)
contributing to the improvement of information for young people, while paying special attention to the access of young people with disabilities;
(e)
supporting long-term youth projects and initiatives of regional and local bodies;
(f)
facilitating the recognition of young people’s non-formal learning and skills acquired through participation in the Programme;
(g)
exchanging good practices.
5.
In the context of the general objective to promote European cooperation in the youth field, taking due account of local and regional aspects:
(a)
encouraging the exchange of good practices and cooperation between administrations and policymakers at all levels;
(b)
encouraging structured dialogue between policymakers and young people;
(c)
improving knowledge and understanding of youth;
(d)
contributing to the cooperation between various national and international youth voluntary activities.

Actions
Article 4
The specific and general objectives of the Programme shall be pursued through the following actions, details of which can be found in the Annex.
1.
Youth for Europe
The aim of this action is to:
—
support exchanges of young people in order to increase their mobility,
—
support youth initiatives and projects and activities concerning participation in democratic life, in order to develop young people’s citizenship and mutual understanding.
2.
European Voluntary Service
The aim of this action is to support young people’s participation in various forms of voluntary activities, both within and outside the EU.
3.
Youth in the World
The aim of this action is to:
—
support projects with the partner countries mentioned in Article 5(2), in particular exchanges of young people and those active in youth work and youth organisations,
—
support initiatives that reinforce young people’s mutual understanding, sense of solidarity and tolerance, as well as the development of cooperation in the field of youth and civil society in these countries.
4.
Youth support systems
The aim of this action is to support bodies active at European level in the field of youth, in particular the operation of youth NGOs, their networking, advice for people developing projects, ensuring quality by means of the exchange, training and networking of those active in youth work and youth organisations, encouraging innovation and quality, providing young people with information, developing the structures and activities needed for the Programme to meet these goals and encouraging partnerships with local and regional authorities.
5.
Support for European cooperation in the youth field
The aim of this action is to:
—
organise structured dialogue between the various actors in the field of youth, in particular young people themselves, those active in youth work and youth organisations and policymakers,
—
support youth seminars on social, cultural and political issues in which young people are interested,
—
contribute to the development of policy cooperation in the youth field,
—
facilitate the development of the networks necessary to a better understanding of youth.

Participation in the Programme
Article 5
1. The Programme is open to the participation of the following countries, hereinafter referred to as the participating countries:‘’
(a)
the Member States;
(b)
the EFTA States that are party to the EEA Agreement, in accordance with the provisions of that Agreement;
(c)
the candidate countries benefiting from a pre-accession strategy, pursuant to the general principles and the general conditions and arrangements laid down in the framework agreements concluded with these countries for their participation in Community programmes;
(d)
the countries of the western Balkans, in accordance with the arrangements to be established with these countries following the framework agreements providing for their participation in Community programmes;
(e)
Switzerland, subject to the conclusion of a bilateral agreement with that country.
2. The actions in points 2 and 3 of the Annex shall be open to cooperation with third countries that have signed agreements with the Community relevant to the youth field, hereinafter referred to as ‘partner countries’.
This cooperation shall be based, where relevant, on additional appropriations from partner countries to be made available in accordance with procedures to be agreed with these countries.

Access to the Programme
Article 6
1. The Programme is intended to support not-for-profit projects for young people, groups of young people, those active in youth work and youth organisations, non-profit making organisations and associations and, in certain justified cases, other partners working in the field of youth.
2. Without prejudice to the arrangements in the Annex for the implementation of actions, the Programme is intended for young people aged between 15 to 28, although certain actions are open to young people aged as young as 13 or up to the age of 30.
3. Beneficiaries shall be legal residents of a country participating in the Programme or, depending on the nature of the action, a partner country.
4. All young people, without discrimination, shall be able to have access to the activities of the Programme, subject to the provisions of the Annex. The Commission and the participating countries shall ensure that particular efforts are made with regard to young people who have particular difficulties taking part in the Programme for educational, social, physical, psychological, economic or cultural reasons or because they live in remote areas.
5. The participating countries shall endeavour to take appropriate measures so that participants in the Programme can have access to health care in accordance with the provisions of Community law. The country of origin shall endeavour to take appropriate measures to enable participants in the European Voluntary Service to retain their social protection. The participating countries shall also endeavour to adopt appropriate measures, in accordance with the Treaty, to remove legal and administrative obstacles to access to the Programme.

International cooperation
Article 7
The Programme shall also be open to cooperation with international organisations with authority in the field of youth, in particular the Council of Europe.

Implementation of the Programme
Article 8
1. The Commission shall ensure the implementation of the actions covered by the Programme in accordance with the Annex.
2. The Commission and the participating countries shall take appropriate measures to develop structures at European, national and, if necessary, regional or local level to achieve the objectives of the Programme and to derive the greatest benefit from the actions of the Programme.
3. The Commission and the participating countries shall take appropriate measures to encourage the recognition of non-formal and informal learning for young people, for example by means of documents or certificates, whilst taking account of national situations recognising the experience gained by the beneficiaries and attesting to the direct participation of young people or those active in youth work and youth organisations in an action under the Programme. This aim may be reinforced by complementing other Community actions as provided for in Article 11.
4. The Commission, in cooperation with the participating countries, shall ensure the adequate protection of Communities’ financial interests by introducing effective, proportionate and dissuasive measures, administrative checks and penalties.
5. The Commission and the participating countries shall ensure that the actions supported under the Programme are properly publicised.
6. The participating countries shall:
(a)
take the necessary measures to ensure that the Programme runs smoothly at national level, involving the parties concerned with the various aspects of youth in accordance with national practice;
(b)
create/appoint and monitor the national agencies in the implementation of the Programme actions at national level, pursuant to Article 54(2)(c) of Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 1605/2002 and in accordance with the following criteria:
(i)
the body created or appointed as the national agency shall have legal personality or be part of an organisation having legal personality (and be governed by the law of the participating country). A ministry shall not be appointed as the national agency;
(ii)
the body shall have sufficient staff with the appropriate skills to work in an international cooperation environment, an appropriate infrastructure and an administrative environment allowing it to avoid any conflict of interests;
(iii)
it shall be able to apply the fund management rules and the contractual conditions laid down at Community level;
(iv)
it shall have sufficient financial guarantees (preferably from a public authority) and an administrative capacity in line with the volume of Community funds that it will have to manage;
(c)
assume responsibility for the sound management by the national agencies referred to in (b) of the appropriations transferred to them to be awarded to projects. In particular, they shall be responsible for ensuring that the national agencies comply with the principles of transparency, equal treatment and non-cumulation vis-à-vis other Community funds, and for the obligation to recover any funds due from the beneficiaries;
(d)
take the necessary measures to audit and monitor the finances of the national agencies referred to in (b), and in particular:
(i)
provide the Commission, before the national agency starts work, with the necessary assurances regarding the existence, relevance and operation in the national agency, in accordance with the rules of sound financial management, of suitable procedures, monitoring systems, accounting systems and procedures for the award of contracts and grants;
(ii)
assure the Commission, at the end of each financial year, of the reliability of the national agencies’ financial systems and procedures and the accuracy of their accounts;
(iii)
assume responsibility for any funds not recovered in the event of any irregularity, negligence or fraud on the part of the national agencies referred to in (b) which leads the Commission to seek recovery of funds from the national agency.
7. As part of the procedure mentioned in Article 10(1), the Commission may draw up guidelines for each of the actions in the Annex in order to adapt the Programme to any changes of priority in European cooperation in the field of youth.

Committee
Article 9
1. The Commission shall be assisted by a committee.
2. Where reference is made to this paragraph, Articles 4 and 7 of Decision 1999/468/EC shall apply.
The period laid down in Article 4(3) of Decision 1999/468/EC shall be set at two months.
3. Where reference is made to this paragraph, Articles 3 and 7 of Decision 1999/468/EC shall apply, having regard to the provisions of Article 8 thereof.
4. The committee shall adopt its Rules of Procedure.

Implementation measures
Article 10
1. The measures necessary for the implementation of this Decision relating to the following matters shall be adopted in accordance with the procedure referred to in Article 9(2):
(a)
the arrangements for the implementation of the Programme, including the annual work plan;
(b)
the general balance between the various actions of the Programme;
(c)
with regard to the funding, the criteria (e.g. youth population, GDP and geographical distance between countries) applicable for establishing the indicative breakdown of funds among the Member States for the purpose of the actions to be managed on a decentralised basis;
(d)
the monitoring of the agreement referred in point 4.2 of the Annex, including the annual work plan and annual report of the European Youth Forum;
(e)
the arrangements for evaluating the Programme;
(f)
the arrangements for certifying the participation of the young people concerned;
(g)
the arrangements for adapting the actions of the Programme mentioned in Article 8(7).
2. The measures necessary for the implementation of this Decision relating to all other matters shall be adopted in accordance with the procedure referred to in Article 9(3).

Complementarity with other Community actions
Article 11
1. The Commission shall ensure the complementarity between the Programme and other areas of Community action, especially education, vocational training, culture, citizenship, sport, languages, employment, health, research, enterprise, the EU’s external action, social inclusion, gender equality and combating discrimination.
2. The Programme may, where compatible, share resources with other Community instruments in order to implement actions meeting the objectives of both the Programme and these instruments.
3. The Commission and the Member States shall highlight the actions of the Programme that contribute to the development of the objectives of other fields of Community action, such as education, vocational training, culture and sport, languages, social inclusion, gender equality and combating discrimination.

Complementarity with national policies and instruments
Article 12
1. The participating countries may apply to the Commission for entitlement to award a European label to national, regional or local actions similar to those in Article 4.
2. A participating country may make national funding available to beneficiaries to be managed in accordance with the rules of the Programme and, to this end, use the decentralised structures of the Programme, as long as it ensures the complementary pro rata funding of these structures.

General financial provisions
Article 13
1. The budget for the implementation of this programme for the period referred to in Article 1 is hereby set at EUR 885 000 000.
2. The annual appropriations shall be authorised by the budgetary authority within the limits of the financial framework.

Financial provisions concerning the beneficiaries
Article 14
1. Legal and natural persons may receive grants under the Programme.
2. The Commission may decide, depending on the characteristics of the beneficiaries and the nature of the actions, to exempt them from the verification of professional competences and qualifications for completing the action or work programme. The Commission shall respect the principle of proportionality in determining the requirements in relation to the amount of financial support, taking account of the characteristics of the recipients, their age, the nature of the action and the amount of financial support.
3. Depending on the nature of the action, the financial support may take the form of subsidies or scholarships. The Commission may also award prizes for actions or projects implemented under the Programme. Depending on the nature of the action, flat-rate financing and/or the application of scales of unit costs may be authorised.
4. In the case of grants for actions, agreements should be signed within two months of the award of the grants.
5. Operating grants awarded under the Programme to organisations active at European level, as defined in Article 162 of Commission Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 2342/2002 of 23 December 2002 laying down detailed rules for the implementation of Council Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 1605/2002 on the Financial Regulation applicable to the general budget of the European Communities(12), shall not be automatically decreased in accordance with Article 113(2) of Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 1605/2002 in the event of renewal.
6. Pursuant to Article 54(2)(c) of Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 1605/2002, the Commission may entrust tasks of public authority and, in particular, budget implementation tasks to the structures referred to in Article 8(2) of this Decision.
7. Pursuant to Article 38(1) of Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 2342/2002, the option in paragraph 6 of this Article shall also apply to structures in all participating countries.

Monitoring and Evaluation
Article 15
1. The Commission shall ensure that the Programme is regularly monitored against its objectives. This monitoring shall include the reports referred to in paragraph 3 and specific activities. The Commission’s consultations on this monitoring shall involve young people.
2. The Commission shall ensure the regular, independent, external evaluation of the Programme.
3. Participating countries shall submit to the Commission a report on the implementation of the Programme by 30 June 2010 and a report on the impact of the Programme by 30 June 2015.
4. The Commission shall submit to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions:
(a)
an interim evaluation report on the results obtained and the qualitative and quantitative aspects of the implementation of the Programme by 31 March 2011;
(b)
a Communication on the continuation of the Programme by 31 December 2011;
(c)
anex postevaluation report by 31 March 2016.

Temporary provision
Article 16
Actions started before 31 December 2006 pursuant to Decision No 1031/2000/EC and Decision No 790/2004/EC shall continue to be governed, until their completion, by those Decisions.
If necessary, appropriations could be entered in the budget beyond 2013 to cover technical and administrative assistance expenses necessary to enable the management of actions not yet completed by 31 December 2013. The committee provided for in Article 8 of Decision No 1031/2000/EC shall be replaced by the one provided for in Article 9 of this Decision.
As provided for by Article 18 of Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 1605/2002, the appropriations corresponding to assigned revenue arising from the repayment of amounts wrongly paid pursuant to Decision No 1031/2000/EC and Decision No 790/2004/EC may be made available to the Programme.

Entry into force
Article 17
This Decision shall enter into force on the 20th day following its publication in theOfficial Journal of the European Union.
It shall apply from 1 January 2007.

THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND THE COUNCIL OF THE EUROPEAN UNION,
Having regard to the Treaty establishing the European Community and in particular Article 149(4) thereof,
Having regard to the proposal from the Commission,
Having regard to the opinion of the European Economic and Social Committee(1),
Having regard to the opinion of the Committee of the Regions(2),
Acting in accordance with the procedure in Article 251 of the Treaty(3),
(1) The Treaty establishing the European Community, hereinafter referred to as the ‘Treaty’, establishes citizenship of the Union and provides that Community action in the field of education, vocational training and youth is to be aimed, primarily, at encouraging the development of youth exchanges, exchanges of socio-educational instructors and quality education.
(2) The Treaty on European Union is founded on the principles of liberty, democracy, respect for human rights and fundamental freedoms, equality between men and women and non-discrimination. The promotion of young people’s active citizenship should contribute to the development of these values.
(3) Decision No 1031/2000/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 April 2000 established the ‘Youth’ Community action programme(4). It is appropriate to pursue and strengthen cooperation and Community action in that field on the basis of the experience acquired from that programme.
(4) Decision No 790/2004/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 April 2004 established a programme of Community action to promote bodies active at European level in the field of youth(5).
(5) The extraordinary European Council held in Lisbon on 23 and 24 March 2000 established a strategic objective for the EU including an active employment policy giving greater priority to lifelong learning, complemented by the sustainable development strategy of the Gothenburg European Council of 15 and 16 June 2001.
(6) The Laeken Declaration annexed to the Presidency conclusions of the European Council of 14 and 15 December 2001 asserts that one of the basic challenges to be resolved by the EU is how to bring citizens, and primarily young people, closer to the European design and the European institutions.
(7) The Commission adopted a White Paper on ‘A new impetus for European youth’ on 21 November 2001, which proposes a cooperation framework in the field of youth to focus on participation, information, voluntary activities and a greater understanding of young people. The European Parliament adopted these proposals in its resolution of 14 May 2002(6).
(8) The Resolution of the Council and of the representatives of the Governments of the Member States meeting within the Council of 27 June 2002(7)establishes, in particular, an open method of coordination covering the priorities of participation, information, voluntary activities among young people and greater understanding of youth. This should be taken into account in the implementation of the Youth in Action Programme, hereinafter referred to as ‘the Programme’.
(9) In its conclusions of 6 May 2003(8), the Council stresses the need to maintain and develop the existing Community instruments specifically addressed to young people, as they are essential for the development of Member States’ cooperation in the field of youth, and, moreover, that the priorities and objectives of those instruments should be aligned with the Framework of European Cooperation in the field of Youth.
(10) The Spring European Council on 22 and 23 March 2005 adopted the European Pact for Youth as one of the instruments contributing to the achievement of the Lisbon objectives of growth and jobs. The Pact focuses on three areas: employment, integration and social advancement; education, training and mobility; reconciliation of working life and family life.
(11) The Community’s action includes a contribution to high quality education and training and must seek to eliminate inequalities and promote equality between men and women, pursuant to Article 3(2) of the Treaty.
(12) The special needs of people with disabilities should be addressed.
(13) There is a need to promote active citizenship and, when implementing the action lines, step up the fight against exclusion and discrimination in all their forms, including those based on sex, racial or ethnic origin, religion or belief, disability, age or sexual orientation, in accordance with Article 13(1) of the Treaty.
(14) The candidate countries and those EFTA countries which are parties to the EEA Agreement are recognised as potential participants in Community programmes, in accordance with the agreements concluded with them.
(15) The Thessaloniki European Council of 19 and 20 June 2003 adopted the ‘Thessaloniki Agenda for the Western Balkans: moving towards European integration’, which provides that Community programmes should be open to countries forming part of the Stabilisation and Association process, on the basis of framework agreements to be signed between the Community and these countries.
(16) Steps should be taken with a view to opening up the Programme to Switzerland.
(17) The Barcelona Declaration adopted at the Euro-Mediterranean conference in 1995 states that youth exchanges should be the means to prepare future generations for closer cooperation between the Euro-Mediterranean partners, while respecting the principles of human rights and fundamental freedoms.
(18) In its conclusions of 16 June 2003, the Council on the basis of the Commission communication entitled ‘Wider Europe — Neighbourhood: A New Framework for Relations with our Eastern and Southern Neighbours’ sets out as action lines for the Community the stepping up of cultural cooperation, mutual understanding and cooperation in the area of education and training with the neighbouring countries.
(19) The interim evaluation reports of the existing Youth Programme and the public consultation on the future of Community’s activity in education, training and youth reveal a strong and in some respects growing need for continuing cooperation and mobility in the youth field at European level, and press for a simpler, more user-friendly and more flexible approach to implement such action.
(20) Following the principle of sound financial management, the implementation of the Programme may be simplified by recourse to lump sum funding, in respect either of support awarded to programme participants or of Community support for the structures established at national level for the administration of the Programme.
(21) The Programme should be regularly monitored and evaluated in cooperation between the Commission and the Member States in order to allow for readjustments, particularly in the priorities for implementing the measures. This monitoring and evaluation should include measurable and relevant objectives and indicators.
(22) It is necessary to provide sufficient flexibility in the formulation of the legal base for the Programme to allow for appropriate adjustments in the actions to respond to changing needs during the period 2007 to 2013, and to avoid the excessively detailed provisions of previous programmes, so this Decision is deliberately limited to generic definitions of actions and their essential accompanying administrative and financial provisions.
(23) It is appropriate to ensure a correct closure of the Programme, in particular regarding the continuation of multi-annual arrangements for its management, such as the financing of technical and administrative assistance. As of 1 January 2014, the technical and administrative assistance will ensure, if necessary, the management of actions not yet finalised by the end of 2013.
(24) It is necessary to provide for specific arrangements for the application of Council Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 1605/2002 of 25 June 2002 on the Financial Regulation applicable to the general budget of the European Communities(9)and its implementing measures, as well as for the derogations from these texts necessitated by the features of the beneficiaries and the nature of the actions.
(25) Appropriate measures should be implemented to prevent irregularities and fraud and to recover funds lost or incorrectly paid or used.
(26) This Decision lays down for the entire duration of the Programme, a financial envelope constituting the prime reference, within the meaning of point 37 of the Interinstitutional Agreement of 17 May 2006 between the European Parliament, the Council and the Commission on budgetary discipline and sound financial management(10), for the budgetary authority during the annual budgetary procedure.
(27) Since the objectives of this Decision cannot be sufficiently achieved by the Member States as multilateral partnerships, transnational mobility measures and an exchange of information at European level are required and can therefore, by reason of the transnational and multilateral scale of the proposed actions and measures, be better achieved at Community level, the Community may adopt measures in accordance with the principle of subsidiarity as set out in Article 5 of the Treaty. In accordance with the principle of proportionality, as set out in that Article, this Decision does not go beyond what is necessary in order to achieve those objectives.
(28) The measures necessary for the implementation of this Decision should be adopted in accordance with Council Decision 1999/468/EC of 28 June 1999 laying down the procedures for the exercise of implementing powers conferred on the Commission(11).
(29) Provisional measures to monitor actions started before 31 December 2006 should be adopted pursuant to Decision No 1031/2000/EC and Decision No 790/2004/EC,
HAVE DECIDED AS FOLLOWS:

Establishment of the Programme

1. This Decision establishes the Youth in Action Programme as a Community action, hereinafter referred to as ‘the Programme’, the aim of which is to develop cooperation in the field of youth in the European Union.
2. The Programme shall start on 1 January 2007 and end on 31 December 2013.

General objectives of the Programme

1. The general objectives of the Programme shall be:
(a)
to promote young people’s active citizenship in general and their European citizenship in particular;
(b)
to develop solidarity and promote tolerance among young people, in particular in order to reinforce social cohesion in the EU;
(c)
to foster mutual understanding between young people in different countries;
(d)
to contribute to developing the quality of support systems for youth activities and the capabilities of civil society organisations in the youth field;
(e)
to promote European cooperation in the youth field.
2. The general objectives of the Programme shall complement the objectives pursued in other areas of the Community’s activities, in particular in the field of lifelong learning, including vocational training and non-formal and informal learning, as well as in other fields, such as culture, sport and employment.
3. The general objectives of the Programme shall contribute to the development of the EU policies, in particular with regard to the recognition of cultural, multicultural and linguistic diversity in Europe, to fostering social cohesion and combating all discrimination based on sex, race or ethnic origin, religion or belief, disability, age or sexual orientation, and with regard to sustainable development.

Specific objectives of the Programme

The specific objectives are as follows:
1.
In the context of the general objective to promote young people’s active citizenship in general and their European citizenship in particular:
(a)
giving young people and youth organisations the opportunity to take part in the development of society in general and the EU in particular;
(b)
developing young people’s sense of belonging to the EU;
(c)
encouraging the participation of young people in the democratic life of Europe;
(d)
fostering the mobility of young people in Europe;
(e)
developing intercultural learning within the youth field;
(f)
promoting the fundamental values of the EU among young people, in particular respect for human dignity, equality, respect for human rights, tolerance and non-discrimination;
(g)
encouraging initiative, enterprise and creativity;
(h)
facilitating participation in the Programme by young people with fewer opportunities, including young people with disabilities;
(i)
ensuring that the principle of equality between men and women is respected in participation in the Programme and that gender equality is fostered in the actions;
(j)
providing non-formal and informal learning opportunities with a European dimension and opening up innovative opportunities in connection with active citizenship.
2.
In the context of the general objective of developing solidarity and promoting tolerance among young people, in particular in order to reinforce social cohesion in the EU:
(a)
giving young people the opportunity to express their personal commitment through voluntary activities at European and international level;
(b)
involving young people in actions fostering solidarity between citizens of the EU.
3.
In the context of the general objective to foster mutual understanding between young people in different countries:
(a)
developing exchanges and intercultural dialogue between young Europeans and young people in the neighbouring countries;
(b)
contributing to the development in these countries of the quality of support structures for young people and of the role of those active in youth work and youth organisations;
(c)
developing with other countries thematic cooperation projects involving young people and those active in youth work and youth organisations.
4.
In the context of the general objective to contribute to developing the quality of support systems for youth activities and the capabilities of civil society organisations in the youth field:
(a)
contributing to the networking of the organisations concerned;
(b)
developing the training of, and collaboration between, those active in youth work and youth organisations;
(c)
promoting innovation in the development of activities for young people;
(d)
contributing to the improvement of information for young people, while paying special attention to the access of young people with disabilities;
(e)
supporting long-term youth projects and initiatives of regional and local bodies;
(f)
facilitating the recognition of young people’s non-formal learning and skills acquired through participation in the Programme;
(g)
exchanging good practices.
5.
In the context of the general objective to promote European cooperation in the youth field, taking due account of local and regional aspects:
(a)
encouraging the exchange of good practices and cooperation between administrations and policymakers at all levels;
(b)
encouraging structured dialogue between policymakers and young people;
(c)
improving knowledge and understanding of youth;
(d)
contributing to the cooperation between various national and international youth voluntary activities.

Actions

The specific and general objectives of the Programme shall be pursued through the following actions, details of which can be found in the Annex.
1.
Youth for Europe
The aim of this action is to:
—
support exchanges of young people in order to increase their mobility,
—
support youth initiatives and projects and activities concerning participation in democratic life, in order to develop young people’s citizenship and mutual understanding.
2.
European Voluntary Service
The aim of this action is to support young people’s participation in various forms of voluntary activities, both within and outside the EU.
3.
Youth in the World
The aim of this action is to:
—
support projects with the partner countries mentioned in Article 5(2), in particular exchanges of young people and those active in youth work and youth organisations,
—
support initiatives that reinforce young people’s mutual understanding, sense of solidarity and tolerance, as well as the development of cooperation in the field of youth and civil society in these countries.
4.
Youth support systems
The aim of this action is to support bodies active at European level in the field of youth, in particular the operation of youth NGOs, their networking, advice for people developing projects, ensuring quality by means of the exchange, training and networking of those active in youth work and youth organisations, encouraging innovation and quality, providing young people with information, developing the structures and activities needed for the Programme to meet these goals and encouraging partnerships with local and regional authorities.
5.
Support for European cooperation in the youth field
The aim of this action is to:
—
organise structured dialogue between the various actors in the field of youth, in particular young people themselves, those active in youth work and youth organisations and policymakers,
—
support youth seminars on social, cultural and political issues in which young people are interested,
—
contribute to the development of policy cooperation in the youth field,
—
facilitate the development of the networks necessary to a better understanding of youth.

Participation in the Programme

1. The Programme is open to the participation of the following countries, hereinafter referred to as the participating countries:‘’
(a)
the Member States;
(b)
the EFTA States that are party to the EEA Agreement, in accordance with the provisions of that Agreement;
(c)
the candidate countries benefiting from a pre-accession strategy, pursuant to the general principles and the general conditions and arrangements laid down in the framework agreements concluded with these countries for their participation in Community programmes;
(d)
the countries of the western Balkans, in accordance with the arrangements to be established with these countries following the framework agreements providing for their participation in Community programmes;
(e)
Switzerland, subject to the conclusion of a bilateral agreement with that country.
2. The actions in points 2 and 3 of the Annex shall be open to cooperation with third countries that have signed agreements with the Community relevant to the youth field, hereinafter referred to as ‘partner countries’.
This cooperation shall be based, where relevant, on additional appropriations from partner countries to be made available in accordance with procedures to be agreed with these countries.

Access to the Programme

1. The Programme is intended to support not-for-profit projects for young people, groups of young people, those active in youth work and youth organisations, non-profit making organisations and associations and, in certain justified cases, other partners working in the field of youth.
2. Without prejudice to the arrangements in the Annex for the implementation of actions, the Programme is intended for young people aged between 15 to 28, although certain actions are open to young people aged as young as 13 or up to the age of 30.
3. Beneficiaries shall be legal residents of a country participating in the Programme or, depending on the nature of the action, a partner country.
4. All young people, without discrimination, shall be able to have access to the activities of the Programme, subject to the provisions of the Annex. The Commission and the participating countries shall ensure that particular efforts are made with regard to young people who have particular difficulties taking part in the Programme for educational, social, physical, psychological, economic or cultural reasons or because they live in remote areas.
5. The participating countries shall endeavour to take appropriate measures so that participants in the Programme can have access to health care in accordance with the provisions of Community law. The country of origin shall endeavour to take appropriate measures to enable participants in the European Voluntary Service to retain their social protection. The participating countries shall also endeavour to adopt appropriate measures, in accordance with the Treaty, to remove legal and administrative obstacles to access to the Programme.

International cooperation

The Programme shall also be open to cooperation with international organisations with authority in the field of youth, in particular the Council of Europe.

Implementation of the Programme

1. The Commission shall ensure the implementation of the actions covered by the Programme in accordance with the Annex.
2. The Commission and the participating countries shall take appropriate measures to develop structures at European, national and, if necessary, regional or local level to achieve the objectives of the Programme and to derive the greatest benefit from the actions of the Programme.
3. The Commission and the participating countries shall take appropriate measures to encourage the recognition of non-formal and informal learning for young people, for example by means of documents or certificates, whilst taking account of national situations recognising the experience gained by the beneficiaries and attesting to the direct participation of young people or those active in youth work and youth organisations in an action under the Programme. This aim may be reinforced by complementing other Community actions as provided for in Article 11.
4. The Commission, in cooperation with the participating countries, shall ensure the adequate protection of Communities’ financial interests by introducing effective, proportionate and dissuasive measures, administrative checks and penalties.
5. The Commission and the participating countries shall ensure that the actions supported under the Programme are properly publicised.
6. The participating countries shall:
(a)
take the necessary measures to ensure that the Programme runs smoothly at national level, involving the parties concerned with the various aspects of youth in accordance with national practice;
(b)
create/appoint and monitor the national agencies in the implementation of the Programme actions at national level, pursuant to Article 54(2)(c) of Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 1605/2002 and in accordance with the following criteria:
(i)
the body created or appointed as the national agency shall have legal personality or be part of an organisation having legal personality (and be governed by the law of the participating country). A ministry shall not be appointed as the national agency;
(ii)
the body shall have sufficient staff with the appropriate skills to work in an international cooperation environment, an appropriate infrastructure and an administrative environment allowing it to avoid any conflict of interests;
(iii)
it shall be able to apply the fund management rules and the contractual conditions laid down at Community level;
(iv)
it shall have sufficient financial guarantees (preferably from a public authority) and an administrative capacity in line with the volume of Community funds that it will have to manage;
(c)
assume responsibility for the sound management by the national agencies referred to in (b) of the appropriations transferred to them to be awarded to projects. In particular, they shall be responsible for ensuring that the national agencies comply with the principles of transparency, equal treatment and non-cumulation vis-à-vis other Community funds, and for the obligation to recover any funds due from the beneficiaries;
(d)
take the necessary measures to audit and monitor the finances of the national agencies referred to in (b), and in particular:
(i)
provide the Commission, before the national agency starts work, with the necessary assurances regarding the existence, relevance and operation in the national agency, in accordance with the rules of sound financial management, of suitable procedures, monitoring systems, accounting systems and procedures for the award of contracts and grants;
(ii)
assure the Commission, at the end of each financial year, of the reliability of the national agencies’ financial systems and procedures and the accuracy of their accounts;
(iii)
assume responsibility for any funds not recovered in the event of any irregularity, negligence or fraud on the part of the national agencies referred to in (b) which leads the Commission to seek recovery of funds from the national agency.
7. As part of the procedure mentioned in Article 10(1), the Commission may draw up guidelines for each of the actions in the Annex in order to adapt the Programme to any changes of priority in European cooperation in the field of youth.

Committee

1. The Commission shall be assisted by a committee.
2. Where reference is made to this paragraph, Articles 4 and 7 of Decision 1999/468/EC shall apply.
The period laid down in Article 4(3) of Decision 1999/468/EC shall be set at two months.
3. Where reference is made to this paragraph, Articles 3 and 7 of Decision 1999/468/EC shall apply, having regard to the provisions of Article 8 thereof.
4. The committee shall adopt its Rules of Procedure.

Implementation measures

1. The measures necessary for the implementation of this Decision relating to the following matters shall be adopted in accordance with the procedure referred to in Article 9(2):
(a)
the arrangements for the implementation of the Programme, including the annual work plan;
(b)
the general balance between the various actions of the Programme;
(c)
with regard to the funding, the criteria (e.g. youth population, GDP and geographical distance between countries) applicable for establishing the indicative breakdown of funds among the Member States for the purpose of the actions to be managed on a decentralised basis;
(d)
the monitoring of the agreement referred in point 4.2 of the Annex, including the annual work plan and annual report of the European Youth Forum;
(e)
the arrangements for evaluating the Programme;
(f)
the arrangements for certifying the participation of the young people concerned;
(g)
the arrangements for adapting the actions of the Programme mentioned in Article 8(7).
2. The measures necessary for the implementation of this Decision relating to all other matters shall be adopted in accordance with the procedure referred to in Article 9(3).

Complementarity with other Community actions

1. The Commission shall ensure the complementarity between the Programme and other areas of Community action, especially education, vocational training, culture, citizenship, sport, languages, employment, health, research, enterprise, the EU’s external action, social inclusion, gender equality and combating discrimination.
2. The Programme may, where compatible, share resources with other Community instruments in order to implement actions meeting the objectives of both the Programme and these instruments.
3. The Commission and the Member States shall highlight the actions of the Programme that contribute to the development of the objectives of other fields of Community action, such as education, vocational training, culture and sport, languages, social inclusion, gender equality and combating discrimination.

Complementarity with national policies and instruments

1. The participating countries may apply to the Commission for entitlement to award a European label to national, regional or local actions similar to those in Article 4.
2. A participating country may make national funding available to beneficiaries to be managed in accordance with the rules of the Programme and, to this end, use the decentralised structures of the Programme, as long as it ensures the complementary pro rata funding of these structures.

General financial provisions

1. The budget for the implementation of this programme for the period referred to in Article 1 is hereby set at EUR 885 000 000.
2. The annual appropriations shall be authorised by the budgetary authority within the limits of the financial framework.

Financial provisions concerning the beneficiaries

1. Legal and natural persons may receive grants under the Programme.
2. The Commission may decide, depending on the characteristics of the beneficiaries and the nature of the actions, to exempt them from the verification of professional competences and qualifications for completing the action or work programme. The Commission shall respect the principle of proportionality in determining the requirements in relation to the amount of financial support, taking account of the characteristics of the recipients, their age, the nature of the action and the amount of financial support.
3. Depending on the nature of the action, the financial support may take the form of subsidies or scholarships. The Commission may also award prizes for actions or projects implemented under the Programme. Depending on the nature of the action, flat-rate financing and/or the application of scales of unit costs may be authorised.
4. In the case of grants for actions, agreements should be signed within two months of the award of the grants.
5. Operating grants awarded under the Programme to organisations active at European level, as defined in Article 162 of Commission Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 2342/2002 of 23 December 2002 laying down detailed rules for the implementation of Council Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 1605/2002 on the Financial Regulation applicable to the general budget of the European Communities(12), shall not be automatically decreased in accordance with Article 113(2) of Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 1605/2002 in the event of renewal.
6. Pursuant to Article 54(2)(c) of Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 1605/2002, the Commission may entrust tasks of public authority and, in particular, budget implementation tasks to the structures referred to in Article 8(2) of this Decision.
7. Pursuant to Article 38(1) of Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 2342/2002, the option in paragraph 6 of this Article shall also apply to structures in all participating countries.

Monitoring and Evaluation

1. The Commission shall ensure that the Programme is regularly monitored against its objectives. This monitoring shall include the reports referred to in paragraph 3 and specific activities. The Commission’s consultations on this monitoring shall involve young people.
2. The Commission shall ensure the regular, independent, external evaluation of the Programme.
3. Participating countries shall submit to the Commission a report on the implementation of the Programme by 30 June 2010 and a report on the impact of the Programme by 30 June 2015.
4. The Commission shall submit to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions:
(a)
an interim evaluation report on the results obtained and the qualitative and quantitative aspects of the implementation of the Programme by 31 March 2011;
(b)
a Communication on the continuation of the Programme by 31 December 2011;
(c)
anex postevaluation report by 31 March 2016.

Temporary provision

Actions started before 31 December 2006 pursuant to Decision No 1031/2000/EC and Decision No 790/2004/EC shall continue to be governed, until their completion, by those Decisions.
If necessary, appropriations could be entered in the budget beyond 2013 to cover technical and administrative assistance expenses necessary to enable the management of actions not yet completed by 31 December 2013. The committee provided for in Article 8 of Decision No 1031/2000/EC shall be replaced by the one provided for in Article 9 of this Decision.
As provided for by Article 18 of Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 1605/2002, the appropriations corresponding to assigned revenue arising from the repayment of amounts wrongly paid pursuant to Decision No 1031/2000/EC and Decision No 790/2004/EC may be made available to the Programme.

Entry into force

This Decision shall enter into force on the 20th day following its publication in theOfficial Journal of the European Union.
It shall apply from 1 January 2007.

ACTIONS

ANNEXThe actions implementing the general and specific objectives of the Programme support small-scale projects promoting the active participation of young people, while ensuring the European visibility and impact of projects.
The participation of young people in the Programme is not subject to any specific experience or qualifications, except in exceptional cases.
The Programme should be implemented in a user-friendly way.
The Programme should encourage the initiative, enterprise and creativity of young people, facilitate the participation in the Programme by young people with fewer opportunities, including young people with disabilities, and ensure that the principle of equality between men and women is respected as regards the participation in the Programme and that gender equality is fostered in all actions.
Participation in the actions is possible providing that appropriate insurance coverage is available, in order to ensure the protection of young people during the implementation of the activities of the Programme.
The actions can be broken down into the following measures:
Action 1 — Youth for EuropeThe objective of this action is to reinforce the active citizenship of young people and mutual understanding between them through the following measures.
1.1. Youth exchangesYouth exchanges allow one or more groups of young people to be hosted by a group from another country in order to participate together in a joint programme of activities. They are available, in principle, to young people aged between 13 and 25.
These activities, based on transnational partnerships between the various actors in a project, involve the active participation of young people and are designed to allow them to discover and become aware of different social and cultural realities, to learn from each other and reinforce their feeling of being European citizens. The support focuses on multilateral group mobility activities but does not exclude bilateral activities of this kind.
Bilateral group exchanges are justified especially where it is their first European activity or the participants are small-scale or local groups without experience at European level. Exchanges for young people with fewer opportunities are particularly welcome, in order to step up their participation in the Programme.
This measure also supports preparation and follow-up activities, with the aim of reinforcing young people’s active participation in the projects, in particular those activities intended to help the young people at a linguistic and intercultural level.
1.2. Support for young people’s initiativesThis measure supports projects where young people participate actively and directly in activities of their own devising in which they play the key roles, in order to develop their initiative, enterprise and creativity. In principle, it is for young people aged between 18 and 30, although certain initiatives may admit young people from the age of 15, as long as appropriate supervision is provided.
This measure supports group projects designed at local, regional and national level and the networking of similar projects in different countries, in order to strengthen their European aspect and to enhance cooperation and exchanges of experiences between young people.
Particular attention is paid to young people with fewer opportunities.
1.3. Participative democracy projectsThis measure supports young people’s participation in democratic life. These projects and activities encourage the active participation of young people in the life of their local, regional or national community or at international level.
It is open, in principle, to young people aged between 13 and 30.
These projects or activities are based on international partnerships, allowing the pooling, at European level, of ideas, experiences and good practices from projects or activities at local or regional level, in order to improve young people’s participation at different levels. They may include organising consultation projects with young people to find out their needs and wishes, with a view to developing new approaches to their active participation in a democratic Europe.
Action 2 — European Voluntary ServiceThe aim of the Voluntary Service is to develop solidarity and promote active citizenship and mutual understanding among young people through the following measures.
The young volunteer takes part in a non-profit-making unpaid activity to the benefit of the general public in a country other than his or her country of residence. The European Voluntary Service must not have an adverse effect on potential or existing paid employment or be seen as a substitute for it.
The service lasts for no less than two months, and may last up to twelve months. In duly justified cases, in particular to facilitate the participation of young people with fewer opportunities, shorter periods and volunteer projects which allow groups of young people may be allowed.
This measure also supports volunteer projects which allow groups of young people to take part collectively in local, regional, national, European or international-level activities in a range of fields, including for example culture, sport, civil protection, the environment and development aid.
In exceptional cases, depending on the tasks to be implemented and the situation in which the volunteers are deployed, certain types of project may call for the selection of candidates with specific skills.
The measure is for young people aged between 18 and 30; certain activities may admit young people aged 16 and over, as long as appropriate supervision is provided.
The measure covers all or part of the volunteer’s expenses, insurance, subsistence and travel, plus an additional allowance for young people with fewer opportunities where appropriate.
It also supports activities for the training and tutoring of young volunteers and coordination activities for the various partners, as well as initiatives which aim at building on experience gained by young people during European Voluntary Service.
The Member States and the Commission shall make sure that certain quality standards are respected: the voluntary work must include a non-formal education dimension demonstrated by pedagogical activities to prepare young people at a personal, intercultural and technical level, as well as ongoing personal support. Partnership between the various actors involved in the project and risk prevention are considered particularly important.
Action 3 — Youth in the WorldThe purpose of this action is to develop mutual understanding between peoples in a spirit of openness, whilst also contributing to the development of quality systems that support the activities of young people in the countries concerned. It is open to the Programme’s partner countries.
3.1. Cooperation with the neighbouring countries of the EUThis measure supports projects with the Programme partner countries that are each considered neighbourhood countries under the provisions of the EU’s European neighbourhood policy and under the terms of Article 5(2), as well as with the Russian Federation and Western Balkan countries until they fulfil the requirements of Article 5(1)(d).It supports youth exchanges — mainly multilateral but not excluding bilateral ones — which allow several groups of young people from participating countries and neighbouring countries to meet and take part together in a programme of activities. It is available, in principle, to young people aged between 13 and 25. These activities, based on transnational partnerships between the various actors in a project, involve the prior training of supervisory staff and the active participation of young people, to allow them to discover and become aware of different social and cultural realities. Activities to enhance the participation of young people in the projects, particularly those intended to help them at a linguistic and intercultural level, may be eligible for funding.
As long as adequate national management structures are created in the neighbouring countries, individual or group initiatives at local, regional or national level in these countries can be supported where they are carried out in conjunction with similar initiatives in countries participating in the Programme. These are activities designed by the young people themselves, in which they are the key players. In principle, the activity is for young people aged between 18 and 30, although certain initiatives may admit young people from age 16, as long as appropriate supervision is provided.
This measure supports activities designed to network and enhance the capacity of NGOs in the field of youth, recognising the important role that they can play in the development of civil society in the neighbouring countries. It covers the training of those active in youth work and youth organisations, and exchanges of experience, expertise and good practices between them. It supports activities which may lead to the establishment of long-lasting, high quality projects and partnerships.
This measure also supports projects to stimulate innovation and quality, aiming at introducing, implementing and promoting innovative approaches in the youth field.
Financial support may be awarded to information activities for young people and those active in youth work and youth organisations.
This measure also supports activities promoting cooperation in the field of youth with the neighbouring countries, e.g. promoting cooperation and the exchange of ideas and good practices in the field of youth, as well as other promotion and dissemination measures regarding the results of the projects and activities supported in the countries concerned in the field of youth.
3.2. Cooperation with other countriesThis measure supports cooperation activities in the field of youth, in particular the exchange of good practices with the other partner countries.
It encourages exchanges between and the training of those active in youth work and youth organisations, and the development of partnerships and networks of youth organisations.
Multilateral and bilateral exchanges of young people between these countries and the participating countries may be implemented on a thematic basis.
Funding is awarded to activities that demonstrate their potential multiplier effect.
In the context of cooperation with industrialised countries, this measure funds only European beneficiaries of projects.
Action 4 — Youth support systemsThe aim of this action is to develop the quality of youth support structures, to support the role of those active in youth work and youth organisations, to develop the quality of the Programme and promote the civil participation of young people at European level by supporting bodies active at European level in the field of youth.
4.1. Support for bodies active at European level in the field of youthThis measure supports the operation of NGOs active at European level in the field of youth that pursue a goal of general European interest. Their activities must contribute to young people’s participation in public life and society and the development and implementation of European cooperation activities in the field of youth in the broad sense.

— | it must have been legally established for at least one year,
— | it must be non-profit-making,
— | it must be established in one of the participating countries, in accordance with Article 5(1), or in one of certain eastern European countries (i.e. Belarus, Moldova, Russian Federation, Ukraine),
— | it must operate at European level, alone or in coordination with other associations, and its structure and activities must cover at least eight participating countries; it may be a European network representing bodies active in the field of youth,
— | its activities must be in accordance with the principles underlying the Community activity in the field of youth,
— | it may be a body whose activities are solely for the benefit of young people or a body with wider aims, some of the activities of which are for the benefit of young people,
— | it must involve the young people in managing the activities conducted for their benefit.Beneficiaries are selected on the basis of calls for proposals. Multiannual partnership framework agreements may be concluded with the bodies selected. However, such framework agreements do not exclude the possibility of launching annual calls for proposals for additional beneficiaries.

— | representing the views and interests of young people in their diversity at European level,
— | youth exchanges and voluntary services,
— | non-formal and informal learning and youth activity programmes,
— | promoting intercultural learning and understanding,
— | debates on European issues, the policies of the EU or youth policies,
— | dissemination of information on Community action,
— | actions promoting young people’s participation and initiative.Under this measure, the only costs to be taken into account in determining the operating grant are those necessary for the proper conduct of the normal activities of the body selected, in particular personnel costs, overheads (rental and property charges, equipment, office supplies, telecommunications, postal charges, etc.), costs of internal meetings, and publications, information and dissemination costs.
The grant is awarded with due respect for the body’s independence in the selection of its members and its autonomy in the detailed definition of its activities.
At least 20 % of the budgets of the bodies concerned must be covered by non-Community sources.
4.2. Support for the European Youth Forum
— | the Forum’s independence in the selection of its members, ensuring the broadest possible representation of different kinds of youth organisations,
— | its autonomy in the detailed specification of its activities,
— | the broadest possible involvement in the Forum’s activities of non-member youth organisations and young people who do not belong to organisations,
— | the active contribution by the Forum to the political processes relevant to youth at European level, in particular by responding to the European institutions when they consult civil society and explaining the positions adopted by these institutions to its members.The eligible expenditure of the Forum comprises operating costs and expenses for carrying out its actions. In view of the need to ensure the continuity of the Forum, the Programme resources shall be allocated in accordance with the following guideline: the annual resources allocated to the Forum shall not be less than EUR 2 million.
Grants may be awarded to the Forum upon receipt of an appropriate work plan and budget. Grants may be awarded on an annual basis or on a renewable basis within a framework partnership agreement with the Commission.
At least 20 % of the Forum’s budget must be covered by non-Community sources.

— | representing youth organisations vis-à-vis the EU,
— | coordinating the positions of its members vis-à-vis the EU,
— | relaying information on youth vis-à-vis the European institutions,
— | relaying information from the EU to the national youth councils and non-governmental organisations,
— | promoting and preparing the participation of young people in democratic life,
— | contributing to the new cooperation framework in the youth field established at the level of the EU,
— | contributing to the development of youth policies, youth work and educational opportunities, and to relaying information concerning young people and developing representative structures for young people throughout Europe,
— | engaging in discussion and reflection on youth in Europe and in other parts of the world and on the Community’s action for young people.4.3. Training and networking of those active in youth work and youth organisationsThis measure supports the training of those active in youth work and youth organisations in this field, in particular project leaders, youth advisers and supervisors in these projects. It also supports the exchange of experiences, expertise and good practices between those active in youth work and youth organisations, as well as activities which may lead to the establishment of long-lasting, high quality projects, partnerships and networks. This may, for instance involve job shadowing.
Particular attention is to be paid to activities fostering the participation of those young people who find it most difficult to participate in Community actions.
4.4. Projects encouraging innovation and qualityThis measure supports projects aimed at introducing, implementing and promoting innovative approaches in the youth field. These innovative aspects may relate to the content and objectives, in line with the development of the European cooperation framework in the youth field, the involvement of partners from different backgrounds or the dissemination of information.
4.5. Information activities for young people and those active in youth work and youth organisationsThis measure supports information and communication targeting young people by improving their access to relevant information and communication services in order to increase their participation in public life and facilitate the realisation of their potential as active, responsible citizens. To this end, support is given to activities at European and national level which improve young people’s access to information and communication services and increase the provision of quality information and the participation of young people in the preparation and dissemination of information.
This measure contributes, for example, to the development of European, national, regional and local youth portals for the dissemination of specific information for young people through all kinds of information channels, particularly those most frequently used by young people. It can also support measures which promote the involvement by young people in the preparation and dissemination of understandable, user-friendly and targeted information products and advice, so as to improve the quality of the information and access for all young people. All publications shall respect equality and diversity.
4.6. PartnershipsThis measure is for the funding of partnerships with regional or local bodies, in order to develop over the long-term projects which combine various measures in the Programme. The funding focuses on projects and coordination activities.
4.7. Support for the structures of the ProgrammeThis measure funds the structures provided for in Article 8(2), in particular the National Agencies. The measure also provides funding for assimilated bodies, such as the national coordinators, the resource centres, the EURODESK network, the Euro-Mediterranean Youth Platform and the associations of young European volunteers, acting as implementation bodies at national level, in full compliance with Article 54(2)(c) and (3) of Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 1605/2002.
4.8. Adding to the value of the ProgrammeThe Commission may organise seminars, colloquia or meetings to facilitate the implementation of the Programme and undertake appropriate information, publication and dissemination actions as well as Programme monitoring and evaluation. These activities may be financed by means of grants, purchased by means of procurement procedures or organised and funded directly by the Commission.
Action 5 — Support for European cooperation in the youth fieldThe aim of this action is to promote European cooperation in youth field.
5.1. Meetings of young people and those responsible for youth policyThis measure supports cooperation, seminars and structured dialogue between young people, those active in youth work and youth organisations and those responsible for youth policy. The activities include, in particular, promoting cooperation and the exchange of ideas and good practices in the field of youth, conferences organised by the EU Presidencies and other measures to exploit and disseminate the results of the projects and the results of the Community’s activities in the field of youth.
This measure covers European Youth Week, which might include events in the Member States and at European level on the work of the European institutions, dialogue between European decision makers and young people, and recognition for the high quality projects promoted by the Programme.
This measure may, in particular, support the aims being pursued through the Open Method of Coordination in the youth field and the European Pact for Youth, as well as cooperation between national and international youth voluntary actvities.
5.2. Support for activities to bring about better understanding and knowledge of the field of youthThis measure supports specific projects for the identification of existing knowledge relating to the priorities for the field of youth established under the open method of coordination and projects intended to complement and update them or facilitate access to them.
It is also designed to support the development of methods for analysing and comparing the results of studies and guaranteeing their quality.
The Programme may also support the networking of the various actors in the youth field.
5.3. Cooperation with international organisationsThis action can be used to support the EU’s cooperation with international organisations working in the youth field, in particular the Council of Europe, the United Nations or its specialised institutions.
INFORMATIONIn order to present examples of good practices and model projects, a database shall be developed containing information about existing ideas concerning youth activities at European level.
A guide explaining the objectives, rules and procedures of the Programme in particular explaining the legal rights and obligations when accepting a grant must be made available by the Commission.
MANAGEMENT OF THE PROGRAMMEMinimum allocationsSubject to Article 13, the minimum amounts to be allocated to the actions shall be, in relation to the financial envelope set out in that Article:
Action 1: Youth for Europe 30 %
Action 2: European Voluntary Service 23 %
Action 3: Youth in the World 6 %
Action 4: Youth support systems 15 %
Action 5: Support for European cooperation in the youth field 4 %
The Programme budget may also cover expenditure associated with the preparation, follow-up, monitoring, auditing and evaluation activities directly necessary for the management of the Programme and the realisation of its objectives, in particular studies, meetings, information and publication activities, expenditure associated with the IT networks for the exchange of information and any other administrative and technical support expenditure on which the Commission may decide for the management of the Programme.
CHECKS AND AUDITSA system of spot checks has been created for projects selected in accordance with the procedure referred to in Article 14(3) of this Decision.
Grant beneficiaries must keep for the Commission supporting documents for all expenditure for a period of five years from the date of the last payment. They must ensure that, where applicable, supporting documents in the possession of partners or members be made available to the Commission.
The Commission may have an audit of the use made of the grant carried out either directly by its own staff or by any other qualified outside body of its choice. These audits may be carried out throughout the lifetime of the contract and for a period of five years from the date of payment of the balance of the grant. Where appropriate, the audit findings may lead the Commission to seek recovery of sums paid.
Commission staff and outside persons authorised by the Commission must be granted appropriate access to the offices of the beneficiary and to all the information, including information in electronic format, needed in order to conduct such audits.
The Court of Auditors and the European Anti-Fraud Office (OLAF) must enjoy the same rights, especially of access, as the Commission.
The Commission’s decisions taken under Article 10, the contracts with the national agencies, the agreements with the participating third countries and the associated contracts and agreements must provide, in particular, for the Commission or its authorised representative, OLAF and the Court of Auditors to undertake inspections and financial audits, in situ if necessary. The national agencies or, if necessary, the grant beneficiaries may be inspected.
The Commission may also undertake in situ inspections pursuant to Council Regulation (Euratom, EC) No 2185/96 of 11 November 1996 concerning on-the-spot checks and inspections carried out by the Commission in order to protect the European Communities’ financial interests against fraud and other irregularities(1).
For the Community actions referred to in this Decision, the term ‘irregularity’ referred to in Article 1(2) of Council Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 2988/95 of 18 December 1995 on the protection of the European Communities financial interests(2)shall mean any infringement of a provision of Community law or any non-performance of a contractual obligation resulting from an act or omission by a party, which has, or would have, because of an unjustified item of expenditure, the effect of prejudicing the general budget of the European Union or budgets managed by the Communities.

(1)
OJ L 292, 15.11.1996, p. 2.
(2)
OJ L 312, 23.12.1995, p. 1.

Pending: 32006D1718

24.11.2006 EN Official Journal of the European Union L 327/12
(1) The European audiovisual sector has a key role to play in the emergence of European citizenship because it is one of the principal vectors for conveying the Union's common and shared fundamental social and cultural values to Europeans and especially young people. Community support is designed to enable the European audiovisual sector to promote intercultural dialogue, increase mutual awareness amongst Europe's cultures and develop its political, cultural, social and economic potential, which constitutes genuine added value in the task of making European citizenship a reality. Such support is intended to enhance competitiveness and, in particular, to increase the market share in Europe of non-national European works.
(2) It is also necessary to promote active citizenship and to do more to ensure respect for the principle of human dignity, promote equality between men and women and combat all forms of discrimination and exclusion, including racism and xenophobia.
(3) All actions adopted pursuant to this programme should be compatible with the Charter of Fundamental Rights of the European Union and, in particular, Article 11 thereof on freedom of expression and media pluralism.
(4) Article 22 of the said Charter states that the Union is to respect cultural and linguistic diversity. It is, therefore, necessary to pay attention to the specific needs of the smaller Member States and those with more than one linguistic area.
(5) Community support for the audiovisual sector takes into account Article 151 of the Treaty.
(6) Community support for the audiovisual sector is also in keeping with the new strategic aim defined for the Union by the Lisbon European Council of 23 and 24 March 2000, namely to boost training, employment, economic reform and social cohesion in a knowledge-based economy. In its conclusions, the European Council stated that ‘content industries create added value by exploiting and networking European cultural diversity’. This approach was confirmed in the conclusions of the Brussels European Council of 20 and 21 March 2003.
(7) Community support for the audiovisual sector is based on the considerable experience acquired in the MEDIA I, MEDIA II, MEDIA Plus and MEDIA — Training programmes(4), which have helped the European audiovisual industry to develop since 1991, as has emerged clearly in the evaluation of these programmes.
(8) The results obtained showed that Community action should concentrate mainly:—upstream of audiovisual production, on the development of European audiovisual works and on the acquisition and improvement of audiovisual skills, the latter needing to be seen as an integral part of the audiovisual pre-production process,—downstream of audiovisual production, on distribution, cinema exhibition and promotion of European audiovisual works,—on digitisation making a decisive contribution to strengthening the audiovisual sector and on its being a central feature of MEDIA 2007. Support for digital services and European catalogues is one of the programme's priorities in order to overcome the fragmentation of the European audiovisual market. — upstream of audiovisual production, on the development of European audiovisual works and on the acquisition and improvement of audiovisual skills, the latter needing to be seen as an integral part of the audiovisual pre-production process, — downstream of audiovisual production, on distribution, cinema exhibition and promotion of European audiovisual works, — on digitisation making a decisive contribution to strengthening the audiovisual sector and on its being a central feature of MEDIA 2007. Support for digital services and European catalogues is one of the programme's priorities in order to overcome the fragmentation of the European audiovisual market.
— upstream of audiovisual production, on the development of European audiovisual works and on the acquisition and improvement of audiovisual skills, the latter needing to be seen as an integral part of the audiovisual pre-production process,
— downstream of audiovisual production, on distribution, cinema exhibition and promotion of European audiovisual works,
— on digitisation making a decisive contribution to strengthening the audiovisual sector and on its being a central feature of MEDIA 2007. Support for digital services and European catalogues is one of the programme's priorities in order to overcome the fragmentation of the European audiovisual market.
— upstream of audiovisual production, on the development of European audiovisual works and on the acquisition and improvement of audiovisual skills, the latter needing to be seen as an integral part of the audiovisual pre-production process,
— downstream of audiovisual production, on distribution, cinema exhibition and promotion of European audiovisual works,
— on digitisation making a decisive contribution to strengthening the audiovisual sector and on its being a central feature of MEDIA 2007. Support for digital services and European catalogues is one of the programme's priorities in order to overcome the fragmentation of the European audiovisual market.
(9) The MEDIA programme should encourage authors (scriptwriters and directors) in the creative process and encourage them to develop and adopt new creative techniques which will strengthen the innovative capacity of the European audiovisual sector.
(10) There is more than one platform of digitisation in the projections of films, depending on different uses, users and needs. Pilot projects of the MEDIA programme are a test ground for future developments in the audiovisual sector.
(11) The preparatory action ‘Growth and Audiovisual: i2i Audiovisual’, which supplements the MEDIA Plus and MEDIA — Training programmes, marked a further stage in implementing the policy of Community support for the audiovisual sector. It was intended specifically to provide a remedy for the problems of access to funding of small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs) in this sector. The evaluation of ‘Growth and Audiovisual: i2i Audiovisual’ confirmed that it met the sector's needs and confirmed the need to pursue Community action along these lines but that it should be more closely geared towards the specific needs of the sector.
(12) The European audiovisual sector is characterised by its considerable potential for growth, innovation and dynamism, by the fragmentation of the market as a function of cultural and linguistic diversity and, consequently, by a large number of SMEs and very small enterprises with chronic undercapitalisation. For the purposes of implementing Community support, the specific nature of the audiovisual sector should be taken into account and it should be ensured that administrative and financial procedures in relation to the amount of support are simplified as far as possible and adapted to the aims pursued and the sector's practices and requirements.
(13) Throughout the EU one major obstacle to competition is an almost complete lack of companies specialising in providing loan financing in the audiovisual sector.
(14) The Commission and Member States should review their support for the audiovisual sector, in particular the results of the preparatory action ‘Growth and Audiovisual: i2i Audiovisual’, to establish to what extent future support can simplify the development of specialist offers for SMEs in terms of loan financing.
(15) Loan finance systems that have been developed in the Member States to promote national audiovisual projects and to mobilise private capital should be examined to see whether such capital could be made available for non-national European projects.
(16) Increased transparency and dissemination of information concerning the European audiovisual market can make operators in the sector, and especially SMEs, more competitive. This could encourage private investors’ confidence by improving understanding of the industry’s potential. This also makes it easier for Community action to be evaluated and followed up. Participation by the European Union in the European Audiovisual Observatory should help it to achieve these aims.
(17) In a Community of 25 Member States, cooperation is increasingly becoming a strategic response to strengthen the competitiveness of the European film industry. There is therefore a need for greater support for projects for EU-wide networks at all MEDIA programme levels — training, development, distribution and promotion. This applies in particular to cooperation with players from the Member States which joined the European Union after 30 April 2004. It should be emphasised that any strategy for cooperation between players in the audiovisual sector should comply with the Community's competition law.
(18) Public support for cinema at European, national, regional or local level is essential to overcome the sector's structural difficulties and allow the European audiovisual industry to meet the challenge of globalisation.
(19) European Union accession countries and those EFTA countries which are parties to the EEA Agreement are recognised as potential participants in Community programmes in accordance with the agreements concluded with these countries.
(20) Cooperation between MEDIA and Eurimages needs to be strengthened, but without this leading to integration in financial and administrative matters.
(21) The European Council in Thessaloniki of 19 and 20 June 2003 adopted ‘The agenda for the Western Balkans: Moving towards European integration’, providing that Community programmes should be open to countries in the process of stabilisation and association on the basis of framework agreements to be signed between the Community and these countries.
(22) The other European countries which are parties to the Council of Europe Convention on Transfrontier Television are an integral part of the European audiovisual area and should therefore be enabled, if they wish and taking into account budgetary considerations or priorities of their audiovisual industries, to participate in this programme or benefit under a more limited cooperation formula on the basis of supplementary appropriations and specific arrangements in accordance with conditions to be laid down in the agreements between the parties concerned.
(23) Cooperation with non-European third countries developed on the basis of mutual and balanced interests may create added value for the European audiovisual industry in terms of promotion, market access, distribution, dissemination and exhibition of European works in those countries. Such cooperation should be developed on the basis of supplementary appropriations and specific arrangements to be agreed upon with the parties concerned.
(24) Suitable measures should be implemented to prevent irregularities and fraud and to recover funds which have been lost or transferred or used improperly.
(25) This Decision lays down, for the entire duration of the programme, a financial envelope constituting the prime reference, within the meaning of point 37 of the Interinstitutional Agreement of 17 May 2006 between the European Parliament, the Council and the Commission on budgetary discipline and sound financial management(5), for the budgetary authority during the annual budgetary procedure.
(26) The measures necessary for the implementation of this Decision should be adopted in accordance with Council Decision 1999/468/EC of 28 June 1999 laying down the procedures for the exercise of implementing powers conferred on the Commission(6).
(27) The arrangements for monitoring and evaluating actions should include detailed annual reports as well as specific, measurable, achievable, relevant and time-bound objectives and indicators.
(28) Provision needs to be made for measures governing the transition from the MEDIA Plus and MEDIA — Training programmes to the programme established by this Decision.
(29) Since the objectives of this Decision cannot be sufficiently achieved by the Member States and can therefore, by reason of the scale and effects of the action, be better achieved at Community level, the Community may adopt measures, in accordance with the principle of subsidiarity as set out in Article 5 of the Treaty. In accordance with the principle of proportionality, as set out in that Article, this Decision does not go beyond what is necessary in order to achieve those objectives,
(a) preserve and enhance European cultural and linguistic diversity and its cinematographic and audiovisual heritage, guarantee its accessibility to the public and promote intercultural dialogue;
(b) increase the circulation and viewership of European audiovisual works inside and outside the European Union, including through greater cooperation between players;
(c) strengthen the competitiveness of the European audiovisual sector in the framework of an open and competitive European market favourable to employment, including by promoting links between audiovisual professionals.
(a) upstream of audiovisual production: the acquisition and improvement of skills in the audiovisual field and the development of European audiovisual works;
(b) downstream of audiovisual production: the distribution and promotion of European audiovisual works;
(c) pilot projects to ensure that the programme adjusts to market developments.
(a) fostering creativity in the audiovisual sector and knowledge and dissemination of Europe's cinematographic and audiovisual heritage;
(b) strengthening the structure of the European audiovisual sector, particularly SMEs;
(c) reducing the imbalances in the European audiovisual market between high audiovisual production capacity countries and countries or regions with low audiovisual production capacity and/or a restricted geographic and linguistic area;
(d) following and supporting market developments with regard to digitisation, including the promotion of attractive digital catalogues of European films on digital platforms.
1. strengthen the skills of European audiovisual professionals in the fields of development, production, distribution/dissemination and promotion, in order to improve the quality and potential of European audiovisual works. The programme shall support notably action in the following areas:(a)scriptwriting techniques with the aim of increasing the quality of European audiovisual works and their potential circulation;(b)economic, financial and commercial management of production, distribution and promotion of audiovisual works to enable European strategies to be devised right from the development phase;(c)inclusion upstream of digital technologies for production, post-production, distribution, marketing and archiving of European audiovisual programmes.Steps shall also be taken to ensure the participation of professionals and trainers from countries other than those in which training activities supported under point 2(a), (b) and (c) take place; (a) scriptwriting techniques with the aim of increasing the quality of European audiovisual works and their potential circulation; (b) economic, financial and commercial management of production, distribution and promotion of audiovisual works to enable European strategies to be devised right from the development phase; (c) inclusion upstream of digital technologies for production, post-production, distribution, marketing and archiving of European audiovisual programmes.Steps shall also be taken to ensure the participation of professionals and trainers from countries other than those in which training activities supported under point 2(a), (b) and (c) take place;
(a) scriptwriting techniques with the aim of increasing the quality of European audiovisual works and their potential circulation;
(b) economic, financial and commercial management of production, distribution and promotion of audiovisual works to enable European strategies to be devised right from the development phase;
(c) inclusion upstream of digital technologies for production, post-production, distribution, marketing and archiving of European audiovisual programmes.Steps shall also be taken to ensure the participation of professionals and trainers from countries other than those in which training activities supported under point 2(a), (b) and (c) take place;
(a) scriptwriting techniques with the aim of increasing the quality of European audiovisual works and their potential circulation;
(b) economic, financial and commercial management of production, distribution and promotion of audiovisual works to enable European strategies to be devised right from the development phase;
(c) inclusion upstream of digital technologies for production, post-production, distribution, marketing and archiving of European audiovisual programmes.Steps shall also be taken to ensure the participation of professionals and trainers from countries other than those in which training activities supported under point 2(a), (b) and (c) take place;
2. improve the European dimension of audiovisual training activities by:(a)support for the networking and mobility of European training professionals, in particular:—European film schools,—training institutes,—partners in the professional sector;(b)training for trainers;(c)support for film schools;(d)adoption of coordination activities and of promotion of the bodies supported in relation to the activities set out in point 1; (a) support for the networking and mobility of European training professionals, in particular:—European film schools,—training institutes,—partners in the professional sector; — European film schools, — training institutes, — partners in the professional sector; (b) training for trainers; (c) support for film schools; (d) adoption of coordination activities and of promotion of the bodies supported in relation to the activities set out in point 1;
(a) support for the networking and mobility of European training professionals, in particular:—European film schools,—training institutes,—partners in the professional sector; — European film schools, — training institutes, — partners in the professional sector;
— European film schools,
— training institutes,
— partners in the professional sector;
(b) training for trainers;
(c) support for film schools;
(d) adoption of coordination activities and of promotion of the bodies supported in relation to the activities set out in point 1;
(a) support for the networking and mobility of European training professionals, in particular:—European film schools,—training institutes,—partners in the professional sector; — European film schools, — training institutes, — partners in the professional sector;
— European film schools,
— training institutes,
— partners in the professional sector;
— European film schools,
— training institutes,
— partners in the professional sector;
(b) training for trainers;
(c) support for film schools;
(d) adoption of coordination activities and of promotion of the bodies supported in relation to the activities set out in point 1;
3. enable, through special scholarships, professionals from the Member States which acceded to the European Union after 30 April 2004 to take part in the training activities set out in point 1.
(a) support the development of production projects intended for the European and international market, submitted by independent production companies;
(b) support the elaboration of financial plans for companies and projects for European productions, in particular the financing of co-productions.
(a) strengthen European distribution by encouraging distributors to invest in the co-production, acquisition and promotion of non-national European films and to set up coordinated marketing strategies;
(b) improve the circulation of non-national European films on the European and international markets by incentive measures for export, distribution on any medium and cinema exhibition;
(c) promote the transnational dissemination of European audiovisual works produced by independent production companies by encouraging cooperation between broadcasters on the one hand and independent producers and distributors on the other;
(d) encourage the digitisation of European audiovisual works and the development of a competitive digital market place;
(e) encourage cinemas to exploit the possibilities offered by digital distribution.
(a) improve the circulation of European audiovisual works by ensuring that the European audiovisual sector has access to European and international professional markets;
(b) improve the European and international public's access to European audiovisual works;
(c) encourage common actions between national film and audiovisual programme promotion organisations;
(d) encourage the promotion of Europe's cinematographic and audiovisual heritage and the improvement of the public's access to it at both European and international level.
(a) EFTA States which are members of the EEA, in accordance with the provisions of the EEA agreement;
(b) accession countries benefiting from a strategy for pre-accession to the European Union in accordance with the general principles and general conditions and arrangements for these countries participating in Community programmes laid down in the framework agreement and the Association Councils' decisions respectively;
(c) the Western Balkan countries in accordance with arrangements made with these countries following framework agreements to be established governing their participation in Community programmes.
(a) the general guidelines for all the measures described in the Annex;
(b) the content of the calls for proposals, the definition of the criteria and the procedures for the selection of projects;
(c) questions concerning the annual internal breakdown of the programme resources, including the breakdown between measures in the fields of improving professional skills, development, distribution/dissemination and promotion;
(d) the arrangements for monitoring and evaluating actions;
(e) any proposal for the allocation of Community funds in excess of EUR 200 000 per beneficiary and year in the case of training and promotion, EUR 200 000 in the case of development and EUR 300 000 in the case of distribution;
(f) the choice of pilot projects provided for in Article 7.
(a) have an adequate number of staff, with professional and linguistic capacities appropriate for work in an environment of international cooperation;
(b) have an appropriate infrastructure, in particular as regards informatics and communications;
(c) operate in an administrative context which enables them to carry out their tasks satisfactorily and to avoid conflicts of interest.
(a) an interim evaluation report on the results and the qualitative and quantitative aspects of implementing the programme no later than three years after the start of the programme;
(b) a communication on the continuation of the programme no later than four years after the start of the programme;
(c) a detailedexpostevaluation report by 31 December 2015 covering the implementation and results of the programme, on completion of its implementation.
(a) by encouraging transparency in the market through an improved comparability of data collected in the different countries and ensuring that operators have access to financial and legal statistics and information, especially on the Member States which have acceded to the European Union after 30 April 2004, thereby enhancing the European audiovisual sector's ability to compete and develop;
(b) by enabling the programme to be monitored more effectively and making it easier to evaluate.
— Council Decision 90/685/EEC of 21 December 1990 concerning the implementation of an action programme to promote the development of the European audiovisual industry (MEDIA) (1991 to 1995) (OJ L 380, 31.12.1990, p. 37) (MEDIA I),
— Council Decision 95/563/EC of 10 July 1995 on the implementation of a programme encouraging the development and distribution of European audiovisual works (MEDIA II — Development and distribution) (1996 to 2000) (OJ L 321, 30.12.1995, p. 25) and Council Decision 95/564/EC of 22 December 1995 on the implementation of a training programme for professionals in the European audiovisual programme industry (MEDIA II — Training) (OJ L 321, 30.12.1995, p. 33) (MEDIA II),
— Council Decision 2000/821/EC of 20 December 2000 on the implementation of a programme to encourage the development, distribution and promotion of European audiovisual works (MEDIA Plus — Development, Distribution and Promotion) (2001 to 2005) (OJ L 336, 30.12.2000, p. 82). Decision as last amended by Regulation (EC) No 885/2004 (OJ L 168, 1.5.2004, p. 1) (MEDIA Plus), and
— Decision No 163/2001/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 19 January 2001 on the implementation of a training programme for professionals in the European audiovisual programme industry (MEDIA — Training) (2001 to 2005) (OJ L 26, 27.1.2001, p. 1). Decision as last amended by Regulation (EC) No 885/2004 (MEDIA — Training) respectively.
— Enable experienced scriptwriters to improve their capacities to develop techniques based on traditional and interactive methods of writing.
— Support the development, implementation and updating of training modules on identifying the target audience, editing and development of scripts for an international audience, and the relationship between the scriptwriter, the script editor, the director, the producer and the distributor,inter alia.
— Support distance learning and encourage exchanges and partnerships associating countries and regions with low audiovisual production capacity and/or with a restricted linguistic or geographical area.
— Develop the professionals’ ability to grasp and integrate the European dimension into the fields of development, production, marketing, distribution/dissemination and promotion of audiovisual programmes.
— Support the development, implementation and updating of training modules in management, taking into account the European dimension.
— Support distance learning and encourage exchanges and partnerships associating countries and regions with low audiovisual production capacity and/or with a restricted linguistic or geographical area.
— Develop the professionals’ capacity to use digital technologies, in particular in the fields of production, post-production, distribution, marketing, archiving and multimedia.
— Support the development, implementation and updating of training modules in digital audiovisual technologies.
— Support distance learning and encourage exchanges and partnerships associating countries and regions with low audiovisual production capacity and/or with a restricted linguistic or geographical area.
— Encourage exchanges and cooperation between existing training institutions and/or activities.
— Encourage the programme beneficiaries to intensify coordination of their training activities, in particular those involving further training, in order to develop a European network which can receive Community support, in particular for cooperation involving players, including television broadcasters.
— Ensure that trainers are competent.
— Contribute to training for trainers, in particular by distance learning.
— Encourage mobility of cinema students in Europe.
— Encourage mobility scholarships linked to a training project.
— Encourage the development of new talents and professionals through the establishment of a Prize for New Talent.
— Promote coordination and promotion of the projects supported by the programme.
— Contribute to the adoption of targeted actions of coordination and promotion of the training activities supported by the programme.
— Facilitate the participation by professionals from the Member States which have acceded to the European Union after 30 April 2004 in the projects supported by the programme.
— Contribute to setting up a grant mechanism.
— Support the development of European works of the following types: drama, animation, documentary and multimedia.
— Encourage companies to produce quality works with international potential.
— Encourage companies to use digital technologies in production and distribution right from the development phase.
— Encourage companies to devise strategies for international screening, marketing and distribution right from the development phase.
— Enable SMEs to access support for development and tailor actions to meet their needs.
— Enhance complementarity with the actions supported by MEDIA to improve audiovisual professionals' skills.
— Support the development of audiovisual projects or project catalogues.
— Support digitisation of European audiovisual works right from the development phase.
— Encourage the elaboration of financing plans by production companies for works of the following types: drama, animation, documentary and multimedia.
— As a follow-up to the preparatory action ‘Growth and Audiovisual: i2i Audiovisual’, encourage the search for financial partners at European level to achieve synergy between public and private investors and the devising of distribution strategies right from the production phase.
— Support the side costs of private financing of production and co-production projects presented by SMEs (such as financial expenses, insurance and completion guarantee costs).
— Support access by SMEs, especially independent production companies, to companies providing financial services active in drawing up investment plans for the development and co-production of audiovisual works with potential for international distribution.
— Encourage financial intermediaries to support the development and co-production of audiovisual works with potential for international distribution.
— Support cooperation between the national agencies in the audiovisual sector.
— Enhance the cultural and linguistic diversity of European audiovisual works distributed.
— Support dubbing and subtitling for distribution and dissemination, through all available channels, in particular digital channels, of European audiovisual works for the benefit of producers, distributors and broadcasters.
— Encourage cinematographic distributors to invest in the co-production, acquisition of exploitation rights and promotion of non-national European films.
— Establish a system of automatic support for European distributors, proportional to cinema admissions for non-national European films in the Member States taking part in the programme, subject to a ceiling for each film and adjusted for each country.
— The support thus generated may be used by distributors only for investment in:—non-national European film co-production,—the acquisition of exploitation rights of non-national European films,—editing (copying, dubbing and subtitling), promotion and advertising of non-national European films. — non-national European film co-production, — the acquisition of exploitation rights of non-national European films, — editing (copying, dubbing and subtitling), promotion and advertising of non-national European films.
— non-national European film co-production,
— the acquisition of exploitation rights of non-national European films,
— editing (copying, dubbing and subtitling), promotion and advertising of non-national European films.
— non-national European film co-production,
— the acquisition of exploitation rights of non-national European films,
— editing (copying, dubbing and subtitling), promotion and advertising of non-national European films.
— Encourage European distributors to cooperate with a view to adopting joint strategies on the European market.
— Establish a system of selective aid for non-national European film distribution intended for European distributor groupings and grant them direct aid where they exist on a permanent basis.
— Encourage cooperation between distributors, producers and sales agents in order to set up international marketing strategies for European films right from the development phase.
— Establish a system of support for the creation of a promotion kit for European cinematographic works (including a subtitled copy, an international sound track — music and effects — and promotion materials).
— Encourage access to financing of SMEs for distribution and international sale of non-national European works.
— Support the side costs (such as financial expenses and insurance) connected with distribution and/or international sales activities such as: acquisition of non-national European film catalogues, searching for new markets for these films, and setting up of permanent groupings of European distributors.
— Encourage cinematographic distributors to invest in appropriate publishing and promotion of non-national European films.
— Establish a system of selective support to cinematographic distributors for the promotion and marketing of non-national European films. The selection criteria for the films may include provisions aiming to differentiate between the projects according to their origin and the size of their budget.
— Grant special support to films of interest for the development of European cultural and linguistic diversity.
— Grant aid for the release of a non-national European works slate over a given period.
— Encourage the screening of non-national European films on the European market, in particular by supporting the coordination of a cinema network.
— Encourage cinema owners and operators to screen a significant proportion of non-national European films in cinemas for first release for a minimum defined period. The support granted to each cinema will be determined according to the programming and taking into account the number of tickets sold for non-national European films over a reference period.
— Contribute to the development of educational and awareness-raising activities for young cinema-goers.
— Support the creation and the consolidation of a European cinema owners’ network developing common actions of this type.
— Encourage international sales and export of European films, particularly non-national European films within Europe.
— Establish a support system for European companies distributing cinema films internationally (sales agents) according to their performance on the market over a given period. This support will have to be invested in the acquisition of new non-national European films and their promotion on the European and international markets.
— Encourage the broadcasting of non-national European audiovisual works from independent production companies.
— Encourage independent producers to produce works (drama, documentary and animation) involving the participation of at least three broadcasters from several Member States. The selection criteria for the beneficiaries will include provisions aiming to differentiate between the projects according to the size of their budget. Grant special support to films of interest for the enhancement of Europe's cultural and linguistic diversity and audiovisual heritage.
— Facilitate access to financing for European independent production companies.
— Support the side costs (such as financial costs, insurance and completion guarantee costs) connected with the production of works (drama, documentary and animation) involving the participation of at least three broadcasters from several Member States belonging to different linguistic areas.
— Encourage the international distribution of European television programmes made by independent producers. The distribution of such programmes will require the agreement of the independent producer, who must receive an appropriate share of the sales revenue.
— Establish a system of support for European international distribution companies of audiovisual works (international distributors) according to their performance on the market over a given period. Support thus generated will have to be invested by the international distributors in the acquisition and promotion of new European works on the European and international markets.
— Improve the distribution of non-national European works on digital media for private use (DVD), in particular by encouraging publishers to cooperate on creating multilingual masters on a European scale.
— Encourage the use of digital technologies in European works (creating digital masters which can be used by all European distributors).
— Encourage publishers in particular to invest in appropriate promotion and distribution of non-national European audiovisual works.
— Support the multilingualism of European works (dubbing, subtitling and multilingual production).
— Establish a system of automatic support for European cinematographic and audiovisual works publishers on media intended for private use (such as DVD, DVD-ROM) according to their performance on the market over a given period. Support thus generated will have to be invested by the publishers in the publishing and distribution of non-national European works on digital media.
— Support the digitisation of content for distribution.
— Encourage supply of non-national European works for on-line distribution through advanced distribution services and new media (Internet, video-on-demand, pay-per-view), while developing techniques to securise online works in order to fight against piracy.
— Encourage the European audiovisual programme industry to adapt to developments in digital technology, in particular with regard to advanced on-line distribution services.
— Encourage European companies (on-line access suppliers, special-interest channels, etc.) — by measures to digitise works and create promotion and publicity material on digital media — to create European works slates in digital format intended for use on the new media.
— Promote the emergence of digital services that carry European catalogues.
— Encourage cinemas to invest in digital equipment, by facilitating access to credit by cinema owners.
— Support the side costs (such as financial expenses and insurance) incurred by cinema owners and operators for investment in digital equipment.
— Improve the conditions of access for professionals to trade events and to professional audiovisual markets inside and outside Europe.
— Provide technical and financial assistance in connection with events such as:—the principal European and international cinema markets,—the principal European and international television markets,—thematic markets, particularly for cartoons, documentary, multimedia and new technologies. — the principal European and international cinema markets, — the principal European and international television markets, — thematic markets, particularly for cartoons, documentary, multimedia and new technologies.
— the principal European and international cinema markets,
— the principal European and international television markets,
— thematic markets, particularly for cartoons, documentary, multimedia and new technologies.
— the principal European and international cinema markets,
— the principal European and international television markets,
— thematic markets, particularly for cartoons, documentary, multimedia and new technologies.
— Encourage and support the constitution of European catalogues and the setting up of databases of European programme catalogues intended for professionals.
— Encourage support for promotion from the pre-production or production phase.
— Support the organisation of forums for development, financing, co-production and distribution of European (or mainly European) works and programmes.
— Set up and launch marketing and sales promotion campaigns for European cinematographic and audiovisual programmes during the production phase.
— Encourage and support audiovisual festivals to screen a majority or significant proportion of European works.
— Prioritise and support festivals contributing to the promotion of works from Member States or regions with low audiovisual production capacity and of works produced by young Europeans, and enhancing cultural and linguistic diversity and intercultural dialogue.
— Encourage and support initiatives for image education organised by festivals for young people, in particular in close cooperation with schools and other institutions.
— Encourage and support initiatives by professionals, in particular cinema owners, public or commercial television channels, festivals and cultural institutions which aim, in close cooperation with the Member States and the Commission, to organise promotional activities for the general public for European cinematographic and audiovisual creation.
— Encourage and support the organisation of events with wide media coverage such as prize awards and European cinema days.
— Encourage networking and coordination of European common actions and projects.
— Support the creation of European promotion platforms.
— Support European groupings and umbrella organisations for national and/or regional promotion on the European markets and worldwide.
— Support the networking of festivals, in particular the exchange of programming and of expertise.
— Support the grouping of projects pursuing identical, similar and/or complementary aims.
— Support the setting up of networks of databases and catalogues.
— Encourage and support the organisation of events, in particular those targeting young people, to promote Europe's cinematographic and audiovisual heritage.
— Ensure that the programme adapts to market developments, mainly in connection with the introduction and use of information and communication technologies.
— Support pilot projects in areas considered likely to be influenced by the introduction and use of new information and communication technologies.
— Disseminate widely the results of pilot projects by organising conferences or on- and off-line events to encourage the dissemination of good practices.
(a) for training activities in countries or regions with low audiovisual production capacity and/or with a restricted linguistic or geographical area;
(b) for projects submitted under the development, distribution/dissemination and promotion strands which have the merit of highlighting the value of European linguistic and cultural diversity;
(c) for actions, amongst those described in point 3 of Chapter I of this Annex (distribution and dissemination), identified as conforming with the procedure set out in Article 11(2).
— the provisions of this Decision and its Annex,
— the provisions of Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 1605/2002 and Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 2342/2002.
Acquisition and improvement of skills approximately 7 %
Development at least 20 %
Distribution at least 55 %
Promotion approximately 9 %
Pilot projects approximately 4 %
Horizontal issues at least 5 %
(a) informing professionals in the audiovisual sector about the various types of aid available under European Union policies;
(b) publicising and promoting the programme;
(c) encouraging the greatest possible participation by professionals in the programme's activities;
(d) helping professionals to present their projects in response to calls for proposals;
(e) encouraging cross-border cooperation between professionals, institutions and networks;
(f) supporting the Commission in liaising with the various support bodies in the Member States in order to ensure that the programme's activities complement national support measures;
(g) making data on national audiovisual markets available to interested parties.
THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND THE COUNCIL OF THE EUROPEAN UNION,
Having regard to the Treaty establishing the European Community, and in particular Articles 150(4) and 157(3) thereof,
Having regard to the proposal from the Commission,
Having regard to the opinion of the European Economic and Social Committee(1),
Having regard to the opinion of the Committee of the Regions(2),
Acting in accordance with the procedure referred to in Article 251 of the Treaty(3),
(1) The European audiovisual sector has a key role to play in the emergence of European citizenship because it is one of the principal vectors for conveying the Union’s common and shared fundamental social and cultural values to Europeans and especially young people. Community support is designed to enable the European audiovisual sector to promote intercultural dialogue, increase mutual awareness amongst Europe’s cultures and develop its political, cultural, social and economic potential, which constitutes genuine added value in the task of making European citizenship a reality. Such support is intended to enhance competitiveness and, in particular, to increase the market share in Europe of non-national European works.
(2) It is also necessary to promote active citizenship and to do more to ensure respect for the principle of human dignity, promote equality between men and women and combat all forms of discrimination and exclusion, including racism and xenophobia.
(3) All actions adopted pursuant to this programme should be compatible with the Charter of Fundamental Rights of the European Union and, in particular, Article 11 thereof on freedom of expression and media pluralism.
(4) Article 22 of the said Charter states that the Union is to respect cultural and linguistic diversity. It is, therefore, necessary to pay attention to the specific needs of the smaller Member States and those with more than one linguistic area.
(5) Community support for the audiovisual sector takes into account Article 151 of the Treaty.
(6) Community support for the audiovisual sector is also in keeping with the new strategic aim defined for the Union by the Lisbon European Council of 23 and 24 March 2000, namely to boost training, employment, economic reform and social cohesion in a knowledge-based economy. In its conclusions, the European Council stated that ‘content industries create added value by exploiting and networking European cultural diversity’. This approach was confirmed in the conclusions of the Brussels European Council of 20 and 21 March 2003.
(7) Community support for the audiovisual sector is based on the considerable experience acquired in the MEDIA I, MEDIA II, MEDIA Plus and MEDIA — Training programmes(4), which have helped the European audiovisual industry to develop since 1991, as has emerged clearly in the evaluation of these programmes.
(8) The results obtained showed that Community action should concentrate mainly:—upstream of audiovisual production, on the development of European audiovisual works and on the acquisition and improvement of audiovisual skills, the latter needing to be seen as an integral part of the audiovisual pre-production process,—downstream of audiovisual production, on distribution, cinema exhibition and promotion of European audiovisual works,—on digitisation making a decisive contribution to strengthening the audiovisual sector and on its being a central feature of MEDIA 2007. Support for digital services and European catalogues is one of the programme’s priorities in order to overcome the fragmentation of the European audiovisual market.
(9) The MEDIA programme should encourage authors (scriptwriters and directors) in the creative process and encourage them to develop and adopt new creative techniques which will strengthen the innovative capacity of the European audiovisual sector.
(10) There is more than one platform of digitisation in the projections of films, depending on different uses, users and needs. Pilot projects of the MEDIA programme are a test ground for future developments in the audiovisual sector.
(11) The preparatory action ‘Growth and Audiovisual: i2i Audiovisual’, which supplements the MEDIA Plus and MEDIA — Training programmes, marked a further stage in implementing the policy of Community support for the audiovisual sector. It was intended specifically to provide a remedy for the problems of access to funding of small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs) in this sector. The evaluation of ‘Growth and Audiovisual: i2i Audiovisual’ confirmed that it met the sector’s needs and confirmed the need to pursue Community action along these lines but that it should be more closely geared towards the specific needs of the sector.
(12) The European audiovisual sector is characterised by its considerable potential for growth, innovation and dynamism, by the fragmentation of the market as a function of cultural and linguistic diversity and, consequently, by a large number of SMEs and very small enterprises with chronic undercapitalisation. For the purposes of implementing Community support, the specific nature of the audiovisual sector should be taken into account and it should be ensured that administrative and financial procedures in relation to the amount of support are simplified as far as possible and adapted to the aims pursued and the sector’s practices and requirements.
(13) Throughout the EU one major obstacle to competition is an almost complete lack of companies specialising in providing loan financing in the audiovisual sector.
(14) The Commission and Member States should review their support for the audiovisual sector, in particular the results of the preparatory action ‘Growth and Audiovisual: i2i Audiovisual’, to establish to what extent future support can simplify the development of specialist offers for SMEs in terms of loan financing.
(15) Loan finance systems that have been developed in the Member States to promote national audiovisual projects and to mobilise private capital should be examined to see whether such capital could be made available for non-national European projects.
(16) Increased transparency and dissemination of information concerning the European audiovisual market can make operators in the sector, and especially SMEs, more competitive. This could encourage private investors’ confidence by improving understanding of the industry’s potential. This also makes it easier for Community action to be evaluated and followed up. Participation by the European Union in the European Audiovisual Observatory should help it to achieve these aims.
(17) In a Community of 25 Member States, cooperation is increasingly becoming a strategic response to strengthen the competitiveness of the European film industry. There is therefore a need for greater support for projects for EU-wide networks at all MEDIA programme levels — training, development, distribution and promotion. This applies in particular to cooperation with players from the Member States which joined the European Union after 30 April 2004. It should be emphasised that any strategy for cooperation between players in the audiovisual sector should comply with the Community’s competition law.
(18) Public support for cinema at European, national, regional or local level is essential to overcome the sector’s structural difficulties and allow the European audiovisual industry to meet the challenge of globalisation.
(19) European Union accession countries and those EFTA countries which are parties to the EEA Agreement are recognised as potential participants in Community programmes in accordance with the agreements concluded with these countries.
(20) Cooperation between MEDIA and Eurimages needs to be strengthened, but without this leading to integration in financial and administrative matters.
(21) The European Council in Thessaloniki of 19 and 20 June 2003 adopted ‘The agenda for the Western Balkans: Moving towards European integration’, providing that Community programmes should be open to countries in the process of stabilisation and association on the basis of framework agreements to be signed between the Community and these countries.
(22) The other European countries which are parties to the Council of Europe Convention on Transfrontier Television are an integral part of the European audiovisual area and should therefore be enabled, if they wish and taking into account budgetary considerations or priorities of their audiovisual industries, to participate in this programme or benefit under a more limited cooperation formula on the basis of supplementary appropriations and specific arrangements in accordance with conditions to be laid down in the agreements between the parties concerned.
(23) Cooperation with non-European third countries developed on the basis of mutual and balanced interests may create added value for the European audiovisual industry in terms of promotion, market access, distribution, dissemination and exhibition of European works in those countries. Such cooperation should be developed on the basis of supplementary appropriations and specific arrangements to be agreed upon with the parties concerned.
(24) Suitable measures should be implemented to prevent irregularities and fraud and to recover funds which have been lost or transferred or used improperly.
(25) This Decision lays down, for the entire duration of the programme, a financial envelope constituting the prime reference, within the meaning of point 37 of the Interinstitutional Agreement of 17 May 2006 between the European Parliament, the Council and the Commission on budgetary discipline and sound financial management(5), for the budgetary authority during the annual budgetary procedure.
(26) The measures necessary for the implementation of this Decision should be adopted in accordance with Council Decision 1999/468/EC of 28 June 1999 laying down the procedures for the exercise of implementing powers conferred on the Commission(6).
(27) The arrangements for monitoring and evaluating actions should include detailed annual reports as well as specific, measurable, achievable, relevant and time-bound objectives and indicators.
(28) Provision needs to be made for measures governing the transition from the MEDIA Plus and MEDIA — Training programmes to the programme established by this Decision.
(29) Since the objectives of this Decision cannot be sufficiently achieved by the Member States and can therefore, by reason of the scale and effects of the action, be better achieved at Community level, the Community may adopt measures, in accordance with the principle of subsidiarity as set out in Article 5 of the Treaty. In accordance with the principle of proportionality, as set out in that Article, this Decision does not go beyond what is necessary in order to achieve those objectives,
HAVE DECIDED AS FOLLOWS:

Global objectives and priorities of the programme
Article 1
1. This Decision establishes a programme for support to the European audiovisual sector, hereinafter referred to as the ‘programme’, for a period from 1 January 2007 to 31 December 2013.
2. The audiovisual sector is an essential vector for conveying and developing European cultural values and for creating highly skilled future-oriented jobs. Its creativity is a positive factor for competitiveness and cultural appeal with the public. The programme is intended to strengthen the audiovisual sector economically to enable it to play its cultural roles more effectively by developing an industry with powerful and diversified content and a valuable and accessible heritage and to add value to national support.
The global objectives of the programme are to:
(a)
preserve and enhance European cultural and linguistic diversity and its cinematographic and audiovisual heritage, guarantee its accessibility to the public and promote intercultural dialogue;
(b)
increase the circulation and viewership of European audiovisual works inside and outside the European Union, including through greater cooperation between players;
(c)
strengthen the competitiveness of the European audiovisual sector in the framework of an open and competitive European market favourable to employment, including by promoting links between audiovisual professionals.
3. In order to achieve these objectives, the programme shall support:
(a)
upstream of audiovisual production: the acquisition and improvement of skills in the audiovisual field and the development of European audiovisual works;
(b)
downstream of audiovisual production: the distribution and promotion of European audiovisual works;
(c)
pilot projects to ensure that the programme adjusts to market developments.
4. The priorities in the areas for intervention set out in paragraph 3 shall be as follows:
(a)
fostering creativity in the audiovisual sector and knowledge and dissemination of Europe’s cinematographic and audiovisual heritage;
(b)
strengthening the structure of the European audiovisual sector, particularly SMEs;
(c)
reducing the imbalances in the European audiovisual market between high audiovisual production capacity countries and countries or regions with low audiovisual production capacity and/or a restricted geographic and linguistic area;
(d)
following and supporting market developments with regard to digitisation, including the promotion of attractive digital catalogues of European films on digital platforms.

The financial envelope
Article 2
1. The financial envelope for implementing this programme for the period set out in Article 1(1) is fixed at EUR 754 950 000. The indicative breakdown of this amount according to areas is reflected in point 1.4 of Chapter II of the Annex.
2. The annual appropriations shall be authorised by the budgetary authority within the limits of the financial framework.

Acquisition and improvement of skills in the audiovisual field
Article 3
1.
(a)
scriptwriting techniques with the aim of increasing the quality of European audiovisual works and their potential circulation;
(b)
economic, financial and commercial management of production, distribution and promotion of audiovisual works to enable European strategies to be devised right from the development phase;
(c)
inclusion upstream of digital technologies for production, post-production, distribution, marketing and archiving of European audiovisual programmes.
Steps shall also be taken to ensure the participation of professionals and trainers from countries other than those in which training activities supported under point 2(a), (b) and (c) take place;
2.
(a)
—
European film schools,
—
training institutes,
—
partners in the professional sector;
(b)
training for trainers;
(c)
support for film schools;
(d)
adoption of coordination activities and of promotion of the bodies supported in relation to the activities set out in point 1;
3.
enable, through special scholarships, professionals from the Member States which acceded to the European Union after 30 April 2004 to take part in the training activities set out in point 1.
The measures set out in points 1, 2 and 3 shall be implemented in accordance with the provisions in the Annex.

Development
Article 4
1. In the development sector, the objectives of the programme shall be to:
(a)
support the development of production projects intended for the European and international market, submitted by independent production companies;
(b)
support the elaboration of financial plans for companies and projects for European productions, in particular the financing of co-productions.
2. The Commission shall take steps to ensure that the activities supported in the field of improving professional skills and those set out in paragraph 1 complement each other.
3. The measures set out in paragraphs 1 and 2 shall be implemented in accordance with the provisions in the Annex.

Distribution and dissemination
Article 5
(a)
strengthen European distribution by encouraging distributors to invest in the co-production, acquisition and promotion of non-national European films and to set up coordinated marketing strategies;
(b)
improve the circulation of non-national European films on the European and international markets by incentive measures for export, distribution on any medium and cinema exhibition;
(c)
promote the transnational dissemination of European audiovisual works produced by independent production companies by encouraging cooperation between broadcasters on the one hand and independent producers and distributors on the other;
(d)
encourage the digitisation of European audiovisual works and the development of a competitive digital market place;
(e)
encourage cinemas to exploit the possibilities offered by digital distribution.
The measures set out in points (a) to (e) shall be implemented in accordance with the provisions in the Annex.

Promotion
Article 6
(a)
improve the circulation of European audiovisual works by ensuring that the European audiovisual sector has access to European and international professional markets;
(b)
improve the European and international public’s access to European audiovisual works;
(c)
encourage common actions between national film and audiovisual programme promotion organisations;
(d)
encourage the promotion of Europe’s cinematographic and audiovisual heritage and the improvement of the public’s access to it at both European and international level.
The measures set out in points (a) to (d) shall be implemented in accordance with the provisions in the Annex.

Pilot projects
Article 7
1. The programme may support pilot projects to ensure that it adapts to market developments, with a particular emphasis on the introduction and utilisation of information and communication technologies.
2. For the purposes of implementing paragraph 1, the Commission shall be advised by technical advisory groups made up of experts designated by the Member States in response to a proposal by the Commission.

Provisions concerning third countries
Article 8
1. The programme shall be open to the participation of the following countries as long as the required conditions are met and supplementary appropriations are received:
(a)
EFTA States which are members of the EEA, in accordance with the provisions of the EEA agreement;
(b)
accession countries benefiting from a strategy for pre-accession to the European Union in accordance with the general principles and general conditions and arrangements for these countries participating in Community programmes laid down in the framework agreement and the Association Councils’ decisions respectively;
(c)
the Western Balkan countries in accordance with arrangements made with these countries following framework agreements to be established governing their participation in Community programmes.
2. The programme shall also be open to the participation of States which are parties to the Council of Europe Convention on Transfrontier Television other than those referred to in paragraph 1, assuming that supplementary appropriations are received in compliance with the conditions to be agreed upon between the parties concerned.
3. Opening up of the programme to European third countries referred to in paragraphs 1 and 2 may be subject to prior examination of the compatibility of their national legislation with Community legislation, including Article 6(5) of Council Directive 89/552/EEC of 3 October 1989 on the coordination of certain provisions laid down by Law, Regulation or Administrative Action in Member States concerning the pursuit of television broadcasting activities(7). This provision does not apply to actions pursuant to Article 3 of this Decision.
4. The programme shall also be open to cooperation with other third countries which have concluded association or cooperation agreements with the European Union incorporating clauses on the audiovisual sector and on the basis of supplementary appropriations and specific arrangements to be agreed upon. Western Balkan countries referred to in paragraph 1 that do not wish to participate fully in the programme may benefit from cooperation with the programme under the conditions provided for in this paragraph.

Financial provisions
Article 9
1. Legal and natural persons may be the beneficiaries of the programme.
Without prejudice to the agreements and conventions to which the Community is a contracting party, enterprises which benefit from the programme shall be owned and shall continue to be owned, whether directly or by majority participation, by Member States and/or Member State nationals.
2. The Commission may decide, depending on the beneficiaries and the type of action, whether they may be exempted from verification of the professional skills and qualifications required to successfully complete an action or programme of work. The Commission may also take into account the type of activity supported, the specific profile of the target public from the audiovisual sector and the objectives of the programme.
3. Depending on the type of action, financial aid may take the form of grants or scholarships or any other instrument authorised by Council Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 1605/2002 of 25 June 2002, on the Financial Regulation applicable to the general budget of the European Communities(8). The Commission may also award prizes for the programme’s activities or projects. Depending on the nature of the activity, the use of scales of unit costs or flat-rate financing for contributions of no more than the amount mentioned in Article 181 of Commission Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 2342/2002 laying down detailed rules for the implementation of Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 1605/2002(9)may be authorised.
4. The Commission shall adhere to the proportionality principle in respect of administrative and financial requirements, such as eligibility criteria and financial capacity, with regard to the size of the grant awarded.
5. Financial aid awarded under the terms of the programme may not exceed 50 % of the final costs of the operation supported. However, in the cases expressly provided for in the Annex, financial aid may be as high as 75 %. Furthermore, such aid shall be granted whilst ensuring that award procedures are transparent and objective.
6. In keeping with the specific nature of the activities cofunded and in accordance with Article 112(1) of Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 1605/2002, the Commission may deem costs directly linked with implementing the activity supported to be eligible, even if they were partially incurred by the beneficiary before the selection procedure.
7. In accordance with Article 113(1) of Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 1605/2002 and in conjunction with Article 172 of Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 2342/2002, cofunding may be provided either entirely or partly in kind as long as the value of the contribution does not exceed the cost actually borne and duly supported by accounting documents, or the cost generally accepted in the market in question. Premises made available for training or promotional purposes may be included in such contributions.
8. Any sums reimbursed under the programme, those from the MEDIA programmes (1991 to 2006) and sums not used by selected projects shall be allocated to the requirements of the MEDIA 2007 programme.

Implementation of this Decision
Article 10
1. The Commission shall be responsible for implementing the programme in accordance with the provisions laid down in the Annex.
2. The measures necessary for the implementation of this Decision relating to the matters referred to below shall be adopted in accordance with the procedure referred to in Article 11(2):
(a)
the general guidelines for all the measures described in the Annex;
(b)
the content of the calls for proposals, the definition of the criteria and the procedures for the selection of projects;
(c)
questions concerning the annual internal breakdown of the programme resources, including the breakdown between measures in the fields of improving professional skills, development, distribution/dissemination and promotion;
(d)
the arrangements for monitoring and evaluating actions;
(e)
any proposal for the allocation of Community funds in excess of EUR 200 000 per beneficiary and year in the case of training and promotion, EUR 200 000 in the case of development and EUR 300 000 in the case of distribution;
(f)
the choice of pilot projects provided for in Article 7.
3. The measures necessary for the implementation of this Decision relating to any other matters shall be adopted in accordance with the procedure referred to in Article 11(3).

Committee procedure
Article 11
1. The Commission shall be assisted by a committee.
2. Where reference is made to this paragraph, Articles 4 and 7 of Decision 1999/468/EC shall apply.
3. The period laid down in Article 4(3) of Decision 1999/468/EC shall be set at two months.
4. Where reference is made to this paragraph, Articles 3 and 7 of Decision 1999/468/EC shall apply, having regard to the provisions of Article 8 thereof.
5. The committee shall adopt its rules of procedure.

MEDIA Desks
Article 12
1. The European network of MEDIA Desks shall act as an implementing body for disseminating information on the programme at national level, in particular for cross-border projects, improving its visibility and stimulating its use, whilst complying with Article 54(2)(c) and (3) of Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 1605/2002 as defined in point 2.2 in Chapter II of the Annex.
2. Cooperation between MEDIA Desks through networks, especially proximity networks, shall be encouraged in order to facilitate exchanges and contacts between professionals, public awareness of key events supported by the programme, as well as prizes and awards.
3. The MEDIA Desks shall respect the following criteria:
(a)
have an adequate number of staff, with professional and linguistic capacities appropriate for work in an environment of international cooperation;
(b)
have an appropriate infrastructure, in particular as regards informatics and communications;
(c)
operate in an administrative context which enables them to carry out their tasks satisfactorily and to avoid conflicts of interest.

Consistency and complementarity
Article 13
1. In the implementation of the programme, the Commission shall, in close cooperation with the Member States, ensure general consistency and complementarity with other relevant Community policies, programmes and actions that impinge upon the training and audiovisual fields.
2. The Commission shall also ensure coordination between the programme and other Community programmes in the areas of education, training, research and the information society.
3. The Commission shall ensure effective liaison between this programme and programmes and actions in the training and audiovisual fields being carried out in the framework of Community cooperation with non-member countries and the relevant international organisations, in particular the Council of Europe (Eurimages and the European Audiovisual Observatory, hereinafter referred to as the Observatory).

Monitoring and evaluation
Article 14
1. The Commission shall ensure that the actions covered by this Decision are subject to prior evaluation, monitoring andex-postevaluation. The results of the process of monitoring and evaluation shall be taken into account in the implementation of the programme.
The Commission shall ensure that the programme is evaluated regularly, externally and independently. In order to evaluate the programme effectively the Commission may compile data in order to survey all activities supported by the programme. This evaluation should take into account the Committee’s arrangements for monitoring and evaluation referred to in Article 10(2)(d).
This monitoring process shall comprise drawing up the reports mentioned in paragraph 2(a) and (c) and specific activities.
2. The Commission shall present to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions:
(a)
an interim evaluation report on the results and the qualitative and quantitative aspects of implementing the programme no later than three years after the start of the programme;
(b)
a communication on the continuation of the programme no later than four years after the start of the programme;
(c)
a detailedexpostevaluation report by 31 December 2015 covering the implementation and results of the programme, on completion of its implementation.
The Commission shall publish and disseminate via the MEDIA Desks any relevant statistics and analyses.
3. Reports produced pursuant to paragraph 2(a) and (c) shall identify the added value of the programme.

Transitional provisions
Article 15
Activities undertaken before 31 December 2006 on the basis of Council Decision 2000/821/EC(10)and Decision No 163/2001/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council(11)shall continue to be managed until they are terminated in compliance with the provisions of those Decisions.
The committee provided for by Article 8 of Decision 2000/821/EC and Article 6 of Decision No 163/2001/EC shall be replaced by the committee provided for under Article 11 of this Decision.

Information on the European audiovisual sector
Article 16
The European Union shall contribute to increased transparency and dissemination of information on the European audiovisual sector.

Participation in the European Audiovisual Observatory
Article 17
For the purposes of implementing Article 16, the European Union shall be a member of the Observatory throughout the programme.
The Commission shall represent the European Union in its dealings with the Observatory.

Contribution to meeting the programme’s objectives
Article 18
Participation by the European Union in the Observatory shall form an integral part of this programme and shall contribute to meeting its objectives:
(a)
by encouraging transparency in the market through an improved comparability of data collected in the different countries and ensuring that operators have access to financial and legal statistics and information, especially on the Member States which have acceded to the European Union after 30 April 2004, thereby enhancing the European audiovisual sector’s ability to compete and develop;
(b)
by enabling the programme to be monitored more effectively and making it easier to evaluate.

Monitoring and evaluation
Article 19
Monitoring and evaluation of the European Union’s participation in the Observatory shall be carried out within the framework of the monitoring and evaluation of the programme in accordance with Article 14.

Entry into force
Article 20
This Decision shall enter into force on the day following its publication in theOfficial Journal of the European Union.
It shall apply from 1 January 2007.

THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND THE COUNCIL OF THE EUROPEAN UNION,
Having regard to the Treaty establishing the European Community, and in particular Articles 150(4) and 157(3) thereof,
Having regard to the proposal from the Commission,
Having regard to the opinion of the European Economic and Social Committee(1),
Having regard to the opinion of the Committee of the Regions(2),
Acting in accordance with the procedure referred to in Article 251 of the Treaty(3),
(1) The European audiovisual sector has a key role to play in the emergence of European citizenship because it is one of the principal vectors for conveying the Union’s common and shared fundamental social and cultural values to Europeans and especially young people. Community support is designed to enable the European audiovisual sector to promote intercultural dialogue, increase mutual awareness amongst Europe’s cultures and develop its political, cultural, social and economic potential, which constitutes genuine added value in the task of making European citizenship a reality. Such support is intended to enhance competitiveness and, in particular, to increase the market share in Europe of non-national European works.
(2) It is also necessary to promote active citizenship and to do more to ensure respect for the principle of human dignity, promote equality between men and women and combat all forms of discrimination and exclusion, including racism and xenophobia.
(3) All actions adopted pursuant to this programme should be compatible with the Charter of Fundamental Rights of the European Union and, in particular, Article 11 thereof on freedom of expression and media pluralism.
(4) Article 22 of the said Charter states that the Union is to respect cultural and linguistic diversity. It is, therefore, necessary to pay attention to the specific needs of the smaller Member States and those with more than one linguistic area.
(5) Community support for the audiovisual sector takes into account Article 151 of the Treaty.
(6) Community support for the audiovisual sector is also in keeping with the new strategic aim defined for the Union by the Lisbon European Council of 23 and 24 March 2000, namely to boost training, employment, economic reform and social cohesion in a knowledge-based economy. In its conclusions, the European Council stated that ‘content industries create added value by exploiting and networking European cultural diversity’. This approach was confirmed in the conclusions of the Brussels European Council of 20 and 21 March 2003.
(7) Community support for the audiovisual sector is based on the considerable experience acquired in the MEDIA I, MEDIA II, MEDIA Plus and MEDIA — Training programmes(4), which have helped the European audiovisual industry to develop since 1991, as has emerged clearly in the evaluation of these programmes.
(8) The results obtained showed that Community action should concentrate mainly:—upstream of audiovisual production, on the development of European audiovisual works and on the acquisition and improvement of audiovisual skills, the latter needing to be seen as an integral part of the audiovisual pre-production process,—downstream of audiovisual production, on distribution, cinema exhibition and promotion of European audiovisual works,—on digitisation making a decisive contribution to strengthening the audiovisual sector and on its being a central feature of MEDIA 2007. Support for digital services and European catalogues is one of the programme’s priorities in order to overcome the fragmentation of the European audiovisual market.
(9) The MEDIA programme should encourage authors (scriptwriters and directors) in the creative process and encourage them to develop and adopt new creative techniques which will strengthen the innovative capacity of the European audiovisual sector.
(10) There is more than one platform of digitisation in the projections of films, depending on different uses, users and needs. Pilot projects of the MEDIA programme are a test ground for future developments in the audiovisual sector.
(11) The preparatory action ‘Growth and Audiovisual: i2i Audiovisual’, which supplements the MEDIA Plus and MEDIA — Training programmes, marked a further stage in implementing the policy of Community support for the audiovisual sector. It was intended specifically to provide a remedy for the problems of access to funding of small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs) in this sector. The evaluation of ‘Growth and Audiovisual: i2i Audiovisual’ confirmed that it met the sector’s needs and confirmed the need to pursue Community action along these lines but that it should be more closely geared towards the specific needs of the sector.
(12) The European audiovisual sector is characterised by its considerable potential for growth, innovation and dynamism, by the fragmentation of the market as a function of cultural and linguistic diversity and, consequently, by a large number of SMEs and very small enterprises with chronic undercapitalisation. For the purposes of implementing Community support, the specific nature of the audiovisual sector should be taken into account and it should be ensured that administrative and financial procedures in relation to the amount of support are simplified as far as possible and adapted to the aims pursued and the sector’s practices and requirements.
(13) Throughout the EU one major obstacle to competition is an almost complete lack of companies specialising in providing loan financing in the audiovisual sector.
(14) The Commission and Member States should review their support for the audiovisual sector, in particular the results of the preparatory action ‘Growth and Audiovisual: i2i Audiovisual’, to establish to what extent future support can simplify the development of specialist offers for SMEs in terms of loan financing.
(15) Loan finance systems that have been developed in the Member States to promote national audiovisual projects and to mobilise private capital should be examined to see whether such capital could be made available for non-national European projects.
(16) Increased transparency and dissemination of information concerning the European audiovisual market can make operators in the sector, and especially SMEs, more competitive. This could encourage private investors’ confidence by improving understanding of the industry’s potential. This also makes it easier for Community action to be evaluated and followed up. Participation by the European Union in the European Audiovisual Observatory should help it to achieve these aims.
(17) In a Community of 25 Member States, cooperation is increasingly becoming a strategic response to strengthen the competitiveness of the European film industry. There is therefore a need for greater support for projects for EU-wide networks at all MEDIA programme levels — training, development, distribution and promotion. This applies in particular to cooperation with players from the Member States which joined the European Union after 30 April 2004. It should be emphasised that any strategy for cooperation between players in the audiovisual sector should comply with the Community’s competition law.
(18) Public support for cinema at European, national, regional or local level is essential to overcome the sector’s structural difficulties and allow the European audiovisual industry to meet the challenge of globalisation.
(19) European Union accession countries and those EFTA countries which are parties to the EEA Agreement are recognised as potential participants in Community programmes in accordance with the agreements concluded with these countries.
(20) Cooperation between MEDIA and Eurimages needs to be strengthened, but without this leading to integration in financial and administrative matters.
(21) The European Council in Thessaloniki of 19 and 20 June 2003 adopted ‘The agenda for the Western Balkans: Moving towards European integration’, providing that Community programmes should be open to countries in the process of stabilisation and association on the basis of framework agreements to be signed between the Community and these countries.
(22) The other European countries which are parties to the Council of Europe Convention on Transfrontier Television are an integral part of the European audiovisual area and should therefore be enabled, if they wish and taking into account budgetary considerations or priorities of their audiovisual industries, to participate in this programme or benefit under a more limited cooperation formula on the basis of supplementary appropriations and specific arrangements in accordance with conditions to be laid down in the agreements between the parties concerned.
(23) Cooperation with non-European third countries developed on the basis of mutual and balanced interests may create added value for the European audiovisual industry in terms of promotion, market access, distribution, dissemination and exhibition of European works in those countries. Such cooperation should be developed on the basis of supplementary appropriations and specific arrangements to be agreed upon with the parties concerned.
(24) Suitable measures should be implemented to prevent irregularities and fraud and to recover funds which have been lost or transferred or used improperly.
(25) This Decision lays down, for the entire duration of the programme, a financial envelope constituting the prime reference, within the meaning of point 37 of the Interinstitutional Agreement of 17 May 2006 between the European Parliament, the Council and the Commission on budgetary discipline and sound financial management(5), for the budgetary authority during the annual budgetary procedure.
(26) The measures necessary for the implementation of this Decision should be adopted in accordance with Council Decision 1999/468/EC of 28 June 1999 laying down the procedures for the exercise of implementing powers conferred on the Commission(6).
(27) The arrangements for monitoring and evaluating actions should include detailed annual reports as well as specific, measurable, achievable, relevant and time-bound objectives and indicators.
(28) Provision needs to be made for measures governing the transition from the MEDIA Plus and MEDIA — Training programmes to the programme established by this Decision.
(29) Since the objectives of this Decision cannot be sufficiently achieved by the Member States and can therefore, by reason of the scale and effects of the action, be better achieved at Community level, the Community may adopt measures, in accordance with the principle of subsidiarity as set out in Article 5 of the Treaty. In accordance with the principle of proportionality, as set out in that Article, this Decision does not go beyond what is necessary in order to achieve those objectives,
HAVE DECIDED AS FOLLOWS:

Global objectives and priorities of the programme

1. This Decision establishes a programme for support to the European audiovisual sector, hereinafter referred to as the ‘programme’, for a period from 1 January 2007 to 31 December 2013.
2. The audiovisual sector is an essential vector for conveying and developing European cultural values and for creating highly skilled future-oriented jobs. Its creativity is a positive factor for competitiveness and cultural appeal with the public. The programme is intended to strengthen the audiovisual sector economically to enable it to play its cultural roles more effectively by developing an industry with powerful and diversified content and a valuable and accessible heritage and to add value to national support.
The global objectives of the programme are to:
(a)
preserve and enhance European cultural and linguistic diversity and its cinematographic and audiovisual heritage, guarantee its accessibility to the public and promote intercultural dialogue;
(b)
increase the circulation and viewership of European audiovisual works inside and outside the European Union, including through greater cooperation between players;
(c)
strengthen the competitiveness of the European audiovisual sector in the framework of an open and competitive European market favourable to employment, including by promoting links between audiovisual professionals.
3. In order to achieve these objectives, the programme shall support:
(a)
upstream of audiovisual production: the acquisition and improvement of skills in the audiovisual field and the development of European audiovisual works;
(b)
downstream of audiovisual production: the distribution and promotion of European audiovisual works;
(c)
pilot projects to ensure that the programme adjusts to market developments.
4. The priorities in the areas for intervention set out in paragraph 3 shall be as follows:
(a)
fostering creativity in the audiovisual sector and knowledge and dissemination of Europe’s cinematographic and audiovisual heritage;
(b)
strengthening the structure of the European audiovisual sector, particularly SMEs;
(c)
reducing the imbalances in the European audiovisual market between high audiovisual production capacity countries and countries or regions with low audiovisual production capacity and/or a restricted geographic and linguistic area;
(d)
following and supporting market developments with regard to digitisation, including the promotion of attractive digital catalogues of European films on digital platforms.

The financial envelope

1. The financial envelope for implementing this programme for the period set out in Article 1(1) is fixed at EUR 754 950 000. The indicative breakdown of this amount according to areas is reflected in point 1.4 of Chapter II of the Annex.
2. The annual appropriations shall be authorised by the budgetary authority within the limits of the financial framework.

Acquisition and improvement of skills in the audiovisual field

1.
(a)
scriptwriting techniques with the aim of increasing the quality of European audiovisual works and their potential circulation;
(b)
economic, financial and commercial management of production, distribution and promotion of audiovisual works to enable European strategies to be devised right from the development phase;
(c)
inclusion upstream of digital technologies for production, post-production, distribution, marketing and archiving of European audiovisual programmes.
Steps shall also be taken to ensure the participation of professionals and trainers from countries other than those in which training activities supported under point 2(a), (b) and (c) take place;
2.
(a)
—
European film schools,
—
training institutes,
—
partners in the professional sector;
(b)
training for trainers;
(c)
support for film schools;
(d)
adoption of coordination activities and of promotion of the bodies supported in relation to the activities set out in point 1;
3.
enable, through special scholarships, professionals from the Member States which acceded to the European Union after 30 April 2004 to take part in the training activities set out in point 1.
The measures set out in points 1, 2 and 3 shall be implemented in accordance with the provisions in the Annex.

Development

1. In the development sector, the objectives of the programme shall be to:
(a)
support the development of production projects intended for the European and international market, submitted by independent production companies;
(b)
support the elaboration of financial plans for companies and projects for European productions, in particular the financing of co-productions.
2. The Commission shall take steps to ensure that the activities supported in the field of improving professional skills and those set out in paragraph 1 complement each other.
3. The measures set out in paragraphs 1 and 2 shall be implemented in accordance with the provisions in the Annex.

Distribution and dissemination

(a)
strengthen European distribution by encouraging distributors to invest in the co-production, acquisition and promotion of non-national European films and to set up coordinated marketing strategies;
(b)
improve the circulation of non-national European films on the European and international markets by incentive measures for export, distribution on any medium and cinema exhibition;
(c)
promote the transnational dissemination of European audiovisual works produced by independent production companies by encouraging cooperation between broadcasters on the one hand and independent producers and distributors on the other;
(d)
encourage the digitisation of European audiovisual works and the development of a competitive digital market place;
(e)
encourage cinemas to exploit the possibilities offered by digital distribution.
The measures set out in points (a) to (e) shall be implemented in accordance with the provisions in the Annex.

Promotion

(a)
improve the circulation of European audiovisual works by ensuring that the European audiovisual sector has access to European and international professional markets;
(b)
improve the European and international public’s access to European audiovisual works;
(c)
encourage common actions between national film and audiovisual programme promotion organisations;
(d)
encourage the promotion of Europe’s cinematographic and audiovisual heritage and the improvement of the public’s access to it at both European and international level.
The measures set out in points (a) to (d) shall be implemented in accordance with the provisions in the Annex.

Pilot projects

1. The programme may support pilot projects to ensure that it adapts to market developments, with a particular emphasis on the introduction and utilisation of information and communication technologies.
2. For the purposes of implementing paragraph 1, the Commission shall be advised by technical advisory groups made up of experts designated by the Member States in response to a proposal by the Commission.

Provisions concerning third countries

1. The programme shall be open to the participation of the following countries as long as the required conditions are met and supplementary appropriations are received:
(a)
EFTA States which are members of the EEA, in accordance with the provisions of the EEA agreement;
(b)
accession countries benefiting from a strategy for pre-accession to the European Union in accordance with the general principles and general conditions and arrangements for these countries participating in Community programmes laid down in the framework agreement and the Association Councils’ decisions respectively;
(c)
the Western Balkan countries in accordance with arrangements made with these countries following framework agreements to be established governing their participation in Community programmes.
2. The programme shall also be open to the participation of States which are parties to the Council of Europe Convention on Transfrontier Television other than those referred to in paragraph 1, assuming that supplementary appropriations are received in compliance with the conditions to be agreed upon between the parties concerned.
3. Opening up of the programme to European third countries referred to in paragraphs 1 and 2 may be subject to prior examination of the compatibility of their national legislation with Community legislation, including Article 6(5) of Council Directive 89/552/EEC of 3 October 1989 on the coordination of certain provisions laid down by Law, Regulation or Administrative Action in Member States concerning the pursuit of television broadcasting activities(7). This provision does not apply to actions pursuant to Article 3 of this Decision.
4. The programme shall also be open to cooperation with other third countries which have concluded association or cooperation agreements with the European Union incorporating clauses on the audiovisual sector and on the basis of supplementary appropriations and specific arrangements to be agreed upon. Western Balkan countries referred to in paragraph 1 that do not wish to participate fully in the programme may benefit from cooperation with the programme under the conditions provided for in this paragraph.

Financial provisions

1. Legal and natural persons may be the beneficiaries of the programme.
Without prejudice to the agreements and conventions to which the Community is a contracting party, enterprises which benefit from the programme shall be owned and shall continue to be owned, whether directly or by majority participation, by Member States and/or Member State nationals.
2. The Commission may decide, depending on the beneficiaries and the type of action, whether they may be exempted from verification of the professional skills and qualifications required to successfully complete an action or programme of work. The Commission may also take into account the type of activity supported, the specific profile of the target public from the audiovisual sector and the objectives of the programme.
3. Depending on the type of action, financial aid may take the form of grants or scholarships or any other instrument authorised by Council Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 1605/2002 of 25 June 2002, on the Financial Regulation applicable to the general budget of the European Communities(8). The Commission may also award prizes for the programme’s activities or projects. Depending on the nature of the activity, the use of scales of unit costs or flat-rate financing for contributions of no more than the amount mentioned in Article 181 of Commission Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 2342/2002 laying down detailed rules for the implementation of Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 1605/2002(9)may be authorised.
4. The Commission shall adhere to the proportionality principle in respect of administrative and financial requirements, such as eligibility criteria and financial capacity, with regard to the size of the grant awarded.
5. Financial aid awarded under the terms of the programme may not exceed 50 % of the final costs of the operation supported. However, in the cases expressly provided for in the Annex, financial aid may be as high as 75 %. Furthermore, such aid shall be granted whilst ensuring that award procedures are transparent and objective.
6. In keeping with the specific nature of the activities cofunded and in accordance with Article 112(1) of Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 1605/2002, the Commission may deem costs directly linked with implementing the activity supported to be eligible, even if they were partially incurred by the beneficiary before the selection procedure.
7. In accordance with Article 113(1) of Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 1605/2002 and in conjunction with Article 172 of Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 2342/2002, cofunding may be provided either entirely or partly in kind as long as the value of the contribution does not exceed the cost actually borne and duly supported by accounting documents, or the cost generally accepted in the market in question. Premises made available for training or promotional purposes may be included in such contributions.
8. Any sums reimbursed under the programme, those from the MEDIA programmes (1991 to 2006) and sums not used by selected projects shall be allocated to the requirements of the MEDIA 2007 programme.

Implementation of this Decision

1. The Commission shall be responsible for implementing the programme in accordance with the provisions laid down in the Annex.
2. The measures necessary for the implementation of this Decision relating to the matters referred to below shall be adopted in accordance with the procedure referred to in Article 11(2):
(a)
the general guidelines for all the measures described in the Annex;
(b)
the content of the calls for proposals, the definition of the criteria and the procedures for the selection of projects;
(c)
questions concerning the annual internal breakdown of the programme resources, including the breakdown between measures in the fields of improving professional skills, development, distribution/dissemination and promotion;
(d)
the arrangements for monitoring and evaluating actions;
(e)
any proposal for the allocation of Community funds in excess of EUR 200 000 per beneficiary and year in the case of training and promotion, EUR 200 000 in the case of development and EUR 300 000 in the case of distribution;
(f)
the choice of pilot projects provided for in Article 7.
3. The measures necessary for the implementation of this Decision relating to any other matters shall be adopted in accordance with the procedure referred to in Article 11(3).

Committee procedure

1. The Commission shall be assisted by a committee.
2. Where reference is made to this paragraph, Articles 4 and 7 of Decision 1999/468/EC shall apply.
3. The period laid down in Article 4(3) of Decision 1999/468/EC shall be set at two months.
4. Where reference is made to this paragraph, Articles 3 and 7 of Decision 1999/468/EC shall apply, having regard to the provisions of Article 8 thereof.
5. The committee shall adopt its rules of procedure.

MEDIA Desks

1. The European network of MEDIA Desks shall act as an implementing body for disseminating information on the programme at national level, in particular for cross-border projects, improving its visibility and stimulating its use, whilst complying with Article 54(2)(c) and (3) of Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 1605/2002 as defined in point 2.2 in Chapter II of the Annex.
2. Cooperation between MEDIA Desks through networks, especially proximity networks, shall be encouraged in order to facilitate exchanges and contacts between professionals, public awareness of key events supported by the programme, as well as prizes and awards.
3. The MEDIA Desks shall respect the following criteria:
(a)
have an adequate number of staff, with professional and linguistic capacities appropriate for work in an environment of international cooperation;
(b)
have an appropriate infrastructure, in particular as regards informatics and communications;
(c)
operate in an administrative context which enables them to carry out their tasks satisfactorily and to avoid conflicts of interest.

Consistency and complementarity

1. In the implementation of the programme, the Commission shall, in close cooperation with the Member States, ensure general consistency and complementarity with other relevant Community policies, programmes and actions that impinge upon the training and audiovisual fields.
2. The Commission shall also ensure coordination between the programme and other Community programmes in the areas of education, training, research and the information society.
3. The Commission shall ensure effective liaison between this programme and programmes and actions in the training and audiovisual fields being carried out in the framework of Community cooperation with non-member countries and the relevant international organisations, in particular the Council of Europe (Eurimages and the European Audiovisual Observatory, hereinafter referred to as the Observatory).

Monitoring and evaluation

1. The Commission shall ensure that the actions covered by this Decision are subject to prior evaluation, monitoring andex-postevaluation. The results of the process of monitoring and evaluation shall be taken into account in the implementation of the programme.
The Commission shall ensure that the programme is evaluated regularly, externally and independently. In order to evaluate the programme effectively the Commission may compile data in order to survey all activities supported by the programme. This evaluation should take into account the Committee’s arrangements for monitoring and evaluation referred to in Article 10(2)(d).
This monitoring process shall comprise drawing up the reports mentioned in paragraph 2(a) and (c) and specific activities.
2. The Commission shall present to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions:
(a)
an interim evaluation report on the results and the qualitative and quantitative aspects of implementing the programme no later than three years after the start of the programme;
(b)
a communication on the continuation of the programme no later than four years after the start of the programme;
(c)
a detailedexpostevaluation report by 31 December 2015 covering the implementation and results of the programme, on completion of its implementation.
The Commission shall publish and disseminate via the MEDIA Desks any relevant statistics and analyses.
3. Reports produced pursuant to paragraph 2(a) and (c) shall identify the added value of the programme.

Transitional provisions

Activities undertaken before 31 December 2006 on the basis of Council Decision 2000/821/EC(10)and Decision No 163/2001/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council(11)shall continue to be managed until they are terminated in compliance with the provisions of those Decisions.
The committee provided for by Article 8 of Decision 2000/821/EC and Article 6 of Decision No 163/2001/EC shall be replaced by the committee provided for under Article 11 of this Decision.

Information on the European audiovisual sector

The European Union shall contribute to increased transparency and dissemination of information on the European audiovisual sector.

Participation in the European Audiovisual Observatory

For the purposes of implementing Article 16, the European Union shall be a member of the Observatory throughout the programme.
The Commission shall represent the European Union in its dealings with the Observatory.

Contribution to meeting the programme's objectives

Participation by the European Union in the Observatory shall form an integral part of this programme and shall contribute to meeting its objectives:
(a)
by encouraging transparency in the market through an improved comparability of data collected in the different countries and ensuring that operators have access to financial and legal statistics and information, especially on the Member States which have acceded to the European Union after 30 April 2004, thereby enhancing the European audiovisual sector’s ability to compete and develop;
(b)
by enabling the programme to be monitored more effectively and making it easier to evaluate.

Monitoring and evaluation

Monitoring and evaluation of the European Union’s participation in the Observatory shall be carried out within the framework of the monitoring and evaluation of the programme in accordance with Article 14.

Entry into force

This Decision shall enter into force on the day following its publication in theOfficial Journal of the European Union.
It shall apply from 1 January 2007.

CHAPTER I

ANNEXOPERATIONAL OBJECTIVES AND ACTIONS TO BE IMPLEMENTED1. Acquisition and improvement of skills in the audiovisual field1.1. Strengthen European audiovisual professionals’ skills in the fields of development, production, distribution/dissemination and promotion in order to improve the quality and the potential of European audiovisual works1.1.1. Scriptwriting techniquesOperational objective
— | Enable experienced scriptwriters to improve their capacities to develop techniques based on traditional and interactive methods of writing.Actions to be implemented
— | Support the development, implementation and updating of training modules on identifying the target audience, editing and development of scripts for an international audience, and the relationship between the scriptwriter, the script editor, the director, the producer and the distributor,inter alia.
— | Support distance learning and encourage exchanges and partnerships associating countries and regions with low audiovisual production capacity and/or with a restricted linguistic or geographical area.1.1.2. Economic, financial and commercial management of production, distribution and promotion of audiovisual worksOperational objective
— | Develop the professionals’ ability to grasp and integrate the European dimension into the fields of development, production, marketing, distribution/dissemination and promotion of audiovisual programmes.Actions to be implemented
— | Support the development, implementation and updating of training modules in management, taking into account the European dimension.
— | Support distance learning and encourage exchanges and partnerships associating countries and regions with low audiovisual production capacity and/or with a restricted linguistic or geographical area.1.1.3. Inclusion upstream of digital technologies for the production, post-production, distribution, marketing and archiving of European audiovisual programmesOperational objective
— | Develop the professionals’ capacity to use digital technologies, in particular in the fields of production, post-production, distribution, marketing, archiving and multimedia.Actions to be implemented
— | Support the development, implementation and updating of training modules in digital audiovisual technologies.
— | Support distance learning and encourage exchanges and partnerships associating countries and regions with low audiovisual production capacity and/or with a restricted linguistic or geographical area.1.2. Improve the European dimension of audiovisual training activities1.2.1. Support for the networking and mobility of European training professionals, in particular European film schools, training institutes, partners of the professional sectorOperational objective
— | Encourage exchanges and cooperation between existing training institutions and/or activities.Action to be implemented
— | Encourage the programme beneficiaries to intensify coordination of their training activities, in particular those involving further training, in order to develop a European network which can receive Community support, in particular for cooperation involving players, including television broadcasters.1.2.2. Training for trainersOperational objective
— | Ensure that trainers are competent.Actions to be implemented
— | Contribute to training for trainers, in particular by distance learning.1.2.3. Support for film schoolsOperational objective
— | Encourage mobility of cinema students in Europe.Actions to be implemented
— | Encourage mobility scholarships linked to a training project.
— | Encourage the development of new talents and professionals through the establishment of a Prize for New Talent.1.2.4. Introduction of coordination and promotion measures by the bodies supported under 1.2.1Operational objective
— | Promote coordination and promotion of the projects supported by the programme.Action to be implemented
— | Contribute to the adoption of targeted actions of coordination and promotion of the training activities supported by the programme.1.2.5. Enable, through special scholarships, the professionals from the Member States which have acceded to the European Union after 30 April 2004 to take part in the training activities set out in 1.1Operational objective
— | Facilitate the participation by professionals from the Member States which have acceded to the European Union after 30 April 2004 in the projects supported by the programme.Action to be implemented
— | Contribute to setting up a grant mechanism.2. Development2.1. Support the development of production projects intended for the European and International market submitted by independent production companies, in particular SMEsOperational objectives
— | Support the development of European works of the following types: drama, animation, documentary and multimedia.
— | Encourage companies to produce quality works with international potential.
— | Encourage companies to use digital technologies in production and distribution right from the development phase.
— | Encourage companies to devise strategies for international screening, marketing and distribution right from the development phase.
— | Enable SMEs to access support for development and tailor actions to meet their needs.
— | Enhance complementarity with the actions supported by MEDIA to improve audiovisual professionals’ skills.Actions to be implemented
— | Support the development of audiovisual projects or project catalogues.
— | Support digitisation of European audiovisual works right from the development phase.2.2. Support the elaboration of financing plans for European production companies and projects, including co-production projectsOperational objectives
— | Encourage the elaboration of financing plans by production companies for works of the following types: drama, animation, documentary and multimedia.
— | As a follow-up to the preparatory action ‘Growth and Audiovisual: i2i Audiovisual’, encourage the search for financial partners at European level to achieve synergy between public and private investors and the devising of distribution strategies right from the production phase.Actions to be implemented
— | Support the side costs of private financing of production and co-production projects presented by SMEs (such as financial expenses, insurance and completion guarantee costs).
— | Support access by SMEs, especially independent production companies, to companies providing financial services active in drawing up investment plans for the development and co-production of audiovisual works with potential for international distribution.
— | Encourage financial intermediaries to support the development and co-production of audiovisual works with potential for international distribution.
— | Support cooperation between the national agencies in the audiovisual sector.3. Distribution and disseminationHorizontal operational objective
— | Enhance the cultural and linguistic diversity of European audiovisual works distributed.Action to be implemented
— | Support dubbing and subtitling for distribution and dissemination, through all available channels, in particular digital channels, of European audiovisual works for the benefit of producers, distributors and broadcasters.3.1. Strengthen European distribution by encouraging distributors to invest in the co-production, acquisition and promotion of non-national European films and to set up coordinated marketing strategiesOperational objective No 1
— | Encourage cinematographic distributors to invest in the co-production, acquisition of exploitation rights and promotion of non-national European films.Actions to be implemented
— | Establish a system of automatic support for European distributors, proportional to cinema admissions for non-national European films in the Member States taking part in the programme, subject to a ceiling for each film and adjusted for each country.
— | The support thus generated may be used by distributors only for investment in:—non-national European film co-production,—the acquisition of exploitation rights of non-national European films,—editing (copying, dubbing and subtitling), promotion and advertising of non-national European films. | — | non-national European film co-production, | — | the acquisition of exploitation rights of non-national European films, | — | editing (copying, dubbing and subtitling), promotion and advertising of non-national European films.
— | non-national European film co-production,
— | the acquisition of exploitation rights of non-national European films,
— | editing (copying, dubbing and subtitling), promotion and advertising of non-national European films.Operational objective No 2
— | Encourage European distributors to cooperate with a view to adopting joint strategies on the European market.Action to be implemented
— | Establish a system of selective aid for non-national European film distribution intended for European distributor groupings and grant them direct aid where they exist on a permanent basis.Operational objective No 3
— | Encourage cooperation between distributors, producers and sales agents in order to set up international marketing strategies for European films right from the development phase.Action to be implemented
— | Establish a system of support for the creation of a promotion kit for European cinematographic works (including a subtitled copy, an international sound track — music and effects — and promotion materials).Operational objective No 4
— | Encourage access to financing of SMEs for distribution and international sale of non-national European works.Action to be implemented
— | Support the side costs (such as financial expenses and insurance) connected with distribution and/or international sales activities such as: acquisition of non-national European film catalogues, searching for new markets for these films, and setting up of permanent groupings of European distributors.3.2. Improve the circulation of non-national European films on the European and international markets by incentives measures for export, distribution on any medium and cinema exhibitionOperational objective No 1
— | Encourage cinematographic distributors to invest in appropriate publishing and promotion of non-national European films.Actions to be implemented
— | Establish a system of selective support to cinematographic distributors for the promotion and marketing of non-national European films. The selection criteria for the films may include provisions aiming to differentiate between the projects according to their origin and the size of their budget.
— | Grant special support to films of interest for the development of European cultural and linguistic diversity.
— | Grant aid for the release of a non-national European works slate over a given period.Operational objective No 2
— | Encourage the screening of non-national European films on the European market, in particular by supporting the coordination of a cinema network.Actions to be implemented
— | Encourage cinema owners and operators to screen a significant proportion of non-national European films in cinemas for first release for a minimum defined period. The support granted to each cinema will be determined according to the programming and taking into account the number of tickets sold for non-national European films over a reference period.
— | Contribute to the development of educational and awareness-raising activities for young cinema-goers.
— | Support the creation and the consolidation of a European cinema owners’ network developing common actions of this type.Operational objective No 3
— | Encourage international sales and export of European films, particularly non-national European films within Europe.Action to be implemented
— | Establish a support system for European companies distributing cinema films internationally (sales agents) according to their performance on the market over a given period. This support will have to be invested in the acquisition of new non-national European films and their promotion on the European and international markets.3.3. Promote the transnational broadcasting of European audiovisual works produced by independent production companies by encouraging cooperation between broadcasters on the one hand, and independent producers and distributors on the otherOperational objective No 1
— | Encourage the broadcasting of non-national European audiovisual works from independent production companies.Action to be implemented
— | Encourage independent producers to produce works (drama, documentary and animation) involving the participation of at least three broadcasters from several Member States. The selection criteria for the beneficiaries will include provisions aiming to differentiate between the projects according to the size of their budget. Grant special support to films of interest for the enhancement of Europe’s cultural and linguistic diversity and audiovisual heritage.Operational objective No 2
— | Facilitate access to financing for European independent production companies.Action to be implemented
— | Support the side costs (such as financial costs, insurance and completion guarantee costs) connected with the production of works (drama, documentary and animation) involving the participation of at least three broadcasters from several Member States belonging to different linguistic areas.Operational objective No 3
— | Encourage the international distribution of European television programmes made by independent producers. The distribution of such programmes will require the agreement of the independent producer, who must receive an appropriate share of the sales revenue.Action to be implemented
— | Establish a system of support for European international distribution companies of audiovisual works (international distributors) according to their performance on the market over a given period. Support thus generated will have to be invested by the international distributors in the acquisition and promotion of new European works on the European and international markets.3.4. Encourage the digitisation of European audiovisual worksOperational objective No 1
— | Improve the distribution of non-national European works on digital media for private use (DVD), in particular by encouraging publishers to cooperate on creating multilingual masters on a European scale.
— | Encourage the use of digital technologies in European works (creating digital masters which can be used by all European distributors).
— | Encourage publishers in particular to invest in appropriate promotion and distribution of non-national European audiovisual works.
— | Support the multilingualism of European works (dubbing, subtitling and multilingual production).Actions to be implemented
— | Establish a system of automatic support for European cinematographic and audiovisual works publishers on media intended for private use (such as DVD, DVD-ROM) according to their performance on the market over a given period. Support thus generated will have to be invested by the publishers in the publishing and distribution of non-national European works on digital media.
— | Support the digitisation of content for distribution.Operational objective No 2
— | Encourage supply of non-national European works for on-line distribution through advanced distribution services and new media (Internet, video-on-demand, pay-per-view), while developing techniques to securise online works in order to fight against piracy.
— | Encourage the European audiovisual programme industry to adapt to developments in digital technology, in particular with regard to advanced on-line distribution services.Actions to be implemented
— | Encourage European companies (on-line access suppliers, special-interest channels, etc.) — by measures to digitise works and create promotion and publicity material on digital media — to create European works slates in digital format intended for use on the new media.
— | Promote the emergence of digital services that carry European catalogues.3.5. Encourage cinemas showing a significant percentage of non-national European works to exploit the possibilities offered by digital distributionOperational objective
— | Encourage cinemas to invest in digital equipment, by facilitating access to credit by cinema owners.Action to be implemented
— | Support the side costs (such as financial expenses and insurance) incurred by cinema owners and operators for investment in digital equipment.4. Promotion4.1. Improve the circulation of European audiovisual works by ensuring that the European audiovisual sector has access to the professional European and international audiovisual marketsOperational objective No 1
— | Improve the conditions of access for professionals to trade events and to professional audiovisual markets inside and outside Europe.Action to be implemented
— | Provide technical and financial assistance in connection with events such as:—the principal European and international cinema markets,—the principal European and international television markets,—thematic markets, particularly for cartoons, documentary, multimedia and new technologies. | — | the principal European and international cinema markets, | — | the principal European and international television markets, | — | thematic markets, particularly for cartoons, documentary, multimedia and new technologies.
— | the principal European and international cinema markets,
— | the principal European and international television markets,
— | thematic markets, particularly for cartoons, documentary, multimedia and new technologies.Operational objective No 2 and action to be implemented
— | Encourage and support the constitution of European catalogues and the setting up of databases of European programme catalogues intended for professionals.Operational objective No 3
— | Encourage support for promotion from the pre-production or production phase.Actions to be implemented
— | Support the organisation of forums for development, financing, co-production and distribution of European (or mainly European) works and programmes.
— | Set up and launch marketing and sales promotion campaigns for European cinematographic and audiovisual programmes during the production phase.4.2. Improve access to European audiovisual works for the European and international publicOperational objectives and actions to be implemented
— | Encourage and support audiovisual festivals to screen a majority or significant proportion of European works.
— | Prioritise and support festivals contributing to the promotion of works from Member States or regions with low audiovisual production capacity and of works produced by young Europeans, and enhancing cultural and linguistic diversity and intercultural dialogue.
— | Encourage and support initiatives for image education organised by festivals for young people, in particular in close cooperation with schools and other institutions.
— | Encourage and support initiatives by professionals, in particular cinema owners, public or commercial television channels, festivals and cultural institutions which aim, in close cooperation with the Member States and the Commission, to organise promotional activities for the general public for European cinematographic and audiovisual creation.
— | Encourage and support the organisation of events with wide media coverage such as prize awards and European cinema days.4.3. Encourage common actions between national film and audiovisual programme promotion organisationsOperational objective:
— | Encourage networking and coordination of European common actions and projects.Actions to be implemented
— | Support the creation of European promotion platforms.
— | Support European groupings and umbrella organisations for national and/or regional promotion on the European markets and worldwide.
— | Support the networking of festivals, in particular the exchange of programming and of expertise.
— | Support the grouping of projects pursuing identical, similar and/or complementary aims.
— | Support the setting up of networks of databases and catalogues.4.4. Encourage promotion of and access to Europe’s cinematographic and audiovisual heritageOperational objective and action to be implemented
— | Encourage and support the organisation of events, in particular those targeting young people, to promote Europe’s cinematographic and audiovisual heritage.5. Pilot projectsOperational objective
— | Ensure that the programme adapts to market developments, mainly in connection with the introduction and use of information and communication technologies.Actions to be implemented
— | Support pilot projects in areas considered likely to be influenced by the introduction and use of new information and communication technologies.
— | Disseminate widely the results of pilot projects by organising conferences or on- and off-line events to encourage the dissemination of good practices.CHAPTER IIARRANGEMENTS FOR IMPLEMENTATION1. Community support1.1. The share of the Community contribution in the cost of operations supportedThe financial contribution from MEDIA may not exceed 50 % of the costs of operations supported, except in the following cases.

(a) | for training activities in countries or regions with low audiovisual production capacity and/or with a restricted linguistic or geographical area;
(b) | for projects submitted under the development, distribution/dissemination and promotion strands which have the merit of highlighting the value of European linguistic and cultural diversity;
(c) | for actions, amongst those described in point 3 of Chapter I of this Annex (distribution and dissemination), identified as conforming with the procedure set out in Article 11(2).The financial contribution from MEDIA may be up to 75 % of the costs of operations supported for training activities in the Member States which have acceded to the European Union after 30 April 2004. Attention will be focused on this provision during the mid-term evaluation of the programme.
1.2. Arrangements for Community supportThe Commission shall ensure that the programme is accessible and is implemented in a transparent manner.
Community support is in the form of grants or scholarships.
In the training sector, an appropriate amount of the available funds each year must be allocated to new activities as far as possible.
1.3. Project selection
— | the provisions of this Decision and its Annex,
— | the provisions of Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 1605/2002 and Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 2342/2002.1.4. Breakdown of resourcesThe funds available will be broken down according to the following guidelines:

Acquisition and improvement of skills | approximately 7 %
Development | at least 20 %
Distribution | at least 55 %
Promotion | approximately 9 %
Pilot projects | approximately 4 %
Horizontal issues | at least 5 %These percentages are indicative and subject to change in accordance with the procedure referred to in Article 11(2).
In order to secure overall efficiency and appropriate implementation of the objectives of the programme, as laid down in Article 1, Community actions should concentrate on the development of the actions carried out under the previous programmes cited in recital 7.
All actions shall be reviewed on a yearly basis in accordance with the procedure laid down in Article 10(2), allowing the Community to react to the needs and the development of the sector.
In order to secure the overall cultural and industrial objectives of the programme the decision on the annual breakdown of the financial envelope should be based on an ongoing monitoring of the effectiveness of the action lines in the programme.
2. Communication2.1. CommissionThe Commission may organise seminars, symposia or meetings to help implement the programme and may institute any suitable information, publication and dissemination measures, particularly in connection with monitoring and evaluation of the programme. Such activities may be funded by grants or calls for tender or may be organised and financed directly by the Commission.
2.2. MEDIA Desks and MEDIA antennae
(a) | informing professionals in the audiovisual sector about the various types of aid available under European Union policies;
(b) | publicising and promoting the programme;
(c) | encouraging the greatest possible participation by professionals in the programme’s activities;
(d) | helping professionals to present their projects in response to calls for proposals;
(e) | encouraging cross-border cooperation between professionals, institutions and networks;
(f) | supporting the Commission in liaising with the various support bodies in the Member States in order to ensure that the programme’s activities complement national support measures;
(g) | making data on national audiovisual markets available to interested parties.3. Information about the European audiovisual market and participation in the Observatory and possible cooperation with the Council of Europe’s Eurimages Support Fund.The programme provides the legal basis for the expenditure necessary to monitor Community audiovisual policy measures.
It provides for the European Union to continue participating in the Observatory. This will ease access to information for operators and dissemination in the sector. It will also contribute to greater transparency in the production process. The programme could likewise enable the European Union to explore possibilities for cooperation (excluding financial and administrative matters) with the Eurimages Support Fund, with a view to promoting the competitiveness of the European audiovisual sector on the international market.
4. Management tasksThe programme’s financial allocation can also cover expenses pertaining to preparatory, monitoring, control, audit and evaluation activities, required directly for the management and the realisation of the objectives of the programme, in particular, studies, meetings, information and publication actions, expenses linked to informatic networks focusing on information exchange, together with all other technical and administrative assistance expense that the Commission may have recourse to for the management of the programme. Experts from the technical advisory groups, or other evaluation and selection procedures, may be duly remunerated.
In implementing the Programme, the Commission will ensure compliance with the objectives and priorities set out in Article 1 and ensure that the participation of professionals in the programme reflects European cultural diversity in a balanced way.
5. Checks and auditsFor the projects selected in accordance with the procedure described in Article 9, a system of random auditing shall be set up.
Any beneficiary of a grant shall keep at the Commission’s disposal for a period of five years following the final payment all supporting documents on the expenditure incurred. Beneficiaries shall ensure that, if need be, any supporting document in the possession of partners or members is made available to the Commission.
The Commission, either directly through its staff or through any other qualified, external agency of its choice, is entitled to carry out an audit on the use of the grant. These audits may be carried out throughout the term of the contract and for a period of five years from the date of the payment of the balance of the grant. The outcome of these audits may lead to a decision by the Commission to recover funds.
The Commission’s staff and external persons authorised by the Commission shall have suitable access, in particular to the offices of the beneficiary and to all information needed, including that in electronic form, to carry out the audits properly.
The Court of Auditors and the European Anti-Fraud Office shall have the same rights, especially of access, as the Commission.
Moreover, in order to protect the European Communities’ financial interests against fraud and other irregularities, the Commission is authorised to carry out checks and verificationsin situunder the present programme, in compliance with Council Regulation (Euratom, EC) No 2185/96 of 11 November 1996 concerning on-the-spot checks and inspections carried out by the Commission in order to protect the European Communities’ financial interests against fraud and other irregularities(1). If need be, investigations shall be carried out by the European Anti-Fraud Office and shall be governed by Regulation (EC) No 1073/1999 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 25 May 1999 concerning investigations conducted by the European Anti-Fraud Office (OLAF)(2).

(1)
OJ L 292, 15.11.1996, p. 2.
(2)
OJ L 136, 31.5.1999, p. 1.

Pending: 32006D1639

9.11.2006 EN Official Journal of the European Union L 310/15
(1) The Lisbon European Council of 23 and 24 March 2000 set the objective of making the European Union the most competitive and dynamic knowledge-based economy in the world. It emphasised the importance of creating a climate favourable to small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs), and considered it important to disseminate best practice and ensure greater convergence between Member States. The Gothenburg European Council of 15 and 16 June 2001 agreed the Union's Strategy for Sustainable Development to ensure that economic growth, social inclusion and environmental protection go hand in hand. Enterprises' production patterns play an important role in sustainable development.
(2) In order to contribute to the enhancement of competitiveness and innovation capacity in the Community, the advancement of the knowledge society, and sustainable development based on balanced economic growth, a Competitiveness and Innovation Framework Programme (hereinafter referred to as the Framework Programme) should be established.
(3) This is in line with the Commission Communication of 2 February 2005 to the Spring European Council entitled ‘Working together for growth and jobs — a new start for the Lisbon Strategy’, which calls for action to deliver growth and competitiveness and to make Europe a more attractive place in which to invest and work, recalling that entrepreneurial initiative must be stimulated, sufficient risk capital attracted to start up businesses, and a strong European industrial base sustained whilst innovation, notably eco-innovation, the uptake of information and communication technologies (ICT), and the sustainable use of resources should be promoted. Whilst competitiveness is to a large measure driven by vibrant businesses operating in open and competitive markets and supported by the right framework conditions, in particular by a regulatory framework conducive to innovation, Community financing has a role to play in leveraging support and providing complementary funding in order to tackle situations of market failure.
(4) The European Charter for Small Enterprises (hereinafter referred to as the Charter), endorsed by the European Council in Santa Maria de Feira of 19 and 20 June 2000, describes small enterprises as the backbone of the European economy. The specific nature, requirements and expectations of small and craft enterprises should be taken into account more effectively in national and European policies. Community measures to promote SMEs, such as the Commission Communication of 10 November 2005 entitled ‘Implementing the Community Lisbon Programme — Modern SME Policy for Growth and Employment’, should take account of the objectives set out in the Charter, and the Framework Programme should be used as a means of progressing towards the objectives set by it.
(5) The Framework Programme should particularly address SMEs, as defined in Commission Recommendation 2003/361/EC of 6 May 2003 concerning the definition of micro, small and medium-sized enterprises(4). It should pay particular attention to the specific characteristics and requirements of ‘gazelles’ as well as of micro and craft enterprises, and specific target groups, including female entrepreneurs.
(6) The Framework Programme should bring together those specific Community measures in the field of entrepreneurship, SMEs, industrial competitiveness, innovation, ICT, environmental technologies and intelligent energy that, until now, have been regulated by Council Decision 96/413/EC of 25 June 1996 on the implementation of a Community action programme to strengthen the competitiveness of European industry(5), Decision No 1336/97/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 17 June 1997 on a series of guidelines for trans-European telecommunications networks(6), Regulation (EC) No 1655/2000 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 17 July 2000 concerning the Financial Instrument for the Environment (LIFE)(7), Council Decision 2000/819/EC of 20 December 2000 on a multiannual programme for enterprise and entrepreneurship, and in particular for small- and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs) (2001-2005)(8), Council Decision 2001/48/EC of 22 December 2000 adopting a multiannual Community programme to stimulate the development and use of European digital content on the global networks and to promote linguistic diversity in the information society(9), Decision No 1230/2003/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2003 adopting a multiannual programme for action in the field of energy: ‘Intelligent Energy — Europe’ (2003-2006)(10)to support sustainable development in the energy context and Decision No 2256/2003/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 17 November 2003 adopting a multiannual programme (2003-2005) for the monitoring of the eEurope 2005 action plan, dissemination of good practices and the improvement of network and information security (Modinis)(11).
(7) The Framework Programme should establish a set of common objectives, the total financial envelope for pursuing those objectives, different types of implementing measures, and the arrangements for monitoring and evaluation and for the protection of the Communities' financial interests.
(8) In line with the Commission Communication of 11 March 2003 entitled ‘Innovation policy: updating the Union's approach in the context of the Lisbon strategy’ and in the light of the OECD Oslo Manual, innovation is understood as comprising the renewal and enlargement of a range of products and services and their associated markets; the establishment of new methods of design, production, supply and distribution; the introduction of changes in management, work organisation, and working conditions and skills of the workforce; and covers technological, non-technological and organisational innovation.
(9) The Framework Programme should exclude research and technological development activities carried out in accordance with Article 166 of the Treaty. It should be complementary to the Community's Seventh Framework Programme for research, technological development and demonstration activities (2007-2013)(12)(hereinafter referred to as the Seventh Framework RTD Programme), by dealing with innovation, which includes non-technological as well as technological innovation, that has moved beyond the final demonstration phase and is ready for market replication (testing of innovations for application in markets). It should be ensured that there is no financing gap between research development and application (technology-transfer activities including pre-seed phase). Therefore, funding the transfer of research results to commercialisation is a task to be carried out in close coordination with the Seventh Framework RTD Programme and other relevant research programmes.
(10) The Framework Programme should also cover the market replication of existing technologies that are to be utilised in a new and innovative way. In certain circumstances, pilot projects for technological demonstration will be covered by both the Framework Programme and the Seventh Framework RTD Programme. This will occur only when certain technological solutions (for example technical standards in the ICT field) have to be validated during the market replication phase of an otherwise already demonstrated technology.
(11) The Framework Programme should complement the Structural Funds and other relevant Community programmes, whilst acknowledging that each instrument should work according to its own specific procedures. Thus, the same eligible costs should not receive double funding.
(12) The common objectives of the Framework Programme should be pursued by specific programmes entitled ‘the Entrepreneurship and Innovation Programme’, ‘the ICT Policy Support Programme’ and ‘the Intelligent Energy — Europe Programme’.
(13) The principles of transparency and equal gender opportunity should be taken into account in all the programmes and activities covered by the Framework Programme.
(14) This Decision lays down, for the entire duration of the Framework Programme, a financial envelope constituting the prime reference, within the meaning of point 37 of the Interinstitutional Agreement of 17 May 2006 between the European Parliament, the Council and the Commission on budgetary discipline and sound financial management(13), for the budgetary authority during the annual budgetary procedure.
(15) A specific and indicative budget should be reserved for each specific programme.
(16) In order to ensure that financing be limited to tackling market failures, and with a view to avoiding market distortions, funding from the Framework Programme should comply with the Community State aid rules and the accompanying instruments and the Community definition of SMEs in force.
(17) The Agreement on the European Economic Area (hereinafter referred to as the EEA Agreement) and Protocols to Association Agreements provide for the participation of the countries concerned in Community programmes. Participation by other third countries should be possible when Agreements and procedures so allow.
(18) The Framework Programme and the specific programmes should be regularly monitored and evaluated in order to allow for readjustments. Where possible, evaluation reports should examine gender mainstreaming in programme activities.
(19) Appropriate measures should also be taken to prevent irregularities and fraud and the necessary steps should be taken to recover funds lost, wrongly paid or incorrectly used, in accordance with Council Regulations (EC, Euratom) No 2988/95 of 18 December 1995 on the protection of the European Communities financial interests(14)and (Euratom, EC) No 2185/96 of 11 November 1996 concerning on-the-spot checks and inspections carried out by the Commission in order to protect the European Communities' financial interests against fraud and other irregularities(15)and Regulation (EC) No 1073/1999 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 25 May 1999 concerning investigations conducted by the European Anti-Fraud Office (OLAF)(16).
(20) The growth and competitiveness of enterprises in industrial and service sectors depends on their ability to adjust quickly to change, to exploit their innovative potential and to develop high-quality products. This challenge concerns enterprises of all sizes, but is particularly acute for smaller enterprises. It is therefore appropriate to establish the Entrepreneurship and Innovation Programme.
(21) The Community can be the catalyst and coordinator of Member States' efforts. It can contribute to, and complement their achievements, in particular by promoting the exchange of national and regional experiences and practices, by defining and disseminating best practices and innovative ideas, and by contributing to the availability of Europe-wide supply of services in support of business and innovation, in particular for SMEs.
(22) The Commission Communication of 28 January 2004 entitled ‘Stimulating Technologies for Sustainable Development: An Environmental Technologies Action Plan for the European Union’ calls for Community programmes to support the development and uptake of environmental technologies and calls for the mobilisation of financial instruments to share the risks of investing in environmental technologies.
(23) To support the creation of a European market for innovative products and services, it is necessary for Member States and the Commission to create attractive conditions for innovative products and services, including through a proactive approach to public procurement in order to help create lead markets, while improving access for SMEs and the quality of public services, and through better regulation and standards based on early anticipation of needs. The Commission should provide guidance on the issue of innovation-friendly public procurement.
(24) With regard to technological innovation, SMEs should be encouraged to become involved in high-technology sectors such as space and security and to develop applications offered by the Galileo satellite positioning system.
(25) Eco-innovation is any form of innovation aiming at significant and demonstrable progress towards the goal of sustainable development, through reducing impacts on the environment or achieving a more efficient and responsible use of natural resources, including energy. Eco-innovation is a progressive concept and the Framework Programme must therefore remain responsive to changes. The promotion of eco-innovation through the Framework Programme aims to contribute to the implementation of the Environmental Technologies Action Plan.
(26) Taking into account the activities of the Environment LIFE+ Programme (LIFE+), the Framework Programme should encourage the uptake of environmental technologies through pilot and market replication projects, bridging the gap between the successful demonstration of innovative technologies and the market uptake and by removing the barriers to market penetration, promoting voluntary approaches in fields such as environmental management, and networking relevant actors. It should support eco-innovation by enterprises through projects and co-investment in risk capital funds, but should not double-fund costs receiving funding under LIFE+.
(27) Market-based Community financial instruments for SMEs complement and add leverage to financial schemes at the national level. They can particularly foster private investment for the creation of new innovative companies and support companies with a high growth potential in their expansion phase to reduce a recognised equity gap. They can improve access by existing SMEs to loan finances for activities that support their competitiveness and growth potential.
(28) The European Investment Fund (EIF) is the Community's specialised vehicle for providing risk capital and guarantee instruments for SMEs. It pays special attention to supporting microfinance as well as early-stage finance in accordance with market demand and best practice. It contributes to the pursuit of Community objectives, including a knowledge-based society, innovation, growth, employment and the promotion of entrepreneurial spirit. The EIF ensures the required continuity in the management of Community programmes and has gathered extensive experience therein. The operation by the EIF of Community financial instruments for SMEs on behalf of the Commission has therefore been considered a good practice by independent evaluations. The EIF also has the expertise to support emerging actions based on public-private partnerships launched by Member States aiming at attracting high-risk investment streams from the capital markets to the benefit of innovative small businesses.
(29) Impending changes in the financial environment and new accounting standards make financial institutions more sensitive to risk, lead to a rating culture, and may tighten the credit supply to SMEs, at least during a transitional phase. The Entrepreneurship and Innovation Programme should therefore respond to the changing financing needs of SMEs, including the need for proximity financing and their adaptation to the new financial environment whilst avoiding market distortions. Furthermore, activities should contribute to enhancing the capabilities of financial institutions to assess risk related to innovation, with a view to developing technology-rating and to improving the capabilities of SMEs to make better use of the financing instruments provided by the markets.
(30) High-quality services in support of business and innovation play an important role in ensuring SMEs' access to information relating to the functioning and opportunities of the internal market for goods and services as well as in the trans-national transfer of innovation, knowledge and technology. They also have a crucial role to play in facilitating SMEs' access to information on Community legislation applying to them and on future legislation for which they can prepare and to which they can adapt in a cost-effective way. Considerable experience and skills have been developed through existing European support networks for businesses, such as the Euro Info Centres and Innovation Relay Centres. External evaluations have stressed that the horizontal role in the delivery of European business support services should be strengthened, including by optimising the cooperation between existing services and help desks with a view to creating a ‘one-stop shop’ on the basis of a ‘no wrong door’ commitment. This concerns the dissemination of information on Community programmes and the promotion of the participation of SMEs in those programmes, in particular SMEs' participation in the Seventh Framework RTD Programme. Evaluations have also stressed the importance of facilitating interaction between the Commission and SMEs.
(31) The Community should equip itself with a sound analytical basis to support policy making in the fields of SMEs, entrepreneurship, innovation and competitiveness in industrial sectors. Such a basis should add value to the information available at the national level in those fields. The Community should provide for the common development of competitiveness strategies for industrial and service sectors, and for the promotion of best practices in relation to an entrepreneurial environment and culture, including skills, corporate social responsibility and equal gender opportunity, and promote through, inter alia, education and continuous training, and from school to higher education, the emergence of young entrepreneurs.
(32) The Brussels European Council of 20 and 21 March 2003 gave priority to innovation and entrepreneurship and stressed the need for Europe to do more to turn ideas into real added value. It called for further action in order to create the conditions in which business innovates. The linear model of innovation, that assumes that research leads directly to innovation, has proved to be insufficient to explain innovation performance and to design appropriate innovation policy responses. Recognising that enterprises are at the heart of the innovation process, funding to stimulate innovation activities of enterprises and preparing the market-take up of innovation as well as innovation governance and culture should therefore be placed under the Entrepreneurship and Innovation Programme. This should help to ensure that innovation works to promote competitiveness and is carried through into practical application at a business level. The Brussels European Council of 25 and 26 March 2004 added that clean technologies are vital to fully exploit synergies between enterprise and the environment. The promotion of eco-innovation, which includes innovative clean technologies, can help exploit their potential.
(33) The market for knowledge transfer and absorption is frequently opaque, and both lack of information and failure to make connections create market barriers. Businesses also find it difficult to incorporate technologies which are not part of their traditional field of activity and to gain access to new types of skills. Financial risks can be high for innovation, profitability may be delayed by development hitches and tax may not be neutral between success and failure. Skills needed to exploit opportunities may be in short supply. Institutional or regulatory obstacles can delay or undermine the emergence of new markets and access to them. Bankruptcy laws may create strong disincentives to assume entrepreneurial risk because of fear of failure. In addition, economic circumstances can determine whether innovation takes place or not. The development of a business environment conducive to entrepreneurship, competitiveness and innovation should include the improvement of enterprise- and innovation-related economic and administrative reform, in particular for increased competitiveness, reduction of administrative burdens for SMEs and a better regulatory environment for entrepreneurship, business creation and business transfer, growth and innovation.
(34) Those barriers to the market penetration of innovation technologies are particularly relevant for environmental technologies. Market prices too often do not completely reflect the environmental costs of products and services. The part of the costs not reflected in market prices is borne by society as a whole, rather than by the producers of pollution. This market failure, together with the Community interest in preserving resources, preventing pollution and protecting the environment more cost-efficiently, justifies reinforced support for eco-innovation.
(35) The Community's innovation actions aim to support the development of innovation policy in the Member States and their regions and to facilitate the exploitation of synergies between national, regional and European innovation policy and support activities. The Community is able to facilitate trans-national exchanges, mutual learning and networking and can drive cooperation on innovation policy. Networking among stakeholders is the key to facilitating the flow of knowledge and ideas that are necessary for innovation.
(36) The Council Resolution endorsed at the Brussels Telecommunications Council of 9 December 2004 provides the basis for the proposal for a new information society initiative to reinforce the contribution of the information society to Europe's performance. In its aforementioned Communication of 2 February 2005, the Commission proposes to focus efforts on ‘delivering stronger and lasting growth and creating more and better jobs’. It highlights the uptake of ICT by both the private and public sector as a key element in improving Europe's innovation performance and competitiveness. The ICT Policy Support Programme should therefore be established.
(37) Actions under the ICT Policy Support Programme should also contribute to the objectives of the i2010 strategy, while taking into consideration other Community programmes in the field of ICT in order to avoid the duplication of efforts.
(38) ICT provide the backbone for the knowledge economy. They account for around half of the productivity growth in modern economies and provide unique solutions to address key societal challenges. The improvement of public sector and general interest services needs to be carried out in close collaboration with the relevant Community policies, for example, in the fields of public health, education and training, environment, transport and internal market development and competition.
(39) The deployment and best use of innovative ICT-based solutions should be stimulated, in particular for services in areas of public interest, including the improvement of the quality of life of disadvantaged groups, such as people with disabilities or elderly people. Community support should also facilitate the coordination and the implementation of actions for developing the information society across the Member States.
(40) The midterm evaluation of the eTEN (Trans European Network for Telecom) Programme recommends using a demand driven approach for Community intervention to projects supporting trans-European services in areas of public interest.
(41) The eGovernment and eHealth Communications from the Commission and related Council conclusions called for increased effort in innovation, good practice exchange and interoperability and identified the need for increased synergies between related Community programmes. Interoperability is of great importance to the development of the information society.
(42) A legislative framework has been defined by Directive 96/9/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 11 March 1996 on the legal protection of databases(17), Directive 2001/29/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 22 May 2001 on the harmonisation of certain aspects of copyright and related rights in the information society(18)and Directive 2003/98/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 17 November 2003 on the re-use of public sector information(19)to deal with the challenges of digital content in the information society.
(43) Different practices among Member States continue to create technical barriers which impede wide access and re-use of public sector information in the Union.
(44) Community actions concerning digital content should take account of the Community's multilingual and multicultural specificity.
(45) Natural resources, the prudent and rational utilisation of which is provided for in Article 174 of the Treaty, include, apart from renewable energy sources, oil, natural gas and solid fuels, which are essential energy sources but are also the main sources of carbon dioxide emissions.
(46) The Commission's Green Paper entitled ‘Towards a European strategy for the security of energy supply’ noted that the Union is becoming increasingly dependent on external energy sources and that its dependence could rise to 70 % in 20 to 30 years' time. It therefore stressed the need to balance supply policy against clear action for a demand policy and called for better managed and more environmentally friendly consumption, particularly in the transport and building sectors. It also called for priority to be given the development of new and renewable sources on the energy supply side in order to respond to the challenge of global warming and to achieve the target already established by earlier action plans and resolutions of 12 % energy from renewable energy sources in gross internal consumption by 2010.
(47) Directive 2001/77/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 27 September 2001 on the promotion of electricity produced from renewable energy sources in the internal electricity market(20)requires Member States to set national indicative targets consistent with the Community global indicative target of 12 % of gross national energy consumption by 2010 and in particular with the 22,1 % indicative share of electricity produced from renewable energy sources in total Community electricity consumption by 2010. The Commission Communication of 26 May 2004 entitled ‘The share of renewable energy in the EU’ warned that the target of a 12 % share of renewable energy in overall energy consumption in the Community in 2010 will not be reached unless considerable additional action is taken.
(48) Directive 2002/91/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 16 December 2002 on the energy performance of buildings(21)requires Member States to apply minimum energy performance requirements for new and existing buildings, to ensure the energy certification of buildings and to require the regular inspection of boilers and of air-conditioning systems in buildings.
(49) Directive 2003/30/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 8 May 2003 on the promotion of the use of biofuels or other renewable fuels for transport(22)requires Member States to ensure that a minimum proportion of biofuels and other renewable fuels is placed on their market.
(50) Directive 2004/8/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 11 February 2004 on the promotion of cogeneration based on a useful heat demand in the internal energy market and amending Directive 92/42/EEC(23)requires Member States to carry out analyses of their potential for high-efficiency cogeneration and to set up support schemes that reflect the national potential identified.
(51) In order to facilitate the implementation of those Community measures, to achieve greater market penetration for renewable energy sources and to improve energy efficiency, there is a need for specific promotion programmes at Community level to create the conditions for moving towards sustainable energy systems, in particular to support the standardisation of equipment which produces or consumes renewable energy sources, to increase technology deployment and to spread best practices in demand side management. The same applies to the Community measures related to the labelling of energy efficiency of electrical, electronic, office and communications equipment and the standardisation of lighting, heating and air-conditioning equipment. The Intelligent Energy — Europe Programme should therefore be established.
(52) The Intelligent Energy — Europe Programme should contribute to achieving the general objectives of improving energy diversification and security of supply, and enhancing the competitiveness of companies in the Union, in particular SMEs, while protecting the environment and meeting international commitments in this area. Energy efficiency improvement measures in that specific programme should also focus on technological improvements in production processes and propose efficiency gains through improved transport logistics.
(53) Achieving the full impact of the established strategy for sustainable energy requires not only continuity with Community support to policy development and implementation and removal of existing non-technological barriers through enhanced promotion campaigns, but, above all, support to accelerate investment and stimulate the market uptake of innovative technologies across the Community.
(54) Alongside environmental advantages, renewable energy sources and energy efficiency are among the fastest growing industries in the Community, creating new and innovative jobs. The European renewable energy industry leads the world in the development of technologies for renewable energy electricity generation. Such technologies benefit economic and social cohesion and avoid the dissipation of resources.
(55) Decision No 1230/2003/EC will expire on 31 December 2006.
(56) Three of the four specific fields of the programme established by Decision No 1230/2003/EC should be continued under this Framework Programme: (i) promoting energy efficiency and the rational use of energy resources (SAVE); (ii) promoting new and renewable energy sources (Altener); and (iii) promoting energy efficiency and the use of new and renewable energy sources in transport (STEER).
(57) The international dimension (Coopener) of the programme established by Decision No 1230/2003/EC should be continued in the framework of the new Community instruments for external assistance as part of a thematic programme on environment and sustainable management of natural resources, including energy. However, there should be a close relationship between the relevant part of the thematic programme and the Intelligent Energy — Europe Programme in order to help SMEs take advantage of the potential markets for intelligent energy which exist outside Europe.
(58) In accordance with the principles of good governance and better regulation, the Commission has commissioned independent experts to carry out an ex ante evaluation of a renewed multiannual Community programme in the field of energy to succeed the ongoing Intelligent Energy — Europe Programme after 31 December 2006. In their report, the experts concluded that there was a need to ensure the continuity of the Intelligent Energy — Europe Programme after 2006, and to renew it in a more comprehensive and ambitious instrument. That programme should be established also with a view to further improving European strength and excellence in the field of sustainable energy technologies and their application.
(59) Account should be taken of the need to achieve user-friendliness and administrative simplification in implementing the Framework Programme. The Commission should publish and widely diffuse a user manual establishing a clear, simple and transparent framework of general principles for participation of beneficiaries in the Framework Programme. This should in particular facilitate the participation of SMEs. The user manual should describe the rights and obligations of beneficiaries; financial provisions such as eligible costs and support rates; principles governing administrative rules and procedures, in particular user-friendly applications procedures applying a two-stage application process, where appropriate and on the condition that such a procedure does not extend the time period between evaluation and signing of the contract; the rules for use and dissemination of project results; and principles for the evaluation, selection and award of proposals.
(60) The Commission may use, on the basis of a cost-benefit analysis, a new or an existing executive agency for the implementation of the Framework Programme, as provided for in Council Regulation (EC) No 58/2003 of 19 December 2002 laying down the statute for executive agencies to be entrusted with certain tasks in the management of Community programmes(24).
(61) The Framework Programme should also support reflection on the future structures and needs for European innovation policies.
(62) Since the objectives of this Decision concerning the enhancement of the Community's competitiveness and innovation cannot be sufficiently achieved by the Member States because of the need for multilateral partnerships, trans-national mobility and Community-wide exchanges of information, and can therefore, by reason of the nature of the actions and measures necessary, be better achieved at Community level, the Community may adopt measures, in accordance with the principle of subsidiarity as set out in Article 5 of the Treaty. In accordance with the principle of proportionality, as set out in that Article, this Decision does not go beyond what is necessary in order to achieve those objectives.
(63) The measures necessary for the implementation of this Decision should be adopted in accordance with Council Decision 1999/468/EC of 28 June 1999 laying down the procedures for the exercise of implementing powers conferred on the Commission(25).
(64) Taking into account the nature of the issues to be dealt with under the specific programmes, the Commission should be assisted by different committees for the implementation of each specific programme. Those committees will meet simultaneously on a periodic basis to enable joint sessions to discuss issues of horizontal or common relevance, as identified by the EIP Management Committee together with the Commission.
(65) In the interest of improving coherence between elements of the Framework Programme and its effectiveness, a Strategic Advisory Board on Competitiveness and Innovation should advise the Commission.
(66) Decision No 456/2005/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 9 March 2005 establishing a multiannual Community programme to make digital content in Europe more accessible, usable and exploitable(26)establishes a multiannual programme, known as the ‘eContentplus’. That Decision will expire on 31 December 2008. Measures foreseen to make digital content in Europe more accessible, usable and exploitable should be continued after that date under the ICT Policy Support Programme established by this Decision.
(67) The measures provided for in Decision 96/413/EC should be integrated into the Entrepreneurship and Innovation Programme. Decision 96/413/EC should therefore be repealed,
(a) to foster the competitiveness of enterprises, in particular of SMEs;
(b) to promote all forms of innovation including eco-innovation;
(c) to accelerate the development of a sustainable, competitive, innovative and inclusive information society;
(d) to promote energy efficiency and new and renewable energy sources in all sectors, including transport.
(a) the Entrepreneurship and Innovation Programme;
(b) the Information and Communications Technologies (ICT) Policy Support Programme;
(c) the Intelligent Energy-Europe Programme.
(a) European Free Trade Association (EFTA) countries which are members of the European Economic Area (EEA), in accordance with the conditions laid down in the EEA Agreement;
(b) accession countries and candidate countries benefiting from a pre-accession strategy, in accordance with the general principles and general terms and conditions for the participation of those countries in Community programmes established in the respective Framework Agreements and Association Council Decisions;
(c) countries of the Western Balkans, in accordance with the provisions to be determined with those countries following the establishment of Framework Agreements concerning their participation in Community programmes;
(d) other third countries, when Agreements and procedures so allow.
(a) access to finance for the start-up and growth of SMEs and investment in innovation activities;
(b) the creation of an environment favourable to SME cooperation, particularly in the field of cross-border cooperation;
(c) all forms of innovation in enterprises;
(d) eco-innovation;
(e) entrepreneurship and innovation culture;
(f) enterprise and innovation-related economic and administrative reform.
(a) increasing the investment volumes of risk capital funds and investment vehicles promoted by business angels;
(b) providing leverage to SME debt financing instruments;
(c) improving the financial environment for, and the investment readiness of, SMEs.
(a) fostering services in support of SMEs;
(b) contributing to measures helping and encouraging SMEs to cooperate with other enterprises and other innovation actors across borders, including SME involvement in the field of European and international standardisation;
(c) promoting and facilitating international business cooperation, including at regional level and through SME networks favouring the coordination and development of their economic and industrial activities.
(a) fostering sector-specific innovation, clusters, innovation networks, public-private innovation partnerships and cooperation with relevant international organisations, and the use of innovation management;
(b) supporting national and regional programmes for business innovation;
(c) supporting the take-up of innovative technologies and concepts and the innovative application of existing technologies and concepts;
(d) supporting services for trans-national knowledge and technology transfer and for the protection and management of intellectual and industrial property;
(e) developing and exploring new types of innovation services;
(f) fostering technology and knowledge through data archiving and transfer.
(a) supporting the take-up of environmental technologies and eco-innovative activities;
(b) co-investment in risk capital funds that provide equity,inter alia,for companies investing in eco-innovation in accordance with the procedure laid down in Annex II;
(c) fostering eco-innovation networks and clusters and public-private partnerships in eco-innovation, developing innovative business services, and facilitating or promoting eco-innovation;
(d) promoting new and integrated approaches to eco-innovation in fields such as environmental management and the environmentally friendly design of products, processes and services, taking into account their whole life cycle.
(a) encouraging entrepreneurial mindsets, skills and culture, and the balancing of entrepreneurial risk and reward, in particular for women and young people;
(b) encouraging a business environment favourable to innovation, enterprise development and growth;
(c) supporting policy development and cooperation between actors, including trans-national cooperation of national and regional programme managers, in particular with a view to fostering the SME-friendliness of programmes and measures;
(d) encouraging the creation and transfer of enterprises.
(a) collecting data, analysing and monitoring performance, and developing and coordinating policy;
(b) contributing to the definition and promotion of competitiveness strategies related to industry and service sectors;
(c) supporting mutual learning for excellence in national, regional and local administrations.
(a) the High Growth and Innovative SME Facility (GIF);
(b) the SME Guarantee (SMEG) Facility;
(c) the Capacity Building Scheme (CBS).
(a) contributing to the establishment and financing of SMEs and the reduction of the equity and risk capital market gap, which prevents SMEs from exploiting their growth potential, with a view to improving the European venture capital market;
(b) supporting innovative SMEs with high growth potential, in particular those undertaking research, development and other innovation activities.
— the first window, ‘GIF1’, shall cover early stage (seed and start-up) investments. It shall invest in specialised venture capital funds such as early stage funds, funds operating regionally, funds focused on specific sectors, technologies or research and technological development and funds linked to incubators, which shall in turn provide capital to SMEs. It may also co-invest in funds and investment vehicles promoted by business angels,
— the second window, ‘GIF2’, shall cover expansion stage investments and shall invest in specialised risk capital funds, which in turn shall provide quasi-equity or equity for innovative SMEs with high growth potential in their expansion phase. GIF2 investments shall avoid buy-out or replacement capital intended for asset stripping.
(a) providing counter-guarantees or, where appropriate, co-guarantees for guarantee schemes operating in the eligible countries;
(b) providing direct guarantees for any other appropriate financial intermediary.
— the first window, (a) debt financing via loans or leasing, shall reduce the particular difficulties SMEs face in accessing finance either due to the perceived higher risk associated with investments in certain knowledge-related activities such as technological development, innovation and technology transfer or due to the lack of sufficient collateral,
— the second window, (b) microcredit financing, shall encourage financial institutions to play a greater role in the provision of loans of a smaller amount which would normally involve proportionately higher unit handling costs for borrowers with insufficient collateral. In addition to guarantees or counter-guarantees, financial intermediaries may receive grants to partially offset the high administrative costs inherent in microcredit financing,
— the third window, (c) guarantees for equity or quasi-equity investments in SMEs, shall include investments which provide seed capital and/or capital in the start-up phase, as well as mezzanine financing, in order to reduce the particular difficulties which SMEs face because of their weak financial structure and those arising from business transfers,
— the fourth window, (d) securitisation of SME debt finance portfolios, shall mobilise additional debt financing for SMEs under appropriate risk-sharing arrangements with the targeted institutions. Support for those transactions shall be conditional upon an undertaking by the originating institutions to grant a significant part of the resulting liquidity of the mobilised capital for new SME lending in a reasonable period of time. The amount of this new debt financing shall be calculated in relation to the amount of the guaranteed portfolio risk and shall be negotiated, together with the period of time, individually with each originating institution.
(a) improving the investment and technology expertise of funds and other financial intermediaries investing in innovative SMEs or SMEs with growth potential;
(b) stimulating the supply of credit to SMEs by enhancing the credit appraisal procedures for SME lending.
(a) information, feedback, business cooperation and internationalisation services;
(b) services for innovation and for the transfer of both technology and knowledge;
(c) services encouraging the participation of SMEs in the Seventh Framework RTD Programme.
(a) studies, data collection, surveys and publications, based where possible on official statistics;
(b) twinnings and meetings of experts, including experts from public institutions, experts sent by SMEs and other interested parties, conferences and other events;
(c) awareness raising, networking and other relevant activities;
(d) benchmarking of national and regional performances, and work on good practices, including their dissemination and implementation.
(a) analysis and monitoring of competitiveness and sectoral issues, including for the Commission's annual report on the competitiveness of European industry;
(b) preparation of impact assessments of Community measures of particular relevance for the competitiveness of enterprises and their publication with a view to identifying areas of existing legislation requiring simplification or the need for new legislative measures to make innovation more attractive in the Community;
(c) evaluation of specific aspects or specific implementation measures in relation to the Entrepreneurship and Innovation Programme;
(d) dissemination of appropriate information in relation to the Entrepreneurship and Innovation Programme.
(a) measures needed for its implementation;
(b) priorities;
(c) qualitative and quantitative objectives;
(d) appropriate evaluation criteria and qualitative and quantitative indicators for analysing effectiveness in delivering outcomes that will contribute to the achievement of the objectives of the specific programmes and the Framework Programme as a whole;
(e) operational timetables;
(f) the rules for participation;
(g) the criteria for the selection and evaluation of the measures.
(a) development of the Single European information space and strengthening of the internal market for ICT products and services and ICT-based products and services;
(b) stimulation of innovation through the wider adoption of and investment in ICT;
(c) development of an inclusive information society and more efficient and effective services in areas of public interest, and improvement of quality of life.
(a) ensure seamless access to ICT-based services and establish appropriate framework conditions for the rapid, appropriate and effective convergence of digital communications and services, incorporating, inter alia, interoperability, the use of open standards, and security and trust aspects;
(b) improve the conditions for the development of digital content, taking into account multilingualism and cultural diversity;
(c) monitor the European information society, through data collection and analysis of the development, availability and use of digital communication services, including the growth of internet, access to and take-up of broadband as well as developments of content and services.
(a) promote innovation in processes, services and products enabled by ICT, in particular in SMEs and public services, taking into account the necessary skills requirements;
(b) facilitate public and private interaction as well as partnerships for accelerating innovation and investments in ICT;
(c) promote and raise awareness of the opportunities and benefits of ICT and its new applications for citizens and businesses, including enhancing confidence in and openness to new ICT, and stimulating debate at the European level on emerging ICT trends and developments.
(a) widen ICT, including digital content, accessibility and digital literacy;
(b) reinforce trust and confidence as well as support of ICT use, addressing, in particular, privacy concerns;
(c) improve the quality, efficiency, availability and accessibility of electronic services in areas of public interest and for ICT-enabled participation, including, where appropriate, interoperable pan-European or cross-border public services as well as the development of common interest building blocks and the sharing of good practices.
(a) projects including implementation, pilot and market replication projects;
(b) best practice actions to spread knowledge and share experience across the Community;
(c) thematic networks bringing together a variety of stakeholders around a given objective so as to facilitate coordination activities and the transfer of knowledge.
(a) studies, data collection, surveys, and publications, based, where possible, on official statistics;
(b) meetings of experts, including experts from public institutions, experts sent by SMEs and other interested parties, conferences and other events;
(c) awareness-raising, networking and other relevant activities;
(d) benchmarking of national performances and work on good practices, including their dissemination and implementation.
(a) promotion, dissemination, information and communication activities;
(b) exchange of information, knowledge and experience, the staging of conferences, seminars, workshops or other meetings and the management of clustered activities.
(a) measures needed for its implementation;
(b) priorities;
(c) qualitative and quantitative objectives;
(d) appropriate evaluation criteria and qualitative and quantitative indicators for analysing effectiveness in delivering outcomes that will contribute to the achievement of the objectives of the specific programmes and the Framework Programme as a whole;
(e) operational timetables;
(f) the rules for participation;
(g) the criteria for the selection and evaluation of the measures.
(a) to foster energy efficiency and the rational use of energy resources;
(b) to promote new and renewable energy sources and to support energy diversification;
(c) to promote energy efficiency and the use of new and renewable energy sources in transport.
(a) provide the elements necessary for the improvement of sustainability, the development of the potential of cities and regions, as well as for the preparation of the legislative measures needed to attain the related strategic objectives; develop the means and instruments to follow up, monitor and evaluate the impact of the measures adopted by the Community and its Member States in the fields addressed by that programme;
(b) boost investment across Member States in new and best performing technologies in the fields of energy efficiency, renewable energy sources and energy diversification, including in transport, by bridging the gap between the successful demonstration of innovative technologies and their effective, broad market uptake in order to attain leverage of public and private sector investment, promote key strategic technologies, bring down costs, increase market experience and contribute to reducing the financial risks and other perceived risks and barriers that hinder this type of investment;
(c) remove the non-technological barriers to efficient and intelligent patterns of energy production and consumption by promoting institutional capacity building at, inter alia, local and regional level, by raising awareness, notably through the educational system, by encouraging exchanges of experience and know-how among the main players concerned, business and citizens in general and by stimulating the spread of best practices and best available technologies, notably by means of their promotion at Community level.
(a) improvement of energy efficiency and the rational use of energy, in particular in the building and industry sectors, with the exception of actions covered by Article 41;
(b) supporting the preparation of legislative measures and their application.
(a) promoting new and renewable energy sources for centralised and decentralised production of electricity, heat and cooling, and thus supporting the diversification of energy sources, with the exception of actions covered by Article 41;
(b) integrating new and renewable energy sources into the local environment and the energy systems;
(c) supporting the preparation of legislative measures and their application.
(a) supporting initiatives relating to all energy aspects of transport, and the diversification of fuels;
(b) promoting renewable fuels and energy efficiency in transport;
(c) supporting the preparation of legislative measures and their application.
(a) integrating energy efficiency and renewable energy sources in several sectors of the economy;
(b) combining various instruments, tools and actors within the same action or project.
(a) strategic studies on the basis of shared analysis and regular monitoring of market developments and energy trends for the preparation of future legislative measures or for the review of existing legislation, including with regard to the functioning of the internal energy market, for the implementation of the medium and long-term strategy in the energy field to promote sustainable development, as well as for the preparation of long-term voluntary commitments with industry and other stake-holders and for the development of standards, labelling and certification systems, where appropriate also in cooperation with third countries and international organisations;
(b) creation, enlargement or reorganisation of structures and instruments for sustainable energy development, including local and regional energy management, and the development of adequate financial products and market instruments, building on experience from past and present networks;
(c) promotion of sustainable energy systems and equipment in order to further accelerate their penetration of the market and stimulate investment to facilitate the transition from the demonstration to the marketing of more efficient technologies, awareness campaigns and the creation of institutional capabilities;
(d) development of information, education and training structures, the utilisation of results, the promotion and dissemination of know-how and best practices involving all consumers, dissemination of results of the actions and projects and cooperation with the Member States through operational networks;
(e) monitoring of the implementation and the impact of Community legislative and support measures.
(a) measures needed for its implementation;
(b) priorities;
(c) qualitative and quantitative objectives;
(d) appropriate evaluation criteria and qualitative and quantitative indicators to analyse effectiveness in delivering outcomes that will contribute to the achievement of the objectives of the specific programmes and the Framework Programme as a whole;
(e) operational timetables;
(f) the rules for participation;
(g) the criteria for the selection and evaluation of the measures.
(a) the Committee for the Entrepreneurship and Innovation Programme, called the EIP Management Committee (EIPC);
(b) the Committee for the ICT Policy Support Programme, called the ICT Management Committee (ICTC);
(c) the Committee for the Intelligent Energy Europe Programme, called the IEE Management Committee (IEEC).
(a) 60 % of the overall budget for the pursuance of the Entrepreneurship and Innovation Programme, of which approximately one fifth shall be allocated to promoting eco-innovation;
(b) 20 % of the overall budget for the pursuance of the ICT Policy Support Programme;
(c) 20 % of the overall budget for the pursuance of the Intelligent Energy — Europe Programme.
— the overall duration of the respective instrument and the corresponding monitoring requirements which extend beyond the budgetary commitment period,
— the eligible countries,
— the degree of novelty and complexity of the instrument,
— the associated number of activities such as market research, identification of and negotiations with intermediaries, structuring of deals, closing, monitoring and reporting.
— new funds likely to have a particularly strong catalytic role in the development of risk capital markets for a specific technology or in a specific region,
— funds the main investment focus of which is on SMEs active in eco-innovation,
— funds set up by first time management teams.
— the volume of financing (debt, equity or quasi equity) made available to SMEs, and/or
— SMEs' access to finance, and/or
— risk-taking in SME financing by the intermediary concerned.
— for the GIF, the number of SMEs reached and the number of jobs created,
— the rate of return to investors,
— for the SMEG Facility, the number and value of loans provided by the financial intermediaries to SMEs, the number of SMEs reached and the number and value of loans defaulted,
— for the Seed Capital Action, the number of organisations supported and the volume of seed capital investments,
— for the Partnership Action, the number of intermediaries supported and SMEs reached,
— any specific outputs relating to eco-innovation.
(a) Information, feedback, business cooperation and internationalisation services—disseminating information relating to the functioning and opportunities of the internal market for goods and services, including signposting to tender opportunities,—promoting pro-actively Community initiatives, policies and programmes that are relevant for SMEs and providing information to SMEs on the application procedures for such programmes,—operating tools to measure the impact of existing legislation on SMEs,—contributing to the carrying-out of impact assessment studies of the Commission,—operating other appropriate means to engage SMEs in the European policy-making process,—assisting SMEs to develop cross-border activities and international networks,—supporting SMEs to find relevant partners from the private or public sectors through appropriate tools. — disseminating information relating to the functioning and opportunities of the internal market for goods and services, including signposting to tender opportunities, — promoting pro-actively Community initiatives, policies and programmes that are relevant for SMEs and providing information to SMEs on the application procedures for such programmes, — operating tools to measure the impact of existing legislation on SMEs, — contributing to the carrying-out of impact assessment studies of the Commission, — operating other appropriate means to engage SMEs in the European policy-making process, — assisting SMEs to develop cross-border activities and international networks, — supporting SMEs to find relevant partners from the private or public sectors through appropriate tools.
— disseminating information relating to the functioning and opportunities of the internal market for goods and services, including signposting to tender opportunities,
— promoting pro-actively Community initiatives, policies and programmes that are relevant for SMEs and providing information to SMEs on the application procedures for such programmes,
— operating tools to measure the impact of existing legislation on SMEs,
— contributing to the carrying-out of impact assessment studies of the Commission,
— operating other appropriate means to engage SMEs in the European policy-making process,
— assisting SMEs to develop cross-border activities and international networks,
— supporting SMEs to find relevant partners from the private or public sectors through appropriate tools.
— disseminating information relating to the functioning and opportunities of the internal market for goods and services, including signposting to tender opportunities,
— promoting pro-actively Community initiatives, policies and programmes that are relevant for SMEs and providing information to SMEs on the application procedures for such programmes,
— operating tools to measure the impact of existing legislation on SMEs,
— contributing to the carrying-out of impact assessment studies of the Commission,
— operating other appropriate means to engage SMEs in the European policy-making process,
— assisting SMEs to develop cross-border activities and international networks,
— supporting SMEs to find relevant partners from the private or public sectors through appropriate tools.
(b) Services for innovation and for the transfer of both technology and knowledge—disseminating information and raising awareness regarding innovation-related policies, legislation, and support programmes,—engaging in the dissemination and exploitation of research results,—providing brokerage services for technology and knowledge transfer, and for partnership building between all kinds of innovation actors,—stimulating the capacity of firms, especially SMEs to innovate,—facilitating linkage to other innovation services including intellectual property-related services. — disseminating information and raising awareness regarding innovation-related policies, legislation, and support programmes, — engaging in the dissemination and exploitation of research results, — providing brokerage services for technology and knowledge transfer, and for partnership building between all kinds of innovation actors, — stimulating the capacity of firms, especially SMEs to innovate, — facilitating linkage to other innovation services including intellectual property-related services.
— disseminating information and raising awareness regarding innovation-related policies, legislation, and support programmes,
— engaging in the dissemination and exploitation of research results,
— providing brokerage services for technology and knowledge transfer, and for partnership building between all kinds of innovation actors,
— stimulating the capacity of firms, especially SMEs to innovate,
— facilitating linkage to other innovation services including intellectual property-related services.
— disseminating information and raising awareness regarding innovation-related policies, legislation, and support programmes,
— engaging in the dissemination and exploitation of research results,
— providing brokerage services for technology and knowledge transfer, and for partnership building between all kinds of innovation actors,
— stimulating the capacity of firms, especially SMEs to innovate,
— facilitating linkage to other innovation services including intellectual property-related services.
(c) Services encouraging the participation of SMEs in the Seventh Framework RTD Programme—raising awareness among SMEs regarding the Seventh Framework RTD Programme,—helping SMEs to identify their research and technological development needs and to find relevant partners,—assisting SMEs in the preparation and coordination of project proposals for participation in the Seventh Framework RTD Programme. — raising awareness among SMEs regarding the Seventh Framework RTD Programme, — helping SMEs to identify their research and technological development needs and to find relevant partners, — assisting SMEs in the preparation and coordination of project proposals for participation in the Seventh Framework RTD Programme.
— raising awareness among SMEs regarding the Seventh Framework RTD Programme,
— helping SMEs to identify their research and technological development needs and to find relevant partners,
— assisting SMEs in the preparation and coordination of project proposals for participation in the Seventh Framework RTD Programme.
— raising awareness among SMEs regarding the Seventh Framework RTD Programme,
— helping SMEs to identify their research and technological development needs and to find relevant partners,
— assisting SMEs in the preparation and coordination of project proposals for participation in the Seventh Framework RTD Programme.
THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND THE COUNCIL OF THE EUROPEAN UNION,
Having regard to the Treaty establishing the European Community, and in particular Article 156, Article 157(3) and Article 175(1) thereof,
Having regard to the proposal from the Commission,
Having regard to the opinion of the European Economic and Social Committee(1),
Having regard to the opinion of the Committee of the Regions(2),
Acting in accordance with the procedure laid down in Article 251 of the Treaty(3),
(1) The Lisbon European Council of 23 and 24 March 2000 set the objective of making the European Union the most competitive and dynamic knowledge-based economy in the world. It emphasised the importance of creating a climate favourable to small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs), and considered it important to disseminate best practice and ensure greater convergence between Member States. The Gothenburg European Council of 15 and 16 June 2001 agreed the Union’s Strategy for Sustainable Development to ensure that economic growth, social inclusion and environmental protection go hand in hand. Enterprises’ production patterns play an important role in sustainable development.
(2) In order to contribute to the enhancement of competitiveness and innovation capacity in the Community, the advancement of the knowledge society, and sustainable development based on balanced economic growth, a Competitiveness and Innovation Framework Programme (hereinafter referred to as the Framework Programme) should be established.
(3) This is in line with the Commission Communication of 2 February 2005 to the Spring European Council entitled ‘Working together for growth and jobs — a new start for the Lisbon Strategy’, which calls for action to deliver growth and competitiveness and to make Europe a more attractive place in which to invest and work, recalling that entrepreneurial initiative must be stimulated, sufficient risk capital attracted to start up businesses, and a strong European industrial base sustained whilst innovation, notably eco-innovation, the uptake of information and communication technologies (ICT), and the sustainable use of resources should be promoted. Whilst competitiveness is to a large measure driven by vibrant businesses operating in open and competitive markets and supported by the right framework conditions, in particular by a regulatory framework conducive to innovation, Community financing has a role to play in leveraging support and providing complementary funding in order to tackle situations of market failure.
(4) The European Charter for Small Enterprises (hereinafter referred to as the Charter), endorsed by the European Council in Santa Maria de Feira of 19 and 20 June 2000, describes small enterprises as the backbone of the European economy. The specific nature, requirements and expectations of small and craft enterprises should be taken into account more effectively in national and European policies. Community measures to promote SMEs, such as the Commission Communication of 10 November 2005 entitled ‘Implementing the Community Lisbon Programme — Modern SME Policy for Growth and Employment’, should take account of the objectives set out in the Charter, and the Framework Programme should be used as a means of progressing towards the objectives set by it.
(5) The Framework Programme should particularly address SMEs, as defined in Commission Recommendation 2003/361/EC of 6 May 2003 concerning the definition of micro, small and medium-sized enterprises(4). It should pay particular attention to the specific characteristics and requirements of ‘gazelles’ as well as of micro and craft enterprises, and specific target groups, including female entrepreneurs.
(6) The Framework Programme should bring together those specific Community measures in the field of entrepreneurship, SMEs, industrial competitiveness, innovation, ICT, environmental technologies and intelligent energy that, until now, have been regulated by Council Decision 96/413/EC of 25 June 1996 on the implementation of a Community action programme to strengthen the competitiveness of European industry(5), Decision No 1336/97/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 17 June 1997 on a series of guidelines for trans-European telecommunications networks(6), Regulation (EC) No 1655/2000 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 17 July 2000 concerning the Financial Instrument for the Environment (LIFE)(7), Council Decision 2000/819/EC of 20 December 2000 on a multiannual programme for enterprise and entrepreneurship, and in particular for small- and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs) (2001-2005)(8), Council Decision 2001/48/EC of 22 December 2000 adopting a multiannual Community programme to stimulate the development and use of European digital content on the global networks and to promote linguistic diversity in the information society(9), Decision No 1230/2003/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2003 adopting a multiannual programme for action in the field of energy: ‘Intelligent Energy — Europe’ (2003-2006)(10)to support sustainable development in the energy context and Decision No 2256/2003/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 17 November 2003 adopting a multiannual programme (2003-2005) for the monitoring of the eEurope 2005 action plan, dissemination of good practices and the improvement of network and information security (Modinis)(11).
(7) The Framework Programme should establish a set of common objectives, the total financial envelope for pursuing those objectives, different types of implementing measures, and the arrangements for monitoring and evaluation and for the protection of the Communities’ financial interests.
(8) In line with the Commission Communication of 11 March 2003 entitled ‘Innovation policy: updating the Union’s approach in the context of the Lisbon strategy’ and in the light of the OECD Oslo Manual, innovation is understood as comprising the renewal and enlargement of a range of products and services and their associated markets; the establishment of new methods of design, production, supply and distribution; the introduction of changes in management, work organisation, and working conditions and skills of the workforce; and covers technological, non-technological and organisational innovation.
(9) The Framework Programme should exclude research and technological development activities carried out in accordance with Article 166 of the Treaty. It should be complementary to the Community’s Seventh Framework Programme for research, technological development and demonstration activities (2007-2013)(12)(hereinafter referred to as the Seventh Framework RTD Programme), by dealing with innovation, which includes non-technological as well as technological innovation, that has moved beyond the final demonstration phase and is ready for market replication (testing of innovations for application in markets). It should be ensured that there is no financing gap between research development and application (technology-transfer activities including pre-seed phase). Therefore, funding the transfer of research results to commercialisation is a task to be carried out in close coordination with the Seventh Framework RTD Programme and other relevant research programmes.
(10) The Framework Programme should also cover the market replication of existing technologies that are to be utilised in a new and innovative way. In certain circumstances, pilot projects for technological demonstration will be covered by both the Framework Programme and the Seventh Framework RTD Programme. This will occur only when certain technological solutions (for example technical standards in the ICT field) have to be validated during the market replication phase of an otherwise already demonstrated technology.
(11) The Framework Programme should complement the Structural Funds and other relevant Community programmes, whilst acknowledging that each instrument should work according to its own specific procedures. Thus, the same eligible costs should not receive double funding.
(12) The common objectives of the Framework Programme should be pursued by specific programmes entitled ‘the Entrepreneurship and Innovation Programme’, ‘the ICT Policy Support Programme’ and ‘the Intelligent Energy — Europe Programme’.
(13) The principles of transparency and equal gender opportunity should be taken into account in all the programmes and activities covered by the Framework Programme.
(14) This Decision lays down, for the entire duration of the Framework Programme, a financial envelope constituting the prime reference, within the meaning of point 37 of the Interinstitutional Agreement of 17 May 2006 between the European Parliament, the Council and the Commission on budgetary discipline and sound financial management(13), for the budgetary authority during the annual budgetary procedure.
(15) A specific and indicative budget should be reserved for each specific programme.
(16) In order to ensure that financing be limited to tackling market failures, and with a view to avoiding market distortions, funding from the Framework Programme should comply with the Community State aid rules and the accompanying instruments and the Community definition of SMEs in force.
(17) The Agreement on the European Economic Area (hereinafter referred to as the EEA Agreement) and Protocols to Association Agreements provide for the participation of the countries concerned in Community programmes. Participation by other third countries should be possible when Agreements and procedures so allow.
(18) The Framework Programme and the specific programmes should be regularly monitored and evaluated in order to allow for readjustments. Where possible, evaluation reports should examine gender mainstreaming in programme activities.
(19) Appropriate measures should also be taken to prevent irregularities and fraud and the necessary steps should be taken to recover funds lost, wrongly paid or incorrectly used, in accordance with Council Regulations (EC, Euratom) No 2988/95 of 18 December 1995 on the protection of the European Communities financial interests(14)and (Euratom, EC) No 2185/96 of 11 November 1996 concerning on-the-spot checks and inspections carried out by the Commission in order to protect the European Communities’ financial interests against fraud and other irregularities(15)and Regulation (EC) No 1073/1999 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 25 May 1999 concerning investigations conducted by the European Anti-Fraud Office (OLAF)(16).
(20) The growth and competitiveness of enterprises in industrial and service sectors depends on their ability to adjust quickly to change, to exploit their innovative potential and to develop high-quality products. This challenge concerns enterprises of all sizes, but is particularly acute for smaller enterprises. It is therefore appropriate to establish the Entrepreneurship and Innovation Programme.
(21) The Community can be the catalyst and coordinator of Member States’ efforts. It can contribute to, and complement their achievements, in particular by promoting the exchange of national and regional experiences and practices, by defining and disseminating best practices and innovative ideas, and by contributing to the availability of Europe-wide supply of services in support of business and innovation, in particular for SMEs.
(22) The Commission Communication of 28 January 2004 entitled ‘Stimulating Technologies for Sustainable Development: An Environmental Technologies Action Plan for the European Union’ calls for Community programmes to support the development and uptake of environmental technologies and calls for the mobilisation of financial instruments to share the risks of investing in environmental technologies.
(23) To support the creation of a European market for innovative products and services, it is necessary for Member States and the Commission to create attractive conditions for innovative products and services, including through a proactive approach to public procurement in order to help create lead markets, while improving access for SMEs and the quality of public services, and through better regulation and standards based on early anticipation of needs. The Commission should provide guidance on the issue of innovation-friendly public procurement.
(24) With regard to technological innovation, SMEs should be encouraged to become involved in high-technology sectors such as space and security and to develop applications offered by the Galileo satellite positioning system.
(25) Eco-innovation is any form of innovation aiming at significant and demonstrable progress towards the goal of sustainable development, through reducing impacts on the environment or achieving a more efficient and responsible use of natural resources, including energy. Eco-innovation is a progressive concept and the Framework Programme must therefore remain responsive to changes. The promotion of eco-innovation through the Framework Programme aims to contribute to the implementation of the Environmental Technologies Action Plan.
(26) Taking into account the activities of the Environment LIFE+ Programme (LIFE+), the Framework Programme should encourage the uptake of environmental technologies through pilot and market replication projects, bridging the gap between the successful demonstration of innovative technologies and the market uptake and by removing the barriers to market penetration, promoting voluntary approaches in fields such as environmental management, and networking relevant actors. It should support eco-innovation by enterprises through projects and co-investment in risk capital funds, but should not double-fund costs receiving funding under LIFE+.
(27) Market-based Community financial instruments for SMEs complement and add leverage to financial schemes at the national level. They can particularly foster private investment for the creation of new innovative companies and support companies with a high growth potential in their expansion phase to reduce a recognised equity gap. They can improve access by existing SMEs to loan finances for activities that support their competitiveness and growth potential.
(28) The European Investment Fund (EIF) is the Community’s specialised vehicle for providing risk capital and guarantee instruments for SMEs. It pays special attention to supporting microfinance as well as early-stage finance in accordance with market demand and best practice. It contributes to the pursuit of Community objectives, including a knowledge-based society, innovation, growth, employment and the promotion of entrepreneurial spirit. The EIF ensures the required continuity in the management of Community programmes and has gathered extensive experience therein. The operation by the EIF of Community financial instruments for SMEs on behalf of the Commission has therefore been considered a good practice by independent evaluations. The EIF also has the expertise to support emerging actions based on public-private partnerships launched by Member States aiming at attracting high-risk investment streams from the capital markets to the benefit of innovative small businesses.
(29) Impending changes in the financial environment and new accounting standards make financial institutions more sensitive to risk, lead to a rating culture, and may tighten the credit supply to SMEs, at least during a transitional phase. The Entrepreneurship and Innovation Programme should therefore respond to the changing financing needs of SMEs, including the need for proximity financing and their adaptation to the new financial environment whilst avoiding market distortions. Furthermore, activities should contribute to enhancing the capabilities of financial institutions to assess risk related to innovation, with a view to developing technology-rating and to improving the capabilities of SMEs to make better use of the financing instruments provided by the markets.
(30) High-quality services in support of business and innovation play an important role in ensuring SMEs’ access to information relating to the functioning and opportunities of the internal market for goods and services as well as in the trans-national transfer of innovation, knowledge and technology. They also have a crucial role to play in facilitating SMEs’ access to information on Community legislation applying to them and on future legislation for which they can prepare and to which they can adapt in a cost-effective way. Considerable experience and skills have been developed through existing European support networks for businesses, such as the Euro Info Centres and Innovation Relay Centres. External evaluations have stressed that the horizontal role in the delivery of European business support services should be strengthened, including by optimising the cooperation between existing services and help desks with a view to creating a ‘one-stop shop’ on the basis of a ‘no wrong door’ commitment. This concerns the dissemination of information on Community programmes and the promotion of the participation of SMEs in those programmes, in particular SMEs’ participation in the Seventh Framework RTD Programme. Evaluations have also stressed the importance of facilitating interaction between the Commission and SMEs.
(31) The Community should equip itself with a sound analytical basis to support policy making in the fields of SMEs, entrepreneurship, innovation and competitiveness in industrial sectors. Such a basis should add value to the information available at the national level in those fields. The Community should provide for the common development of competitiveness strategies for industrial and service sectors, and for the promotion of best practices in relation to an entrepreneurial environment and culture, including skills, corporate social responsibility and equal gender opportunity, and promote through, inter alia, education and continuous training, and from school to higher education, the emergence of young entrepreneurs.
(32) The Brussels European Council of 20 and 21 March 2003 gave priority to innovation and entrepreneurship and stressed the need for Europe to do more to turn ideas into real added value. It called for further action in order to create the conditions in which business innovates. The linear model of innovation, that assumes that research leads directly to innovation, has proved to be insufficient to explain innovation performance and to design appropriate innovation policy responses. Recognising that enterprises are at the heart of the innovation process, funding to stimulate innovation activities of enterprises and preparing the market-take up of innovation as well as innovation governance and culture should therefore be placed under the Entrepreneurship and Innovation Programme. This should help to ensure that innovation works to promote competitiveness and is carried through into practical application at a business level. The Brussels European Council of 25 and 26 March 2004 added that clean technologies are vital to fully exploit synergies between enterprise and the environment. The promotion of eco-innovation, which includes innovative clean technologies, can help exploit their potential.
(33) The market for knowledge transfer and absorption is frequently opaque, and both lack of information and failure to make connections create market barriers. Businesses also find it difficult to incorporate technologies which are not part of their traditional field of activity and to gain access to new types of skills. Financial risks can be high for innovation, profitability may be delayed by development hitches and tax may not be neutral between success and failure. Skills needed to exploit opportunities may be in short supply. Institutional or regulatory obstacles can delay or undermine the emergence of new markets and access to them. Bankruptcy laws may create strong disincentives to assume entrepreneurial risk because of fear of failure. In addition, economic circumstances can determine whether innovation takes place or not. The development of a business environment conducive to entrepreneurship, competitiveness and innovation should include the improvement of enterprise- and innovation-related economic and administrative reform, in particular for increased competitiveness, reduction of administrative burdens for SMEs and a better regulatory environment for entrepreneurship, business creation and business transfer, growth and innovation.
(34) Those barriers to the market penetration of innovation technologies are particularly relevant for environmental technologies. Market prices too often do not completely reflect the environmental costs of products and services. The part of the costs not reflected in market prices is borne by society as a whole, rather than by the producers of pollution. This market failure, together with the Community interest in preserving resources, preventing pollution and protecting the environment more cost-efficiently, justifies reinforced support for eco-innovation.
(35) The Community’s innovation actions aim to support the development of innovation policy in the Member States and their regions and to facilitate the exploitation of synergies between national, regional and European innovation policy and support activities. The Community is able to facilitate trans-national exchanges, mutual learning and networking and can drive cooperation on innovation policy. Networking among stakeholders is the key to facilitating the flow of knowledge and ideas that are necessary for innovation.
(36) The Council Resolution endorsed at the Brussels Telecommunications Council of 9 December 2004 provides the basis for the proposal for a new information society initiative to reinforce the contribution of the information society to Europe’s performance. In its aforementioned Communication of 2 February 2005, the Commission proposes to focus efforts on ‘delivering stronger and lasting growth and creating more and better jobs’. It highlights the uptake of ICT by both the private and public sector as a key element in improving Europe’s innovation performance and competitiveness. The ICT Policy Support Programme should therefore be established.
(37) Actions under the ICT Policy Support Programme should also contribute to the objectives of the i2010 strategy, while taking into consideration other Community programmes in the field of ICT in order to avoid the duplication of efforts.
(38) ICT provide the backbone for the knowledge economy. They account for around half of the productivity growth in modern economies and provide unique solutions to address key societal challenges. The improvement of public sector and general interest services needs to be carried out in close collaboration with the relevant Community policies, for example, in the fields of public health, education and training, environment, transport and internal market development and competition.
(39) The deployment and best use of innovative ICT-based solutions should be stimulated, in particular for services in areas of public interest, including the improvement of the quality of life of disadvantaged groups, such as people with disabilities or elderly people. Community support should also facilitate the coordination and the implementation of actions for developing the information society across the Member States.
(40) The midterm evaluation of the eTEN (Trans European Network for Telecom) Programme recommends using a demand driven approach for Community intervention to projects supporting trans-European services in areas of public interest.
(41) The eGovernment and eHealth Communications from the Commission and related Council conclusions called for increased effort in innovation, good practice exchange and interoperability and identified the need for increased synergies between related Community programmes. Interoperability is of great importance to the development of the information society.
(42) A legislative framework has been defined by Directive 96/9/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 11 March 1996 on the legal protection of databases(17), Directive 2001/29/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 22 May 2001 on the harmonisation of certain aspects of copyright and related rights in the information society(18)and Directive 2003/98/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 17 November 2003 on the re-use of public sector information(19)to deal with the challenges of digital content in the information society.
(43) Different practices among Member States continue to create technical barriers which impede wide access and re-use of public sector information in the Union.
(44) Community actions concerning digital content should take account of the Community’s multilingual and multicultural specificity.
(45) Natural resources, the prudent and rational utilisation of which is provided for in Article 174 of the Treaty, include, apart from renewable energy sources, oil, natural gas and solid fuels, which are essential energy sources but are also the main sources of carbon dioxide emissions.
(46) The Commission’s Green Paper entitled ‘Towards a European strategy for the security of energy supply’ noted that the Union is becoming increasingly dependent on external energy sources and that its dependence could rise to 70 % in 20 to 30 years’ time. It therefore stressed the need to balance supply policy against clear action for a demand policy and called for better managed and more environmentally friendly consumption, particularly in the transport and building sectors. It also called for priority to be given the development of new and renewable sources on the energy supply side in order to respond to the challenge of global warming and to achieve the target already established by earlier action plans and resolutions of 12 % energy from renewable energy sources in gross internal consumption by 2010.
(47) Directive 2001/77/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 27 September 2001 on the promotion of electricity produced from renewable energy sources in the internal electricity market(20)requires Member States to set national indicative targets consistent with the Community global indicative target of 12 % of gross national energy consumption by 2010 and in particular with the 22,1 % indicative share of electricity produced from renewable energy sources in total Community electricity consumption by 2010. The Commission Communication of 26 May 2004 entitled ‘The share of renewable energy in the EU’ warned that the target of a 12 % share of renewable energy in overall energy consumption in the Community in 2010 will not be reached unless considerable additional action is taken.
(48) Directive 2002/91/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 16 December 2002 on the energy performance of buildings(21)requires Member States to apply minimum energy performance requirements for new and existing buildings, to ensure the energy certification of buildings and to require the regular inspection of boilers and of air-conditioning systems in buildings.
(49) Directive 2003/30/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 8 May 2003 on the promotion of the use of biofuels or other renewable fuels for transport(22)requires Member States to ensure that a minimum proportion of biofuels and other renewable fuels is placed on their market.
(50) Directive 2004/8/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 11 February 2004 on the promotion of cogeneration based on a useful heat demand in the internal energy market and amending Directive 92/42/EEC(23)requires Member States to carry out analyses of their potential for high-efficiency cogeneration and to set up support schemes that reflect the national potential identified.
(51) In order to facilitate the implementation of those Community measures, to achieve greater market penetration for renewable energy sources and to improve energy efficiency, there is a need for specific promotion programmes at Community level to create the conditions for moving towards sustainable energy systems, in particular to support the standardisation of equipment which produces or consumes renewable energy sources, to increase technology deployment and to spread best practices in demand side management. The same applies to the Community measures related to the labelling of energy efficiency of electrical, electronic, office and communications equipment and the standardisation of lighting, heating and air-conditioning equipment. The Intelligent Energy — Europe Programme should therefore be established.
(52) The Intelligent Energy — Europe Programme should contribute to achieving the general objectives of improving energy diversification and security of supply, and enhancing the competitiveness of companies in the Union, in particular SMEs, while protecting the environment and meeting international commitments in this area. Energy efficiency improvement measures in that specific programme should also focus on technological improvements in production processes and propose efficiency gains through improved transport logistics.
(53) Achieving the full impact of the established strategy for sustainable energy requires not only continuity with Community support to policy development and implementation and removal of existing non-technological barriers through enhanced promotion campaigns, but, above all, support to accelerate investment and stimulate the market uptake of innovative technologies across the Community.
(54) Alongside environmental advantages, renewable energy sources and energy efficiency are among the fastest growing industries in the Community, creating new and innovative jobs. The European renewable energy industry leads the world in the development of technologies for renewable energy electricity generation. Such technologies benefit economic and social cohesion and avoid the dissipation of resources.
(55) Decision No 1230/2003/EC will expire on 31 December 2006.
(56) Three of the four specific fields of the programme established by Decision No 1230/2003/EC should be continued under this Framework Programme: (i) promoting energy efficiency and the rational use of energy resources (SAVE); (ii) promoting new and renewable energy sources (Altener); and (iii) promoting energy efficiency and the use of new and renewable energy sources in transport (STEER).
(57) The international dimension (Coopener) of the programme established by Decision No 1230/2003/EC should be continued in the framework of the new Community instruments for external assistance as part of a thematic programme on environment and sustainable management of natural resources, including energy. However, there should be a close relationship between the relevant part of the thematic programme and the Intelligent Energy — Europe Programme in order to help SMEs take advantage of the potential markets for intelligent energy which exist outside Europe.
(58) In accordance with the principles of good governance and better regulation, the Commission has commissioned independent experts to carry out an ex ante evaluation of a renewed multiannual Community programme in the field of energy to succeed the ongoing Intelligent Energy — Europe Programme after 31 December 2006. In their report, the experts concluded that there was a need to ensure the continuity of the Intelligent Energy — Europe Programme after 2006, and to renew it in a more comprehensive and ambitious instrument. That programme should be established also with a view to further improving European strength and excellence in the field of sustainable energy technologies and their application.
(59) Account should be taken of the need to achieve user-friendliness and administrative simplification in implementing the Framework Programme. The Commission should publish and widely diffuse a user manual establishing a clear, simple and transparent framework of general principles for participation of beneficiaries in the Framework Programme. This should in particular facilitate the participation of SMEs. The user manual should describe the rights and obligations of beneficiaries; financial provisions such as eligible costs and support rates; principles governing administrative rules and procedures, in particular user-friendly applications procedures applying a two-stage application process, where appropriate and on the condition that such a procedure does not extend the time period between evaluation and signing of the contract; the rules for use and dissemination of project results; and principles for the evaluation, selection and award of proposals.
(60) The Commission may use, on the basis of a cost-benefit analysis, a new or an existing executive agency for the implementation of the Framework Programme, as provided for in Council Regulation (EC) No 58/2003 of 19 December 2002 laying down the statute for executive agencies to be entrusted with certain tasks in the management of Community programmes(24).
(61) The Framework Programme should also support reflection on the future structures and needs for European innovation policies.
(62) Since the objectives of this Decision concerning the enhancement of the Community’s competitiveness and innovation cannot be sufficiently achieved by the Member States because of the need for multilateral partnerships, trans-national mobility and Community-wide exchanges of information, and can therefore, by reason of the nature of the actions and measures necessary, be better achieved at Community level, the Community may adopt measures, in accordance with the principle of subsidiarity as set out in Article 5 of the Treaty. In accordance with the principle of proportionality, as set out in that Article, this Decision does not go beyond what is necessary in order to achieve those objectives.
(63) The measures necessary for the implementation of this Decision should be adopted in accordance with Council Decision 1999/468/EC of 28 June 1999 laying down the procedures for the exercise of implementing powers conferred on the Commission(25).
(64) Taking into account the nature of the issues to be dealt with under the specific programmes, the Commission should be assisted by different committees for the implementation of each specific programme. Those committees will meet simultaneously on a periodic basis to enable joint sessions to discuss issues of horizontal or common relevance, as identified by the EIP Management Committee together with the Commission.
(65) In the interest of improving coherence between elements of the Framework Programme and its effectiveness, a Strategic Advisory Board on Competitiveness and Innovation should advise the Commission.
(66) Decision No 456/2005/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 9 March 2005 establishing a multiannual Community programme to make digital content in Europe more accessible, usable and exploitable(26)establishes a multiannual programme, known as the ‘eContentplus’. That Decision will expire on 31 December 2008. Measures foreseen to make digital content in Europe more accessible, usable and exploitable should be continued after that date under the ICT Policy Support Programme established by this Decision.
(67) The measures provided for in Decision 96/413/EC should be integrated into the Entrepreneurship and Innovation Programme. Decision 96/413/EC should therefore be repealed,
HAVE DECIDED AS FOLLOWS:

Establishment
Article 1
1. A framework programme for Community action in the field of competitiveness and innovation, paying particular attention to the needs of SMEs and covering the period from 1 January 2007 to 31 December 2013 (hereinafter referred to as the Framework Programme), is hereby established.
2. The Framework Programme shall contribute to the competitiveness and innovative capacity of the Community as an advanced knowledge society, with sustainable development based on robust economic growth and a highly competitive social market economy with a high level of protection and improvement of the quality of the environment.
3. The Framework Programme shall not cover research, technological development and demonstration activities carried out in accordance with Article 166 of the Treaty. It shall contribute to closing the gap between research and innovation and promote all forms of innovation.

Objectives
Article 2
1. The Framework Programme shall have the following objectives:
(a)
to foster the competitiveness of enterprises, in particular of SMEs;
(b)
to promote all forms of innovation including eco-innovation;
(c)
to accelerate the development of a sustainable, competitive, innovative and inclusive information society;
(d)
to promote energy efficiency and new and renewable energy sources in all sectors, including transport.
2. The objectives of the Framework Programme shall be pursued through the implementation of the following specific programmes as established in Title II (hereinafter referred to as the specific programmes):
(a)
the Entrepreneurship and Innovation Programme;
(b)
the Information and Communications Technologies (ICT) Policy Support Programme;
(c)
the Intelligent Energy-Europe Programme.

Budget
Article 3
1. The financial envelope for the implementing the Framework Programme shall be EUR 3 621 300 000.
2. An indicative budgetary breakdown for the specific programmes is set out in Annex I.
3. The budgetary authority shall authorise the available annual appropriations within the limits of the financial framework.

Participation of third countries
Article 4
The Framework Programme shall be open to the participation of:
(a)
European Free Trade Association (EFTA) countries which are members of the European Economic Area (EEA), in accordance with the conditions laid down in the EEA Agreement;
(b)
accession countries and candidate countries benefiting from a pre-accession strategy, in accordance with the general principles and general terms and conditions for the participation of those countries in Community programmes established in the respective Framework Agreements and Association Council Decisions;
(c)
countries of the Western Balkans, in accordance with the provisions to be determined with those countries following the establishment of Framework Agreements concerning their participation in Community programmes;
(d)
other third countries, when Agreements and procedures so allow.

Annual work programmes
Article 5
1. The Commission shall adopt annual work programmes for the specific programmes in accordance with the procedure referred to in Article 46(2), taking into account the need to adjust to future developments, in particular after the interim evaluation.
The Commission shall ensure the implementation of annual work programmes and inform the European Parliament of their preparation and implementation comprehensively and without delay.
2. Amendments to the annual work programmes concerning budgetary allocations of more than EUR 1 million shall be adopted in accordance with the procedure referred to in Article 46(2).

Common implementing measures for the Framework Programme
Article 6
1. The instruments outlined in Section 2 of Chapter I, Section 2 of Chapter II and Section 2 of Chapter III of Title II shall constitute a common toolbox for the Framework Programme. They may also be used to fulfil the objectives of each specific programme as specified in the relevant annual work programme. A comprehensive list of instruments shall be set out in detail in the user manual referred to in Article 47.
2. The funding granted shall fully comply with Community State aid rules and accompanying instruments. Community rules concerning public access to documents shall apply. The principles of transparency and gender mainstreaming shall be taken into account.

Technical assistance
Article 7
The financial envelope established under this Decision may also cover necessary expenditure related to preparatory action, monitoring, control, audit and evaluation directly necessary for the effective and efficient implementation of this Decision and for the achievement of its objectives.
Such action may, in particular, include studies, meetings, information activities, publications, expenditure on informatics tools, systems and networks for the exchange and processing of information, and any other expenditure on technical, scientific and administrative assistance and expertise to which the Commission may need to have recourse for the purposes of the implementation of this Decision.

Monitoring and evaluation
Article 8
1. The Commission shall regularly monitor the implementation of the Framework Programme and its specific programmes. It shall also examine synergies within the Framework Programme and with other complementary Community programmes and, where possible, synergies with national programmes co-funded by the Union. Where possible, it shall examine the gender dimension and the respect of the principle of non-discrimination in programme activities.
The Commission shall draw up an annual implementation report for the Framework Programme and for each specific programme examining the supported activities in terms of financial implementation, results and, where possible, impact. The annual report on the Entrepreneurship and Innovation Programme shall clearly identify eco-innovation activities.
2. The Framework Programme and its specific programmes shall be subject to interim and final evaluations. Such evaluations shall examine issues such as relevance, coherence and synergies, effectiveness, efficiency, sustainability, utility and, where possible and appropriate, distribution of funding with regard to sectors. The final evaluation shall, in addition, examine the extent to which the Framework Programme as a whole, and each of its specific programmes, has achieved its objectives.
Both interim and final evaluations shall adopt appropriate methodologies to measure the impact of the Framework Programme, and each of the specific programmes, against its objectives, including competitiveness, innovation, entrepreneurship, productivity growth, employment and environment.
Such evaluations shall examine the quality of the services referred to in Article 21(2) provided by the network partners. The interim evaluations may also include ex post evaluation elements with regard to previous programmes.
3. The interim and final evaluations of the specific programmes and the necessary budgetary allocations shall be included in the respective annual work programmes.
The annual work programmes shall define a set of measurable objectives for each specific action and develop appropriate evaluation criteria and a set of quantitative and qualitative indicators to measure effectiveness in delivering outcomes that will contribute to the achievement of the objectives of the Framework Programme as a whole and the objectives of the relevant specific programme.
The interim and final evaluation of the Framework Programme and the necessary budgetary allocations shall be included in the annual work programme for the Entrepreneurship and Innovation Programme.
4. The interim evaluation of the Framework Programme shall be completed by 31 December 2009 and the final evaluation by 31 December 2011.
The interim and final evaluations of the specific programmes shall be arranged in such a way that their results can be taken into account in the interim and final evaluation of the Framework Programme.
5. The Commission shall communicate the annual implementation reports, the results of the interim and final evaluations of the Framework Programme and of its specific programmes to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions.

Protection of the Communities’ financial interests
Article 9
1. The Commission shall ensure that, when actions financed under this Decision are implemented, the financial interests of the Community are protected by the application of measures to prevent fraud, corruption and any other illegal activities, by effective checks and by the recovery of amounts unduly paid and, if irregularities are detected, by effective, proportional and dissuasive penalties, in accordance with Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 2988/95, Regulation (Euratom, EC) No 2185/96, and Regulation (EC) No 1073/1999.
2. For the Community actions financed under this Decision, Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 2988/95 and Regulation (Euratom, EC) No 2185/96 shall apply to any infringement of a provision of Community law, including infringements of a contractual obligation stipulated on the basis of the Framework Programme, resulting from an act or omission by an economic operator, which has, or would have, the effect of prejudicing the general budget of the European Union or budgets managed by it, by an unjustified item of expenditure.
3. All implementing measures resulting from this Decision shall provide, in particular, for supervision and financial control by the Commission or any representative authorised by it, and by audits by the European Court of Auditors, if necessary on-the-spot audits.

Establishment and objectives
Article 10
1. The Entrepreneurship and Innovation Programme in support of enterprise, particularly SMEs, entrepreneurship, innovation, including eco-innovation and industrial competitiveness is hereby established.
2. The Entrepreneurship and Innovation Programme shall provide for action to support, improve, encourage and promote:
(a)
access to finance for the start-up and growth of SMEs and investment in innovation activities;
(b)
the creation of an environment favourable to SME cooperation, particularly in the field of cross-border cooperation;
(c)
all forms of innovation in enterprises;
(d)
eco-innovation;
(e)
entrepreneurship and innovation culture;
(f)
enterprise and innovation-related economic and administrative reform.

Access to finance for the start-up and growth of SMEs
Article 11
Action in relation to access to finance for the start-up and growth of SMEs and for investment in innovation activities, including eco-innovation, may include:
(a)
increasing the investment volumes of risk capital funds and investment vehicles promoted by business angels;
(b)
providing leverage to SME debt financing instruments;
(c)
improving the financial environment for, and the investment readiness of, SMEs.

SME cooperation
Article 12
Action in relation to SME cooperation may include:
(a)
fostering services in support of SMEs;
(b)
contributing to measures helping and encouraging SMEs to cooperate with other enterprises and other innovation actors across borders, including SME involvement in the field of European and international standardisation;
(c)
promoting and facilitating international business cooperation, including at regional level and through SME networks favouring the coordination and development of their economic and industrial activities.

Innovation activities
Article 13
Action in relation to innovation may include:
(a)
fostering sector-specific innovation, clusters, innovation networks, public-private innovation partnerships and cooperation with relevant international organisations, and the use of innovation management;
(b)
supporting national and regional programmes for business innovation;
(c)
supporting the take-up of innovative technologies and concepts and the innovative application of existing technologies and concepts;
(d)
supporting services for trans-national knowledge and technology transfer and for the protection and management of intellectual and industrial property;
(e)
developing and exploring new types of innovation services;
(f)
fostering technology and knowledge through data archiving and transfer.

Eco-innovation activities
Article 14
Action in relation to eco-innovation may include:
(a)
supporting the take-up of environmental technologies and eco-innovative activities;
(b)
co-investment in risk capital funds that provide equity,inter alia,for companies investing in eco-innovation in accordance with the procedure laid down in Annex II;
(c)
fostering eco-innovation networks and clusters and public-private partnerships in eco-innovation, developing innovative business services, and facilitating or promoting eco-innovation;
(d)
promoting new and integrated approaches to eco-innovation in fields such as environmental management and the environmentally friendly design of products, processes and services, taking into account their whole life cycle.

Entrepreneurship and innovation culture
Article 15
Action in relation to entrepreneurship and innovation culture may include:
(a)
encouraging entrepreneurial mindsets, skills and culture, and the balancing of entrepreneurial risk and reward, in particular for women and young people;
(b)
encouraging a business environment favourable to innovation, enterprise development and growth;
(c)
supporting policy development and cooperation between actors, including trans-national cooperation of national and regional programme managers, in particular with a view to fostering the SME-friendliness of programmes and measures;
(d)
encouraging the creation and transfer of enterprises.

Enterprise and innovation-related economic and administrative reform
Article 16
Action in relation to enterprise and innovation-related economic and administrative reform may include:
(a)
collecting data, analysing and monitoring performance, and developing and coordinating policy;
(b)
contributing to the definition and promotion of competitiveness strategies related to industry and service sectors;
(c)
supporting mutual learning for excellence in national, regional and local administrations.

Community financial instruments for SMEs
Article 17
1. Community financial instruments shall be operated with the aim of facilitating access to finance for SMEs in certain phases of their life cycle: seed, start-up, expansion and business transfer. Investments made by SMEs in activities such as technological development, innovation, including eco-innovation, and technology transfer and the cross-border expansion of their business activities shall be included in the scope of the relevant instruments.
2. The instruments referred to in paragraph 1 shall be the following:
(a)
the High Growth and Innovative SME Facility (GIF);
(b)
the SME Guarantee (SMEG) Facility;
(c)
the Capacity Building Scheme (CBS).
3. Implementation arrangements concerning the different instruments are laid down in Annex II.

The GIF
Article 18
1. The GIF shall be operated by the European Investment Fund (EIF) on behalf of the Commission.
The GIF shall carry out the following tasks:
(a)
contributing to the establishment and financing of SMEs and the reduction of the equity and risk capital market gap, which prevents SMEs from exploiting their growth potential, with a view to improving the European venture capital market;
(b)
supporting innovative SMEs with high growth potential, in particular those undertaking research, development and other innovation activities.
2. The GIF shall consist of two windows, as follows:
—
the first window, ‘GIF1’, shall cover early stage (seed and start-up) investments. It shall invest in specialised venture capital funds such as early stage funds, funds operating regionally, funds focused on specific sectors, technologies or research and technological development and funds linked to incubators, which shall in turn provide capital to SMEs. It may also co-invest in funds and investment vehicles promoted by business angels,
—
the second window, ‘GIF2’, shall cover expansion stage investments and shall invest in specialised risk capital funds, which in turn shall provide quasi-equity or equity for innovative SMEs with high growth potential in their expansion phase. GIF2 investments shall avoid buy-out or replacement capital intended for asset stripping.
GIF may invest in intermediaries by working, where appropriate, with national or regional schemes aimed at developing small business investment companies.
In addition to the funding provided by GIF, the majority of the capital invested in any fund shall be provided by investors operating in circumstances corresponding to the market economy investor principle, irrespective of the legal nature and ownership structure of those investors.

The SMEG Facility
Article 19
1. The SMEG Facility shall be operated by the EIF on behalf of the Commission.
The SMEG Facility shall carry out the following tasks:
(a)
providing counter-guarantees or, where appropriate, co-guarantees for guarantee schemes operating in the eligible countries;
(b)
providing direct guarantees for any other appropriate financial intermediary.
2. The SMEG Facility shall consist of four windows, as follows:
—
the first window, (a) debt financing via loans or leasing, shall reduce the particular difficulties SMEs face in accessing finance either due to the perceived higher risk associated with investments in certain knowledge-related activities such as technological development, innovation and technology transfer or due to the lack of sufficient collateral,
—
the second window, (b) microcredit financing, shall encourage financial institutions to play a greater role in the provision of loans of a smaller amount which would normally involve proportionately higher unit handling costs for borrowers with insufficient collateral. In addition to guarantees or counter-guarantees, financial intermediaries may receive grants to partially offset the high administrative costs inherent in microcredit financing,
—
the third window, (c) guarantees for equity or quasi-equity investments in SMEs, shall include investments which provide seed capital and/or capital in the start-up phase, as well as mezzanine financing, in order to reduce the particular difficulties which SMEs face because of their weak financial structure and those arising from business transfers,
—
the fourth window, (d) securitisation of SME debt finance portfolios, shall mobilise additional debt financing for SMEs under appropriate risk-sharing arrangements with the targeted institutions. Support for those transactions shall be conditional upon an undertaking by the originating institutions to grant a significant part of the resulting liquidity of the mobilised capital for new SME lending in a reasonable period of time. The amount of this new debt financing shall be calculated in relation to the amount of the guaranteed portfolio risk and shall be negotiated, together with the period of time, individually with each originating institution.

The CBS
Article 20
1. The CBS shall be operated with international financial institutions, including the European Bank for Reconstruction and Development (EBRD), the European Investment Bank (EIB), the EIF and the Council of Europe Development Bank (CEB).
The CBS shall carry out the following tasks:
(a)
improving the investment and technology expertise of funds and other financial intermediaries investing in innovative SMEs or SMEs with growth potential;
(b)
stimulating the supply of credit to SMEs by enhancing the credit appraisal procedures for SME lending.
2. The CBS shall consist of the Seed Capital Action and the Partnership Action.
The Seed Capital Action shall provide grants to stimulate the supply of venture capital for innovative SMEs and other SMEs with growth potential, including those in the traditional economy, through support for seed and start-up funds or similar organisations. Support may also be provided for the long-term recruitment of additional staff with specific investment or technology expertise.
The Partnership Action shall provide grants to financial intermediaries to cover the cost of technical assistance to improve their credit appraisal procedures for SME debt financing, in order to stimulate the supply of finance to SMEs in countries with low banking intermediation.
For the purpose of the Partnership Action ‘low intermediation’ shall relate to banking in countries where domestic credit as a percentage of Gross Domestic Product is significantly below the Community average according to relevant data established by the European Central Bank or the International Monetary Fund.
The Partnership Action shall accompany the credit lines or the risk-sharing provided by international financial institutions to partner banks or financial institutions from the eligible countries. A significant part of the action shall relate to improving banks’ and other financial institutions’ capacity to assess the commercial viability of projects with a significant eco-innovation component.

Services in support of business and innovation
Article 21
1. Services in support of business and innovation, in particular for SMEs, shall be encouraged.
2. Taking into account the established experience and skills of existing European business support networks, financial support may be granted to network partners to provide, in particular:
(a)
information, feedback, business cooperation and internationalisation services;
(b)
services for innovation and for the transfer of both technology and knowledge;
(c)
services encouraging the participation of SMEs in the Seventh Framework RTD Programme.
Details concerning such services are laid down in Annex III.
3. The Commission shall select network partners through calls for proposals in relation to the various services referred to in paragraph 2. Following those calls for proposals the Commission may establish a framework partnership agreement with selected network partners specifying the type of activities to be offered, the procedure for awarding grants to them and the general rights and obligations of each party. The framework partnership may cover the duration of the programme.
4. In addition to the services referred to in paragraph 2, the Commission may provide financial support for the implementation of other activities within the scope of the Framework Programme following calls for proposals which may be restricted to the network partners. Such services shall ensure that interested parties and potential applicants may obtain comprehensive assistance relating to the possibilities for support under the Framework Programme.
5. The Commission shall support the network partners by making available the appropriate coordination and operational support. Organisations established in countries which are not participating in the Framework Programme may be permitted to benefit from that coordination and operational support.
6. The Commission shall ensure that network partners cooperate with each other and, in the event that a network partner is unable to address an enquiry directly, it shall refer the enquiry to a competent network partner.

Innovation and eco-innovation pilot and market replication projects
Article 22
The Community shall provide support to projects concerned with the first applications or market replication of innovative or eco-innovative techniques, products or practices of Community relevance, which have already been technically demonstrated with success but which, owing to residual risk, have not yet significantly penetrated the market. These shall be designed to promote broader utilisation of such techniques, products or practices within the participating countries and facilitate their market uptake.

Policy analyses, development, coordination and twinning
Article 23
The following may be undertaken in support of policy analyses, development and coordination with participating countries:
(a)
studies, data collection, surveys and publications, based where possible on official statistics;
(b)
twinnings and meetings of experts, including experts from public institutions, experts sent by SMEs and other interested parties, conferences and other events;
(c)
awareness raising, networking and other relevant activities;
(d)
benchmarking of national and regional performances, and work on good practices, including their dissemination and implementation.

Entrepreneurship and Innovation Programme support measures
Article 24
The Commission shall regularly undertake the following:
(a)
analysis and monitoring of competitiveness and sectoral issues, including for the Commission’s annual report on the competitiveness of European industry;
(b)
preparation of impact assessments of Community measures of particular relevance for the competitiveness of enterprises and their publication with a view to identifying areas of existing legislation requiring simplification or the need for new legislative measures to make innovation more attractive in the Community;
(c)
evaluation of specific aspects or specific implementation measures in relation to the Entrepreneurship and Innovation Programme;
(d)
dissemination of appropriate information in relation to the Entrepreneurship and Innovation Programme.

Annual work programme
Article 25
The annual work programme shall set out in detail, and in line with the objectives set out in Article 10:
(a)
measures needed for its implementation;
(b)
priorities;
(c)
qualitative and quantitative objectives;
(d)
appropriate evaluation criteria and qualitative and quantitative indicators for analysing effectiveness in delivering outcomes that will contribute to the achievement of the objectives of the specific programmes and the Framework Programme as a whole;
(e)
operational timetables;
(f)
the rules for participation;
(g)
the criteria for the selection and evaluation of the measures.
The annual work programme shall clearly identify measures promoting eco-innovation.
Activities under Article 24 shall not be covered by the annual work programme.

Establishment and objectives
Article 26
1. The ICT Policy Support Programme in support of ICT policy is hereby established.
2. The ICT Policy Support Programme shall provide for the following actions:
(a)
development of the Single European information space and strengthening of the internal market for ICT products and services and ICT-based products and services;
(b)
stimulation of innovation through the wider adoption of and investment in ICT;
(c)
development of an inclusive information society and more efficient and effective services in areas of public interest, and improvement of quality of life.
3. The actions referred to in paragraph 2 shall be carried out with a particular emphasis on the promotion and awareness-raising of the opportunities and benefits of ICT for citizens, public authorities and businesses, in particular SMEs.

The single European information space
Article 27
Action in relation to the single European information space shall aim to:
(a)
ensure seamless access to ICT-based services and establish appropriate framework conditions for the rapid, appropriate and effective convergence of digital communications and services, incorporating, inter alia, interoperability, the use of open standards, and security and trust aspects;
(b)
improve the conditions for the development of digital content, taking into account multilingualism and cultural diversity;
(c)
monitor the European information society, through data collection and analysis of the development, availability and use of digital communication services, including the growth of internet, access to and take-up of broadband as well as developments of content and services.

Innovation through the wider adoption of and investment in ICT
Article 28
Action in relation to innovation through the wider adoption of and investment in ICT shall aim to:
(a)
promote innovation in processes, services and products enabled by ICT, in particular in SMEs and public services, taking into account the necessary skills requirements;
(b)
facilitate public and private interaction as well as partnerships for accelerating innovation and investments in ICT;
(c)
promote and raise awareness of the opportunities and benefits of ICT and its new applications for citizens and businesses, including enhancing confidence in and openness to new ICT, and stimulating debate at the European level on emerging ICT trends and developments.

An inclusive information society, more efficient and effective services in areas of public interest and improved quality of life
Article 29
Actions in relation to the development of an inclusive information society and more efficient and effective services in areas of public interest, and the improvement of quality of life shall aim to:
(a)
widen ICT, including digital content, accessibility and digital literacy;
(b)
reinforce trust and confidence as well as support of ICT use, addressing, in particular, privacy concerns;
(c)
improve the quality, efficiency, availability and accessibility of electronic services in areas of public interest and for ICT-enabled participation, including, where appropriate, interoperable pan-European or cross-border public services as well as the development of common interest building blocks and the sharing of good practices.

General
Article 30
The ICT Policy Support Programme may be implemented by projects, best practice actions and thematic networks, including actions for wide-scale testing and demonstration of innovative public services with a pan-European dimension.
Projects, best practice actions and thematic networks shall aim to stimulate the deployment and best use of innovative ICT-based solutions, in particular for services in areas of public interest and for SMEs. Community support shall also facilitate the coordination and the implementation of actions for developing the information society across the Member States.

Projects, best practice actions and thematic networks
Article 31
1. The following shall be supported:
(a)
projects including implementation, pilot and market replication projects;
(b)
best practice actions to spread knowledge and share experience across the Community;
(c)
thematic networks bringing together a variety of stakeholders around a given objective so as to facilitate coordination activities and the transfer of knowledge.
2. The projects shall aim to promote innovation, technology transfer and the dissemination of new technologies that are ready for market uptake.
The Community may award a grant to contribute to the budget of the projects referred to in paragraph 1(a).
3. The best practice actions shall be conducted in clusters addressing specific themes and linked through thematic networks.
The Community contribution for the actions referred to in paragraph 1(b) shall be limited to the direct costs deemed necessary or appropriate for achieving the specific objectives of the action.
4. The thematic networks may be linked to best practice actions.
Support for thematic activities shall be granted towards the additional eligible costs of coordinating and implementing the network. The Community contribution may cover the additional eligible costs of those measures.

Applications
Article 32
Applications for Community support for projects, best practice actions and thematic networks referred to in Article 31 shall include a financial plan listing all the components of the funding of the projects, including the financial support requested from the Community, and any other requests for support from other sources. Applicants making applications for other forms of Community support such as services or studies may also be required to provide information concerning the financial plan where appropriate.

Policy analyses, development and coordination with participating countries
Article 33
The following shall be undertaken in support of policy analyses, development and coordination with participating countries:
(a)
studies, data collection, surveys, and publications, based, where possible, on official statistics;
(b)
meetings of experts, including experts from public institutions, experts sent by SMEs and other interested parties, conferences and other events;
(c)
awareness-raising, networking and other relevant activities;
(d)
benchmarking of national performances and work on good practices, including their dissemination and implementation.

Promotion, communication, information sharing and dissemination
Article 34
1. The following shall be undertaken in support of the implementation of the ICT Policy Support Programme or the preparation of future activities:
(a)
promotion, dissemination, information and communication activities;
(b)
exchange of information, knowledge and experience, the staging of conferences, seminars, workshops or other meetings and the management of clustered activities.
2. Measures devoted to the commercialisation of products, processes or services, marketing activities and sales promotion shall not be eligible for support.

Projects of common interest: procurement based on technical specifications determined in coordination with Member States
Article 35
Where it is necessary in order to achieve the objectives of the ICT Policy Support Programme, and where there is a clear common interest of Member States as concerns European-level deployment of products, services, core service components or building blocks, the Commission may establish projects of common interest comprising necessary technical and organisational tasks. Existing initiatives shall be taken into consideration in order to avoid the duplication of efforts.
The Commission shall, in coordination with the Member States, agree on common technical specifications and implementation schedules for such projects. On the basis of those common technical specifications and implementation schedules, the Commission shall issue calls for tender for implementation of the projects concerned. Such calls for tender shall be carried out solely by the Commission in accordance with Community procurement rules.

Annual work programme
Article 36
The annual work programme shall set out in detail, and in line with the objectives set out in Article 26:
(a)
measures needed for its implementation;
(b)
priorities;
(c)
qualitative and quantitative objectives;
(d)
appropriate evaluation criteria and qualitative and quantitative indicators for analysing effectiveness in delivering outcomes that will contribute to the achievement of the objectives of the specific programmes and the Framework Programme as a whole;
(e)
operational timetables;
(f)
the rules for participation;
(g)
the criteria for the selection and evaluation of the measures.

Establishment and objectives
Article 37
1. The Intelligent Energy — Europe Programme in support of energy efficiency, renewable energy sources and energy diversification is hereby established. The programme shall contribute to ensuring secure, sustainable energy for Europe, while enhancing European competitiveness.
2. The Intelligent Energy — Europe Programme shall provide for action, in particular:
(a)
to foster energy efficiency and the rational use of energy resources;
(b)
to promote new and renewable energy sources and to support energy diversification;
(c)
to promote energy efficiency and the use of new and renewable energy sources in transport.

Operational objectives
Article 38
In operational terms the Intelligent Energy — Europe Programme shall aim to:
(a)
provide the elements necessary for the improvement of sustainability, the development of the potential of cities and regions, as well as for the preparation of the legislative measures needed to attain the related strategic objectives; develop the means and instruments to follow up, monitor and evaluate the impact of the measures adopted by the Community and its Member States in the fields addressed by that programme;
(b)
boost investment across Member States in new and best performing technologies in the fields of energy efficiency, renewable energy sources and energy diversification, including in transport, by bridging the gap between the successful demonstration of innovative technologies and their effective, broad market uptake in order to attain leverage of public and private sector investment, promote key strategic technologies, bring down costs, increase market experience and contribute to reducing the financial risks and other perceived risks and barriers that hinder this type of investment;
(c)
remove the non-technological barriers to efficient and intelligent patterns of energy production and consumption by promoting institutional capacity building at, inter alia, local and regional level, by raising awareness, notably through the educational system, by encouraging exchanges of experience and know-how among the main players concerned, business and citizens in general and by stimulating the spread of best practices and best available technologies, notably by means of their promotion at Community level.

Energy efficiency and rational use of resources (SAVE)
Article 39
Action to foster energy efficiency and the rational use of energy resources may include:
(a)
improvement of energy efficiency and the rational use of energy, in particular in the building and industry sectors, with the exception of actions covered by Article 41;
(b)
supporting the preparation of legislative measures and their application.

New and renewable resources (Altener)
Article 40
Action to promote new and renewable energy resources may include:
(a)
promoting new and renewable energy sources for centralised and decentralised production of electricity, heat and cooling, and thus supporting the diversification of energy sources, with the exception of actions covered by Article 41;
(b)
integrating new and renewable energy sources into the local environment and the energy systems;
(c)
supporting the preparation of legislative measures and their application.

Energy in transport (STEER)
Article 41
Action to promote energy efficiency and the use of new and renewable energy sources in transport may include:
(a)
supporting initiatives relating to all energy aspects of transport, and the diversification of fuels;
(b)
promoting renewable fuels and energy efficiency in transport;
(c)
supporting the preparation of legislative measures and their application.

Integrated initiatives
Article 42
Action to combine several of the specific fields referred to in Articles 39, 40 and 41, or relating to certain Community priorities, may include:
(a)
integrating energy efficiency and renewable energy sources in several sectors of the economy;
(b)
combining various instruments, tools and actors within the same action or project.

Promotion and dissemination projects
Article 43
The following shall be supported:
(a)
strategic studies on the basis of shared analysis and regular monitoring of market developments and energy trends for the preparation of future legislative measures or for the review of existing legislation, including with regard to the functioning of the internal energy market, for the implementation of the medium and long-term strategy in the energy field to promote sustainable development, as well as for the preparation of long-term voluntary commitments with industry and other stake-holders and for the development of standards, labelling and certification systems, where appropriate also in cooperation with third countries and international organisations;
(b)
creation, enlargement or reorganisation of structures and instruments for sustainable energy development, including local and regional energy management, and the development of adequate financial products and market instruments, building on experience from past and present networks;
(c)
promotion of sustainable energy systems and equipment in order to further accelerate their penetration of the market and stimulate investment to facilitate the transition from the demonstration to the marketing of more efficient technologies, awareness campaigns and the creation of institutional capabilities;
(d)
development of information, education and training structures, the utilisation of results, the promotion and dissemination of know-how and best practices involving all consumers, dissemination of results of the actions and projects and cooperation with the Member States through operational networks;
(e)
monitoring of the implementation and the impact of Community legislative and support measures.

Market replication projects
Article 44
The Community shall provide support to projects concerned with the market replication of innovative techniques, processes, products or practices of Community relevance, which have already been technically demonstrated with success. These shall be designed to promote broader utilisation of such techniques, processes, products or practices within the participating countries and facilitate their market uptake.

Annual work programme
Article 45
The annual work programme shall set out in detail, and in line with the objectives set out in Article 37:
(a)
measures needed for its implementation;
(b)
priorities;
(c)
qualitative and quantitative objectives;
(d)
appropriate evaluation criteria and qualitative and quantitative indicators to analyse effectiveness in delivering outcomes that will contribute to the achievement of the objectives of the specific programmes and the Framework Programme as a whole;
(e)
operational timetables;
(f)
the rules for participation;
(g)
the criteria for the selection and evaluation of the measures.

Committees
Article 46
1. The Commission shall be assisted by the following Committees:
(a)
the Committee for the Entrepreneurship and Innovation Programme, called the EIP Management Committee (EIPC);
(b)
the Committee for the ICT Policy Support Programme, called the ICT Management Committee (ICTC);
(c)
the Committee for the Intelligent Energy Europe Programme, called the IEE Management Committee (IEEC).
Full coordination and cooperation across the whole Framework Programme, including strategic management, and coherent overall implementation, shall be ensured by the Commission, assisted by the EIPC, in close collaboration with the ICTC and the IEEC.
2. For the committees referred to in paragraph 1, Articles 4 and 7 of Decision 1999/468/EC shall apply, having regard to the provisions of Article 8 thereof.
The period laid down in Article 4(3) of Decision 1999/468/EC shall be set at three months.
3. The Committees referred to in paragraph 1 shall adopt their rules of procedure.

User manual
Article 47
1. After the entry into force of the Framework Programme, the Commission shall publish a readable and user-friendly user manual establishing a clear, simple and transparent framework of general principles for the participation of beneficiaries in the Framework Programme. The user manual shall, in particular, facilitate the participation of SMEs.
2. The Commission shall ensure that the time between the submission of applications and the notification of evaluation results is as short as possible. The evaluation result shall be sent out within a reasonable time.

Strategic Advisory Board on Competitiveness and Innovation
Article 48
The Commission shall be advised by a Strategic Advisory Board on Competitiveness and Innovation composed of representatives of industry and business associations, including those representing SMEs, and other experts. Their expertise should be related to the sectors and issues addressed by the Framework Programme, including financing, ICT, energy and eco-innovation.

Repeal
Article 49
Decision 96/413/EC is hereby repealed.

Transitional measures
Article 50
The implementation measures in pursuance of the objective set out in Article 27(b) shall be carried out under Decision No 456/2005/EC until 31 December 2008.
Thereafter, the actions initiated under Decision No 456/2005/EC on or before that date shall be administered in accordance with that Decision, except that the Committee established by that Decision shall be replaced by the ICTC established by Article 46(1)(b) of this Decision.
For services referred to in Article 21(2)(a), the Commission may, until 31 December 2007, continue operating the Euro Info Centre Network and concluding annual specific grant agreements with its members, funded under this Framework Programme, and maintain the operational arrangements of the multiannual programme for enterprise and entrepreneurship established by Decision 2000/819/EC.

Entry into force
Article 51
This Decision shall enter into force on the 20th day following its publication in theOfficial Journal of the European Union.

THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND THE COUNCIL OF THE EUROPEAN UNION,
Having regard to the Treaty establishing the European Community, and in particular Article 156, Article 157(3) and Article 175(1) thereof,
Having regard to the proposal from the Commission,
Having regard to the opinion of the European Economic and Social Committee(1),
Having regard to the opinion of the Committee of the Regions(2),
Acting in accordance with the procedure laid down in Article 251 of the Treaty(3),
(1) The Lisbon European Council of 23 and 24 March 2000 set the objective of making the European Union the most competitive and dynamic knowledge-based economy in the world. It emphasised the importance of creating a climate favourable to small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs), and considered it important to disseminate best practice and ensure greater convergence between Member States. The Gothenburg European Council of 15 and 16 June 2001 agreed the Union’s Strategy for Sustainable Development to ensure that economic growth, social inclusion and environmental protection go hand in hand. Enterprises’ production patterns play an important role in sustainable development.
(2) In order to contribute to the enhancement of competitiveness and innovation capacity in the Community, the advancement of the knowledge society, and sustainable development based on balanced economic growth, a Competitiveness and Innovation Framework Programme (hereinafter referred to as the Framework Programme) should be established.
(3) This is in line with the Commission Communication of 2 February 2005 to the Spring European Council entitled ‘Working together for growth and jobs — a new start for the Lisbon Strategy’, which calls for action to deliver growth and competitiveness and to make Europe a more attractive place in which to invest and work, recalling that entrepreneurial initiative must be stimulated, sufficient risk capital attracted to start up businesses, and a strong European industrial base sustained whilst innovation, notably eco-innovation, the uptake of information and communication technologies (ICT), and the sustainable use of resources should be promoted. Whilst competitiveness is to a large measure driven by vibrant businesses operating in open and competitive markets and supported by the right framework conditions, in particular by a regulatory framework conducive to innovation, Community financing has a role to play in leveraging support and providing complementary funding in order to tackle situations of market failure.
(4) The European Charter for Small Enterprises (hereinafter referred to as the Charter), endorsed by the European Council in Santa Maria de Feira of 19 and 20 June 2000, describes small enterprises as the backbone of the European economy. The specific nature, requirements and expectations of small and craft enterprises should be taken into account more effectively in national and European policies. Community measures to promote SMEs, such as the Commission Communication of 10 November 2005 entitled ‘Implementing the Community Lisbon Programme — Modern SME Policy for Growth and Employment’, should take account of the objectives set out in the Charter, and the Framework Programme should be used as a means of progressing towards the objectives set by it.
(5) The Framework Programme should particularly address SMEs, as defined in Commission Recommendation 2003/361/EC of 6 May 2003 concerning the definition of micro, small and medium-sized enterprises(4). It should pay particular attention to the specific characteristics and requirements of ‘gazelles’ as well as of micro and craft enterprises, and specific target groups, including female entrepreneurs.
(6) The Framework Programme should bring together those specific Community measures in the field of entrepreneurship, SMEs, industrial competitiveness, innovation, ICT, environmental technologies and intelligent energy that, until now, have been regulated by Council Decision 96/413/EC of 25 June 1996 on the implementation of a Community action programme to strengthen the competitiveness of European industry(5), Decision No 1336/97/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 17 June 1997 on a series of guidelines for trans-European telecommunications networks(6), Regulation (EC) No 1655/2000 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 17 July 2000 concerning the Financial Instrument for the Environment (LIFE)(7), Council Decision 2000/819/EC of 20 December 2000 on a multiannual programme for enterprise and entrepreneurship, and in particular for small- and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs) (2001-2005)(8), Council Decision 2001/48/EC of 22 December 2000 adopting a multiannual Community programme to stimulate the development and use of European digital content on the global networks and to promote linguistic diversity in the information society(9), Decision No 1230/2003/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2003 adopting a multiannual programme for action in the field of energy: ‘Intelligent Energy — Europe’ (2003-2006)(10)to support sustainable development in the energy context and Decision No 2256/2003/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 17 November 2003 adopting a multiannual programme (2003-2005) for the monitoring of the eEurope 2005 action plan, dissemination of good practices and the improvement of network and information security (Modinis)(11).
(7) The Framework Programme should establish a set of common objectives, the total financial envelope for pursuing those objectives, different types of implementing measures, and the arrangements for monitoring and evaluation and for the protection of the Communities’ financial interests.
(8) In line with the Commission Communication of 11 March 2003 entitled ‘Innovation policy: updating the Union’s approach in the context of the Lisbon strategy’ and in the light of the OECD Oslo Manual, innovation is understood as comprising the renewal and enlargement of a range of products and services and their associated markets; the establishment of new methods of design, production, supply and distribution; the introduction of changes in management, work organisation, and working conditions and skills of the workforce; and covers technological, non-technological and organisational innovation.
(9) The Framework Programme should exclude research and technological development activities carried out in accordance with Article 166 of the Treaty. It should be complementary to the Community’s Seventh Framework Programme for research, technological development and demonstration activities (2007-2013)(12)(hereinafter referred to as the Seventh Framework RTD Programme), by dealing with innovation, which includes non-technological as well as technological innovation, that has moved beyond the final demonstration phase and is ready for market replication (testing of innovations for application in markets). It should be ensured that there is no financing gap between research development and application (technology-transfer activities including pre-seed phase). Therefore, funding the transfer of research results to commercialisation is a task to be carried out in close coordination with the Seventh Framework RTD Programme and other relevant research programmes.
(10) The Framework Programme should also cover the market replication of existing technologies that are to be utilised in a new and innovative way. In certain circumstances, pilot projects for technological demonstration will be covered by both the Framework Programme and the Seventh Framework RTD Programme. This will occur only when certain technological solutions (for example technical standards in the ICT field) have to be validated during the market replication phase of an otherwise already demonstrated technology.
(11) The Framework Programme should complement the Structural Funds and other relevant Community programmes, whilst acknowledging that each instrument should work according to its own specific procedures. Thus, the same eligible costs should not receive double funding.
(12) The common objectives of the Framework Programme should be pursued by specific programmes entitled ‘the Entrepreneurship and Innovation Programme’, ‘the ICT Policy Support Programme’ and ‘the Intelligent Energy — Europe Programme’.
(13) The principles of transparency and equal gender opportunity should be taken into account in all the programmes and activities covered by the Framework Programme.
(14) This Decision lays down, for the entire duration of the Framework Programme, a financial envelope constituting the prime reference, within the meaning of point 37 of the Interinstitutional Agreement of 17 May 2006 between the European Parliament, the Council and the Commission on budgetary discipline and sound financial management(13), for the budgetary authority during the annual budgetary procedure.
(15) A specific and indicative budget should be reserved for each specific programme.
(16) In order to ensure that financing be limited to tackling market failures, and with a view to avoiding market distortions, funding from the Framework Programme should comply with the Community State aid rules and the accompanying instruments and the Community definition of SMEs in force.
(17) The Agreement on the European Economic Area (hereinafter referred to as the EEA Agreement) and Protocols to Association Agreements provide for the participation of the countries concerned in Community programmes. Participation by other third countries should be possible when Agreements and procedures so allow.
(18) The Framework Programme and the specific programmes should be regularly monitored and evaluated in order to allow for readjustments. Where possible, evaluation reports should examine gender mainstreaming in programme activities.
(19) Appropriate measures should also be taken to prevent irregularities and fraud and the necessary steps should be taken to recover funds lost, wrongly paid or incorrectly used, in accordance with Council Regulations (EC, Euratom) No 2988/95 of 18 December 1995 on the protection of the European Communities financial interests(14)and (Euratom, EC) No 2185/96 of 11 November 1996 concerning on-the-spot checks and inspections carried out by the Commission in order to protect the European Communities’ financial interests against fraud and other irregularities(15)and Regulation (EC) No 1073/1999 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 25 May 1999 concerning investigations conducted by the European Anti-Fraud Office (OLAF)(16).
(20) The growth and competitiveness of enterprises in industrial and service sectors depends on their ability to adjust quickly to change, to exploit their innovative potential and to develop high-quality products. This challenge concerns enterprises of all sizes, but is particularly acute for smaller enterprises. It is therefore appropriate to establish the Entrepreneurship and Innovation Programme.
(21) The Community can be the catalyst and coordinator of Member States’ efforts. It can contribute to, and complement their achievements, in particular by promoting the exchange of national and regional experiences and practices, by defining and disseminating best practices and innovative ideas, and by contributing to the availability of Europe-wide supply of services in support of business and innovation, in particular for SMEs.
(22) The Commission Communication of 28 January 2004 entitled ‘Stimulating Technologies for Sustainable Development: An Environmental Technologies Action Plan for the European Union’ calls for Community programmes to support the development and uptake of environmental technologies and calls for the mobilisation of financial instruments to share the risks of investing in environmental technologies.
(23) To support the creation of a European market for innovative products and services, it is necessary for Member States and the Commission to create attractive conditions for innovative products and services, including through a proactive approach to public procurement in order to help create lead markets, while improving access for SMEs and the quality of public services, and through better regulation and standards based on early anticipation of needs. The Commission should provide guidance on the issue of innovation-friendly public procurement.
(24) With regard to technological innovation, SMEs should be encouraged to become involved in high-technology sectors such as space and security and to develop applications offered by the Galileo satellite positioning system.
(25) Eco-innovation is any form of innovation aiming at significant and demonstrable progress towards the goal of sustainable development, through reducing impacts on the environment or achieving a more efficient and responsible use of natural resources, including energy. Eco-innovation is a progressive concept and the Framework Programme must therefore remain responsive to changes. The promotion of eco-innovation through the Framework Programme aims to contribute to the implementation of the Environmental Technologies Action Plan.
(26) Taking into account the activities of the Environment LIFE+ Programme (LIFE+), the Framework Programme should encourage the uptake of environmental technologies through pilot and market replication projects, bridging the gap between the successful demonstration of innovative technologies and the market uptake and by removing the barriers to market penetration, promoting voluntary approaches in fields such as environmental management, and networking relevant actors. It should support eco-innovation by enterprises through projects and co-investment in risk capital funds, but should not double-fund costs receiving funding under LIFE+.
(27) Market-based Community financial instruments for SMEs complement and add leverage to financial schemes at the national level. They can particularly foster private investment for the creation of new innovative companies and support companies with a high growth potential in their expansion phase to reduce a recognised equity gap. They can improve access by existing SMEs to loan finances for activities that support their competitiveness and growth potential.
(28) The European Investment Fund (EIF) is the Community’s specialised vehicle for providing risk capital and guarantee instruments for SMEs. It pays special attention to supporting microfinance as well as early-stage finance in accordance with market demand and best practice. It contributes to the pursuit of Community objectives, including a knowledge-based society, innovation, growth, employment and the promotion of entrepreneurial spirit. The EIF ensures the required continuity in the management of Community programmes and has gathered extensive experience therein. The operation by the EIF of Community financial instruments for SMEs on behalf of the Commission has therefore been considered a good practice by independent evaluations. The EIF also has the expertise to support emerging actions based on public-private partnerships launched by Member States aiming at attracting high-risk investment streams from the capital markets to the benefit of innovative small businesses.
(29) Impending changes in the financial environment and new accounting standards make financial institutions more sensitive to risk, lead to a rating culture, and may tighten the credit supply to SMEs, at least during a transitional phase. The Entrepreneurship and Innovation Programme should therefore respond to the changing financing needs of SMEs, including the need for proximity financing and their adaptation to the new financial environment whilst avoiding market distortions. Furthermore, activities should contribute to enhancing the capabilities of financial institutions to assess risk related to innovation, with a view to developing technology-rating and to improving the capabilities of SMEs to make better use of the financing instruments provided by the markets.
(30) High-quality services in support of business and innovation play an important role in ensuring SMEs’ access to information relating to the functioning and opportunities of the internal market for goods and services as well as in the trans-national transfer of innovation, knowledge and technology. They also have a crucial role to play in facilitating SMEs’ access to information on Community legislation applying to them and on future legislation for which they can prepare and to which they can adapt in a cost-effective way. Considerable experience and skills have been developed through existing European support networks for businesses, such as the Euro Info Centres and Innovation Relay Centres. External evaluations have stressed that the horizontal role in the delivery of European business support services should be strengthened, including by optimising the cooperation between existing services and help desks with a view to creating a ‘one-stop shop’ on the basis of a ‘no wrong door’ commitment. This concerns the dissemination of information on Community programmes and the promotion of the participation of SMEs in those programmes, in particular SMEs’ participation in the Seventh Framework RTD Programme. Evaluations have also stressed the importance of facilitating interaction between the Commission and SMEs.
(31) The Community should equip itself with a sound analytical basis to support policy making in the fields of SMEs, entrepreneurship, innovation and competitiveness in industrial sectors. Such a basis should add value to the information available at the national level in those fields. The Community should provide for the common development of competitiveness strategies for industrial and service sectors, and for the promotion of best practices in relation to an entrepreneurial environment and culture, including skills, corporate social responsibility and equal gender opportunity, and promote through, inter alia, education and continuous training, and from school to higher education, the emergence of young entrepreneurs.
(32) The Brussels European Council of 20 and 21 March 2003 gave priority to innovation and entrepreneurship and stressed the need for Europe to do more to turn ideas into real added value. It called for further action in order to create the conditions in which business innovates. The linear model of innovation, that assumes that research leads directly to innovation, has proved to be insufficient to explain innovation performance and to design appropriate innovation policy responses. Recognising that enterprises are at the heart of the innovation process, funding to stimulate innovation activities of enterprises and preparing the market-take up of innovation as well as innovation governance and culture should therefore be placed under the Entrepreneurship and Innovation Programme. This should help to ensure that innovation works to promote competitiveness and is carried through into practical application at a business level. The Brussels European Council of 25 and 26 March 2004 added that clean technologies are vital to fully exploit synergies between enterprise and the environment. The promotion of eco-innovation, which includes innovative clean technologies, can help exploit their potential.
(33) The market for knowledge transfer and absorption is frequently opaque, and both lack of information and failure to make connections create market barriers. Businesses also find it difficult to incorporate technologies which are not part of their traditional field of activity and to gain access to new types of skills. Financial risks can be high for innovation, profitability may be delayed by development hitches and tax may not be neutral between success and failure. Skills needed to exploit opportunities may be in short supply. Institutional or regulatory obstacles can delay or undermine the emergence of new markets and access to them. Bankruptcy laws may create strong disincentives to assume entrepreneurial risk because of fear of failure. In addition, economic circumstances can determine whether innovation takes place or not. The development of a business environment conducive to entrepreneurship, competitiveness and innovation should include the improvement of enterprise- and innovation-related economic and administrative reform, in particular for increased competitiveness, reduction of administrative burdens for SMEs and a better regulatory environment for entrepreneurship, business creation and business transfer, growth and innovation.
(34) Those barriers to the market penetration of innovation technologies are particularly relevant for environmental technologies. Market prices too often do not completely reflect the environmental costs of products and services. The part of the costs not reflected in market prices is borne by society as a whole, rather than by the producers of pollution. This market failure, together with the Community interest in preserving resources, preventing pollution and protecting the environment more cost-efficiently, justifies reinforced support for eco-innovation.
(35) The Community’s innovation actions aim to support the development of innovation policy in the Member States and their regions and to facilitate the exploitation of synergies between national, regional and European innovation policy and support activities. The Community is able to facilitate trans-national exchanges, mutual learning and networking and can drive cooperation on innovation policy. Networking among stakeholders is the key to facilitating the flow of knowledge and ideas that are necessary for innovation.
(36) The Council Resolution endorsed at the Brussels Telecommunications Council of 9 December 2004 provides the basis for the proposal for a new information society initiative to reinforce the contribution of the information society to Europe’s performance. In its aforementioned Communication of 2 February 2005, the Commission proposes to focus efforts on ‘delivering stronger and lasting growth and creating more and better jobs’. It highlights the uptake of ICT by both the private and public sector as a key element in improving Europe’s innovation performance and competitiveness. The ICT Policy Support Programme should therefore be established.
(37) Actions under the ICT Policy Support Programme should also contribute to the objectives of the i2010 strategy, while taking into consideration other Community programmes in the field of ICT in order to avoid the duplication of efforts.
(38) ICT provide the backbone for the knowledge economy. They account for around half of the productivity growth in modern economies and provide unique solutions to address key societal challenges. The improvement of public sector and general interest services needs to be carried out in close collaboration with the relevant Community policies, for example, in the fields of public health, education and training, environment, transport and internal market development and competition.
(39) The deployment and best use of innovative ICT-based solutions should be stimulated, in particular for services in areas of public interest, including the improvement of the quality of life of disadvantaged groups, such as people with disabilities or elderly people. Community support should also facilitate the coordination and the implementation of actions for developing the information society across the Member States.
(40) The midterm evaluation of the eTEN (Trans European Network for Telecom) Programme recommends using a demand driven approach for Community intervention to projects supporting trans-European services in areas of public interest.
(41) The eGovernment and eHealth Communications from the Commission and related Council conclusions called for increased effort in innovation, good practice exchange and interoperability and identified the need for increased synergies between related Community programmes. Interoperability is of great importance to the development of the information society.
(42) A legislative framework has been defined by Directive 96/9/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 11 March 1996 on the legal protection of databases(17), Directive 2001/29/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 22 May 2001 on the harmonisation of certain aspects of copyright and related rights in the information society(18)and Directive 2003/98/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 17 November 2003 on the re-use of public sector information(19)to deal with the challenges of digital content in the information society.
(43) Different practices among Member States continue to create technical barriers which impede wide access and re-use of public sector information in the Union.
(44) Community actions concerning digital content should take account of the Community’s multilingual and multicultural specificity.
(45) Natural resources, the prudent and rational utilisation of which is provided for in Article 174 of the Treaty, include, apart from renewable energy sources, oil, natural gas and solid fuels, which are essential energy sources but are also the main sources of carbon dioxide emissions.
(46) The Commission’s Green Paper entitled ‘Towards a European strategy for the security of energy supply’ noted that the Union is becoming increasingly dependent on external energy sources and that its dependence could rise to 70 % in 20 to 30 years’ time. It therefore stressed the need to balance supply policy against clear action for a demand policy and called for better managed and more environmentally friendly consumption, particularly in the transport and building sectors. It also called for priority to be given the development of new and renewable sources on the energy supply side in order to respond to the challenge of global warming and to achieve the target already established by earlier action plans and resolutions of 12 % energy from renewable energy sources in gross internal consumption by 2010.
(47) Directive 2001/77/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 27 September 2001 on the promotion of electricity produced from renewable energy sources in the internal electricity market(20)requires Member States to set national indicative targets consistent with the Community global indicative target of 12 % of gross national energy consumption by 2010 and in particular with the 22,1 % indicative share of electricity produced from renewable energy sources in total Community electricity consumption by 2010. The Commission Communication of 26 May 2004 entitled ‘The share of renewable energy in the EU’ warned that the target of a 12 % share of renewable energy in overall energy consumption in the Community in 2010 will not be reached unless considerable additional action is taken.
(48) Directive 2002/91/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 16 December 2002 on the energy performance of buildings(21)requires Member States to apply minimum energy performance requirements for new and existing buildings, to ensure the energy certification of buildings and to require the regular inspection of boilers and of air-conditioning systems in buildings.
(49) Directive 2003/30/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 8 May 2003 on the promotion of the use of biofuels or other renewable fuels for transport(22)requires Member States to ensure that a minimum proportion of biofuels and other renewable fuels is placed on their market.
(50) Directive 2004/8/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 11 February 2004 on the promotion of cogeneration based on a useful heat demand in the internal energy market and amending Directive 92/42/EEC(23)requires Member States to carry out analyses of their potential for high-efficiency cogeneration and to set up support schemes that reflect the national potential identified.
(51) In order to facilitate the implementation of those Community measures, to achieve greater market penetration for renewable energy sources and to improve energy efficiency, there is a need for specific promotion programmes at Community level to create the conditions for moving towards sustainable energy systems, in particular to support the standardisation of equipment which produces or consumes renewable energy sources, to increase technology deployment and to spread best practices in demand side management. The same applies to the Community measures related to the labelling of energy efficiency of electrical, electronic, office and communications equipment and the standardisation of lighting, heating and air-conditioning equipment. The Intelligent Energy — Europe Programme should therefore be established.
(52) The Intelligent Energy — Europe Programme should contribute to achieving the general objectives of improving energy diversification and security of supply, and enhancing the competitiveness of companies in the Union, in particular SMEs, while protecting the environment and meeting international commitments in this area. Energy efficiency improvement measures in that specific programme should also focus on technological improvements in production processes and propose efficiency gains through improved transport logistics.
(53) Achieving the full impact of the established strategy for sustainable energy requires not only continuity with Community support to policy development and implementation and removal of existing non-technological barriers through enhanced promotion campaigns, but, above all, support to accelerate investment and stimulate the market uptake of innovative technologies across the Community.
(54) Alongside environmental advantages, renewable energy sources and energy efficiency are among the fastest growing industries in the Community, creating new and innovative jobs. The European renewable energy industry leads the world in the development of technologies for renewable energy electricity generation. Such technologies benefit economic and social cohesion and avoid the dissipation of resources.
(55) Decision No 1230/2003/EC will expire on 31 December 2006.
(56) Three of the four specific fields of the programme established by Decision No 1230/2003/EC should be continued under this Framework Programme: (i) promoting energy efficiency and the rational use of energy resources (SAVE); (ii) promoting new and renewable energy sources (Altener); and (iii) promoting energy efficiency and the use of new and renewable energy sources in transport (STEER).
(57) The international dimension (Coopener) of the programme established by Decision No 1230/2003/EC should be continued in the framework of the new Community instruments for external assistance as part of a thematic programme on environment and sustainable management of natural resources, including energy. However, there should be a close relationship between the relevant part of the thematic programme and the Intelligent Energy — Europe Programme in order to help SMEs take advantage of the potential markets for intelligent energy which exist outside Europe.
(58) In accordance with the principles of good governance and better regulation, the Commission has commissioned independent experts to carry out an ex ante evaluation of a renewed multiannual Community programme in the field of energy to succeed the ongoing Intelligent Energy — Europe Programme after 31 December 2006. In their report, the experts concluded that there was a need to ensure the continuity of the Intelligent Energy — Europe Programme after 2006, and to renew it in a more comprehensive and ambitious instrument. That programme should be established also with a view to further improving European strength and excellence in the field of sustainable energy technologies and their application.
(59) Account should be taken of the need to achieve user-friendliness and administrative simplification in implementing the Framework Programme. The Commission should publish and widely diffuse a user manual establishing a clear, simple and transparent framework of general principles for participation of beneficiaries in the Framework Programme. This should in particular facilitate the participation of SMEs. The user manual should describe the rights and obligations of beneficiaries; financial provisions such as eligible costs and support rates; principles governing administrative rules and procedures, in particular user-friendly applications procedures applying a two-stage application process, where appropriate and on the condition that such a procedure does not extend the time period between evaluation and signing of the contract; the rules for use and dissemination of project results; and principles for the evaluation, selection and award of proposals.
(60) The Commission may use, on the basis of a cost-benefit analysis, a new or an existing executive agency for the implementation of the Framework Programme, as provided for in Council Regulation (EC) No 58/2003 of 19 December 2002 laying down the statute for executive agencies to be entrusted with certain tasks in the management of Community programmes(24).
(61) The Framework Programme should also support reflection on the future structures and needs for European innovation policies.
(62) Since the objectives of this Decision concerning the enhancement of the Community’s competitiveness and innovation cannot be sufficiently achieved by the Member States because of the need for multilateral partnerships, trans-national mobility and Community-wide exchanges of information, and can therefore, by reason of the nature of the actions and measures necessary, be better achieved at Community level, the Community may adopt measures, in accordance with the principle of subsidiarity as set out in Article 5 of the Treaty. In accordance with the principle of proportionality, as set out in that Article, this Decision does not go beyond what is necessary in order to achieve those objectives.
(63) The measures necessary for the implementation of this Decision should be adopted in accordance with Council Decision 1999/468/EC of 28 June 1999 laying down the procedures for the exercise of implementing powers conferred on the Commission(25).
(64) Taking into account the nature of the issues to be dealt with under the specific programmes, the Commission should be assisted by different committees for the implementation of each specific programme. Those committees will meet simultaneously on a periodic basis to enable joint sessions to discuss issues of horizontal or common relevance, as identified by the EIP Management Committee together with the Commission.
(65) In the interest of improving coherence between elements of the Framework Programme and its effectiveness, a Strategic Advisory Board on Competitiveness and Innovation should advise the Commission.
(66) Decision No 456/2005/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 9 March 2005 establishing a multiannual Community programme to make digital content in Europe more accessible, usable and exploitable(26)establishes a multiannual programme, known as the ‘eContentplus’. That Decision will expire on 31 December 2008. Measures foreseen to make digital content in Europe more accessible, usable and exploitable should be continued after that date under the ICT Policy Support Programme established by this Decision.
(67) The measures provided for in Decision 96/413/EC should be integrated into the Entrepreneurship and Innovation Programme. Decision 96/413/EC should therefore be repealed,
HAVE DECIDED AS FOLLOWS:

Establishment

1. A framework programme for Community action in the field of competitiveness and innovation, paying particular attention to the needs of SMEs and covering the period from 1 January 2007 to 31 December 2013 (hereinafter referred to as the Framework Programme), is hereby established.
2. The Framework Programme shall contribute to the competitiveness and innovative capacity of the Community as an advanced knowledge society, with sustainable development based on robust economic growth and a highly competitive social market economy with a high level of protection and improvement of the quality of the environment.
3. The Framework Programme shall not cover research, technological development and demonstration activities carried out in accordance with Article 166 of the Treaty. It shall contribute to closing the gap between research and innovation and promote all forms of innovation.

Objectives

1. The Framework Programme shall have the following objectives:
(a)
to foster the competitiveness of enterprises, in particular of SMEs;
(b)
to promote all forms of innovation including eco-innovation;
(c)
to accelerate the development of a sustainable, competitive, innovative and inclusive information society;
(d)
to promote energy efficiency and new and renewable energy sources in all sectors, including transport.
2. The objectives of the Framework Programme shall be pursued through the implementation of the following specific programmes as established in Title II (hereinafter referred to as the specific programmes):
(a)
the Entrepreneurship and Innovation Programme;
(b)
the Information and Communications Technologies (ICT) Policy Support Programme;
(c)
the Intelligent Energy-Europe Programme.

Budget

1. The financial envelope for the implementing the Framework Programme shall be EUR 3 621 300 000.
2. An indicative budgetary breakdown for the specific programmes is set out in Annex I.
3. The budgetary authority shall authorise the available annual appropriations within the limits of the financial framework.

Participation of third countries

The Framework Programme shall be open to the participation of:
(a)
European Free Trade Association (EFTA) countries which are members of the European Economic Area (EEA), in accordance with the conditions laid down in the EEA Agreement;
(b)
accession countries and candidate countries benefiting from a pre-accession strategy, in accordance with the general principles and general terms and conditions for the participation of those countries in Community programmes established in the respective Framework Agreements and Association Council Decisions;
(c)
countries of the Western Balkans, in accordance with the provisions to be determined with those countries following the establishment of Framework Agreements concerning their participation in Community programmes;
(d)
other third countries, when Agreements and procedures so allow.

Annual work programmes

1. The Commission shall adopt annual work programmes for the specific programmes in accordance with the procedure referred to in Article 46(2), taking into account the need to adjust to future developments, in particular after the interim evaluation.
The Commission shall ensure the implementation of annual work programmes and inform the European Parliament of their preparation and implementation comprehensively and without delay.
2. Amendments to the annual work programmes concerning budgetary allocations of more than EUR 1 million shall be adopted in accordance with the procedure referred to in Article 46(2).

Common implementing measures for the Framework Programme

1. The instruments outlined in Section 2 of Chapter I, Section 2 of Chapter II and Section 2 of Chapter III of Title II shall constitute a common toolbox for the Framework Programme. They may also be used to fulfil the objectives of each specific programme as specified in the relevant annual work programme. A comprehensive list of instruments shall be set out in detail in the user manual referred to in Article 47.
2. The funding granted shall fully comply with Community State aid rules and accompanying instruments. Community rules concerning public access to documents shall apply. The principles of transparency and gender mainstreaming shall be taken into account.

Technical assistance

The financial envelope established under this Decision may also cover necessary expenditure related to preparatory action, monitoring, control, audit and evaluation directly necessary for the effective and efficient implementation of this Decision and for the achievement of its objectives.
Such action may, in particular, include studies, meetings, information activities, publications, expenditure on informatics tools, systems and networks for the exchange and processing of information, and any other expenditure on technical, scientific and administrative assistance and expertise to which the Commission may need to have recourse for the purposes of the implementation of this Decision.

Monitoring and evaluation

1. The Commission shall regularly monitor the implementation of the Framework Programme and its specific programmes. It shall also examine synergies within the Framework Programme and with other complementary Community programmes and, where possible, synergies with national programmes co-funded by the Union. Where possible, it shall examine the gender dimension and the respect of the principle of non-discrimination in programme activities.
The Commission shall draw up an annual implementation report for the Framework Programme and for each specific programme examining the supported activities in terms of financial implementation, results and, where possible, impact. The annual report on the Entrepreneurship and Innovation Programme shall clearly identify eco-innovation activities.
2. The Framework Programme and its specific programmes shall be subject to interim and final evaluations. Such evaluations shall examine issues such as relevance, coherence and synergies, effectiveness, efficiency, sustainability, utility and, where possible and appropriate, distribution of funding with regard to sectors. The final evaluation shall, in addition, examine the extent to which the Framework Programme as a whole, and each of its specific programmes, has achieved its objectives.
Both interim and final evaluations shall adopt appropriate methodologies to measure the impact of the Framework Programme, and each of the specific programmes, against its objectives, including competitiveness, innovation, entrepreneurship, productivity growth, employment and environment.
Such evaluations shall examine the quality of the services referred to in Article 21(2) provided by the network partners. The interim evaluations may also include ex post evaluation elements with regard to previous programmes.
3. The interim and final evaluations of the specific programmes and the necessary budgetary allocations shall be included in the respective annual work programmes.
The annual work programmes shall define a set of measurable objectives for each specific action and develop appropriate evaluation criteria and a set of quantitative and qualitative indicators to measure effectiveness in delivering outcomes that will contribute to the achievement of the objectives of the Framework Programme as a whole and the objectives of the relevant specific programme.
The interim and final evaluation of the Framework Programme and the necessary budgetary allocations shall be included in the annual work programme for the Entrepreneurship and Innovation Programme.
4. The interim evaluation of the Framework Programme shall be completed by 31 December 2009 and the final evaluation by 31 December 2011.
The interim and final evaluations of the specific programmes shall be arranged in such a way that their results can be taken into account in the interim and final evaluation of the Framework Programme.
5. The Commission shall communicate the annual implementation reports, the results of the interim and final evaluations of the Framework Programme and of its specific programmes to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions.

Protection of the Communities' financial interests

1. The Commission shall ensure that, when actions financed under this Decision are implemented, the financial interests of the Community are protected by the application of measures to prevent fraud, corruption and any other illegal activities, by effective checks and by the recovery of amounts unduly paid and, if irregularities are detected, by effective, proportional and dissuasive penalties, in accordance with Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 2988/95, Regulation (Euratom, EC) No 2185/96, and Regulation (EC) No 1073/1999.
2. For the Community actions financed under this Decision, Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 2988/95 and Regulation (Euratom, EC) No 2185/96 shall apply to any infringement of a provision of Community law, including infringements of a contractual obligation stipulated on the basis of the Framework Programme, resulting from an act or omission by an economic operator, which has, or would have, the effect of prejudicing the general budget of the European Union or budgets managed by it, by an unjustified item of expenditure.
3. All implementing measures resulting from this Decision shall provide, in particular, for supervision and financial control by the Commission or any representative authorised by it, and by audits by the European Court of Auditors, if necessary on-the-spot audits.

Establishment and objectives

1. The Entrepreneurship and Innovation Programme in support of enterprise, particularly SMEs, entrepreneurship, innovation, including eco-innovation and industrial competitiveness is hereby established.
2. The Entrepreneurship and Innovation Programme shall provide for action to support, improve, encourage and promote:
(a)
access to finance for the start-up and growth of SMEs and investment in innovation activities;
(b)
the creation of an environment favourable to SME cooperation, particularly in the field of cross-border cooperation;
(c)
all forms of innovation in enterprises;
(d)
eco-innovation;
(e)
entrepreneurship and innovation culture;
(f)
enterprise and innovation-related economic and administrative reform.

Access to finance for the start-up and growth of SMEs

Action in relation to access to finance for the start-up and growth of SMEs and for investment in innovation activities, including eco-innovation, may include:
(a)
increasing the investment volumes of risk capital funds and investment vehicles promoted by business angels;
(b)
providing leverage to SME debt financing instruments;
(c)
improving the financial environment for, and the investment readiness of, SMEs.

SME cooperation

Action in relation to SME cooperation may include:
(a)
fostering services in support of SMEs;
(b)
contributing to measures helping and encouraging SMEs to cooperate with other enterprises and other innovation actors across borders, including SME involvement in the field of European and international standardisation;
(c)
promoting and facilitating international business cooperation, including at regional level and through SME networks favouring the coordination and development of their economic and industrial activities.

Innovation activities

Action in relation to innovation may include:
(a)
fostering sector-specific innovation, clusters, innovation networks, public-private innovation partnerships and cooperation with relevant international organisations, and the use of innovation management;
(b)
supporting national and regional programmes for business innovation;
(c)
supporting the take-up of innovative technologies and concepts and the innovative application of existing technologies and concepts;
(d)
supporting services for trans-national knowledge and technology transfer and for the protection and management of intellectual and industrial property;
(e)
developing and exploring new types of innovation services;
(f)
fostering technology and knowledge through data archiving and transfer.

Eco-innovation activities

Action in relation to eco-innovation may include:
(a)
supporting the take-up of environmental technologies and eco-innovative activities;
(b)
co-investment in risk capital funds that provide equity,inter alia,for companies investing in eco-innovation in accordance with the procedure laid down in Annex II;
(c)
fostering eco-innovation networks and clusters and public-private partnerships in eco-innovation, developing innovative business services, and facilitating or promoting eco-innovation;
(d)
promoting new and integrated approaches to eco-innovation in fields such as environmental management and the environmentally friendly design of products, processes and services, taking into account their whole life cycle.

Entrepreneurship and innovation culture

Action in relation to entrepreneurship and innovation culture may include:
(a)
encouraging entrepreneurial mindsets, skills and culture, and the balancing of entrepreneurial risk and reward, in particular for women and young people;
(b)
encouraging a business environment favourable to innovation, enterprise development and growth;
(c)
supporting policy development and cooperation between actors, including trans-national cooperation of national and regional programme managers, in particular with a view to fostering the SME-friendliness of programmes and measures;
(d)
encouraging the creation and transfer of enterprises.

Enterprise and innovation-related economic and administrative reform

Action in relation to enterprise and innovation-related economic and administrative reform may include:
(a)
collecting data, analysing and monitoring performance, and developing and coordinating policy;
(b)
contributing to the definition and promotion of competitiveness strategies related to industry and service sectors;
(c)
supporting mutual learning for excellence in national, regional and local administrations.

Community financial instruments for SMEs

1. Community financial instruments shall be operated with the aim of facilitating access to finance for SMEs in certain phases of their life cycle: seed, start-up, expansion and business transfer. Investments made by SMEs in activities such as technological development, innovation, including eco-innovation, and technology transfer and the cross-border expansion of their business activities shall be included in the scope of the relevant instruments.
2. The instruments referred to in paragraph 1 shall be the following:
(a)
the High Growth and Innovative SME Facility (GIF);
(b)
the SME Guarantee (SMEG) Facility;
(c)
the Capacity Building Scheme (CBS).
3. Implementation arrangements concerning the different instruments are laid down in Annex II.

The GIF

1. The GIF shall be operated by the European Investment Fund (EIF) on behalf of the Commission.
The GIF shall carry out the following tasks:
(a)
contributing to the establishment and financing of SMEs and the reduction of the equity and risk capital market gap, which prevents SMEs from exploiting their growth potential, with a view to improving the European venture capital market;
(b)
supporting innovative SMEs with high growth potential, in particular those undertaking research, development and other innovation activities.
2. The GIF shall consist of two windows, as follows:
—
the first window, ‘GIF1’, shall cover early stage (seed and start-up) investments. It shall invest in specialised venture capital funds such as early stage funds, funds operating regionally, funds focused on specific sectors, technologies or research and technological development and funds linked to incubators, which shall in turn provide capital to SMEs. It may also co-invest in funds and investment vehicles promoted by business angels,
—
the second window, ‘GIF2’, shall cover expansion stage investments and shall invest in specialised risk capital funds, which in turn shall provide quasi-equity or equity for innovative SMEs with high growth potential in their expansion phase. GIF2 investments shall avoid buy-out or replacement capital intended for asset stripping.
GIF may invest in intermediaries by working, where appropriate, with national or regional schemes aimed at developing small business investment companies.
In addition to the funding provided by GIF, the majority of the capital invested in any fund shall be provided by investors operating in circumstances corresponding to the market economy investor principle, irrespective of the legal nature and ownership structure of those investors.

The SMEG Facility

1. The SMEG Facility shall be operated by the EIF on behalf of the Commission.
The SMEG Facility shall carry out the following tasks:
(a)
providing counter-guarantees or, where appropriate, co-guarantees for guarantee schemes operating in the eligible countries;
(b)
providing direct guarantees for any other appropriate financial intermediary.
2. The SMEG Facility shall consist of four windows, as follows:
—
the first window, (a) debt financing via loans or leasing, shall reduce the particular difficulties SMEs face in accessing finance either due to the perceived higher risk associated with investments in certain knowledge-related activities such as technological development, innovation and technology transfer or due to the lack of sufficient collateral,
—
the second window, (b) microcredit financing, shall encourage financial institutions to play a greater role in the provision of loans of a smaller amount which would normally involve proportionately higher unit handling costs for borrowers with insufficient collateral. In addition to guarantees or counter-guarantees, financial intermediaries may receive grants to partially offset the high administrative costs inherent in microcredit financing,
—
the third window, (c) guarantees for equity or quasi-equity investments in SMEs, shall include investments which provide seed capital and/or capital in the start-up phase, as well as mezzanine financing, in order to reduce the particular difficulties which SMEs face because of their weak financial structure and those arising from business transfers,
—
the fourth window, (d) securitisation of SME debt finance portfolios, shall mobilise additional debt financing for SMEs under appropriate risk-sharing arrangements with the targeted institutions. Support for those transactions shall be conditional upon an undertaking by the originating institutions to grant a significant part of the resulting liquidity of the mobilised capital for new SME lending in a reasonable period of time. The amount of this new debt financing shall be calculated in relation to the amount of the guaranteed portfolio risk and shall be negotiated, together with the period of time, individually with each originating institution.

The CBS

1. The CBS shall be operated with international financial institutions, including the European Bank for Reconstruction and Development (EBRD), the European Investment Bank (EIB), the EIF and the Council of Europe Development Bank (CEB).
The CBS shall carry out the following tasks:
(a)
improving the investment and technology expertise of funds and other financial intermediaries investing in innovative SMEs or SMEs with growth potential;
(b)
stimulating the supply of credit to SMEs by enhancing the credit appraisal procedures for SME lending.
2. The CBS shall consist of the Seed Capital Action and the Partnership Action.
The Seed Capital Action shall provide grants to stimulate the supply of venture capital for innovative SMEs and other SMEs with growth potential, including those in the traditional economy, through support for seed and start-up funds or similar organisations. Support may also be provided for the long-term recruitment of additional staff with specific investment or technology expertise.
The Partnership Action shall provide grants to financial intermediaries to cover the cost of technical assistance to improve their credit appraisal procedures for SME debt financing, in order to stimulate the supply of finance to SMEs in countries with low banking intermediation.
For the purpose of the Partnership Action ‘low intermediation’ shall relate to banking in countries where domestic credit as a percentage of Gross Domestic Product is significantly below the Community average according to relevant data established by the European Central Bank or the International Monetary Fund.
The Partnership Action shall accompany the credit lines or the risk-sharing provided by international financial institutions to partner banks or financial institutions from the eligible countries. A significant part of the action shall relate to improving banks’ and other financial institutions’ capacity to assess the commercial viability of projects with a significant eco-innovation component.

Services in support of business and innovation

1. Services in support of business and innovation, in particular for SMEs, shall be encouraged.
2. Taking into account the established experience and skills of existing European business support networks, financial support may be granted to network partners to provide, in particular:
(a)
information, feedback, business cooperation and internationalisation services;
(b)
services for innovation and for the transfer of both technology and knowledge;
(c)
services encouraging the participation of SMEs in the Seventh Framework RTD Programme.
Details concerning such services are laid down in Annex III.
3. The Commission shall select network partners through calls for proposals in relation to the various services referred to in paragraph 2. Following those calls for proposals the Commission may establish a framework partnership agreement with selected network partners specifying the type of activities to be offered, the procedure for awarding grants to them and the general rights and obligations of each party. The framework partnership may cover the duration of the programme.
4. In addition to the services referred to in paragraph 2, the Commission may provide financial support for the implementation of other activities within the scope of the Framework Programme following calls for proposals which may be restricted to the network partners. Such services shall ensure that interested parties and potential applicants may obtain comprehensive assistance relating to the possibilities for support under the Framework Programme.
5. The Commission shall support the network partners by making available the appropriate coordination and operational support. Organisations established in countries which are not participating in the Framework Programme may be permitted to benefit from that coordination and operational support.
6. The Commission shall ensure that network partners cooperate with each other and, in the event that a network partner is unable to address an enquiry directly, it shall refer the enquiry to a competent network partner.

Innovation and eco-innovation pilot and market replication projects

The Community shall provide support to projects concerned with the first applications or market replication of innovative or eco-innovative techniques, products or practices of Community relevance, which have already been technically demonstrated with success but which, owing to residual risk, have not yet significantly penetrated the market. These shall be designed to promote broader utilisation of such techniques, products or practices within the participating countries and facilitate their market uptake.

Policy analyses, development, coordination and twinning

The following may be undertaken in support of policy analyses, development and coordination with participating countries:
(a)
studies, data collection, surveys and publications, based where possible on official statistics;
(b)
twinnings and meetings of experts, including experts from public institutions, experts sent by SMEs and other interested parties, conferences and other events;
(c)
awareness raising, networking and other relevant activities;
(d)
benchmarking of national and regional performances, and work on good practices, including their dissemination and implementation.

Entrepreneurship and Innovation Programme support measures

The Commission shall regularly undertake the following:
(a)
analysis and monitoring of competitiveness and sectoral issues, including for the Commission’s annual report on the competitiveness of European industry;
(b)
preparation of impact assessments of Community measures of particular relevance for the competitiveness of enterprises and their publication with a view to identifying areas of existing legislation requiring simplification or the need for new legislative measures to make innovation more attractive in the Community;
(c)
evaluation of specific aspects or specific implementation measures in relation to the Entrepreneurship and Innovation Programme;
(d)
dissemination of appropriate information in relation to the Entrepreneurship and Innovation Programme.

Annual work programme

The annual work programme shall set out in detail, and in line with the objectives set out in Article 10:
(a)
measures needed for its implementation;
(b)
priorities;
(c)
qualitative and quantitative objectives;
(d)
appropriate evaluation criteria and qualitative and quantitative indicators for analysing effectiveness in delivering outcomes that will contribute to the achievement of the objectives of the specific programmes and the Framework Programme as a whole;
(e)
operational timetables;
(f)
the rules for participation;
(g)
the criteria for the selection and evaluation of the measures.
The annual work programme shall clearly identify measures promoting eco-innovation.
Activities under Article 24 shall not be covered by the annual work programme.

Establishment and objectives

1. The ICT Policy Support Programme in support of ICT policy is hereby established.
2. The ICT Policy Support Programme shall provide for the following actions:
(a)
development of the Single European information space and strengthening of the internal market for ICT products and services and ICT-based products and services;
(b)
stimulation of innovation through the wider adoption of and investment in ICT;
(c)
development of an inclusive information society and more efficient and effective services in areas of public interest, and improvement of quality of life.
3. The actions referred to in paragraph 2 shall be carried out with a particular emphasis on the promotion and awareness-raising of the opportunities and benefits of ICT for citizens, public authorities and businesses, in particular SMEs.

The single European information space

Action in relation to the single European information space shall aim to:
(a)
ensure seamless access to ICT-based services and establish appropriate framework conditions for the rapid, appropriate and effective convergence of digital communications and services, incorporating, inter alia, interoperability, the use of open standards, and security and trust aspects;
(b)
improve the conditions for the development of digital content, taking into account multilingualism and cultural diversity;
(c)
monitor the European information society, through data collection and analysis of the development, availability and use of digital communication services, including the growth of internet, access to and take-up of broadband as well as developments of content and services.

Innovation through the wider adoption of and investment in ICT

Action in relation to innovation through the wider adoption of and investment in ICT shall aim to:
(a)
promote innovation in processes, services and products enabled by ICT, in particular in SMEs and public services, taking into account the necessary skills requirements;
(b)
facilitate public and private interaction as well as partnerships for accelerating innovation and investments in ICT;
(c)
promote and raise awareness of the opportunities and benefits of ICT and its new applications for citizens and businesses, including enhancing confidence in and openness to new ICT, and stimulating debate at the European level on emerging ICT trends and developments.

An inclusive information society, more efficient and effective services in areas of public interest and improved quality of life

Actions in relation to the development of an inclusive information society and more efficient and effective services in areas of public interest, and the improvement of quality of life shall aim to:
(a)
widen ICT, including digital content, accessibility and digital literacy;
(b)
reinforce trust and confidence as well as support of ICT use, addressing, in particular, privacy concerns;
(c)
improve the quality, efficiency, availability and accessibility of electronic services in areas of public interest and for ICT-enabled participation, including, where appropriate, interoperable pan-European or cross-border public services as well as the development of common interest building blocks and the sharing of good practices.

General

The ICT Policy Support Programme may be implemented by projects, best practice actions and thematic networks, including actions for wide-scale testing and demonstration of innovative public services with a pan-European dimension.
Projects, best practice actions and thematic networks shall aim to stimulate the deployment and best use of innovative ICT-based solutions, in particular for services in areas of public interest and for SMEs. Community support shall also facilitate the coordination and the implementation of actions for developing the information society across the Member States.

Projects, best practice actions and thematic networks

1. The following shall be supported:
(a)
projects including implementation, pilot and market replication projects;
(b)
best practice actions to spread knowledge and share experience across the Community;
(c)
thematic networks bringing together a variety of stakeholders around a given objective so as to facilitate coordination activities and the transfer of knowledge.
2. The projects shall aim to promote innovation, technology transfer and the dissemination of new technologies that are ready for market uptake.
The Community may award a grant to contribute to the budget of the projects referred to in paragraph 1(a).
3. The best practice actions shall be conducted in clusters addressing specific themes and linked through thematic networks.
The Community contribution for the actions referred to in paragraph 1(b) shall be limited to the direct costs deemed necessary or appropriate for achieving the specific objectives of the action.
4. The thematic networks may be linked to best practice actions.
Support for thematic activities shall be granted towards the additional eligible costs of coordinating and implementing the network. The Community contribution may cover the additional eligible costs of those measures.

Applications

Applications for Community support for projects, best practice actions and thematic networks referred to in Article 31 shall include a financial plan listing all the components of the funding of the projects, including the financial support requested from the Community, and any other requests for support from other sources. Applicants making applications for other forms of Community support such as services or studies may also be required to provide information concerning the financial plan where appropriate.

Policy analyses, development and coordination with participating countries

The following shall be undertaken in support of policy analyses, development and coordination with participating countries:
(a)
studies, data collection, surveys, and publications, based, where possible, on official statistics;
(b)
meetings of experts, including experts from public institutions, experts sent by SMEs and other interested parties, conferences and other events;
(c)
awareness-raising, networking and other relevant activities;
(d)
benchmarking of national performances and work on good practices, including their dissemination and implementation.

Promotion, communication, information sharing and dissemination

1. The following shall be undertaken in support of the implementation of the ICT Policy Support Programme or the preparation of future activities:
(a)
promotion, dissemination, information and communication activities;
(b)
exchange of information, knowledge and experience, the staging of conferences, seminars, workshops or other meetings and the management of clustered activities.
2. Measures devoted to the commercialisation of products, processes or services, marketing activities and sales promotion shall not be eligible for support.

Projects of common interest: procurement based on technical specifications determined in coordination with Member States

Where it is necessary in order to achieve the objectives of the ICT Policy Support Programme, and where there is a clear common interest of Member States as concerns European-level deployment of products, services, core service components or building blocks, the Commission may establish projects of common interest comprising necessary technical and organisational tasks. Existing initiatives shall be taken into consideration in order to avoid the duplication of efforts.
The Commission shall, in coordination with the Member States, agree on common technical specifications and implementation schedules for such projects. On the basis of those common technical specifications and implementation schedules, the Commission shall issue calls for tender for implementation of the projects concerned. Such calls for tender shall be carried out solely by the Commission in accordance with Community procurement rules.

Annual work programme

The annual work programme shall set out in detail, and in line with the objectives set out in Article 26:
(a)
measures needed for its implementation;
(b)
priorities;
(c)
qualitative and quantitative objectives;
(d)
appropriate evaluation criteria and qualitative and quantitative indicators for analysing effectiveness in delivering outcomes that will contribute to the achievement of the objectives of the specific programmes and the Framework Programme as a whole;
(e)
operational timetables;
(f)
the rules for participation;
(g)
the criteria for the selection and evaluation of the measures.

Establishment and objectives

1. The Intelligent Energy — Europe Programme in support of energy efficiency, renewable energy sources and energy diversification is hereby established. The programme shall contribute to ensuring secure, sustainable energy for Europe, while enhancing European competitiveness.
2. The Intelligent Energy — Europe Programme shall provide for action, in particular:
(a)
to foster energy efficiency and the rational use of energy resources;
(b)
to promote new and renewable energy sources and to support energy diversification;
(c)
to promote energy efficiency and the use of new and renewable energy sources in transport.

Operational objectives

In operational terms the Intelligent Energy — Europe Programme shall aim to:
(a)
provide the elements necessary for the improvement of sustainability, the development of the potential of cities and regions, as well as for the preparation of the legislative measures needed to attain the related strategic objectives; develop the means and instruments to follow up, monitor and evaluate the impact of the measures adopted by the Community and its Member States in the fields addressed by that programme;
(b)
boost investment across Member States in new and best performing technologies in the fields of energy efficiency, renewable energy sources and energy diversification, including in transport, by bridging the gap between the successful demonstration of innovative technologies and their effective, broad market uptake in order to attain leverage of public and private sector investment, promote key strategic technologies, bring down costs, increase market experience and contribute to reducing the financial risks and other perceived risks and barriers that hinder this type of investment;
(c)
remove the non-technological barriers to efficient and intelligent patterns of energy production and consumption by promoting institutional capacity building at, inter alia, local and regional level, by raising awareness, notably through the educational system, by encouraging exchanges of experience and know-how among the main players concerned, business and citizens in general and by stimulating the spread of best practices and best available technologies, notably by means of their promotion at Community level.

Energy efficiency and rational use of resources (SAVE)

Action to foster energy efficiency and the rational use of energy resources may include:
(a)
improvement of energy efficiency and the rational use of energy, in particular in the building and industry sectors, with the exception of actions covered by Article 41;
(b)
supporting the preparation of legislative measures and their application.

New and renewable resources (Altener)

Action to promote new and renewable energy resources may include:
(a)
promoting new and renewable energy sources for centralised and decentralised production of electricity, heat and cooling, and thus supporting the diversification of energy sources, with the exception of actions covered by Article 41;
(b)
integrating new and renewable energy sources into the local environment and the energy systems;
(c)
supporting the preparation of legislative measures and their application.

Energy in transport (STEER)

Action to promote energy efficiency and the use of new and renewable energy sources in transport may include:
(a)
supporting initiatives relating to all energy aspects of transport, and the diversification of fuels;
(b)
promoting renewable fuels and energy efficiency in transport;
(c)
supporting the preparation of legislative measures and their application.

Integrated initiatives

Action to combine several of the specific fields referred to in Articles 39, 40 and 41, or relating to certain Community priorities, may include:
(a)
integrating energy efficiency and renewable energy sources in several sectors of the economy;
(b)
combining various instruments, tools and actors within the same action or project.

Promotion and dissemination projects

The following shall be supported:
(a)
strategic studies on the basis of shared analysis and regular monitoring of market developments and energy trends for the preparation of future legislative measures or for the review of existing legislation, including with regard to the functioning of the internal energy market, for the implementation of the medium and long-term strategy in the energy field to promote sustainable development, as well as for the preparation of long-term voluntary commitments with industry and other stake-holders and for the development of standards, labelling and certification systems, where appropriate also in cooperation with third countries and international organisations;
(b)
creation, enlargement or reorganisation of structures and instruments for sustainable energy development, including local and regional energy management, and the development of adequate financial products and market instruments, building on experience from past and present networks;
(c)
promotion of sustainable energy systems and equipment in order to further accelerate their penetration of the market and stimulate investment to facilitate the transition from the demonstration to the marketing of more efficient technologies, awareness campaigns and the creation of institutional capabilities;
(d)
development of information, education and training structures, the utilisation of results, the promotion and dissemination of know-how and best practices involving all consumers, dissemination of results of the actions and projects and cooperation with the Member States through operational networks;
(e)
monitoring of the implementation and the impact of Community legislative and support measures.

Market replication projects

The Community shall provide support to projects concerned with the market replication of innovative techniques, processes, products or practices of Community relevance, which have already been technically demonstrated with success. These shall be designed to promote broader utilisation of such techniques, processes, products or practices within the participating countries and facilitate their market uptake.

Annual work programme

The annual work programme shall set out in detail, and in line with the objectives set out in Article 37:
(a)
measures needed for its implementation;
(b)
priorities;
(c)
qualitative and quantitative objectives;
(d)
appropriate evaluation criteria and qualitative and quantitative indicators to analyse effectiveness in delivering outcomes that will contribute to the achievement of the objectives of the specific programmes and the Framework Programme as a whole;
(e)
operational timetables;
(f)
the rules for participation;
(g)
the criteria for the selection and evaluation of the measures.

Committees

1. The Commission shall be assisted by the following Committees:
(a)
the Committee for the Entrepreneurship and Innovation Programme, called the EIP Management Committee (EIPC);
(b)
the Committee for the ICT Policy Support Programme, called the ICT Management Committee (ICTC);
(c)
the Committee for the Intelligent Energy Europe Programme, called the IEE Management Committee (IEEC).
Full coordination and cooperation across the whole Framework Programme, including strategic management, and coherent overall implementation, shall be ensured by the Commission, assisted by the EIPC, in close collaboration with the ICTC and the IEEC.
2. For the committees referred to in paragraph 1, Articles 4 and 7 of Decision 1999/468/EC shall apply, having regard to the provisions of Article 8 thereof.
The period laid down in Article 4(3) of Decision 1999/468/EC shall be set at three months.
3. The Committees referred to in paragraph 1 shall adopt their rules of procedure.

User manual

1. After the entry into force of the Framework Programme, the Commission shall publish a readable and user-friendly user manual establishing a clear, simple and transparent framework of general principles for the participation of beneficiaries in the Framework Programme. The user manual shall, in particular, facilitate the participation of SMEs.
2. The Commission shall ensure that the time between the submission of applications and the notification of evaluation results is as short as possible. The evaluation result shall be sent out within a reasonable time.

Strategic Advisory Board on Competitiveness and Innovation

The Commission shall be advised by a Strategic Advisory Board on Competitiveness and Innovation composed of representatives of industry and business associations, including those representing SMEs, and other experts. Their expertise should be related to the sectors and issues addressed by the Framework Programme, including financing, ICT, energy and eco-innovation.

Repeal

Decision 96/413/EC is hereby repealed.

Transitional measures

The implementation measures in pursuance of the objective set out in Article 27(b) shall be carried out under Decision No 456/2005/EC until 31 December 2008.
Thereafter, the actions initiated under Decision No 456/2005/EC on or before that date shall be administered in accordance with that Decision, except that the Committee established by that Decision shall be replaced by the ICTC established by Article 46(1)(b) of this Decision.
For services referred to in Article 21(2)(a), the Commission may, until 31 December 2007, continue operating the Euro Info Centre Network and concluding annual specific grant agreements with its members, funded under this Framework Programme, and maintain the operational arrangements of the multiannual programme for enterprise and entrepreneurship established by Decision 2000/819/EC.

Entry into force

This Decision shall enter into force on the 20th day following its publication in theOfficial Journal of the European Union.
ANNEX IIndicative budgetary breakdownThe indicative budgetary allocations for the specific programmes shall be the following:

(a) | 60 % of the overall budget for the pursuance of the Entrepreneurship and Innovation Programme, of which approximately one fifth shall be allocated to promoting eco-innovation;
(b) | 20 % of the overall budget for the pursuance of the ICT Policy Support Programme;
(c) | 20 % of the overall budget for the pursuance of the Intelligent Energy — Europe Programme.

1.   ARRANGEMENTS COMMON TO ALL COMMUNITY FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS FOR SMES

ANNEX IIImplementation arrangements for the Community financial instruments for SMEs referred to in Article 17A. BudgetThe budgetary allocation shall cover the full cost of each instrument, including payment obligations towards financial intermediaries such as losses from guarantees, management fees for the EIF and the international financial institutions managing the Union’s resources, as well as any other eligible costs or expenses.
The transfer of resources between instruments shall be kept flexible in order to respond to new developments and changing market conditions during the Framework Programme.
B. Trust accountsSeparate Trust accounts shall be set up by the EIF and the relevant international financial institutions to hold the budgetary funds relating to each instrument. Such accounts may be interest-bearing. Interest received on or before 31 December 2013 may be added to the resources and can be used for the purpose of the respective instrument.
Payments made by the trustee to honour payment obligations towards financial intermediaries shall be debited from the corresponding Trust account. Amounts to be paid back by the trustee to the general budget of the European Union, the trustee’s management fees and other eligible costs and expenses shall be debited from the Trust account in accordance with the terms set out in the agreements between the Commission and the trustee. The Trust account shall be credited with receipts originating from the Commission, interest and, depending on the instrument, with the proceeds of realised investments (GIF) or with commitment and guarantee fees as well as other receivables (SMEG Facility).
After 31 December 2013, any balances on the Trust accounts, other than funds committed and not yet debited and funds reasonably required to cover eligible costs and expenses, shall be returned to the general budget of the European Union.
C. FeesAn appropriate fee policy shall apply to the operation of the instruments. The fees shall be established by the Commission in line with market practices and shall take into account:

— | the overall duration of the respective instrument and the corresponding monitoring requirements which extend beyond the budgetary commitment period,
— | the eligible countries,
— | the degree of novelty and complexity of the instrument,
— | the associated number of activities such as market research, identification of and negotiations with intermediaries, structuring of deals, closing, monitoring and reporting.D. Visibility and awareness-raisingEach intermediary shall provide an appropriate level of visibility and transparency to the support given by the Community, including adequate information on the financial opportunities made available by the Framework Programme.
It shall be ensured that the final beneficiaries are adequately informed of the available financing opportunities.
2. IMPLEMENTATION OF THE GIFA. IntroductionFiduciary, management and monitoring aspects shall be agreed between the Commission and the EIF. The Commission shall apply specific guidelines on treasury management.
B. IntermediariesGIF1 and GIF2 shall target commercially oriented intermediaries managed by independent teams combining the appropriate mix of skills and experience. The intermediaries shall be selected in conformity with best business and market practices in a transparent and non-discriminatory manner, avoiding any conflict of interest with the aim of working through a wide range of specialised funds or similar structures.
C. Eligibility criteriaGIF shall be complementary to the own-resource based activities of the EIB Group including the EIF by adopting an investment policy involving a higher risk profile, both as regards intermediary funds and their investment policies.
GIF1GIF1 shall invest in intermediary venture capital funds and other investment vehicles investing in SMEs up to 10 years old, typically starting from pre-A (seed) and A (early stage) rounds and providing follow-on investment where appropriate. The usual maximum aggregate investment in an intermediary venture capital fund shall be 25 % of the total capital held by the relevant fund, or up to 50 % for new funds likely to have a particularly strong catalytic role in the development of venture capital markets for a specific technology or in a specific region as well as business angels’ investment vehicles. The maximum aggregate investment in an intermediary venture capital fund shall be 50 % in those cases where the fund’s investment focus is on SMEs active in eco-innovation. At least 50 % of the capital invested in any fund shall be provided by investors operating in circumstances corresponding to normal market conditions (under the ‘market economy investor principle’), irrespective of the legal nature and ownership structure of the investors providing that part of the capital. No commitment in a single fund shall exceed EUR 30 million. GIF1 may co-invest with EIF own resources or resources under the EIB mandate or other resources managed by the EIF.
GIF2GIF2 shall invest in intermediary risk capital funds investing in SMEs, typically in B and C (expansion) rounds. The usual maximum aggregate investment in an intermediary risk capital fund shall be 15 % of the total capital held by the relevant fund, or up to 25 % for:

— | new funds likely to have a particularly strong catalytic role in the development of risk capital markets for a specific technology or in a specific region,
— | funds the main investment focus of which is on SMEs active in eco-innovation,
— | funds set up by first time management teams.In the case of co-investment of GIF2 resources with EIF own resources or resources under the EIB mandate or other resources managed by the EIF, the maximum GIF2 contribution shall be 15 %. At least 50 % of the capital invested in any fund shall be provided by investors operating in circumstances corresponding to normal market conditions (under the market economy investor principle), irrespective of the legal nature and ownership structure of the investors providing that part of the capital. No commitment in a single fund shall exceed EUR 30 million.
D. Investment pari passu
The investment made under the GIF in an intermediary fund shall rankpari passuwith the private investors.
E. Cornerstone roleFor new funds likely to have a particularly strong catalytic role in the development of venture capital markets for a specific technology or in a specific region, EIF may play the role of a cornerstone investor.
F. Transparency of conditionsEIF shall ensure that terms and conditions of financing under GIF1 and GIF2 are transparent and comprehensible.
G. Life of the GIFThe GIF shall be a long-term facility which will usually take five- to 12-year positions in intermediary funds. In any case, life of investments under the GIF shall not exceed 19 years from the time of signature of the delegation agreement between the Commission and the EIF. Suitable exit strategies shall need to be defined in the agreements between the EIF and the intermediaries.
H. Realisation of investmentsAs most of the investments to be made under the GIF shall be in unquoted, illiquid entities, the realisation of those investments shall be based on the distribution of the proceeds received by the intermediary from the sale of their investments in SMEs.
I. Reinvestment of proceeds from realised investmentsProceeds, including dividends and reimbursements received by the EIF before 31 December 2013, shall be added to the resources of the GIF and used for the purpose of the GIF.
3. IMPLEMENTATION OF THE SMEG FACILITYA. IntroductionFiduciary, management and monitoring aspects shall be agreed between the Commission and the EIF and shall be in line with normal commercial practices. The Commission shall apply specific guidelines on treasury management.
B. IntermediariesIntermediaries shall be chosen from among the guarantee schemes already operating or which may be established in the eligible countries, including mutual guarantee organisations, and any other appropriate financial institution. Selection procedures shall be transparent and non-discriminatory, avoiding any conflict of interest.
Intermediaries shall be selected in conformity with best market practice with regard to the effect on:

— | the volume of financing (debt, equity or quasi equity) made available to SMEs, and/or
— | SMEs’ access to finance, and/or
— | risk-taking in SME financing by the intermediary concerned.C. EligibilityThe financial criteria governing the eligibility under the SMEG Facility shall be determined for each intermediary on the basis of their activities, with the aim of reaching as many SMEs as possible. These rules shall reflect market conditions and practices in the relevant territory.
Financing for the acquisition of tangible and intangible assets, including innovation activities, technological development and the acquisition of licenses shall be eligible.
Criteria relating to the fourth SMEG window, (d) securitisation of SME debt financing portfolios, shall include individual and multi-seller transactions as well as multi-country transactions. Eligibility shall be based on best market practices, in particular regarding the credit quality and risk diversification of the securitised portfolio.
D. Terms of the guaranteesThe guarantees issued by the EIF on behalf of the Commission under the (a) debt financing, (b) microcredit, and (c) equity or quasi-equity windows of the SMEG Facility shall cover a part of the risk taken by the financial intermediary in a financing portfolio of individual transactions. The fourth window of the SMEG Facility, (d) securitisation, shall involve sharing the risk of certain securitised tranches which are senior to the first loss piece or leaving the risk of a significant part of the first loss piece to the originator and sharing the risk of the remaining part.
The guarantees given by the EIF relating to the (a) debt financing, (b) microcredit, (c) equity or quasi equity windows of the SMEG Facility shall usually rankpari passuwith the guarantees or, where appropriate, with the financing given by the intermediary.
The EIF may charge to a financial intermediary a fee calculated on amounts committed but not used according to an agreed schedule (commitment fees) as well as guarantee fees. It may also charge fees related to individual securitisation transactions.
E. EIF’s capped maximum cumulative lossesThe cost of the SMEG Facility to the general budget of the European Union shall be capped so that it does not, under any circumstances, exceed the budgetary allocation made available to the EIF under this SMEG Facility. There shall be no contingent liability on the budget.
The EIF’s obligation to pay its share of the intermediary’s losses shall continue until the cumulative amount of payments made to cover losses from a specific financing portfolio, reduced where appropriate by the cumulative amount of corresponding loss recoveries, reaches a pre-agreed amount, after which the EIF’s guarantee shall be automatically cancelled.
F. Loss recoveries and other revenue payable to the Trust accountAny loss recoveries received from a given intermediary shall be credited to the Trust account and shall be taken into account in the calculation of the EIF’s capped maximum cumulative losses towards the intermediary. Any other revenues, such as commitment fees and guarantee fees, shall be credited to the Trust account and, if received before 31 December 2013, shall be added to the resources of the SMEG Facility.
G. Duration of the SMEG FacilityIndividual SME guarantees may have a maturity of up to 10 years.
4. IMPLEMENTATION OF THE CBSA. IntroductionImplementation details for the Seed Capital action and the Partnership Action, including fiduciary, management and monitoring aspects, shall be subject to an agreement between the Commission and the EIF or the relevant international financial institutions.
Intermediaries shall be selected in conformity with best market practices.
Selection procedures for the provision of technical assistance shall be transparent and non-discriminatory, avoiding any conflict of interest.
B. Seed Capital ActionThe Seed Capital Action shall be operated on a trust basis. The budgetary allocation shall cover the full cost of the action, including its management fees and any other eligible costs or expenses. The grants provided shall support investment funds which include seed capital in their global investment programme, by covering part of the resulting management costs.
C. Partnership ActionThe Partnership Action shall be operated through the EIF or relevant international financial institutions. It shall cover technical assistance, management fees and other eligible costs supporting capacity building.
5. EVALUATIONThe external evaluations shall be carried out by independent experts, taking account of the impact of the Growth and Employment Initiative established under Council Decision 98/347/EC of 19 May 1998 on measures of financial assistance for innovative and job-creating small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs) — the growth and employment initiative(1)and of the multiannual programme for enterprise and entrepreneurship, and in particular for SMEs. The external evaluations shall assess the impact of the Community financial instruments for SMEs and provide a qualitative and quantitative analysis of achieved results, in particular, by assessing the leverage effect and cost-benefit of each instrument. The evaluation reports shall present statistical data for the Union as a whole and for the individual Member States and the other participating countries including:

— | for the GIF, the number of SMEs reached and the number of jobs created,
— | the rate of return to investors,
— | for the SMEG Facility, the number and value of loans provided by the financial intermediaries to SMEs, the number of SMEs reached and the number and value of loans defaulted,
— | for the Seed Capital Action, the number of organisations supported and the volume of seed capital investments,
— | for the Partnership Action, the number of intermediaries supported and SMEs reached,
— | any specific outputs relating to eco-innovation.Appropriate visibility shall be given to the results and lessons learned from the reports of the external evaluators and to the sharing of best practices among stakeholders.

(1)
OJ L 155, 29.5.1998, p. 43.

ANNEX IIIDetails of the services in support of business and innovation referred to in Article 21
(a) | Information, feedback, business cooperation and internationalisation services—disseminating information relating to the functioning and opportunities of the internal market for goods and services, including signposting to tender opportunities,—promoting pro-actively Community initiatives, policies and programmes that are relevant for SMEs and providing information to SMEs on the application procedures for such programmes,—operating tools to measure the impact of existing legislation on SMEs,—contributing to the carrying-out of impact assessment studies of the Commission,—operating other appropriate means to engage SMEs in the European policy-making process,—assisting SMEs to develop cross-border activities and international networks,—supporting SMEs to find relevant partners from the private or public sectors through appropriate tools. | — | disseminating information relating to the functioning and opportunities of the internal market for goods and services, including signposting to tender opportunities, | — | promoting pro-actively Community initiatives, policies and programmes that are relevant for SMEs and providing information to SMEs on the application procedures for such programmes, | — | operating tools to measure the impact of existing legislation on SMEs, | — | contributing to the carrying-out of impact assessment studies of the Commission, | — | operating other appropriate means to engage SMEs in the European policy-making process, | — | assisting SMEs to develop cross-border activities and international networks, | — | supporting SMEs to find relevant partners from the private or public sectors through appropriate tools.
— | disseminating information relating to the functioning and opportunities of the internal market for goods and services, including signposting to tender opportunities,
— | promoting pro-actively Community initiatives, policies and programmes that are relevant for SMEs and providing information to SMEs on the application procedures for such programmes,
— | operating tools to measure the impact of existing legislation on SMEs,
— | contributing to the carrying-out of impact assessment studies of the Commission,
— | operating other appropriate means to engage SMEs in the European policy-making process,
— | assisting SMEs to develop cross-border activities and international networks,
— | supporting SMEs to find relevant partners from the private or public sectors through appropriate tools.
(b) | Services for innovation and for the transfer of both technology and knowledge—disseminating information and raising awareness regarding innovation-related policies, legislation, and support programmes,—engaging in the dissemination and exploitation of research results,—providing brokerage services for technology and knowledge transfer, and for partnership building between all kinds of innovation actors,—stimulating the capacity of firms, especially SMEs to innovate,—facilitating linkage to other innovation services including intellectual property-related services. | — | disseminating information and raising awareness regarding innovation-related policies, legislation, and support programmes, | — | engaging in the dissemination and exploitation of research results, | — | providing brokerage services for technology and knowledge transfer, and for partnership building between all kinds of innovation actors, | — | stimulating the capacity of firms, especially SMEs to innovate, | — | facilitating linkage to other innovation services including intellectual property-related services.
— | disseminating information and raising awareness regarding innovation-related policies, legislation, and support programmes,
— | engaging in the dissemination and exploitation of research results,
— | providing brokerage services for technology and knowledge transfer, and for partnership building between all kinds of innovation actors,
— | stimulating the capacity of firms, especially SMEs to innovate,
— | facilitating linkage to other innovation services including intellectual property-related services.
(c) | Services encouraging the participation of SMEs in the Seventh Framework RTD Programme—raising awareness among SMEs regarding the Seventh Framework RTD Programme,—helping SMEs to identify their research and technological development needs and to find relevant partners,—assisting SMEs in the preparation and coordination of project proposals for participation in the Seventh Framework RTD Programme. | — | raising awareness among SMEs regarding the Seventh Framework RTD Programme, | — | helping SMEs to identify their research and technological development needs and to find relevant partners, | — | assisting SMEs in the preparation and coordination of project proposals for participation in the Seventh Framework RTD Programme.
— | raising awareness among SMEs regarding the Seventh Framework RTD Programme,
— | helping SMEs to identify their research and technological development needs and to find relevant partners,
— | assisting SMEs in the preparation and coordination of project proposals for participation in the Seventh Framework RTD Programme.

Pending: 32006D1013

28.12.2006 EN Official Journal of the European Union L 382/1
(1) If the amount of manure that a Member state intends to apply per hectare each year is different from the one specified in the first sentence of the second subparagraph of paragraph 2 of Annex III to Directive 91/676/EEC and in point (a) thereof, that amount has to be fixed so as not to prejudice the achievement of the objectives specified in Article 1 of that Directive and has to be justified on the basis of objective criteria, such as, in the present case, long growing seasons and crops with high nitrogen uptake.
(2) Germany submitted to the Commission a request for a derogation under third subparagraph of paragraph 2 of Annex III to Directive 91/676/EEC.
(3) The requested derogation concerns the intention of Germany to allow the application of 230 kg nitrogen per hectare per year from livestock manure on intensive grassland fields of specific farms. The application of nitrogen from livestock manure on the arable crops of these farms would not, however, exceed 170 kg/ha nitrogen per hectare per year.
(4) Approximately 13 500 farms, 500 000 hectares and 11 600 t year nitrogen corresponding respectively to 2,4 % farms, 2,9 % Utilised Agricultural Land and 0,7 % total manure nitrogen are estimated to be potentially encompassed by the derogation. They are mainly located in Bavaria (Oberbayern), Baden Wurttemberg (Tubingen), Lower Saxony (Luneburg, Weser-Ems) and Schleswig-Holstein.
(5) The German legislation implementing Directive 91/676/EEC, Fertiliser Ordinance of 10 January 2006 amended lastly on 28 September 2006, has been adopted and applies equally to the requested derogation.
(6) Water quality data submitted by Germany with the Third Report on the implementation of the Nitrates Directive 2000-2003 and with the derogation request show a decrease in nitrates concentration of surface water at 83 % of monitoring stations and a stable concentration at 9 % of monitoring stations compared to the period 1991-1994. Regarding groundwater, the monitoring system established for the purpose of assessing implementation of the Directive 91/676/EEC shows that nitrate concentration is decreasing in approximately 50 % of monitoring stations and stable in approximately 15 % of monitoring stations.
(7) The number of livestock decreased, in particular with regard to the number of cattle (-25 %). Manure nitrogen input per hectare per year dropped by 11 % between 1991-1993 and 2002-2004; nitrogen surplus decreased from 120 to 101 kg per hectare in the same period.
(8) Germany, in conformity with paragraph 5 of article 3 of Directive 91/676/EEC, applies an action programme throughout its whole territory.
(9) The supporting documents presented in the notification submitted by Germany show that the proposed amount of 230 kg per hectare per year of nitrogen from livestock manure is justified for intensive grassland fields on the basis of objective criteria such as long growing seasons and crops with high nitrogen uptake.
(10) The Commission after examination of the request from Germany considers that the proposed amount of 230 kg per hectare per year nitrogen from livestock manure will not prejudice the achievement of the objectives of Directive 91/676/EEC, subject to certain strict conditions being met.
(11) This Decision should be applicable in connection with the present action programme in force for the period 2006 to 2009.
(12) The measures provided for in this Decision are in accordance with the opinion of the Nitrates Committee set up pursuant to Article 9 of Directive 91/676/EEC,
(a) ‘cattle farms’ means holdings with more than three livestock units, where at least two-thirds of livestock are cattle,
(b) ‘fields under intensive grassland’ means the fields managed as permanent or temporary grassland (generally temporary lies less than four years), with at least four cuts per year or three cuts plus pasture.
(a) the number of livestock, a description of the housing and storage system, including the volume of manure storage available;
(b) a calculation of manure nitrogen (less losses in housing and storage) and phosphorus produced in the farm;
(c) the crop rotation and acreage for intensive grassland and for each crop, including a sketch map indicating location of individual fields;
(d) the foreseeable nitrogen and phosphorus crop requirements;
(e) the amount and the type of manure delivered outside the farm or to the farm;
(f) contribution from soil organic matter net mineralisation, quantification of the amount of nitrogen present in the soil at the beginning of the growing season and contribution from crop residues and leguminous crops;
(g) nitrogen and phosphorus application from manure over each field (parcels of the farm homogeneous regarding cropping and soil type);
(h) application of nitrogen and phosphorus with chemical and other fertilisers over each field.
(a) Temporary grassland shall be ploughed in spring.
(b) Intensive grassland shall not include leguminous or other plants fixing atmospheric nitrogen. This will however not apply to clover in grassland with less than 50 % clover.
THE COMMISSION OF THE EUROPEAN COMMUNITIES,
Having regard to the Treaty establishing the European Community,
Having regard to Council Directive 91/676/EEC of 12 December 1991 concerning the protection of waters against pollution caused by nitrates from agricultural sources(1), and in particular the third subparagraph of paragraph 2 of Annex III thereto,
(1) If the amount of manure that a Member state intends to apply per hectare each year is different from the one specified in the first sentence of the second subparagraph of paragraph 2 of Annex III to Directive 91/676/EEC and in point (a) thereof, that amount has to be fixed so as not to prejudice the achievement of the objectives specified in Article 1 of that Directive and has to be justified on the basis of objective criteria, such as, in the present case, long growing seasons and crops with high nitrogen uptake.
(2) Germany submitted to the Commission a request for a derogation under third subparagraph of paragraph 2 of Annex III to Directive 91/676/EEC.
(3) The requested derogation concerns the intention of Germany to allow the application of 230 kg nitrogen per hectare per year from livestock manure on intensive grassland fields of specific farms. The application of nitrogen from livestock manure on the arable crops of these farms would not, however, exceed 170 kg/ha nitrogen per hectare per year.
(4) Approximately 13 500 farms, 500 000 hectares and 11 600 t year nitrogen corresponding respectively to 2,4 % farms, 2,9 % Utilised Agricultural Land and 0,7 % total manure nitrogen are estimated to be potentially encompassed by the derogation. They are mainly located in Bavaria (Oberbayern), Baden Wurttemberg (Tubingen), Lower Saxony (Luneburg, Weser-Ems) and Schleswig-Holstein.
(5) The German legislation implementing Directive 91/676/EEC, Fertiliser Ordinance of 10 January 2006 amended lastly on 28 September 2006, has been adopted and applies equally to the requested derogation.
(6) Water quality data submitted by Germany with the Third Report on the implementation of the Nitrates Directive 2000-2003 and with the derogation request show a decrease in nitrates concentration of surface water at 83 % of monitoring stations and a stable concentration at 9 % of monitoring stations compared to the period 1991-1994. Regarding groundwater, the monitoring system established for the purpose of assessing implementation of the Directive 91/676/EEC shows that nitrate concentration is decreasing in approximately 50 % of monitoring stations and stable in approximately 15 % of monitoring stations.
(7) The number of livestock decreased, in particular with regard to the number of cattle (-25 %). Manure nitrogen input per hectare per year dropped by 11 % between 1991-1993 and 2002-2004; nitrogen surplus decreased from 120 to 101 kg per hectare in the same period.
(8) Germany, in conformity with paragraph 5 of article 3 of Directive 91/676/EEC, applies an action programme throughout its whole territory.
(9) The supporting documents presented in the notification submitted by Germany show that the proposed amount of 230 kg per hectare per year of nitrogen from livestock manure is justified for intensive grassland fields on the basis of objective criteria such as long growing seasons and crops with high nitrogen uptake.
(10) The Commission after examination of the request from Germany considers that the proposed amount of 230 kg per hectare per year nitrogen from livestock manure will not prejudice the achievement of the objectives of Directive 91/676/EEC, subject to certain strict conditions being met.
(11) This Decision should be applicable in connection with the present action programme in force for the period 2006 to 2009.
(12) The measures provided for in this Decision are in accordance with the opinion of the Nitrates Committee set up pursuant to Article 9 of Directive 91/676/EEC,
HAS ADOPTED THIS DECISION:

Article 1
The derogation requested by Germany by letter of 1 February 2006, for the purpose of allowing a higher amount of livestock manure than that provided for in the first sentence of the second subparagraph of paragraph 2 of Annex III to Directive 91/676/EEC and in point (a) thereof, is granted, subject to the conditions laid down in this Decision.

Definitions
Article 2
For the purpose of this decision, the following definitions shall apply:
(a)
‘cattle farms’ means holdings with more than three livestock units, where at least two-thirds of livestock are cattle,
(b)
‘fields under intensive grassland’ means the fields managed as permanent or temporary grassland (generally temporary lies less than four years), with at least four cuts per year or three cuts plus pasture.

Scope
Article 3
This Decision applies on an individual basis and subject to the conditions set out in Articles 4, 5 and 6 to cattle farms and it is restricted to fields under intensive grassland.

Annual authorisation and commitment
Article 4
1. Farmers who want to benefit from a derogation shall submit an application to the competent authorities annually.
2. Together with the annual application referred to in paragraph 1 they shall undertake in writing to fulfil the conditions provided for in Articles 5 and 6.
3. The competent authorities shall ensure that all the applications for derogation are submitted to administrative control. Where the control carried out by the national authorities of the applications referred to in paragraph 1 demonstrates that the conditions provided for in Articles 5 and 6 are not fulfilled, the applicant shall be informed thereof. In this instance, the application shall be considered to be refused.

Application of manure and other fertilisers
Article 5
1. The amount of livestock manure applied each year on fields under intensive grassland, including by the animals themselves, in cattle farms shall not exceed the amount of manure containing 230 kg of nitrogen per hectare, subject to the conditions laid down in paragraphs 2 to 9.
2. The total nitrogen inputs shall comply with the nutrient demand of the considered crop and take into account the supply from the soil.
3. A fertilisation plan shall be kept for each farm describing the crop rotation of the farmland, the planned application of manure and nitrogen and phosphate fertilisers. It shall be available in the farm each calendar year by 1 February at the latest.
The fertilisation plan shall include the following:
(a)
the number of livestock, a description of the housing and storage system, including the volume of manure storage available;
(b)
a calculation of manure nitrogen (less losses in housing and storage) and phosphorus produced in the farm;
(c)
the crop rotation and acreage for intensive grassland and for each crop, including a sketch map indicating location of individual fields;
(d)
the foreseeable nitrogen and phosphorus crop requirements;
(e)
the amount and the type of manure delivered outside the farm or to the farm;
(f)
contribution from soil organic matter net mineralisation, quantification of the amount of nitrogen present in the soil at the beginning of the growing season and contribution from crop residues and leguminous crops;
(g)
nitrogen and phosphorus application from manure over each field (parcels of the farm homogeneous regarding cropping and soil type);
(h)
application of nitrogen and phosphorus with chemical and other fertilisers over each field.
Plans shall be revised no later than seven days following any changes in agricultural practices to ensure consistency between plans and actual agricultural practices.
4. Fertilisation accounts shall be prepared by each farm. They shall be submitted to the competent authority for each calendar year.
5. Each farm benefiting from an individual derogation shall accept that the application referred to in paragraph 1 of article 4, the fertilisation plan and the fertilisation accounts can be subject to control.
6. Nitrogen and phosphorous analysis in soil shall be performed for each farm which benefits from an individual derogation at least once every four years for each homogeneous area of the farm, with regard to crop rotation and soil characteristics. At least one analysis every 5 hectares of farmland shall be required.
7. The farm phosphate surplus during the previous year, calculated according to the procedure established in Sections 5 and 6 of the Fertiliser Ordinance of 10 January 2006, shall not exceed the 20 kg per hectare.
8. Manure shall not be spread in the autumn before grass cultivation.
9. Low emission application techniques shall be used in manure spreading.

Land management
Article 6
Farmers benefiting from an individual derogation for intensive grassland fields shall carry out the following measures:
(a)
Temporary grassland shall be ploughed in spring.
(b)
Intensive grassland shall not include leguminous or other plants fixing atmospheric nitrogen. This will however not apply to clover in grassland with less than 50 % clover.

Other measures
Article 7
Germany shall ensure that use of the derogation shall be without prejudice to the measures needed to comply with other Community environmental legislation.

Monitoring
Article 8
1. Maps showing the percentage of farms, percentage of livestock and percentage of agricultural land covered by individual derogation in each Community, shall be drawn by the competent authority and shall be updated every year. Those maps shall be submitted to the Commission annually and for the first time by the end of 2007.
2. The impact of derogation on water quality shall be assessed by means of a monitoring network for sampling of surface and shallow groundwater. To this aim, the groundwater monitoring network established for the purpose of monitoring agricultural pollution and the surface water monitoring network shall be reinforced in the districts with 3 % or more of farms benefiting from individual derogations over the total number of farms.
3. Survey and nutrient analysis shall provide data on local land use, crop rotations and agricultural practices on farms benefiting from individual derogations. Those data can be used for model-based calculations of the magnitude of nitrate leaching and phosphorus losses from intensive grassland fields where up to 230 kg nitrogen per hectare per year from livestock manure is applied.
4. Monitoring sites shall be established in water catchments with prevalent agricultural activities to provide data on nitrogen concentration in soil water and corresponding losses through the root zone into groundwater as well as on nitrogen losses by surface and subsurface runoff, both under derogation and non derogation conditions.

Controls
Article 9
1. The competent national authority shall carry out administrative controls in respect of all farms benefiting from an individual derogation for the assessment of compliance with the maximum amount of 230 kg nitrogen per hectare per year from livestock manure, with nitrogen and phosphorus fertilisation provisions and conditions on land use.
2. A programme of field inspections shall be established based on risk analysis, results of controls of the previous years and results of general random controls of legislation implementing Directive 91/676/EEC. Field inspections shall address at least 3 % of farms benefiting from an individual derogation in respect to the conditions set out in Article 5 and 6.

Reporting
Article 10
1. The competent authority shall submit the results of the monitoring every year to the Commission, with a concise report on water quality evolution and evaluation practice. The report shall provide information on how the evaluation of the implementation of the derogation conditions is carried on through controls at farm level and include information on non compliant farms based on results of administrative and field inspections. The first report shall be transmitted by June 2008 and subsequently every year by June.
2. The results thus obtained will be taken into consideration by the Commission with regard to an eventual new request for derogation.

Application
Article 11
This Decision shall apply in the context of the German Action programme (Fertiliser Ordinance of 10 January 2006 as amended by the Fertiliser Ordinance of 27 September 2006) for the period of application from 2006 to 2009.

Article 12
This Decision is addressed to the Federal Republic of Germany.

THE COMMISSION OF THE EUROPEAN COMMUNITIES,
Having regard to the Treaty establishing the European Community,
Having regard to Council Directive 91/676/EEC of 12 December 1991 concerning the protection of waters against pollution caused by nitrates from agricultural sources(1), and in particular the third subparagraph of paragraph 2 of Annex III thereto,
(1) If the amount of manure that a Member state intends to apply per hectare each year is different from the one specified in the first sentence of the second subparagraph of paragraph 2 of Annex III to Directive 91/676/EEC and in point (a) thereof, that amount has to be fixed so as not to prejudice the achievement of the objectives specified in Article 1 of that Directive and has to be justified on the basis of objective criteria, such as, in the present case, long growing seasons and crops with high nitrogen uptake.
(2) Germany submitted to the Commission a request for a derogation under third subparagraph of paragraph 2 of Annex III to Directive 91/676/EEC.
(3) The requested derogation concerns the intention of Germany to allow the application of 230 kg nitrogen per hectare per year from livestock manure on intensive grassland fields of specific farms. The application of nitrogen from livestock manure on the arable crops of these farms would not, however, exceed 170 kg/ha nitrogen per hectare per year.
(4) Approximately 13 500 farms, 500 000 hectares and 11 600 t year nitrogen corresponding respectively to 2,4 % farms, 2,9 % Utilised Agricultural Land and 0,7 % total manure nitrogen are estimated to be potentially encompassed by the derogation. They are mainly located in Bavaria (Oberbayern), Baden Wurttemberg (Tubingen), Lower Saxony (Luneburg, Weser-Ems) and Schleswig-Holstein.
(5) The German legislation implementing Directive 91/676/EEC, Fertiliser Ordinance of 10 January 2006 amended lastly on 28 September 2006, has been adopted and applies equally to the requested derogation.
(6) Water quality data submitted by Germany with the Third Report on the implementation of the Nitrates Directive 2000-2003 and with the derogation request show a decrease in nitrates concentration of surface water at 83 % of monitoring stations and a stable concentration at 9 % of monitoring stations compared to the period 1991-1994. Regarding groundwater, the monitoring system established for the purpose of assessing implementation of the Directive 91/676/EEC shows that nitrate concentration is decreasing in approximately 50 % of monitoring stations and stable in approximately 15 % of monitoring stations.
(7) The number of livestock decreased, in particular with regard to the number of cattle (-25 %). Manure nitrogen input per hectare per year dropped by 11 % between 1991-1993 and 2002-2004; nitrogen surplus decreased from 120 to 101 kg per hectare in the same period.
(8) Germany, in conformity with paragraph 5 of article 3 of Directive 91/676/EEC, applies an action programme throughout its whole territory.
(9) The supporting documents presented in the notification submitted by Germany show that the proposed amount of 230 kg per hectare per year of nitrogen from livestock manure is justified for intensive grassland fields on the basis of objective criteria such as long growing seasons and crops with high nitrogen uptake.
(10) The Commission after examination of the request from Germany considers that the proposed amount of 230 kg per hectare per year nitrogen from livestock manure will not prejudice the achievement of the objectives of Directive 91/676/EEC, subject to certain strict conditions being met.
(11) This Decision should be applicable in connection with the present action programme in force for the period 2006 to 2009.
(12) The measures provided for in this Decision are in accordance with the opinion of the Nitrates Committee set up pursuant to Article 9 of Directive 91/676/EEC,
HAS ADOPTED THIS DECISION:
The derogation requested by Germany by letter of 1 February 2006, for the purpose of allowing a higher amount of livestock manure than that provided for in the first sentence of the second subparagraph of paragraph 2 of Annex III to Directive 91/676/EEC and in point (a) thereof, is granted, subject to the conditions laid down in this Decision.

Definitions

For the purpose of this decision, the following definitions shall apply:
(a)
‘cattle farms’ means holdings with more than three livestock units, where at least two-thirds of livestock are cattle,
(b)
‘fields under intensive grassland’ means the fields managed as permanent or temporary grassland (generally temporary lies less than four years), with at least four cuts per year or three cuts plus pasture.

Scope

This Decision applies on an individual basis and subject to the conditions set out in Articles 4, 5 and 6 to cattle farms and it is restricted to fields under intensive grassland.

Annual authorisation and commitment

1. Farmers who want to benefit from a derogation shall submit an application to the competent authorities annually.
2. Together with the annual application referred to in paragraph 1 they shall undertake in writing to fulfil the conditions provided for in Articles 5 and 6.
3. The competent authorities shall ensure that all the applications for derogation are submitted to administrative control. Where the control carried out by the national authorities of the applications referred to in paragraph 1 demonstrates that the conditions provided for in Articles 5 and 6 are not fulfilled, the applicant shall be informed thereof. In this instance, the application shall be considered to be refused.

Application of manure and other fertilisers

1. The amount of livestock manure applied each year on fields under intensive grassland, including by the animals themselves, in cattle farms shall not exceed the amount of manure containing 230 kg of nitrogen per hectare, subject to the conditions laid down in paragraphs 2 to 9.
2. The total nitrogen inputs shall comply with the nutrient demand of the considered crop and take into account the supply from the soil.
3. A fertilisation plan shall be kept for each farm describing the crop rotation of the farmland, the planned application of manure and nitrogen and phosphate fertilisers. It shall be available in the farm each calendar year by 1 February at the latest.
The fertilisation plan shall include the following:
(a)
the number of livestock, a description of the housing and storage system, including the volume of manure storage available;
(b)
a calculation of manure nitrogen (less losses in housing and storage) and phosphorus produced in the farm;
(c)
the crop rotation and acreage for intensive grassland and for each crop, including a sketch map indicating location of individual fields;
(d)
the foreseeable nitrogen and phosphorus crop requirements;
(e)
the amount and the type of manure delivered outside the farm or to the farm;
(f)
contribution from soil organic matter net mineralisation, quantification of the amount of nitrogen present in the soil at the beginning of the growing season and contribution from crop residues and leguminous crops;
(g)
nitrogen and phosphorus application from manure over each field (parcels of the farm homogeneous regarding cropping and soil type);
(h)
application of nitrogen and phosphorus with chemical and other fertilisers over each field.
Plans shall be revised no later than seven days following any changes in agricultural practices to ensure consistency between plans and actual agricultural practices.
4. Fertilisation accounts shall be prepared by each farm. They shall be submitted to the competent authority for each calendar year.
5. Each farm benefiting from an individual derogation shall accept that the application referred to in paragraph 1 of article 4, the fertilisation plan and the fertilisation accounts can be subject to control.
6. Nitrogen and phosphorous analysis in soil shall be performed for each farm which benefits from an individual derogation at least once every four years for each homogeneous area of the farm, with regard to crop rotation and soil characteristics. At least one analysis every 5 hectares of farmland shall be required.
7. The farm phosphate surplus during the previous year, calculated according to the procedure established in Sections 5 and 6 of the Fertiliser Ordinance of 10 January 2006, shall not exceed the 20 kg per hectare.
8. Manure shall not be spread in the autumn before grass cultivation.
9. Low emission application techniques shall be used in manure spreading.

Land management

Farmers benefiting from an individual derogation for intensive grassland fields shall carry out the following measures:
(a)
Temporary grassland shall be ploughed in spring.
(b)
Intensive grassland shall not include leguminous or other plants fixing atmospheric nitrogen. This will however not apply to clover in grassland with less than 50 % clover.

Other measures

Germany shall ensure that use of the derogation shall be without prejudice to the measures needed to comply with other Community environmental legislation.

Monitoring

1. Maps showing the percentage of farms, percentage of livestock and percentage of agricultural land covered by individual derogation in each Community, shall be drawn by the competent authority and shall be updated every year. Those maps shall be submitted to the Commission annually and for the first time by the end of 2007.
2. The impact of derogation on water quality shall be assessed by means of a monitoring network for sampling of surface and shallow groundwater. To this aim, the groundwater monitoring network established for the purpose of monitoring agricultural pollution and the surface water monitoring network shall be reinforced in the districts with 3 % or more of farms benefiting from individual derogations over the total number of farms.
3. Survey and nutrient analysis shall provide data on local land use, crop rotations and agricultural practices on farms benefiting from individual derogations. Those data can be used for model-based calculations of the magnitude of nitrate leaching and phosphorus losses from intensive grassland fields where up to 230 kg nitrogen per hectare per year from livestock manure is applied.
4. Monitoring sites shall be established in water catchments with prevalent agricultural activities to provide data on nitrogen concentration in soil water and corresponding losses through the root zone into groundwater as well as on nitrogen losses by surface and subsurface runoff, both under derogation and non derogation conditions.

Controls

1. The competent national authority shall carry out administrative controls in respect of all farms benefiting from an individual derogation for the assessment of compliance with the maximum amount of 230 kg nitrogen per hectare per year from livestock manure, with nitrogen and phosphorus fertilisation provisions and conditions on land use.
2. A programme of field inspections shall be established based on risk analysis, results of controls of the previous years and results of general random controls of legislation implementing Directive 91/676/EEC. Field inspections shall address at least 3 % of farms benefiting from an individual derogation in respect to the conditions set out in Article 5 and 6.

Reporting

1. The competent authority shall submit the results of the monitoring every year to the Commission, with a concise report on water quality evolution and evaluation practice. The report shall provide information on how the evaluation of the implementation of the derogation conditions is carried on through controls at farm level and include information on non compliant farms based on results of administrative and field inspections. The first report shall be transmitted by June 2008 and subsequently every year by June.
2. The results thus obtained will be taken into consideration by the Commission with regard to an eventual new request for derogation.

Application

This Decision shall apply in the context of the German Action programme (Fertiliser Ordinance of 10 January 2006 as amended by the Fertiliser Ordinance of 27 September 2006) for the period of application from 2006 to 2009.
This Decision is addressed to the Federal Republic of Germany.

Pending: 32006D1007

Avis juridique important|32006D1007Décision 2006/1007/JAI du Conseil du 21 décembre 2006 modifiant la décision 2001/886/JAI relative au développement du système d’information de Schengen de deuxième g